<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Coffee Break Languages</title>
	<atom:link href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/</link>
	<description>Learn a language on your coffee break</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 12:28:17 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.0</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/cblanguages-favicon-150x150.png</url>
	<title>Coffee Break Languages</title>
	<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Un sueño hecho realidad</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 16:15:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40049</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The final chapter of Scenes for ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Un sueño hecho realidad" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Un sueño hecho realidad">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Un sueño hecho realidad</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The final chapter of Scenes for this season is here, and it’s a moment of pure joy and excitement. In <em>Un sueño hecho realidad</em>, Isabel reflects on a beautiful spring day filled with energy and anticipation. The café is buzzing as the regulars come together to support one of their own, and the evening holds a special surprise for everyone.</p>
<p><strong>El sol brilla y el ambiente en el bar está cargado de emoción. La terraza se llena de risas, buena compañía y una sensación de que algo muy esperado está a punto de suceder. Con la llegada de la noche, todos están reunidos para vivir una velada que, sin saberlo, quedará en sus recuerdos.</strong></p>
<p>Come in and experience <em>Un sueño hecho realidad.</em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f4d588b728934d12f82d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Un sueño hecho realidad</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-un-sueno-hecho-realidad/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Chiuso per ferie</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 16:15:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40034</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In Chiuso per ferie, ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Chiuso per ferie" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Chiuso per ferie">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Chiuso per ferie</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In Chiuso per ferie, Lorenzo&#8217;s exhaustion from a busy summer leads to a well-deserved, but unexpected, break thanks to la signora Rachele’s wisdom.<strong> La signora Rachele, infatti, nota la stanchezza di Lorenzo e, prima che lui se ne accorga, attacca un avviso molto importante sulla porta del locale…</strong></p>
<p><strong>Allora, sei pronto a leggere l’ultimo capitolo di Scenes 2? Non perdertelo!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971fb2fd00eff242d2358e0" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Chiuso per ferie</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-chiuso-per-ferie/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Ein Anfang und ein Ende</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 16:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40021</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today, some regulars’ routines are unexpectedly ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Ein Anfang und ein Ende" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Ein Anfang und ein Ende">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Ein Anfang und ein Ende</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today, some regulars’ routines are unexpectedly changed.</p>
<p><strong>Die Erzählerin beobachtet eine Mutter, die den Tisch abräumt, als Charlotte das Café betritt – und diesmal ist Heinz auch dabei. Selbst sein Hund Kerlchen kommt wedelnd hinterher. Erna erkennt sofort, dass dies ein besonderer Moment ist.</strong></p>
<p>This last chapter of Scenes Season 2 is about new beginnings, shared moments, and sunny surprises.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/699c49570e5c959d59366915" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Ein Anfang und ein Ende</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-ein-anfang-und-ein-ende/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Oui et encore oui</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 16:15:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40011</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today, the café is at the ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Oui et encore oui" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 10: Oui et encore oui">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Oui et encore oui</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today, the café is at the heart of another unforgettable event and this day will be remembered by everyone. <strong>Dans ce dixième chapitre, Bastien et Tanguy célèbrent leur PACS et les amis lèvent leurs verres à l’amour et à l’avenir. Des décisions importantes sont prises et de nouvelles rencontres se profilent</strong><em>.</em></p>
<p>Get ready for the 10th and final episode of<em> Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café</em> Season 2. <strong>Installez-vous confortablement et profitez de cette belle conclusion.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f7ce8c404bc5237ad1da" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 10: Oui et encore oui</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-10-oui-et-encore-oui/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La primavera y sus amores</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 16:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40046</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The latest chapter of Scenes is ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La primavera y sus amores" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La primavera y sus amores">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: La primavera y sus amores</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The latest chapter of Scenes is here and this one captures a moment that’s as sweet as it is fleeting.</p>
<p>In <em>La primavera y sus amores</em>, Isabel watches from a distance as young love quietly blossoms in the café. With the last of the spring celebrations fading and the day winding down, a chance encounter brings a special moment of connection. It’s impossible not to be swept up in the magic of it all.</p>
<p><strong>La tarde se va apagando y la luz de la primavera sigue llenando el ambiente. En el bar, entre risas y despedidas de última hora, una joven parece esperar algo… o más bien, a alguien. En un rincón tranquilo, dos miradas se cruzan y lo que comienza con una sonrisa tímida se convierte en una conversación llena de emoción. La primavera, siempre tan impredecible, trae consigo momentos únicos, como este.</strong></p>
<p>Step into <em>La primavera y sus amores </em>and enjoy the episode!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f45d6d046dd4d1a37253" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: La primavera y sus amores</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-primavera-y-sus-amores/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La vita qui non è poi così male</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 16:15:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40030</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In Episode 9, La ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La vita qui non è poi così male" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: La vita qui non è poi così male">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: La vita qui non è poi così male</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In Episode 9, <em>La vita qui non è poi così male</em>, Lorenzo’s friend talks about life in Berlin and his surprising new perspective on Italy.</p>
<p><strong>Fabrizio è tornato in Italia per le vacanze e passa il suo tempo andando al mare e rilassandosi. Decide che forse rimarrà in Italia più del previsto…</strong></p>
<p>Tune into Episode 9 of Scenes, where you’ll learn plenty of useful vocabulary and expressions to boost your Italian.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971fafad00eff242d234e82" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: La vita qui non è poi così male</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-la-vita-qui-non-e-poi-cosi-male/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Sommersonne und Abschiedslächeln</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 16:15:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40018</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today, Felix works his final shift ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Sommersonne und Abschiedslächeln" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Sommersonne und Abschiedslächeln">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: Sommersonne und Abschiedslächeln</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today, Felix works his final shift before starting a new job.</p>
<p><strong>Die Terrasse ist voll, die Sonne strahlt und Felix manövriert geschickt zwischen den Tischen. Erna behält alles im Blick und gibt kleine Anweisungen, während die Erzählerin Kuchen zu den Gästen bringt und zwei Jugendliche auf Rollschuhen vorbeisausen. Abschiede, Lachen und sommerliche Energie vermischen sich zu einem lebhaften Vormittag.</strong></p>
<p>This chapter is about farewells, busy mornings, and enjoying the moment.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fddbebc4adad8f07d012" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: Sommersonne und Abschiedslächeln</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-sommersonne-und-abschiedslacheln/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Casting et cœur brisé ?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 16:15:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40008</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Sometimes joy and worry mix together ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Casting et cœur brisé ?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 9: Casting et cœur brisé ?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: Casting et cœur brisé ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Sometimes joy and worry mix together and emotions run high Chez Nico. <strong>Dans ce neuvième chapitre, Aurore doit prendre une décision importante pour sa carrière et Fifi se demande ce que l’avenir leur réserve. Pendant ce temps, Romain apporte une nouvelle qui mérite d’être fêtée</strong>.</p>
<p>Scenes Season 2 Chapter 9 is now available. <strong>Installez-vous confortablement et profitez de l’histoire</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f7935393caa8485999cd" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 9: Casting et cœur brisé ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-9-casting-et-coeur-brise/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Las fiestas del barrio</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 16:15:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40041</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In this chapter of Scenes, the neighbourhood ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Las fiestas del barrio" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Las fiestas del barrio">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Las fiestas del barrio</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In this chapter of Scenes, the neighbourhood is buzzing with excitement and the café is right at the heart of it.</p>
<p>Isabel takes a trip down memory lane as the annual celebrations unfold around the café. The younger crowd fills the terrace, and the festive atmosphere fills the streets with music, food, and laughter. It&#8217;s the kind of energy that reminds Isabel of her own youth, and it’s contagious.</p>
<p><strong>Las calles del barrio se llenan de luces y sonidos, mientras las familias y los jóvenes disfrutan de la feria. Este año, como siempre, las mesas del bar están ocupadas por los chicos que se preparan para la verbena. Entre platos tradicionales y jarras de tinto de verano, la alegría se siente en el aire. Para Isabel, no hay nada como ver a la juventud del barrio de celebración, recordando los buenos tiempos y creando nuevos recuerdos.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f421317f5942742b8467" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Las fiestas del barrio</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-las-fiestas-del-barrio/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: L’estate della maturità</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 16:15:17 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40027</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In L’estate della maturità, ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: L’estate della maturità" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: L’estate della maturità">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: L’estate della maturità</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In <strong>L’estate della maturità</strong>, a small group of students go to <strong>il caffè di Tullio</strong> to celebrate the end of their <strong>maturità</strong> exams.</p>
<p><strong>Ora che la scuola è finita, i tre studenti hanno progetti diversi per il futuro: c’è chi vuole studiare e chi, invece, preferisce andare subito a lavorare. E poi c’è anche chi vuole prendersi del tempo per decidere bene cosa fare…</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971fab6a6c658f183801fd6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: L’estate della maturità</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-lestate-della-maturita/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Strahlende Gesichter</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 16:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40063</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today, friendships are tested – and ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Strahlende Gesichter" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Strahlende Gesichter">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Strahlende Gesichter</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today, friendships are tested – and hearts are lightened.</p>
<p><strong>Johanna betritt das Café Händchen haltend mit Nadine, und Erna ist sofort zur Stelle, um sie herzlich zu begrüßen. Die Erzählerin beobachtet die beiden verlegen kichernden Freundinnen, während die Sonne durch die Fenster fällt. Nach langer Zeit scheint alles wieder an seinen Platz zu rücken, und das Café erfüllt sich mit Lachen und Wärme.</strong></p>
<p>This chapter is about friendship, joy, and unexpected happiness.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fd66ebc4adad8f07b739" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Strahlende Gesichter</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-strahlende-gesichter/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Un nouvel uniforme</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2026 16:15:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40005</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The café regulars never miss an ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Un nouvel uniforme" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 8: Un nouvel uniforme">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Un nouvel uniforme</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The café regulars never miss an opportunity for a friendly comment and today there is something new to talk about. <strong>Dans ce huitième chapitre, Jérôme commence sa tournée de facteur et raconte ses premières impressions. Jacques et Dominique réfléchissent à l’hiver qui approche</strong>.</p>
<p>Scenes Season 2 Chapter 8 is now available. <strong>Prenez votre café et profitez de l’histoire</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f74545f2be66884cf096" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 8: Un nouvel uniforme</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-8-un-nouvel-uniforme/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Imprevistos que salen bien</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2026 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40037</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The latest episode of Scenes is here, ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Imprevistos que salen bien" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Imprevistos que salen bien">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Imprevistos que salen bien</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The latest episode of Scenes is here, and this one shows that sometimes, the unexpected can lead to the best moments.</p>
<p>In <em>Imprevistos que salen bien</em>, Isabel is swept into a whirlwind of last-minute changes when a birthday celebration is thrown off course. But with a little teamwork, a lot of creativity, and some help from the café regulars, an unforgettable celebration takes shape.</p>
<p><strong>Hoy, el día ha dado un giro inesperado. Lo que parecía ser una fiesta arruinada se convierte en una celebración improvisada, llena de momentos divertidos y nuevos recuerdos. Con piñatas, comida casera y la mejor compañía, todos se unieron para hacer que el cumpleaños fuera un éxito, ¡a pesar de los imprevistos!</strong></p>
<p>We hope you enjoy <em>Imprevistos que salen bien</em>, where we see that sometimes the best moments happen when things don’t go as planned.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f3bc317f5942742b7728" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Imprevistos que salen bien</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-imprevistos-que-salen-bien/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Il colloquio di lavoro</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 16:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40024</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In Chapter 7, Il ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Il colloquio di lavoro" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Il colloquio di lavoro">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Il colloquio di lavoro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In Chapter 7, <em>Il colloquio di lavoro</em>, the fate of a job interview hangs in the balance as Tommaso arrives at il Caffè di Tullio, seeking solace and an honest ear.</p>
<p><strong>Tommaso si dirige al bar subito dopo il suo colloquio. Lorenzo ascolta le sue parole, lo rassicura e, ovviamente, gli offre qualcosa per tirarlo su di morale! </strong></p>
<p>Join us for another exciting episode of Scenes, full of new vocabulary and interesting language points to boost your Italian. <strong>Non perderti il capitolo 7</strong><em>!</em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971fa7e2fc16cfb936abcb9" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Il colloquio di lavoro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-il-colloquio-di-lavoro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Blicke sagen mehr als Worte</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 16:15:14 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40014</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Während der Buchclub diskutiert, bemerkt die ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Blicke sagen mehr als Worte" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Blicke sagen mehr als Worte">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Blicke sagen mehr als Worte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p><strong>Während der Buchclub diskutiert, bemerkt die Erzählerin eine Frau mittleren Alters, die nervös auf die Uhr schaut. Plötzlich betritt ein tätowierter Junge das Café und setzt sich zu ihr. Beide wirken sichtbar unwohl, und Erna eilt herbei, um die Situation vorsichtig aufzufangen. Zwischen verlegenen Blicken und leisen Worten entwickelt sich ein Moment, den man nicht vorhersehen konnte.</strong></p>
<p>This chapter is about awkward meetings, tension, and how a little kindness can make a difference.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fd2d45f2be66884ee5c8" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Blicke sagen mehr als Worte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-blicke-sagen-mehr-als-worte/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Bonnes nouvelles en vue</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 16:15:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=40002</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Some mornings start better than others ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Bonnes nouvelles en vue" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 7: Bonnes nouvelles en vue">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Bonnes nouvelles en vue</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Some mornings start better than others and today is full of good surprises. <strong>Dans ce septième chapitre, Ségolène et Jérôme reçoivent de très bonnes nouvelles qui vont changer leur été. Il est temps de sortir le champagne ! </strong></p>
<p><strong>Installez-vous avec votre café et profitez de la suite de l’histoire.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6997240f7012ce53769e8834" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 7: Bonnes nouvelles en vue</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/03/scenes-season-2-chapter-7-bonnes-nouvelles-en-vue/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Un día de diez</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 16:15:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39994</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In Un día de diez, Isabel ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Un día de diez" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Un día de diez">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Un día de diez</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In <em>Un día de diez</em>, Isabel reflects on a day where everything seems to align perfectly. With moments of joy, unexpected news, and the café filled with life, this day proves that sometimes even the smallest things can make the biggest difference.</p>
<p><strong>Hoy el día ha sido de lo más especial. A lo largo de la jornada, las sorpresas se han ido sucediendo sin cesar. Mientras el bar rebosaba de energía y risas, Isabel se ha visto inmersa en una serie de acontecimientos que no olvidará. Algo tan simple como un pequeño detalle ha sido capaz de cambiar el rumbo de este día, llevándolos a todos a un momento de celebración y buen rollo.</strong></p>
<p>This is a chapter you won’t want to miss!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f38188b728934d1243d4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Un día de diez</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-un-dia-de-diez/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: La vera amicizia non ha età</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 16:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39991</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In Episode 6, La ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: La vera amicizia non ha età" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: La vera amicizia non ha età">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: La vera amicizia non ha età</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In Episode 6, <em>La vera amicizia non ha età</em>, Gianni talks about his latest health diagnosis. <strong>Sono giorni di gran caldo e al bar vanno a ruba granite e caffè freddi, ma Gianni purtroppo ha ricevuto una brutta notizia dal suo dottore. Per fortuna, gli amici Mario e Anselmo dimostrano che l’amicizia può alleggerire anche i momenti più difficili!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971f95d5393caa8485c2630" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: La vera amicizia non ha età</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-la-vera-amicizia-non-ha-eta/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Zwischen Kaffee und Karriere</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 16:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39988</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today is a big day for ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Zwischen Kaffee und Karriere" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Zwischen Kaffee und Karriere">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Zwischen Kaffee und Karriere</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today is a big day for one of the café’s hardest workers.</p>
<p><strong>Die Sonne scheint, die Gäste genießen ihre Getränke und Felix ist auch schon da. Jedoch ist er heute nicht hier, um zu arbeiten. Er bereitet sich auf ein wichtiges Treffen vor und Erna und die Erzählerin beobachten ihn dabei genau. Dann ist es endlich so weit, Felix steht auf und begrüßt den neuen Besucher.</strong></p>
<p>This chapter is all about being prepared and making the right choices.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fcede6de9102d36d5472" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Zwischen Kaffee und Karriere</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-zwischen-kaffee-und-karriere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Où est passé Milou ?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 16:15:05 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39985</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Today the café is full of ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Où est passé Milou ?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 6: Où est passé Milou ?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Où est passé Milou ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Today the café is full of concern when one of the regulars faces a sudden worry.<strong> Dans ce sixième chapitre, Monique cherche désespérément son chien tandis que les amis du café s’organisent pour l’aider. Retrouveront-ils Milou à temps ? </strong>There’s only one way to find out!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f67d1b6ea22b020e7493" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 6: Où est passé Milou ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-6-ou-est-passe-milou/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Despedidas</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 16:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39980</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In &#8216;Despedidas&#8217;, Isabel witnesses a tender ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Despedidas" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Despedidas">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Despedidas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In &#8216;Despedidas&#8217;, Isabel witnesses a tender farewell between two close friends. One of them is about to start a new chapter in Chile, and today, they’re enjoying their last coffee together at Isabel’s café.</p>
<p><strong>Después de una mañana lluviosa, el sol aparece y, entre risas y charlas, pasan horas en la terraza. Isabel observa cómo la mujer le da a su amigo un regalo muy especial. Un gesto que le llama la atención y la conmueve profundamente.</strong></p>
<p><strong>¿Qué pasará cuando se despidan? No te pierdas este capítulo tan emotivo.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f3136d046dd4d1a33c96" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Despedidas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-despedidas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 16:15:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39977</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In &#8216;Tutto è bene ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In &#8216;Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene&#8217;, a young woman introduces her girlfriend to her parents over an aperitive at il Caffè di Tullio. <strong>Esatto! Una ragazza presenta la sua fidanzata ai genitori. E la reazione della sua famiglia la sorprenderà… non se l’aspettava proprio! </strong></p>
<p>Join us for another exciting episode of Scenes, full of new vocabulary and interesting language points to improve your Italian skills. <strong>Non perderti il capitolo 5!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971f90ead93e7a4317aba32" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Tutto è bene quel che finisce bene</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-tutto-e-bene-quel-che-finisce-bene/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Auf’s Haus</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 16:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39974</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. There are some scenes that touch ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Auf’s Haus" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Auf’s Haus">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Auf’s Haus</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>There are some scenes that touch everyone’s feelings. A girl with two daisies, her dad counting coins, and a birthday cake that almost wasn’t. The gesture that follows will melt your heart.</p>
<p><strong>Ein Vater und seine Tochter verbringen den Tag zusammen und kommen in Ernas Café für eine Stärkung. Nachdem der Vater sich jedoch um die Wünsche seiner Tochter kümmert, ist kaum mehr genug im Geldbeutel für ihn selbst. Solche rührenden Momente bleiben im Café nicht unbemerkt und außerdem war ja gestern Vatertag…</strong></p>
<p>A touching moment at Erna’s Café – and a reminder that small things can mean the most.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fcb71b6ea22b02128df4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Auf’s Haus</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-aufs-haus/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Entretiens, extras et poulets</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 16:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39971</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. There is a lot happening Chez ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Entretiens, extras et poulets" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 5: Entretiens, extras et poulets">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Entretiens, extras et poulets</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>There is a lot happening Chez Nico today, with exciting news and more customers than expected.<strong> Dans ce cinquième chapitre, Romain raconte comment s’est passé son entretien tandis qu’Aurore se prépare à travailler davantage au café. Les choses se bousculent mais Nico garde le sourire</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f605d00eff242d21ed8c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 5: Entretiens, extras et poulets</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-5-entretiens-extras-et-poulets/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: ¡Por fin, jubilado!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 16:15:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39965</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In ¡Por fin, jubilado!, Isabel reconnects ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: ¡Por fin, jubilado!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: ¡Por fin, jubilado!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: ¡Por fin, jubilado!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In ¡Por fin, jubilado!, Isabel reconnects with don Julián, a retired doctor who’s feeling a bit lost after leaving his career behind. After 37 years in the hospital, he’s not sure how to fill his days. The sudden shift to retirement has left him uncertain about what comes next.</p>
<p><strong>Don Julián entra al bar de Isabel para hablar de su jubilación y de cuáles son las ventajas y desafíos que encuentra. Quizás Isabel tenga algunos consejos para él.</strong></p>
<p>In this chapter, you’ll discover the different meanings of <strong>aprovechar</strong>, and review how to express the idea of<strong> llevar tiempo haciendo algo</strong> in Spanish.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f2f31b6ea22b020c5890" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: ¡Por fin, jubilado!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-por-fin-jubilado/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Problemi di cuore</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 16:15:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39962</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The latest episode of Scenes is ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Problemi di cuore" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Problemi di cuore">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Problemi di cuore</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The latest episode of Scenes is here, and in this chapter,<em> Problemi di cuore</em>, Angelica learns of Mattia&#8217;s summer plans and she&#8217;s thrown into a turmoil of conflicting emotions.</p>
<p><strong>Lorenzo, ovviamente, nota subito la tristezza negli occhi di sua sorella, ma solo più tardi ne scoprirà la causa: una scelta di Mattia che potrebbe cambiare tutto…</strong></p>
<p>So, what has Mattia decided to do and how will it affect Angelica? Find out in Episode 4 of Scenes, where you’ll also learn plenty of useful vocabulary and expressions to boost your Italian.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971f8cde6de9102d36caaf1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Problemi di cuore</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-problemi-di-cuore/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Ein Tisch für zwei</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 16:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39957</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. The guests are gone… except for one couple. ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Ein Tisch für zwei" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Ein Tisch für zwei">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Ein Tisch für zwei</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>The guests are gone… except for one couple. Caught up in each other, they don’t notice the time – or anything else.</p>
<p><strong>Ein junges Pärchen während ihrem ersten Date, verloren in Blicken, Gesten, kleinen Berührungen. Wer könnte so etwas Zartes und Unschuldiges nur unterbrechen? Na, bestimmt niemand in Ernas Café, auch wenn es bedeutet, dass heute ein paar Überstunden gemacht werden.</strong></p>
<p>This is one of those moments you don’t want to end. Find out how the evening draws to a close.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fc6be6de9102d36d3886" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Ein Tisch für zwei</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-ein-tisch-fur-zwei/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Un congé pluvieux</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 16:15:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39954</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Even when the weather is grey, Chez Nico ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Un congé pluvieux" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 4: Un congé pluvieux">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Un congé pluvieux</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Even when the weather is grey, Chez Nico stays warm and welcoming.</p>
<p><strong>Dans ce quatrième chapitre, les clients bravent la pluie et de nouvelles amitiés se créent autour de crêpes et de gaufres. Mais tout le monde n’est pas de bonne humeur</strong>… Scenes Season 2, Chapter 4 is now available. <strong>Prenez votre café et profitez de la suite de l’histoire</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f5db5393caa848583e03" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 4: Un congé pluvieux</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-4-un-conge-pluvieux/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Suenan campanas</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Feb 2026 16:15:17 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39945</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In this heartwarming chapter, Isabel experiences a quiet ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Suenan campanas" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Suenan campanas">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Suenan campanas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In this heartwarming chapter, Isabel experiences a quiet morning at the café, as her usual older customers settle in for their coffee. But everything changes when a mother and her two daughters arrive.</p>
<p><strong>En este capítulo, entran al bar una madre con sus dos hijas. Las tres mujeres están emocionadas y muy concentradas hablando de presupuestos, recortes de telas y vestidos. ¿Qué estarán preparando?</strong></p>
<p>Language wise, Mark and Pablo highlight useful vocabulary like <strong>recortes</strong> and <strong>presupuesto</strong>, and delve into spelling changes that you’ll need to watch out for in Spanish.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f2b16ce75da7d8423d92" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Suenan campanas</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-suenan-campanas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2026 16:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39942</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Are you curious to find out ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Are you curious to find out what’s in store for you in Chapter 3, <strong>Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi</strong>?</p>
<p><strong>Al bar è arrivata la stagione dei turisti. In particolare, Lorenzo fa quattro chiacchiere con una coppia di scozzesi che gli raccontano quello che hanno fatto la sera prima ad una sagra. </strong></p>
<p>Join us for this exciting episode of Scenes, full of new vocabulary and interesting language points to boost your Italian. Episode 3 is now available: <strong>non perderlo</strong>!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971f88788b728934d16a9f4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Una simpatica coppia di scozzesi</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-una-simpatica-coppia-di-scozzesi/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Die guten alten Zeiten</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 16:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39939</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. There’s always a story waiting to be told ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Die guten alten Zeiten" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Die guten alten Zeiten">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Die guten alten Zeiten</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>There’s always a story waiting to be told at Erna’s Café… A group of men walk in—well-dressed, familiar. Slowly, memories surface and emotions shift.</p>
<p><em>Es braucht eine Weile bis Erna die vier ehemalige Stammgäste am Tisch erkennt. Doch als sie und die Erzählerin realisieren, wen heute da ist, ist die Freude umso größer. Jedoch ist die alte Gruppe nicht komplett und es stellt sich heraus, dass nicht alle Geschichten gut ausgehen…</em></p>
<p>It’s a moving chapter about friendship, grief, and shared history. Settle in and listen to the next scene unfold.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fbf35393caa8485de725" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Die guten alten Zeiten</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-die-guten-alten-zeiten/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Un spectacle de haut vol</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2026 16:15:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39936</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Between special visitors and a very popular event, ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Un spectacle de haut vol" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 3: Un spectacle de haut vol">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Un spectacle de haut vol</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Between special visitors and a very popular event, there is never a dull moment Chez Nico.</p>
<p><strong>Dans ce troisième chapitre, le village se vide pour un spectacle aérien impressionnant. Pendant ce temps, Bastien et Tanguy finalisent les préparatifs pour leur grande journée.</strong></p>
<p>Scenes Season 2 Chapter 3 is now available! <strong>Installez-vous confortablement et profitez de la suite de l’histoire. </strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f59b45f2be66884ba7c6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 3: Un spectacle de haut vol</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/02/scenes-season-2-chapter-3-un-spectacle-de-haut-vol/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Noticias reguleras</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Jan 2026 16:15:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39932</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Get ready to discover a surprising turn ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Noticias reguleras" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Noticias reguleras">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Noticias reguleras</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Get ready to discover a surprising turn of events in the second chapter of this season,<em> Noticias reguleras</em>. What begins as a peaceful Sunday at Isabel&#8217;s café soon becomes anything but ordinary.</p>
<p><strong>Isabel, como siempre, disfruta de su tranquila rutina dominical con clientes habituales, pero hoy, algo cambia. Tres jóvenes se sientan en la barra y una conversación que empieza con tono alegre pronto se torna más seria. </strong></p>
<p>In this chapter, Mark and Pablo explore some fascinating <strong>perífrasis verbales</strong> and explain the meaning of <strong>ojiplático</strong>, alongside plenty of useful vocabulary and expressions to help you boost your Spanish skills.</p>
<p><strong>¿Te gustaría saber más? </strong>Then don’t miss the new chapter of Scenes!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6971f2936d046dd4d1a2f528" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Noticias reguleras</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-noticias-reguleras/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Ricordando i vecchi tempi</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 16:15:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39929</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. In this episode, Lorenzo ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Ricordando i vecchi tempi" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Ricordando i vecchi tempi">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Ricordando i vecchi tempi</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In this episode, Lorenzo is puzzled when he goes to open the café and finds the shutter half open already. <strong>Chissà perché! </strong></p>
<p><strong>Lorenzo va ad aprire il bar come ogni mattina, ma questa volta nota che la saracinesca non è chiusa bene. Chi sarà arrivato al bar prima di lui?</strong></p>
<p><strong>Vuoi scoprire come continua la storia?</strong> Find out what happens in the this episode of Scenes, where you’ll also learn plenty of useful vocabulary and expressions to boost your Italian.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6971f82fe6de9102d36c916c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Ricordando i vecchi tempi</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-ricordando-i-vecchi-tempi/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Zwischen Büchern und Ballons</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 16:15:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39926</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. With the book club debating at ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Zwischen Büchern und Ballons" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Zwischen Büchern und Ballons">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Zwischen Büchern und Ballons</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>With the book club debating at one table and a family celebration at another, things become lively quickly in Chapter 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café.</p>
<p><strong>Der Buchclub diskutiert heute über Max Frischs Stiller und vergisst dabei ganz, dass sie nicht alleine im Café sind. Ein paar Tische weiter feiert eine Großfamilie Geburtstag – mit Luftballons, Geschenken und kreischenden Kindern. Und mittendrin: Erna und ihr Team, die versuchen, bei all dem Treiben den Überblick zu behalten.</strong></p>
<p>There’s only so much excitement one café can take! Chapter 2 is now available – time to find out what happens next!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6971fbcd317f5942742f75ea" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Zwischen Büchern und Ballons</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-zwischen-buchern-und-ballons/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Le mal du pays</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Jan 2026 16:15:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39923</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling. Some days are more emotional than ... <a title="Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Le mal du pays" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/" aria-label="More on Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 2: Le mal du pays">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Le mal du pays</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to <strong>Chez Nico</strong> &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, we follow a compelling story set in a local café and help you build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Some days are more emotional than others and today Nico lends an ear to a friend who is feeling down.</p>
<p><strong>​Dans ce deuxième chapitre, Ségolène se confie sur ce qui la préoccupe tandis que Jacques et Dominique doivent faire face à un gros problème. Comment tout cela va-t-il se terminer ?</strong></p>
<p><strong>​</strong>There’s only one way to find out! Chapter 2 is now available.<strong> </strong><strong>Prenez votre café et profitez de la suite de l’histoire</strong><em>.</em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6971f0e15393caa848565ef5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/">Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 2: Le mal du pays</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-2-le-mal-du-pays/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1:  El encuentro</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 Jan 2026 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39901</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café! ¡Bienvenidos a la nueva temporada de Scenes! ​​If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with Isabel’s café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. ... <a title="CBS Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1:  El encuentro" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1:  El encuentro">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/">CBS Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1:  El encuentro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café! <strong>¡Bienvenidos a la nueva temporada de <em>Scenes</em>!</strong></p>
<p>​​If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with Isabel’s café &#8211; our charming Spanish café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>Get ready to return to Isabel’s café, where every day brings something unexpected. In the first chapter of this new season, <em>El encuentro</em>, Isabel finds herself in the middle of an intriguing situation, without even trying.</p>
<p><strong>Miguel, el abogado que se tomó el café de la suerte en la temporada anterior, vuelve al bar de Isabel con muy buenas noticas. No obstante, parece que el café de la suerte trajo más suerte de la esperada y Miguel conocerá a una persona… especial. ¿Surgirá el amor (o el interés) entre ellos?</strong></p>
<p>Join us to discover what happens when fate (and coffee!) bring people together. This chapter also introduces useful expressions like <strong>dar la enhorabuena</strong> and <strong>congeniar</strong>, and gives you a chance to practise the subjunctive in relative clauses.</p>
<p><strong>¿Quieres saber más? Entonces, no te pierdas este primer capítulo.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6966683985eeb5685333e9f1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/">CBS Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1:  El encuentro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbs-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-el-encuentro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Un caffè tira sempre su di morale</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 16:15:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39899</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! Benvenuti alla Stagione 2 di Scenes! The Coffee Break Italian team is excited to welcome you back to il Caffè di Tullio. If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with il Caffè di Tullio &#8211; our charming Italian ... <a title="CBI Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Un caffè tira sempre su di morale" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Un caffè tira sempre su di morale">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/">CBI Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Un caffè tira sempre su di morale</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! <strong>Benvenuti alla Stagione 2 di <em>Scenes</em>!</strong></p>
<p>The Coffee Break Italian team is excited to welcome you back to <strong>il Caffè di Tullio</strong>.</p>
<p>If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with <strong>il Caffè di Tullio </strong>&#8211; our charming Italian café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>In the first chapter of this new season, <strong><em>Un caffè tira sempre su di morale</em></strong>, Lorenzo learns that even on quiet days, his café has its way of lifting spirits.</p>
<p><strong>Nel primo episodio rivedremo Lorenzo, il proprietario del bar. Torneranno alcuni volti familiari come Gianni, Mario ed Anselmo, e scopriremo perché Mario è giù di morale. In seguito, conosceremo anche dei nuovi personaggi, ciascuno con mille storie da raccontare…</strong></p>
<p>Join us to hear all about these new stories. This chapter also introduces useful words and expression such as <strong>andirivieni </strong>and <strong>il solito tran tran</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Allora, che aspetti? Non perderti questa nuova stagione di Scenes.</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/696666490b081bb8b91767bc" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/">CBI Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Un caffè tira sempre su di morale</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/cbi-scenes-season-2-chapter-1-un-caffe-tira-sempre-su-di-morale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Hand in Hand</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 16:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39896</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café – willkommen in Staffel 2! If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In ... <a title="CBG Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Hand in Hand" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Hand in Hand">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/">CBG Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Hand in Hand</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café – <strong>willkommen in Staffel 2</strong>!</p>
<p>If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with Erna’s Café &#8211; our charming German café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>We’re returning to Erna’s Café for a brand-new season of Scenes, filled with some surprises, familiar faces, and plenty of stories waiting to unfold.</p>
<p><strong>Heute wird hinter der Theke eine neue Kasse getestet – mit Felix an unserer Seite. Auch privat hat er einen Schritt gewagt: das Gespräch mit seinen Eltern. Doch als ein Paar am Fenster zu streiten beginnt, wird’s plötzlich unruhig im Café. Erna bleibt wie immer gelassen – aber reicht ihr Smalltalk diesmal wirklich aus?</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/696661e2023744df11f75983" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/">CBG Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Hand in Hand</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-hand-in-hand/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Une nouvelle carrière</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 16:15:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39893</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café! If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with Chez Nico &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow ... <a title="CBF Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Une nouvelle carrière" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes Season 2 &#124; Chapter 1: Une nouvelle carrière">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/">CBF Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Une nouvelle carrière</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Season 2 of Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café!</p>
<p>If you joined us in Season 1 then you will already be familiar with <strong>Chez Nico</strong> &#8211; our charming French café, where the aroma of fresh coffee lingers, conversations flow, and life unfolds around every table. In this immersive series, you’ll follow a compelling story set in a local café and build your language skills naturally through storytelling.</p>
<p>We&#8217;re back with a second series, where life <strong>Chez Nico</strong> is full of surprises! In this first chapter, one of the regulars has some very good news to share.</p>
<p><strong>​Dans ce premier chapitre, Jérôme se prépare pour un grand changement et Romain lui donne un coup de main pour tout planifier. De nouvelles amitiés se renforcent et d’autres peut-être se dessinent…</strong>​</p>
<p>Listen to Chapter 1 now!<strong> </strong><strong>Installez-vous avec votre café et profitez de la suite de l’histoire</strong><em>. </em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/69665de0023744df11f54807" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/">CBF Scenes Season 2 | Chapter 1: Une nouvelle carrière</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2026/01/scenes-season-2-chapter-1-une-nouvelle-carriere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Slow learning: why taking your time can transform your language-learning journey</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Dec 2025 09:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39865</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you think about your language-learning journey, how do you feel about your pace? Do you ever worry that you’re not progressing quickly enough, or compare yourself to others? In this fast-paced world, the idea of slow learning can feel almost unconventional, yet it may be exactly what many language learners need. In this article, ... <a title="Slow learning: why taking your time can transform your language-learning journey" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/" aria-label="More on Slow learning: why taking your time can transform your language-learning journey">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/">Slow learning: why taking your time can transform your language-learning journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you think about your language-learning journey, how do you feel about your pace? Do you ever worry that you’re not progressing quickly enough, or compare yourself to others? In this fast-paced world, the idea of </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">slow learning</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> can feel almost unconventional, yet it may be exactly what many language learners need.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this article, we’ll explore what slow learning really means, why it matters, and how embracing a slower pace can transform both your confidence and your long-term progress.</span></p>
<h2><b>Why does slow learning matter?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Slow learning is an approach that prioritises depth of understanding, comprehension, and a calm learning environment rather than speed, memorisation, and high-pressure situations. Of course, fast learning can be necessary in certain situations, but taking your time has distinct advantages. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s look at the five main reasons why this method might benefit you more than you think.</span></p>
<h3><b>1. You build a deeper understanding</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you take your time, you give yourself space to better understand the </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">why</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> behind grammar patterns and vocabulary usage. Rather than rushing to tick off episodes or complete levels, you’re allowing the language to settle in naturally. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This leads to using the language more accurately and also to </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">greater confidence when you speak</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. You retain knowledge for longer</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have ever had to study the night before an important exam and ended up doing fairly well, but forgot all about what you studied the next day, you’ll know that cramming might not be the answer for language learning. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Slow learning supports repetition, review, and meaningful practice, giving your brain the time it needs to actually learn and ‘store’ that new information securely. There are a couple of </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">language-learning techniques</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, like creating mnemonics or lists, that might help you remember new words, for example. </span></p>
<h3><b>3. You reduce stress and enjoy the journey</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning at a gentle pace removes unnecessary pressure. Instead of feeling guilty for not “keeping up”, you can appreciate the moments when the language clicks, the patterns you recognise, and the small improvements you notice day by day.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It also gives you the opportunity to </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">treat yourself as a learner</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and recognise your achievements. </span></p>
<h3><b>4. You have space for culture</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning the culture that surrounds the language is as important as learning the language itself. When you take the time to actually explore music, traditions, stories, and everyday culture, you have a better understanding of certain nuances, and you bring them to life! </span></p>
<h3><b>5. You create stronger foundations</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Progress built slowly is progress that lasts. When you take the time to understand the basics, everything that comes afterwards becomes easier. Strong foundations make your future learning smoother and more rewarding.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to embrace slow learning in your daily routine</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are hoping to embrace slow learning in your daily life, there are a couple of things you can do to bring a little more calm to your learning. One of the most powerful shifts you can make is choosing consistency. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Rather than cramming a full hour of study into a single session, spend 10 to 15 minutes with your chosen language each day. That is the idea of the Coffee Break Method, a technique created by </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, that helps people make language learning an integrated part of their lives with short, useful lessons that fit into daily moments, for example, while you’re on your coffee break. You can, for example, listen to a podcast while doing the dishes, walking the dog, or watch a short video on your commute. Embracing slow learning in your routine is easier than you think! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another key part of slow learning is giving yourself permission to revisit old material. Too often, learners feel guilty for going back over content they “should already know”. However, reviewing is not a sign that you are not doing well – it’s a sign that you’re strengthening your foundations. Re-reading your notes, relistening to a lesson, or practising familiar vocabulary reinforces patterns in the brain and leads to long-term understanding.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, slow learning teaches us to be patient with plateaus. Every learner encounters phases where progress feels slower or less visible. Rather than seeing these moments as failures, view them as natural (and important) parts of the journey. By embracing these ideas, you allow your learning to become even more rewarding. </span></p>
<h2><b>Overcoming the fear of “not progressing fast enough”</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Many learners hold themselves to an invisible timeline, believing they should be fluent by now or have reached the level they aimed for. But learning a language should not be a race. Instead of using the word </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">should </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">why not use the words </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">would like to</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and be gentler on yourself? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have shown up for your learning with curiosity, if you have repeated, listened, reflected, and enjoyed the process, then you </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">are</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> progressing. The pace doesn’t diminish the achievement.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">How would your language-learning journey change if you allowed yourself to slow down? What might happen if you focused less on the end goal and more on the process? Would you enjoy your studies more? Would you feel calmer, more motivated, more connected to the language?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’ve ever felt pressure to learn faster, consider this your permission to breathe, take your time and trust that every step counts. In case the idea of learning in short blocks of time, 10 to 15 minutes a day, appeals to you, then read the article we prepared and learn more about the </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">advantages of microlearning</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, a technique used by Coffee Break Languages and trusted by thousands of our learners.</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/">Slow learning: why taking your time can transform your language-learning journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/slow-learning/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2025 09:00:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39856</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When we think of language learning, many people imagine hard work, such as memorising verbs, understanding pronunciation, and sticking to a lesson schedule. But what if the secret to staying motivated wasn’t more discipline or longer study sessions? What if it were about seeing yourself not as a student who must achieve perfection, but as ... <a title="6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/" aria-label="More on 6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/">6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When we think of language learning, many people imagine hard work, such as memorising verbs, understanding pronunciation, and sticking to a lesson schedule. But what if the secret to staying motivated wasn’t more discipline or longer study sessions? What if it were about seeing yourself not as a student who must achieve perfection, but as a person building a lifelong relationship with a language?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this post, we’ll explore why you should treat yourself as a language learner and how to approach your studies with curiosity rather than pressure, and allow small wins to build your confidence over time. If you are more of a visual learner and want a summary of our recommendations, we recommend checking out the video below, created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, and other team members: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Why You Should Treat Yourself as a Language Learner -  Language Learning Blueprint Episode 04" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Hs1ESlVfCP8?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>1. How your environment shapes motivation </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the simplest ways to treat yourself as a language learner is by paying attention to where and how you study. Your environment has a huge impact on your </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">motivation to learn</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. A cluttered desk or noisy space can make studying feel like a chore. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">But a calm, comfortable corner, maybe with a warm drink and your favourite notebook, can make learning something you look forward to. Even small touches can make a difference:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a candle or lamp that sets the right mood;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a playlist in your target language playing softly in the background;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a dedicated “language bag” with your notebook, pens, and headphones ready to go!</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span></li>
</ul>
<h2><b>2. Build a toolkit you actually love using </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another way to treat yourself as a language learner is by curating tools that make you excited to learn. Your resources should feel like companions on your journey, not chores on your list.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That might mean choosing a beautiful notebook that inspires you to write every day, finding a podcast that makes you smile, or using a language app that feels like a game. When you enjoy your tools, you naturally spend more time with them, and consistency becomes easier.</span></p>
<h2><b>3. Reward yourself along the way </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Celebrating small wins is a </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">big </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">step toward staying motivated and aligned with your </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">language-learning goals</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Each milestone, whether it’s mastering a tricky tense or finishing a podcast season, deserves acknowledgement. Your reward might be something simple:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">enjoying a favourite snack after completing a study session;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">watching a film in your target language as a treat;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">buying a new pen or journal after a month of consistent study.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These small celebrations reinforce the idea that learning should be a pleasure. Positive reinforcement builds momentum and helps transform studying from an obligation into something you genuinely enjoy.</span></p>
<h2><b>4. Make your learning special </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Think about how you can turn ordinary study moments into experiences that feel meaningful. Maybe that’s by studying in your favourite café once a week, or writing your goals on colourful sticky notes that remind you why you started.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Treating yourself as a language learner means permitting yourself to make learning special. Here are a few ideas to get you started:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">create rituals &#8211; brew your favourite tea before each study session;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">track progress visually &#8211; use stickers or a wall chart to celebrate completed lessons;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">share milestones &#8211; tell a friend or family member about something new you’ve learned.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span></li>
</ul>
<h2><b>5. Balance effort and enjoyment </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Consistency is key, but so is enjoyment. Many learners push themselves too hard and end up feeling burned out. When you learn to balance structure with self-care, it is a win-win! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Taking breaks allows your brain to consolidate what you’ve studied and keeps your motivation strong over the long term.</span></p>
<h2><b>6. Reflect, don’t judge </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Part of treating yourself well as a learner is being kind to yourself when things don’t go perfectly. Missing a study session or forgetting a few words doesn’t erase your progress.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of saying, “I’m bad at this,” try asking, “What can I learn from this moment?” Maybe you need a new routine, a more enjoyable method, or simply a day off. Reflection is what turns experience into wisdom. Every challenge teaches you something about how </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">you</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> learn best and that knowledge is priceless.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At its heart, the reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner are about shifting from self-criticism to self-care. When you build an environment that inspires you, choose tools that motivate you, and celebrate your progress, learning becomes something you </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">want</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to do! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, as you plan your next study session, think about one small way you can make it more enjoyable. Light a candle, pour a coffee, or find a new playlist that makes you smile. The more you associate language learning with positive feelings, the more natural consistency becomes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ready to bring more joy into your language routine? Explore more about the </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">B.L.E.N.D method</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and learn practical tips to make real progress in your language-learning routine!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/">6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to develop study habits for language learning</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Dec 2025 09:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39820</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning a new language is one of the most rewarding journeys you can take, but let’s be honest, consistency can be hard to maintain. Between busy schedules, family life, and work commitments, finding time to study regularly can feel like a challenge. The good news? You don’t need endless hours each week to make real ... <a title="How to develop study habits for language learning" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/" aria-label="More on How to develop study habits for language learning">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/">How to develop study habits for language learning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language is one of the most rewarding journeys you can take, but let’s be honest, consistency can be hard to maintain. Between busy schedules, family life, and work commitments, finding time to study regularly can feel like a challenge.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The good news? You don’t need endless hours each week to make real progress. What you </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">do</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> need is a plan and a few smart strategies for building study habits that actually stick. In this post, we’ll explore practical tips about </span><b>how to develop study habits</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that help you fit language learning into your daily life. You can also watch the video version of this guide with Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="How to Plan Ahead in Language Learning - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 1" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/sxl_qOQELFY?start=9&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>Why study habits matter as much as motivation</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">While </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">finding the motivation</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> gets you started. Habits keep you going. When you’re first learning a language, enthusiasm can carry you for a few days or weeks. But eventually, life gets in the way and that’s where consistent routines make all the difference.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By learning how to develop study habits that fit naturally into your lifestyle, you create a structure that supports long-term learning. Instead of asking, “Do I feel like studying today?”, you simply follow the rhythm you’ve already set for yourself.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Think of it like brushing your teeth: something you do automatically because it’s part of your daily routine. The goal is to make language learning feel just as natural.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to develop study habits that fit your schedule </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the biggest reasons learners struggle is unrealistic planning. Many of us set ambitious goals like studying for an hour every evening or every morning after waking up, only to find that life rarely allows for that much uninterrupted time.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here’s how to make your study routine more sustainable.</span></p>
<h3><b>1. Schedule realistic, achievable study sessions</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of vague goals like “study more French,” set clear, measurable intentions:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’ll listen to one Coffee Break Italian episode each morning.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’ll spend 10 minutes reviewing vocabulary on my commute.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Small, consistent actions add up faster than occasional long study sessions. Even 10 minutes a day, done consistently, can lead to noticeable improvement.</span></p>
<h3><b> 2. Plan ahead and avoid procrastination</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Do you ever sit down to study and waste half your time deciding </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">what</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to do? You’re not alone. That is why one of our suggestions is to prepare your materials in advance, whether it’s downloading your next podcast episode, bookmarking an article, or choosing your next bite-sized video to watch on </span><a href="http://coffeebreaktv.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break TV</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you know exactly what’s next, you remove the friction that often leads to procrastination. It’s like setting out your gym clothes the night before or preparing a snack to take on the train for breakfast. </span></p>
<h3><b>3. Make use of ‘micro-moments’</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Not every study session needs to be long or formal. In fact, some of your best learning can happen in short spaces throughout the day. Here are a few “micro-moment” ideas:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Listen to a Coffee Break lesson while making breakfast.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Review flashcards while waiting for the bus.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Watch a short video in your target language during your lunch break.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These little moments keep your brain in regular contact with the language, a key ingredient in habit formation.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to stay consistent when life gets busy </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Consistency isn’t about not missing a day and being absolutely perfect. The key is to build study habits that are flexible, not rigid. One simple way to stay on track is by “anchoring” your new habit to something you already do. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, after brushing your teeth, you can review five vocabulary cards, or while doing the dishes, you can try to remember a couple of words. There are so many small things you can do!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By connecting learning to existing habits, you create natural reminders that make studying easier to remember. Some days will be full of energy and focus. Others won’t. And that’s okay.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re tired or busy, do a ‘minimum viable session’, even if it’s just five minutes of review or listening to a short dialogue.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to develop study habits – practical tools to help you!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re wondering where to start, there are plenty of simple tools and techniques to help make language learning a natural part of your everyday routine. One of the easiest ways to stay consistent is by using the resources you already enjoy. For instance, podcasts and audio lessons are ideal for learning on the go. You can turn your commute, your morning walk, or even your coffee break into a mini study session just by listening to short, engaging episodes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Video lessons and tutorials are another great option. Watching short clips that focus on specific grammar points or pronunciation tips can help you visualise concepts and hear the language used naturally. Combining visual and auditory input keeps learning interesting and helps reinforce what you’ve already studied.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It also helps to plan your week ahead. Whether it’s a digital calendar or a paper notebook, it can give you a clear view of what you’ll focus on each day. Scheduling even small chunks of time makes your learning more intentional and helps you track your progress over time.</span></p>
<p><b><i>Read also: </i></b><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"><b><i>5 top tips for taking notes on a new language</i></b></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, make use of flashcards or spaced-repetition apps like Anki or Quizlet to strengthen your vocabulary. These tools are designed to help you remember new words efficiently by reviewing them at just the right intervals. With a bit of structure and flexibility, you’ll develop study habits that feel sustainable, not stressful, and learning will soon become a natural part of your day.</span></p>
<h2><b>From insights to application </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning how to develop study habits is about more than organisation; it’s about creating a rhythm that supports your long-term growth as a learner. Every small action counts, from a five-minute vocabulary review to a planned study session on a quiet evening.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next time you sit down with your notebook or open your language app, take a moment to appreciate how far you’ve come. Every phrase you understand, and every sentence you can say, is proof that your study habits are working.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re ready to make your language-learning routine even more effective, explore more </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">tips for learning a new language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/">How to develop study habits for language learning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/how-to-develop-study-habits/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.20 &#124; End of unit review</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-20-end-of-unit-review/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-20-end-of-unit-review/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Nov 2025 16:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39815</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We have reached Lesson 20! Join us in this episode as we review lots of the topics covered in the last 9 lessons. We hope you enjoy putting your Japanese learning to the test.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-20-end-of-unit-review/">CBJ 1.20 | End of unit review</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We have reached Lesson 20! Join us in this episode as we review lots of the topics covered in the last 9 lessons. We hope you enjoy putting your Japanese learning to the test.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/69287846c4da9138ec3d1fe7" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-20-end-of-unit-review/">CBJ 1.20 | End of unit review</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-20-end-of-unit-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What do identity and language learning have to do with each other?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2025 09:05:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39754</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you think about your language learning, how do you describe yourself? Do you say, for example, “I’m learning Spanish” or “I am a Spanish learner”? That small shift might seem insignificant, but it carries huge power because the way we see ourselves, our identity, and our language-learning mindset shape how we stay motivated, how ... <a title="What do identity and language learning have to do with each other?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/" aria-label="More on What do identity and language learning have to do with each other?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/">What do identity and language learning have to do with each other?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you think about your language learning, how do you describe yourself? Do you say, for example, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">“I’m learning Spanish”</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">“I am a Spanish learner”</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">? That small shift might seem insignificant, but it carries huge power because the way we see ourselves, our identity, and our language-learning mindset shape how we stay motivated, how we approach challenges, and ultimately, how we achieve fluency.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this blog post, inspired by the video below, created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, we’ll explore why your identity as a language learner matters more than you might think. You’ll discover how to move from </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">doing</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">being</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and how this simple mindset shift can help you learn more effectively, stay consistent, and genuinely enjoy your progress.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Stop Learning Languages ... and become a Language Learner!" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/c4qfb4XkigQ?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>Why identity matters in language learning </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your identity and language-learning journey are deeply connected. The words you use to describe yourself might influence your actions and beliefs, and that includes how you think about learning a language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you tell yourself, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">“I’m learning French,”</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that implies something temporary… something you might finish or give up. But if you say, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">“I’m a French learner,”</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> you’re identifying as someone who is dedicated to learning the language and is on an ongoing journey of growth and discovery.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This identity shift transforms the way you see things. Suddenly, missing a day of study doesn’t mean you’ve failed; it’s just part of being a learner.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to embrace your identity as a language learner</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So how can you strengthen the link between identity and language learning in your daily routine? Here are three practical steps to start embracing your identity and make language part of your life.</span></p>
<h3><b>Step 1: say it out loud </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’ve been saying this throughout this article, but saying that you are a learner of your chosen language reaffirms your commitment. By saying it, you acknowledge that learning isn’t something external; it’s part of who you are.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you ever feel demotivated, repeat it aloud. Your words are a reminder that you’re already becoming the person you want to be.</span></p>
<h3><b>Step 2: live your target language every day</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To make your </span><b>identity and language learning</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> feel real, add your target language into everyday life. You don’t need hours of study. Small, intentional choices make a big impact:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Change your phone or social media settings to your target language.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Label objects around your home with their foreign-language names.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take notes in your target language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or write a grocery list in the language you’re learning.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><b>Step 3: celebrate small wins</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Part of seeing yourself as a language learner is recognising progress at every stage, as it is also key to </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">keeping your language-learning motivation high</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">! Whether it’s understanding a new phrase in a podcast or ordering coffee confidently on holiday, celebrate it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Reward yourself in ways that feel special. Take a moment to reflect, share your milestone online, or mark it in a language journal. These rituals strengthen the bond between your identity and your learning journey.</span></p>
<p><b><i>Read also: </i></b><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/12/treat-yourself-as-a-language-learner/"><b><i>6 reasons why you should treat yourself as a language learner</i></b></a></p>
<h2><b>Overcoming the “I’m not fluent yet” trap</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Many learners hesitate to embrace their identity because they feel they’re not “good enough” yet. But your level doesn’t and shouldn’t define you.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Think of a runner who’s training for a marathon. Even before completing the marathon, they can identify as a runner. Likewise, you can identify as a language learner the moment you begin.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your identity and language learning evolve together, and fluency is the </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">result</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> of showing up, not the requirement for belonging. When you see yourself as part of the language-learning community, you’ll naturally feel more connected, supported, and confident.</span></p>
<h2><b>Reflecting on your journey </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">How has your mindset around </span><b>identity and language learning</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> evolved since you started? You may have noticed that as your confidence grows, your self-description changes too. At first, you might have said, “</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’m trying to learn</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">.” Now, perhaps you say, “</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’m a learner</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">,” or even, “</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’m a speaker</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">.”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you view your studies as part of your identity, you approach learning with confidence and care. You become more resilient when things get tough, more motivated when progress slows, and more joyful as you connect with others through your new language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ready to explore your own identity and language-learning journey further?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visit the</span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com"> <span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages website</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for inspiring courses, podcasts, and videos designed to help you stay consistent, motivated, and connected to your target language, one coffee break at a time!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/">What do identity and language learning have to do with each other?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/identity-and-language-learning/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Coffee Break Spanish &#8211; All You Need To Know</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 16:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spanish]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39745</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for this special episode of Coffee Break Spanish where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different. We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break Spanish first started back in ... <a title="Coffee Break Spanish &#8211; All You Need To Know" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/" aria-label="More on Coffee Break Spanish &#8211; All You Need To Know">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break Spanish &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for this special episode of Coffee Break Spanish where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different.</p>
<p>We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break Spanish first started back in 2006 &#8211; and all of the Spanish resources we have released since then.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy hearing about the history of Coffee Break, with a few secrets revealed along the way!</p>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/blackfriday" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Click here to access our secret link mentioned in the episode.</a></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/691b446c7cf1b7ec456c2c1e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break Spanish &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-spanish-all-you-need-to-know/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Coffee Break Italian &#8211; All You Need To Know</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 16:15:23 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[coffee break italian]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39742</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Francesca for this special episode of Coffee Break Italian where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different. We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break Italian first started and all ... <a title="Coffee Break Italian &#8211; All You Need To Know" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/" aria-label="More on Coffee Break Italian &#8211; All You Need To Know">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break Italian &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Francesca for this special episode of Coffee Break Italian where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different.</p>
<p>We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break Italian first started and all of the resources we have released since then.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy hearing about the history of Coffee Break, with a few secrets revealed along the way!</p>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/blackfriday" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Click here to access our secret link mentioned in the episode.</a></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/691b4655589629f7d6794bca" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break Italian &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-italian-all-you-need-to-know/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Coffee Break French &#8211; All You Need To Know</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 16:15:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39736</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Max for this special episode of Coffee Break French, where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different. We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break French first started back in ... <a title="Coffee Break French &#8211; All You Need To Know" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/" aria-label="More on Coffee Break French &#8211; All You Need To Know">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break French &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Max for this special episode of Coffee Break French, where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different.</p>
<p>We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break French first started back in 2007 &#8211; and all of the French resources we have released since then.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy hearing about the history of Coffee Break, with a few secrets revealed along the way!</p>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/blackfriday" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Click here to access our secret link mentioned in the episode.</a></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/691b43b3b9580981596a8fd7" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break French &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-french-all-you-need-to-know/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Coffee Break German &#8211; All You Need To Know</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 16:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39739</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Thomas for this special episode of Coffee Break German where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different. We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break German first started and all ... <a title="Coffee Break German &#8211; All You Need To Know" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/" aria-label="More on Coffee Break German &#8211; All You Need To Know">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break German &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Thomas for this special episode of Coffee Break German where we&#8217;re talking about something a bit different.</p>
<p>We receive emails and messages all the time asking us &#8220;where should I start?&#8221;, so we thought we&#8217;d answer that in this episode. We share details about how Coffee Break German first started and all of the resources we have released since then.</p>
<p>We hope you enjoy hearing about the history of Coffee Break, with a few secrets revealed along the way!</p>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/blackfriday" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">Click here to access our secret link mentioned in the episode.</a></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/691b47d067ed28baecd62901" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/">Coffee Break German &#8211; All You Need To Know</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/coffee-break-german-all-you-need-to-know/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Is there a &#8216;best way&#8217; to learn German? A short guide to help you in your language-learning journey</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 09:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39691</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Starting your journey to learn German can bring up lots of questions, like: is there a single best way to learn? The truth is, the “best” method depends on what works best for you personally!  By trying different methods and choosing a strategy that fits your lifestyle, interests, and learning style, you can find your ... <a title="Is there a &#8216;best way&#8217; to learn German? A short guide to help you in your language-learning journey" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/" aria-label="More on Is there a &#8216;best way&#8217; to learn German? A short guide to help you in your language-learning journey">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/">Is there a &#8216;best way&#8217; to learn German? A short guide to help you in your language-learning journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Starting your journey to learn German can bring up lots of questions, like: is there a single best way to learn? The truth is, the “best” method depends on what works best for you personally! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By trying different methods and choosing a strategy that fits your lifestyle, interests, and learning style, you can find your best way to learn German. To help you find the plan that works for you, we prepared this guide in which we will share some strategies to help you on your language-learning journey.</span></p>
<h2><b>1. Try (and use) different learning techniques </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Many people think there’s just one </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">magical tool</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or resource that suits everyone, but we believe that mixing various </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">methods for learning a language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> usually brings the best results. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s particularly important to use a combination of resources that allows you to practise reading, listening, speaking, and writing. This way, you’ll strengthen your learning from various angles. For example, you could:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">listen to podcasts to train your ear for the language;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">watch </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2018/02/5-films-for-german-learners/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">German movies</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or TV shows with subtitles to pick up conversational phrases;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">use structured language-learning platforms for progressive practice and vocabulary building;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">write short diary entries in German to boost your writing skills.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This multi-tool approach makes sure you’re not just memorising words; instead, you&#8217;re actively using them in all sorts of contexts. As you continue on your learning journey, you’ll discover that this mix of techniques could be the perfect way to learn German for you!</span></p>
<h2><b>2. Have a routine for language learning </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We believe that staying consistent is an important part of improving your skills in any language. Instead of just having an occasional study session, short daily practice sessions tend to be much more effective. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, why not set aside a specific time each day to practise? It could be during your morning coffee, on your commute, or before heading to bed. By weaving German into your daily routine, you’ll find it so much easier to continue making progress.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Remember to regularly revisit what you&#8217;ve learned before. We suggest you try spaced repetition, if you can. By reviewing material after longer intervals, you will strengthen your memory and keep what you’ve mastered fresh. The best way to learn German is often by creating a steady, consistent rhythm that helps you retain the language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For some extra tips for planning your language-learning sessions, check out the video below:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="How to Plan Ahead in Language Learning - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 1" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/sxl_qOQELFY?start=9&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>3. Keep a language journal</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A couple of paragraphs above, we mentioned writing in your diary in German. Another suggestion that might help you in your language-learning journey is maintaining a dedicated journal for your German studies. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why? Keeping track of all the new vocabulary you learn can be a motivating and exciting way to improve your language skills. By noting down fresh words, along with example sentences and your own insights on their usage, you&#8217;ll create a great personal resource. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For some people, maintaining a ‘tracker’ of the vocabulary and grammar they&#8217;ve picked up can provide both a sense of satisfaction and an important source of motivation.</span></p>
<h2><b>4. If you can, immerse yourself </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Immersion can make a big difference in your language-learning journey. If you are not able to visit a German-speaking country, there are other ways you can immerse yourself right at home. For example, you could change your phone’s language settings to German, follow German social media accounts, or read German news sites.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also join online forums or groups where members communicate in German. If you like playing video games, why not change the language settings to German while keeping the captions in your primary language? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The more you surround yourself with the language, the more natural it will feel, and the faster you will make progress!</span></p>
<h2><b>Find your best way to learn German</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When it comes to learning German, the best approach depends on your goals, personal style, and how you like to spend your time. This little guide offers some handy strategies to help you get started, but the key is finding a routine that works for you!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re considering <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/">starting your German learning journey on your own</a>, be sure to take a look at our blog post full of helpful tips!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/">Is there a &#8216;best way&#8217; to learn German? A short guide to help you in your language-learning journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/best-way-to-learn-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.19 &#124; Getting around the town</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-19-getting-around-the-town/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-19-getting-around-the-town/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 16:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39688</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate episode of this season of Coffee Break Japanese, we&#8217;re talking about getting around the town. Don&#8217;t miss this useful lesson!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-19-getting-around-the-town/">CBJ 1.19 | Getting around the town</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate episode of this season of Coffee Break Japanese, we&#8217;re talking about getting around the town. Don&#8217;t miss this useful lesson!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/69159b21543edcb5604282fa" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-19-getting-around-the-town/">CBJ 1.19 | Getting around the town</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/cbj-1-19-getting-around-the-town/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>From ‘bonjour’ to fluency: how long does it take to learn French?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 09:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39610</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you first ask, “How long does it take to learn French?” it might feel a little overwhelming, like standing before Mont Blanc without a map. Remember, though, that the answer isn’t the same for everyone! Your timeline depends on your personal goals, like whether you want to communicate while on holiday, have conversations with ... <a title="From ‘bonjour’ to fluency: how long does it take to learn French?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/" aria-label="More on From ‘bonjour’ to fluency: how long does it take to learn French?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/">From ‘bonjour’ to fluency: how long does it take to learn French?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you first ask, “How long does it take to learn French?” it might feel a little overwhelming, like standing before Mont Blanc without a map. Remember, though, that the answer isn’t the same for everyone!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your timeline depends on your personal goals, like whether you want to communicate while on holiday, have conversations with friends or family, or use the language in a professional setting. It’s also influenced by your study habits, any prior experience you may have, and how much time you can dedicate to learning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this guide, we’re excited to help you understand the timeline for learning French. We’ll explore the key factors influencing your progress and share some practical strategies to help you reach your target.</span></p>
<h2><b>How long does it take to learn French and </b><b>why do timelines vary?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, how long does it take to learn French? Well, everyone’s journey to learning French is unique, and many different aspects can influence your progress. There&#8217;s also the consideration of what you define as “having learned French” – what your goal is – whether you want to achieve basic conversational skills or aim for advanced proficiency. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), which serves as the international standard for categorising learning levels and the framework we use here at </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, gives a general timeline for each stage. If you&#8217;re looking to order a coffee or food and enjoy a chat with locals while on holiday, aiming for an A1–A2 level (which takes around 60 to 160 hours of study) is usually plenty. For those who wish to converse more comfortably with family and friends, reaching an A2–B1 level (about 160 to 360 hours of study) will suit you nicely. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On the other hand, if you need French for business meetings, presentations, or academic research, you will be aiming for a B2–C1 level, which requires roughly 560–810 hours of study.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, why do the timelines vary so much? As we’ve discussed before, there are a few important factors that can shape your language-learning journey. It’s essential to think about your goals and what “fluency” really means to you! If you’re looking for some guidance on setting your goals, you might want to check out this video that Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, has created: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Goal Setting for Language Learners - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 3" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/aocUuMUY9aQ?start=5&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, if you already speak another Romance language, like Spanish or Italian, then you may find that French grammar and vocabulary feel much more intuitive, providing you with a useful head start. Or, if you studied French in school, you probably remember some key structures and phrases, making getting started again with the language a little easier. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another factor that helps explain why timelines for learning the language can be different for each learner is how frequently you practise. Instead of focusing on long study sessions just once a week, setting aside 15–20 minutes (or even 5–10) each day for consistent practice often leads to smoother progress and helps you feel less overwhelmed. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That’s why our </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/coffeebreakfrench/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break French</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> lessons and podcasts are designed to fit into your daily routine, for example during your coffee (or tea!) break. Our </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">microlearning approach</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> allows you to enjoy learning in bite-sized lessons and explore engaging content during short, focused sessions that fit perfectly into your day.</span></p>
<h2><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><b>Tips to help you speed up your learning</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you know how long it takes to learn French, you might be looking for ways to speed things up. If so, we&#8217;ve got a few suggestions that our amazing team of Coffee Break tutors and fellow learners swear by. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can mix and match resources, like podcasts, reading, and apps that will help you memorise new vocabulary in fun ways. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Secondly, consider immersing yourself in the language as part of your daily routine. You might switch your phone to French, enjoy watching French series, or follow French social media accounts.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Thirdly, keeping track of your progress is so important to help you speed up your learning. Celebrating small milestones can truly be the key to staying motivated, and it’ll keep your eagerness to learn growing! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, it might be tempting to view fluency as the ultimate goal, but remember that being understood in everyday situations matters more than perfection.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you are familiar with how long it takes to learn French, are you excited to start learning? Check out more about </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/coffeebreakfrench/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break French</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> lessons and levels, and get started today! </span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/">From ‘bonjour’ to fluency: how long does it take to learn French?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/11/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.18 &#124; Public Transport</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-18-public-transport/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-18-public-transport/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 16:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39396</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson eighteen, we’re looking at expressions related to transportation in Japan. By the end of this lesson you&#8217;ll be able to use transportation-related vocabulary and you&#8217;ll be familiar with the different forms of transport in Japanese.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-18-public-transport/">CBJ 1.18 | Public Transport</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson eighteen, we’re looking at expressions related to transportation in Japan. By the end of this lesson you&#8217;ll be able to use transportation-related vocabulary and you&#8217;ll be familiar with the different forms of transport in Japanese.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68fa242a5149d2d6f28f8988" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-18-public-transport/">CBJ 1.18 | Public Transport</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-18-public-transport/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Discover the best ways to learn Spanish without feeling overwhelmed</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 10:02:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39427</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning Spanish is a very exciting adventure! But it’s normal to feel a little overwhelmed at first, especially if you’re unsure where to begin. There are so many resources and techniques out there that finding the best ways to learn Spanish might seem like a big task, but don’t worry – we’ve got you!  The ... <a title="Discover the best ways to learn Spanish without feeling overwhelmed" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/" aria-label="More on Discover the best ways to learn Spanish without feeling overwhelmed">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/">Discover the best ways to learn Spanish without feeling overwhelmed</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning Spanish is a very exciting adventure! But it’s normal to feel a little overwhelmed at first, especially if you’re unsure where to begin. There are so many resources and techniques out there that finding the best ways to learn Spanish might seem like a big task, but don’t worry – we’ve got you! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The good news is that you don’t have to tackle everything at once. By breaking down the steps, you can enjoy steady progress without any stress. Below, we’ll look at the best strategies for building your Spanish skills at a pace that suits you and on your own terms.</span></p>
<h2><b>1. Start with simple goals</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the best ways to learn Spanish is by setting small, achievable goals. Instead of trying to memorise an entire verb conjugation table all at once, why not focus on learning a few new words or phrases each day? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For instance, you can begin by learning some </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2008/10/lesson-02-coffee-break-spanish/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">friendly greetings in Spanish</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, practising how to order at a café, or finding the right words to introduce yourself confidently. As you build your confidence with these basics, you can then transition to more advanced topics. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Breaking your learning into smaller, manageable chunks not only makes the journey less overwhelming but also allows you to celebrate your progress along the way. If you need help setting your language-learning goals, check out the video below with Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages!</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Goal Setting for Language Learners - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 3" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/aocUuMUY9aQ?start=5&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b> 2. Use engaging resources</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you ever tried learning a language back in school, you may remember spending lots of time with a textbook or grammar manual. However, nowadays, and especially when learning on your own terms, there are endless fun and interactive resources to allow you to mix things up.  A varied method is one of the best ways to learn Spanish, as it keeps your journey exciting and your motivation high.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You might find that listening to podcasts, watching videos and using fun language-learning apps can make your journey even more enjoyable. By using them regularly, you’ll pick up handy phrases, enhance your pronunciation, and get a feel for the rhythm of spoken Spanish.</span></p>
<p><b><i>Read also: </i></b><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2019/06/language-learning-using-your-favourite-songs/"><b><i>Music and studying: language learning using your favourite songs!</i></b></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You might also find it interesting to explore Spanish-language YouTube channels or use digital flashcards that let you practise wherever you are! When you pick tools that you enjoy, you’ll find it much easier to stay engaged.</span></p>
<h2><b>3. Practise speaking from the start</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the most enjoyable ways to learn Spanish is to start speaking right from the beginning! We believe that this approach is great because it lightens the pressure, and you can feel the positive reinforcement that perfection isn’t necessary. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have the opportunity, you can practise with a language partner who is at a similar skill level. Alternatively, we suggest that you chat to yourself about your day and narrate what you’ve done or are planning to do. The more you engage in speaking, the more comfortable and fun it will become!</span></p>
<h2><b>4. Keep it fun and flexible</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Flexibility is also key to the best ways to learn Spanish. It&#8217;s normal to feel more energised on some days than others, and that’s perfectly okay. So, feel free to adjust your routine as needed – whether that means enjoying a short podcast episode instead of completing a whole grammar lesson, or mixing things up with a fun language game when you’re feeling a little tired.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The more you enjoy the journey, the more likely you are to stay committed. We believe that the best way to learn any language is to do it at your own pace. By keeping things flexible, you’ll nurture a positive mindset and make steady progress along the way. </span></p>
<h2><b>What’s next on your Spanish learning journey?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning Spanish doesn’t have to feel overwhelming. As we said before, by setting small, achievable goals and using engaging resources, you can start practising speaking right away while keeping the experience fun. This way, you&#8217;ll feel motivated and enjoy the process!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">No matter where you’re starting from, the best ways to learn Spanish are the ones that suit your lifestyle and keep you excited about the journey ahead. So, choose a strategy, get started, and always remember: you’ve got this!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re looking for even more tips and techniques, check out our guide on </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">how to take effective language-learning notes</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/">Discover the best ways to learn Spanish without feeling overwhelmed</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/best-ways-to-learn-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Understanding the timeline: how long does it take to learn Spanish?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Oct 2025 10:41:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39356</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Deciding to learn Spanish is an exciting new goal, but one of the biggest questions on most learners’ minds is: how long does it take to learn Spanish? The answer varies based on several factors, including your personal goals, study habits, and any previous language experience you might have. In this guide, we will help ... <a title="Understanding the timeline: how long does it take to learn Spanish?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/" aria-label="More on Understanding the timeline: how long does it take to learn Spanish?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/">Understanding the timeline: how long does it take to learn Spanish?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Deciding to learn Spanish is an exciting new goal, but one of the biggest questions on most learners’ minds is: how long does it take to learn Spanish? The answer varies based on several factors, including your personal goals, study habits, and any previous language experience you might have.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this guide, we will help you understand the timeline, key influences on your progress, and practical tips to speed up your learning journey. By understanding what influences your path, you’ll be better prepared to establish achievable milestones and maintain motivation throughout the process.</span></p>
<h2><b>Factors that influence how long it takes to learn Spanish</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Every learner is unique, and your personal context will influence how long it takes to learn Spanish. One important factor in this journey is your </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">reason</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for learning &#8211; your </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">why</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, which can really boost your motivation to stay committed. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re looking for some helpful tips to discover your reason and keep that motivation strong, be sure to check out this video that Mark, the founder of </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, has put together: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Maintaining Motivation in Language Learning" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/-6v3GHIH4-0?list=PLwX3o6xqc_JjA6-cHs_bPzqtJi0hyvFbL" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another factor that will affect your timeline is if you already speak another Romance language, such as French or Italian. If you do, you’re in for a treat because you’ll likely advance more quickly, as these languages share so many similarities.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Thirdly, your consistency truly matters! Regular daily practice is far more effective than sporadic marathon sessions. Here at Coffee Break, we believe that if you dedicate just 15 to 20 minutes a day, it really adds up over time! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We&#8217;re here to make regular study sessions easy to incorporate into your daily routine. We completely appreciate how hectic life can be! That&#8217;s why we developed the Coffee Break method, which breaks down your language-learning journey into manageable pieces, allowing you to make steady progress without feeling overwhelmed, all while enjoying your coffee break.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, immersing yourself in the language and engaging with it are essential steps in reaching your language-learning goals. Online courses and podcasts are fantastic tools for helping you enhance your pronunciation and make real progress while picking up vocabulary used in everyday life. You can find more information about </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/coffeebreakspanish/https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/coffeebreakspanish/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Spanish</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, our online course and podcast, by clicking here.</span></p>
<h2><b>Language proficiency timelines</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">According to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), which serves as the international standard for categorising learning levels (A1, A2, B1, B2, C1, and C2) and the one we use here at Coffee Break, a general timeline for each stage would likely look something like this:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A1 Level (Beginner): about 70-80 hours</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A2 Level (Pre-Intermediate): around 150-180 hours</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">B1 Level (Intermediate): approximately 300-360 hours</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">B2 Level (Upper-Intermediate): roughly 540-620 hours</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Keep in mind that these are just estimates, as everyone has their unique learning journey. At levels A1–A2, you&#8217;ll be able to understand basic phrases, engage in short conversations, introduce yourself, and share details about your daily routine. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you progress to B1–B2, known as the intermediate levels, you’ll find yourself describing experiences, expressing your opinions, and understanding non-technical texts in much greater depth. Once you reach C1 level, you’ll be at an advanced stage, able to easily grasp nuanced expressions, professional or academic language, and idiomatic phrases.</span></p>
<h2><b>Tips to accelerate your Spanish learning journey</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you have a better idea of how long it takes to learn Spanish and the factors that can make a difference, why not take a look at some helpful tips to speed up your learning in a smooth way? Here are some strategies: </span></p>
<h3><b>1. Mix learning techniques</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why not blend different </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">language-learning methods</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to keep your journey exciting? You can listen to podcasts to enhance your listening and pronunciation skills, and it&#8217;s a great idea to keep a journal or start a notebook filled with all your Spanish notes. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Even spending some of your spare moments reading short articles or social media content in Spanish helps increase your regular exposure to the language.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Engage with Spanish content designed for native speakers</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to mixing learning techniques, you can also explore different forms of Spanish content. One effective way to immerse yourself is by watching Spanish-language films or series. Depending on your level, you could opt for titles with Spanish audio and English subtitles, or if you’re at a higher level, Spanish audio and Spanish subtitles, to help you connect the spoken language with its written form. This not only improves your listening skills but also allows you to familiarise yourself with cultural nuances and conversational styles.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, listening to music in Spanish can significantly improve your comprehension and pronunciation. Try discovering different genres and pay attention to the lyrics to enhance your vocabulary. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another practical approach is to change the language settings on your phone and other digital devices to Spanish. This constant exposure to the language in your daily life allows you to learn new words all the time and helps you remember them by seeing them regularly.</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Track your progress</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a moment to revisit your old materials – whether they’re notes, lesson plans, or past episodes – to reflect on all the progress you&#8217;ve made! Celebrate your learning milestones by recognising the hard work you&#8217;ve put into each one. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By acknowledging how far you&#8217;ve come, you&#8217;ll renew your motivation to continue your journey in learning Spanish!</span></p>
<h2><b>Your Spanish journey awaits!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, how long does it take to learn Spanish? Well, as we’ve explored, it really depends on several factors, including your dedication to practice and what you aim to achieve. Our suggestion is to find the learning method that best fits your lifestyle and commit to it!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Excited to kick off your Spanish learning adventure with Coffee Break? Find out more about </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/coffeebreakspanish/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Spanish</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and start learning today. </span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/">Understanding the timeline: how long does it take to learn Spanish?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/understanding-the-timeline-how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.17 &#124; Shopping vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-17-shopping-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-17-shopping-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 Oct 2025 15:15:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39308</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re moving on to a new topic in this episode of Coffee Break Japanese! As you may have guessed from the title, we&#8217;re heading to the shops. 🛍️ Join us in this episode to learn all the key words and phrases you need for a shopping trip in a Japanese speaking area.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-17-shopping-vocabulary/">CBJ 1.17 | Shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re moving on to a new topic in this episode of Coffee Break Japanese! As you may have guessed from the title, we&#8217;re heading to the shops. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f6cd.png" alt="🛍" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Join us in this episode to learn all the key words and phrases you need for a shopping trip in a Japanese speaking area.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68e79ca7de9a2a62c429619a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-17-shopping-vocabulary/">CBJ 1.17 | Shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-17-shopping-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How can you stick to a language-learning routine?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Oct 2025 08:00:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39251</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A common challenge for language learners is maintaining consistency. You might begin your learning journey with excitement, but over time, keeping up that momentum can become challenging. Don’t worry – you’re not alone, and it is possible to turn things around. Building a sustainable language-learning routine is key to steady progress, and also makes your ... <a title="How can you stick to a language-learning routine?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/" aria-label="More on How can you stick to a language-learning routine?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/">How can you stick to a language-learning routine?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A common challenge for language learners is maintaining consistency. You might begin your learning journey with excitement, but over time, keeping up that momentum can become challenging. Don’t worry – you’re not alone, and it </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">is</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> possible to turn things around. Building a sustainable language-learning routine is key to steady progress, and also makes your learning experience more enjoyable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this blog post, we will explore why having a routine matters and how you can create one that suits your life. So, let’s get started! </span></p>
<h2><b>Why does having a language-learning routine matter?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply put, a routine creates </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">structure</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and helps us build momentum. Without it, it’s easy to fall into the trap of sporadic study. A set routine helps you manage your time effectively and makes sure language learning stays a priority in your day and becomes a habit, no matter how busy life gets.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, when you establish a language-learning routine, you are not relying solely on motivation. After all, we all know that <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">staying motivated to study</a> can be challenging on some days. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A routine can also help you set your <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">language-learning goals</a>. If you’ve scheduled specific times for listening to podcasts or reviewing vocabulary, you know exactly what you need to do each time and also what you plan to achieve at the end of that period. </span></p>
<h2><b>4 tips for sticking to a language-learning routine</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you have a clearer understanding of why having a learning routine matters, we thought it would be a good idea to share some tips on how to stick to it. And, if you&#8217;re a visual learner looking for a quick summary of our recommendations, be sure to check out the video below, made by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, and other team members:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Sticking to a Routine - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 2" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4f_f3d6IUkU?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>1. Stick to the same time</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our first suggestion to help you stick to your language-learning routine is to always study at the same time each day. Why? It helps you avoid breaking your streak, as you know that at that specific moment, you are supposed to focus on your study session. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re a morning person, you might listen to a language podcast during your morning commute or while doing the breakfast dishes. Alternatively, if you&#8217;re an evening person, you can take a quiet moment later on to unwind with some language practice. Your language learning should fit into your life!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Everyone’s routine will look a bit different. What’s important is choosing a time when you can focus and making it non-negotiable. </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Treat it like an appointment with yourself. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">It may be helpful to set a reminder on your phone or block off time on your calendar for studying. </span></p>
<h3><b>2. Build a pattern </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your language-learning routine should fit into your life! That is why building a pattern to follow is so important, as you know how your learning session worked yesterday, the previous day and before then. That helps you achieve what you set out to do! </span></p>
<h3><b>3. Experiment </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">As nothing is set in stone, you should also take the liberty to experiment. Sometimes, what you think works best at a specific time might work better later on in the day and vice versa. Then you can start building your routine around it and perhaps make even more progress!</span></p>
<h3><b>4. Be aware of the length of your learning sessions</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get the best out of your learning routine, we suggest having shorter, more frequent sessions instead of longer, less frequent ones. This approach is based on how our attention spans work. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Short study sessions help you stay focused and interested, making you less likely to feel tired or get distracted. When you study in small sessions, your brain can better absorb and remember what you&#8217;ve learned, making your study time more effective. Additionally, having regular sessions allows you to review what you&#8217;ve learned frequently, which strengthens your knowledge and helps you retain information for a longer period.</span></p>
<h2><b>Start working on your language-learning routine today!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We hope you found the suggestions for keeping up with your language-learning routine helpful and that you’re feeling more confident about your upcoming study sessions. Keep in mind that everyone’s routine is unique, so don’t hesitate to try different approaches if something doesn’t work right away.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t wait for the perfect moment – start building your routine today, even if it’s just 10 minutes a day. And, if you&#8217;d like <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">more tips for learning a new language</a>, check out the blog post we&#8217;ve prepared, which explains how our BLEND method works and how you can use it to your advantage. </span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/">How can you stick to a language-learning routine?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Get Motivated to Study: 5 Strategies to Keep Your Language Learning Going!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Oct 2025 08:00:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39247</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Motivation is the driving force behind any successful language-learning journey. But let’s be honest… we know that even the most dedicated and enthusiastic language learners have moments when keeping that motivation alive feels like a challenge. Life can throw distractions and setbacks, making us feel stuck and wonder if we’ll ever achieve our language goals. ... <a title="How to Get Motivated to Study: 5 Strategies to Keep Your Language Learning Going!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/" aria-label="More on How to Get Motivated to Study: 5 Strategies to Keep Your Language Learning Going!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">How to Get Motivated to Study: 5 Strategies to Keep Your Language Learning Going!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Motivation is the driving force behind any successful language-learning journey. But let’s be honest… we know that even the most dedicated and enthusiastic language learners have moments when keeping that motivation alive feels like a challenge. Life can throw distractions and setbacks, making us feel stuck and wonder if we’ll ever achieve our language goals. So, how do you get motivated to study and reignite that spark?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To do that, you will need some useful strategies to help you stay focused and always look forward to your study sessions. In this article, we’ll have a look at how to boost your motivation for studying and ensure your language-learning journey is both steady and enjoyable!</span></p>
<h2><b>How to get motivated to study: 5 strategies </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We understand that finding the motivation to start or continue your studies can sometimes be challenging, but don’t worry – there’s always light at the end of the tunnel! If you’d like to get started with some tips to improve your motivation, check out this video from Coffee Break founder, Mark:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Maintaining Motivation in Language Learning" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/-6v3GHIH4-0?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After watching the video, follow this list to discover the right strategies to boost your motivation and make studying easier: </span></p>
<h3><b>1. Reconnect with your “Why”</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before you get straight into your flashcards or grammar drills, why not take a moment to remember why you began your language journey in the first place?</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">are you preparing for a trip abroad?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">do you want to connect with family members in their native tongue? </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">do you wish to advance in your career with a second (or third) language?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Focusing on your personal “why” is crucial during those times when motivation feels low, and helps you remember the benefits and experiences that await you.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Break your goals!</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Feeling a bit overwhelmed is completely normal, and it often arises from setting goals that may be too ambitious or unclear. So, why not focus on smaller, more manageable milestones? These little steps can build upon one another and lead to wonderful progress.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Keep your goals realistic and easy to fit into your everyday life, such as aiming to listen to one podcast episode in the language you’re learning every day. Or you could challenge yourself to learn just 10 new vocabulary words each week. Every time you reach one of these mini-goals, you’ll experience a wonderful sense of accomplishment, and that little boost can really help keep your motivation alive.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Make the most of </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">microlearning techniques</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in setting your manageable goals, as focused sessions can be incredibly effective. Just knowing that a quick, 15-minute study session can lead to great results makes it so much easier to find time to sit down and start, even on your busiest days.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By breaking down your language-learning journey into bite-sized, realistic goals, you can spend less time worrying about how to get motivated to study and more time improving your language skills.</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Try to make learning fun </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We all know that boredom can really drain our motivation, but with so many interesting and exciting ways to practise the language you’re learning, if you’re feeling bored, then it’s time to mix things up! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Incorporate activities that are enjoyable and engaging, such as watching a TV series or YouTube videos in your target language, listening to music, or playing language-learning games. Surrounding yourself with content you truly like transforms learning into an enjoyable pursuit rather than a task to tackle.</span></p>
<h3><b>4. Build a supportive learning environment</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For some learners, an effective strategy is to surround yourself with supportive resources and other language learners. Explore online forums, social media groups, or, if you can, local meet-ups where you can connect with fellow learners. Remember, others will have gone through phases of low motivation, meaning that you can share advice and strategies, and also learn from them how to get motivated to study again.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Sharing your progress, trading tips, and discussing challenges can highlight that you’re not alone in this journey. </span></p>
<h3><b>5. Reflect on your progress often</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Sometimes the best way to spark your motivation to study is by acknowledging just how far you’ve come. Why not take a few moments each week to celebrate your achievements? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You might have figured out how to conjugate that tricky verb or even ordered food at a restaurant without any hesitation! Recognising these little victories can really help you keep a positive mindset and motivate you to continue your journey.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Revisiting older notes can also be beneficial. You&#8217;ll notice how much easier it feels compared to when you first started, and that’s a wonderful reminder of your progress. Seeing this improvement can build your enthusiasm and remind you that every study session is a step closer to achieving your goals.</span></p>
<h2><b>Keep it going! </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a language is a wonderful and rewarding journey, and while it takes time and dedication, using the right strategies can help keep your motivation going! So, don’t forget to: </span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">revisit your “why” every so often;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">set achievable goals;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">make learning enjoyable;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">surround yourself with a supportive community;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">and celebrate your progress!</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re interested in exploring more techniques and ideas for effective language learning, check out the article we created to help you make </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">your language note-taking more efficient</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">How to Get Motivated to Study: 5 Strategies to Keep Your Language Learning Going!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.16 &#124; Talking about dates</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-16-talking-about-dates/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-16-talking-about-dates/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Oct 2025 15:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39213</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 16 of Coffee Break Japanese, we’re looking at the calendar in Japanese, so you&#8217;ll learn how to talk about months and days.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-16-talking-about-dates/">CBJ 1.16 | Talking about dates</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 16 of Coffee Break Japanese, we’re looking at the calendar in Japanese, so you&#8217;ll learn how to talk about months and days.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68d50ae24add6689806c6b78" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-16-talking-about-dates/">CBJ 1.16 | Talking about dates</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/cbj-1-16-talking-about-dates/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Active reading strategies: 4 tips on how to read effectively and improve your language skills</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 08:00:30 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39184</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>If you&#8217;re curious about ways to better remember and understand what you read in a language you&#8217;re learning, active reading strategies can be the solution. After all, there’s more to reading than just scanning lines of text! When you actively engage with what you read, you&#8217;ll find it easier to absorb new vocabulary, understand grammar ... <a title="Active reading strategies: 4 tips on how to read effectively and improve your language skills" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/" aria-label="More on Active reading strategies: 4 tips on how to read effectively and improve your language skills">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/">Active reading strategies: 4 tips on how to read effectively and improve your language skills</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re curious about ways to better remember and understand what you read in a language you&#8217;re learning, active reading strategies can be the solution. After all, there’s more to reading than just scanning lines of text!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you actively engage with what you read, you&#8217;ll find it easier to absorb new vocabulary, understand grammar and genuinely enjoy your reading sessions. Let’s discover together what active reading strategies involve and how they can improve your language learning. </span></p>
<h2><b>What are active reading strategies?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, what exactly do we mean by active reading strategies? In short, active reading is about more than just letting words wash over your eyes. It means truly engaging with what you&#8217;re reading: being curious about it, taking notes, and pausing to reflect when needed.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For language learners, these strategies can be incredibly helpful. Reading in a foreign language becomes much more effective when you actively notice new words, pick up on grammar patterns, and absorb the meaning behind the sentences. But don’t worry – it doesn&#8217;t mean that you have to understand every single word that is in the text at first!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, active reading is a skill you can absolutely learn and build over time. And once it becomes a habit, you may find that you can read just as quickly, but with much greater understanding and retention than ever before.</span></p>
<h2><b>4 tips on how to read more effectively in a new language</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Spending time reading is definitely among the </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">best ways to learn a new language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. But how can you use active reading strategies to do that in a more efficient way? We prepared a couple of tips to help you with that and make your journey a bit easier!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are more of a visual learner and want a summary of our recommendations, we recommend checking out the video below, created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, and other team members: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Reading Tips for Language Learners - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 5" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/7Gpek1RuOKA?start=1&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>1. Read for pleasure and follow your passion</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Find content you enjoy and then go for it! You can ask yourself: </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">What am I interested in reading?</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you read something you genuinely enjoy, whether it’s a novel, a news article about your favourite hobby or a blog in your target language, you’ll naturally be more motivated to keep reading and stay engaged. This is important, as maintaining your <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">motivation in language learning</a> is key to making progress.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On the flip side, if you force yourself to read content that bores you, you’re more likely to zone out and slip back into passive reading (or give up altogether). As we mentioned before, you don’t need to understand every single bit of what’s written. The idea of this tip is that, by reading for pleasure and getting in contact with the language, you will get more familiar with phrase structure, words and grammar.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Try graphic novels or plays</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to get more familiar with spoken language, the active reading strategy we would suggest is finding and reading graphic novels or plays, as they offer you a different type of vocabulary in comparison to novels, which can be more descriptive or have more complex language. </span></p>
<h3><b>3. Find materials that match your level</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Easy Readers can be a great place to start when it comes to reading. These are texts that are written specifically with learners in mind and so have a lower level of language than materials designed for native speakers. They help you keep your motivation high as you will understand more of what you read, and so feel a greater sense of accomplishment.  </span></p>
<h3><b>4. Read it all once and then go back to it!</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you come across a short text or a paragraph, try reading it through once without stopping too much or stressing over what you don’t understand. Instead, focus on what you do know to get a feel for the overall meaning. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that, go back and take your time with any new words. See if you can figure out their meanings from the context or relate them to words you already know. This is a great way to discover new vocabulary. You can even read it out loud or write down those new words to help you remember them. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And don’t worry if you’re short on time.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Applying this active reading strategy for just five or ten minutes, looking only at a couple of new words, is still much more useful practice than no practice at all.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to build an active reading habit</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that we’ve explored some tips and strategies, how do you make sure you’re using them regularly? The answer is to turn active reading into a habit. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Consistency is key in language learning. Research shows that practising a little bit each day is much more effective than cramming for long and less frequent sessions. Even dedicating just 15-20 minutes to focused reading daily can make a huge difference over time. Plus, daily reading keeps the language fresh in your mind, so you won’t forget those words as quickly.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, mix up your reading materials! Whether they’re novels, plays, or anything else that brings you joy, you’re well on your way to becoming a more confident language learner. If you would like more </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">tips for learning a new language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, check out the blog post we prepared with more content like this one.</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/">Active reading strategies: 4 tips on how to read effectively and improve your language skills</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Speaking with confidence: how to apply the ‘Anticipation Technique’ to language learning</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2025 08:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39026</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Picture this: you&#8217;re learning a new language and are excited to test your skills by ordering a coffee, asking for information or chatting with a native speaker. But just thinking about it (and it doesn’t matter if you are a beginner or an advanced learner), you start to feel a bit overwhelmed or nervous that ... <a title="Speaking with confidence: how to apply the ‘Anticipation Technique’ to language learning" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/" aria-label="More on Speaking with confidence: how to apply the ‘Anticipation Technique’ to language learning">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/">Speaking with confidence: how to apply the ‘Anticipation Technique’ to language learning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Picture this: you&#8217;re learning a new language and are excited to test your skills by ordering a coffee, asking for information or chatting with a native speaker. But just thinking about it (and it doesn’t matter if you are a beginner or an advanced learner), you start to feel a bit overwhelmed or nervous that you might not understand what they will say to you. Don’t worry. Speaking with confidence in a different language depends on many things, like your mindset, how you practise, and how comfortable you feel with the language. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To help you feel more at ease when encountering situations like this, we have a great strategy, which we like to call the </span><b>Anticipation Technique</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. In this blog post, we will explain more about this method and share a couple of tips to help you speak confidently in your target language. </span></p>
<h2><b>The Anticipation Technique</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here at Coffee Break, we believe that speaking with confidence often comes from feeling prepared. And that is where the Anticipation Technique, created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, comes in handy. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This approach comes from his years of experience as a language learner and as a language teacher. It involves predicting or </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">anticipating what you might need to say or hear</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in a conversation and preparing for it in advance. If you think about it, we already do it in our native languages!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, if you’re about to speak to the waiter, take a few minutes beforehand to imagine how the conversation might go. What questions might the other person ask you (e.g. “Would you like to sit in or take away?” or “Cream or sugar?”)? What might they say to you (e.g. “We don’t have any soy milk.” or “The muffins were baked yesterday”)? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And the key question is: how could you respond to these questions or statements? By</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> preparing some answers and useful phrases ahead of time</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, you’ll walk into the conversation with phrases and vocabulary you’re ready to use. This reduces the anxiety of coming up with sentences on the spot. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the same way, if you’re going to talk about a particular topic like </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">travel</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">work </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">family </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">with a friend or work colleague, try to anticipate relevant words or expressions in the language you are learning that you might need. Knowing that you have this vocabulary up your sleeve will make speaking with confidence a lot easier. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a practical demonstration of the Anticipation Technique in action using a different example, check out this video Mark prepared:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Speak a language with confidence | The Anticipation Technique" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3C-wIrnoBjs?list=PLwX3o6xqc_JjA6-cHs_bPzqtJi0hyvFbL" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b> Other tips for speaking with confidence</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As well as the Anticipation Technique, there are other strategies you can use for speaking with confidence. Let’s have a look at some other tips:</span></p>
<h3><b>Embrace making mistakes!</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the biggest barriers is the fear of making mistakes. However, whether you are </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">learning a language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or have been learning it for a while, making mistakes is completely normal. Our tip for you is to embrace it. As we like to say around here: </span><b>sbagliando s&#8217;impara</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. So, next time you’re speaking in the language you’re learning, keep this Italian proverb in mind and remember that</span> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">by making mistakes, one learns.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you use the wrong word or make a grammar mistake, what’s the worst that can happen? In most cases, your conversation partner will still understand you, or they might gently correct you. All you need to remember is that people always appreciate when a learner makes an effort.</span></p>
<h3><b>Immerse yourself in the language</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It may seem unrelated, but <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/">improving your listening skills</a> can do wonders for speaking with confidence. Why? The better you understand others, the more you can talk without hesitation. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, try to check out podcasts, music, or TV shows, and pay attention to common phrases and how native speakers use them. Then, the next time you’re in a real conversation, those sentences or expressions might come to you more automatically because you’ve heard them before.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, listening a lot helps you pick up the natural rhythm and melody of the language, which is a big part of speaking with confidence. You’ll start to internalise when to pause, which words to stress, and how to pronounce tricky sounds.</span></p>
<h3><b>Talk to yourself </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another key to speaking with confidence is regular practice in low-pressure situations. So, why not practise talking to yourself? For instance, you can try to describe your day out loud in the language while you’re driving or cooking, or repeat dialogues from language podcasts. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tip might surprise you, but trust us – it works! The important thing is to get used to hearing yourself speak the language without the fear of judgement. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Well, we hope that the </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Anticipation Technique</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and the other strategies we shared make you feel more confident in your next conversation. As you practise these tips, you’ll notice a shift in your mindset: what once felt intimidating will start to feel exciting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’d like to continue building your repertoire of recommendations for learning a new language, check out the blog post we prepared on the <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/">B.L.E.N.D. Method</a>, which allows you to make steady progress, all during your coffee breaks!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/">Speaking with confidence: how to apply the ‘Anticipation Technique’ to language learning</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.15 &#124; More about time</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-15-more-about-time/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-15-more-about-time/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 Sep 2025 15:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39175</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Coffee Break Japanese e yōkoso &#8211; welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson fifteen, we’re looking at numbers beyond ten and some additional expressions.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-15-more-about-time/">CBJ 1.15 | More about time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coffee Break Japanese <em>e yōkoso</em> &#8211; welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson fifteen, we’re looking at numbers beyond ten and some additional expressions.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68cbfc6c0666d59a83ee855d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-15-more-about-time/">CBJ 1.15 | More about time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-15-more-about-time/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to become a polyglot? 7 tips to help you in this journey</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 08:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39023</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Isn’t it inspiring to see people who can effortlessly switch between multiple languages? Have you ever dreamed of holding a conversation in Spanish, ordering delicious food in German, or enjoying French movies without needing subtitles? If that sounds like you, you might be curious about how to become a polyglot! Learning multiple languages can feel ... <a title="How to become a polyglot? 7 tips to help you in this journey" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/" aria-label="More on How to become a polyglot? 7 tips to help you in this journey">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/">How to become a polyglot? 7 tips to help you in this journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Isn’t it inspiring to see people who can effortlessly switch between multiple languages? Have you ever dreamed of holding a conversation in Spanish, ordering delicious food in German, or enjoying French movies without needing subtitles? If that sounds like you, you might be curious about how to become a polyglot!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning multiple languages can feel like a big challenge, but it&#8217;s achievable with the right mindset, strategies, and consistency! Whether you&#8217;re just beginning your language adventure or starting with your third or fourth language, this guide we prepared is here to help you explore the world of polyglots. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s get started!</span></p>
<h2><b>Polyglot vs multilingual: is there a difference?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before we look into some helpful tips on how to become a polyglot, let’s take a moment to clarify a question that many people have: Is there really a difference between being multilingual and being a polyglot?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">According to the Cambridge Dictionary, the term multilingual refers to ‘people or groups able to use more than two languages for communication, or understand something written or spoken in more than two different languages.’ Meanwhile, when we look at the definition of a polyglot, the Cambridge Dictionary describes it as ‘someone who speaks or uses several different languages.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To sum it up, these two terms are connected. You might say that a polyglot enjoys learning new languages purely for the joy it brings, while a multilingual person speaks several languages thanks to their rich exposure to a multilingual environment.</span></p>
<h3><b>What about bilinguals?</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A bilingual person is someone who speaks two languages fluently, and there are so many reasons for it! It might be because you have parents who are fluent in different languages, live in a bilingual country, or even find yourself in a job where people speak multiple languages. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re already comfortable with two languages, you probably have a great grasp of grammar, pronunciation, and helpful language-learning tactics. So, if you&#8217;re already bilingual, congratulations! You&#8217;re one step closer to becoming a polyglot. And if you’re monolingual, don’t worry – learning multiple languages is entirely within reach for anyone with the right mindset and approach.</span></p>
<h2><b>7 tips on how to become a polyglot</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you are more familiar with the key terms, are you ready to check out some tips on how to become a polyglot? Regularly switching between languages helps develop cognitive flexibility, making it easier to pick up new ones. Many people even enjoy <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/">learning two languages at the same time</a>!</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, here are the tips we prepared to help you achieve your goal of becoming a polyglot.</span></p>
<h3><b>1. Start with a strong reason</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What inspires you to learn multiple languages? Is it to explore new places, enhance your career, deepen your cultural appreciation, or take on a personal challenge? The first step to becoming a polyglot is nurturing a strong motivation to carry you on your journey.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether you aim to connect with diverse cultures, unlock more job opportunities, or simply give your brain a fun workout, understanding your &#8220;why&#8221; will help you stay dedicated. If you need some tips on how to maintain motivation, Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, shares a couple of good strategies:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Maintaining Motivation in Language Learning" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/-6v3GHIH4-0?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>2. Choose languages strategically</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re starting on your exciting journey to become a polyglot, choosing languages that naturally complement each other can make things a bit easier for you. <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/">Romance languages</a> like Spanish, French, Italian, and Portuguese share many delightful similarities, which makes it a breeze to transfer your knowledge from one to another.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similarly, if you already have a grasp of English, you&#8217;ll find that German and Dutch feel much more familiar. If you&#8217;re feeling adventurous, why not learn fascinating languages like Mandarin, Arabic, or Russian? Whichever language you choose, just ensure it sparks your interest and aligns with your long-term language-learning goals!</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Use the right language-learning methods</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Not all </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">language-learning methods</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> work for everyone. So, you need to find the one that suits you best. There are many strategies and resources out there to help you – it&#8217;s just a question of finding the right ones for you.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Listening to native speakers through podcasts, songs, or even TV shows is a fantastic way to enhance your pronunciation. Plus, by concentrating on the most commonly used words and phrases, you&#8217;ll be mastering the essentials of everyday conversations before you know it.</span></p>
<h3><b>4. Think in your target language</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A fantastic tip on becoming a polyglot or learning any language is to encourage your brain to start thinking in the language you&#8217;re learning. What do we mean by this? Well, rather than translating words from your native tongue, try forming sentences directly in the target language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We suggest that you try to narrate your daily activities in the language you’re learning. For example, while cooking, if you are learning Italian, you can think, </span><b>Ora sto cucinando la pasta</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now I am cooking pasta</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The more you practise this, the easier it gets to think naturally in the language.</span></p>
<h3><b>5. Speak from day one</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The fifth step on how to become a polyglot is: speak! Trust us, it&#8217;s totally normal to hesitate when it comes to engaging in conversation because it might feel like you don’t know enough yet. But waiting until you feel “ready” can hold you back. Start speaking right from the start, even if you only know a handful of words.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Making mistakes is part of the process – don’t be afraid of them!</span></p>
<h3><b>6. Be consistent and make it fun</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The sixth tip on your journey of how to become a polyglot is to stay consistent. We believe that dedicating 15–30 minutes each day can really add up over time. Plus, if you use </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">microlearning</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, you&#8217;ll find it an incredibly helpful tool to keep you engaged and motivated. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can make learning enjoyable by incorporating your hobbies into the process. For example, if you love music, listen to songs; if you enjoy cooking, try to learn recipes; and for all the gaming enthusiasts, you could even tweak the settings in a new game to align with the language you&#8217;re eager to master. Enjoy the journey!</span></p>
<h3><b>7. Don’t give up </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The last tip on how to become a polyglot is simply not to give up! Learning a new language is a beautiful journey that takes time, patience, and dedication. You might experience challenges along the way, but always remember that every little step forward is a victory worth celebrating. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Embrace mistakes, celebrate those little victories, and keep moving forward! With these tips in your pocket, the big question is: which language will you explore first (or next)? Keep in mind that every polyglot began their adventure as a beginner, just like you, no matter where you are on your language-learning journey. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re looking to make your journey easier and more enjoyable, why not explore </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">how to take notes in a new language?</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This can really help you retain new vocabulary. Check out the blog post we’ve prepared and get ready for some exciting learning ahead!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/">How to become a polyglot? 7 tips to help you in this journey</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-become-a-polyglot-7-tips-to-help-you-in-this-journey/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Qualities of a good teacher: key traits that inspire language learners</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Sep 2025 08:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39013</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When considering what makes language learning truly effective, it&#8217;s important to reflect on the qualities of a good teacher. After all, a great tutor isn&#8217;t just someone who speaks the language fluently; they also possess qualities that make learning effective, enjoyable, and memorable.  Here at Coffee Break Languages, we believe that skilled, friendly, and passionate ... <a title="Qualities of a good teacher: key traits that inspire language learners" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/" aria-label="More on Qualities of a good teacher: key traits that inspire language learners">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/">Qualities of a good teacher: key traits that inspire language learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When considering what makes language learning truly effective, it&#8217;s important to reflect on the qualities of a good teacher. After all, a great tutor isn&#8217;t just someone who speaks the language fluently; they also possess qualities that make learning effective, enjoyable, and memorable. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here at Coffee Break Languages, we believe that skilled, friendly, and passionate tutors can make a difference in supporting your learning. If you want to know how three of the most important qualities of a good teacher can inspire you as a language learner, continue reading this blog post.</span></p>
<h2><b>1. Passion and enthusiasm</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the qualities of a great language tutor is their passion for the language they teach. Their passion is truly contagious, and when you&#8217;re learning from someone enthusiastic about the language, it naturally helps you <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">stay motivated and excited to learn more</a>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, enthusiastic teachers inspire you to stay curious and eager to learn, helping you enjoy the journey of mastering a new language. Plus, they’re there to support you and keep you motivated, even when you encounter challenging verb conjugations, tricky grammar rules, or pronunciation aspects.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We are sure you still remember a teacher or tutor who taught you something you’ve never forgotten. Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, shared some examples of his experiences and also his views on what the qualities of a good and inspiring teacher are. Check out the video below: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="What makes an inspiring language teacher?" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/09hRx6y1l4Q?list=PLwX3o6xqc_JjA6-cHs_bPzqtJi0hyvFbL" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>2. Empathy with learners</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language can sometimes be challenging, and it’s completely normal to feel like you are not progressing as fast as you hoped for. That’s why one of the qualities of a good teacher is empathy – the ability to truly understand and share in your experience. After all, everyone learns at their own unique pace and faces their own particular challenges.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our team of tutors consists of experienced language learners who understand the challenges first-hand because, like you, they’ve been through the process of learning a new language. That&#8217;s a wonderful thing because they know exactly how you feel at times and can support you on your language-learning journey. </span></p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-39015" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px-1024x576.png" alt="Coffee Break presenters" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px-1024x576.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px-300x169.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px-768x432.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px-1536x864.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Presenters-for-blog-1920-x-1080-px.png 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another important quality of a good teacher, which goes along with empathy, is patience. A good tutor can understand that language learning is a process that involves gradual improvement, and they’re with you every step of the way. At Coffee Break, we recognise that our learners come from diverse backgrounds and have varying levels of experience with language. That&#8217;s why we ensure that our style of teaching makes the language accessible for anyone, even if you wouldn’t usually think of yourself as a language learner. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And when you feel supported and understood, learning becomes a more enjoyable and exciting experience.</span></p>
<h2><b>3. Expertise and knowledge of the language</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Last on our list of key qualities of a good teacher is: their knowledge of the language they’re teaching. A great language tutor inspires a learner to do more than just know the words by helping you understand the aspects that make up grammar, pronunciation, and usage in everyday conversations. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">They guide you not only in speaking the language but also in understanding the</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> why </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">behind the rules, helping you apply them naturally in different contexts. This kind of understanding helps simplify complex concepts and break them down into manageable pieces. So, instead of overwhelming you with confusing terms, they use everyday language to explain grammar points, new vocabulary, or cultural nuances.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At Coffee Break, our tutors also bring cultural insights into the lessons because we believe language and culture go hand in hand, and it&#8217;s all about preparing you to use the language confidently in the real world. </span></p>
<p><b><i>Related topic: </i></b><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/"><b><i>What is the best way to learn a language?</i></b></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, we believe in using a clear, approachable teaching style that prioritises understanding. We break down lessons into small, digestible chunks and use plenty of examples to help solidify the new concepts. Whether you’re listening to a podcast episode or following along with our interactive exercises, our goal is to ensure that you always understand what you’re learning and how to apply it.</span></p>
<h2><b>How a good language teacher can help with your learning</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By now, you probably have a better idea of the qualities of a good teacher – one who brings expertise, patience, empathy, and passion to the table. When you learn with a tutor like this, your language-learning journey becomes more enjoyable and rewarding, leading to quicker progress. A wonderful teacher can boost your confidence, help you overcome challenges, and guide you in developing the skills you need to speak the language fluently.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At Coffee Break Languages, our team of tutors reflects these qualities, and we’re here to support you every step of the way. Whether you’re listening to our podcasts, following one of our online courses, or exploring our library of video lessons on our </span><a href="https://coffeebreaktv.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">CoffeeBreakTV app and web platform</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, our tutors work hard to inspire you and to make sure you have the best possible learning experience.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re looking for a tutor who has all the qualities of a good teacher, as we mentioned, and who will inspire you and guide you towards success in your language-learning journey, why not consider joining the welcoming Coffee Break community? </span><a class="click_cta" href="http://coffeebreaklanguages.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Explore our variety of courses</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and discover the perfect level for you!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/">Qualities of a good teacher: key traits that inspire language learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/qualities-of-a-good-teacher-key-traits-that-inspire-language-learners/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.14 &#124; Telling the time</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-14-telling-the-time/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-14-telling-the-time/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 15:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39154</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 14 of Coffee Break Japanese. We&#8217;re covering an important topic related to numbers in this episode &#8211; we&#8217;re learning about the time and importantly, how to tell the time in Japanese.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-14-telling-the-time/">CBJ 1.14 | Telling the time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 14 of Coffee Break Japanese. We&#8217;re covering an important topic related to numbers in this episode &#8211; we&#8217;re learning about the time and importantly, how to tell the time in Japanese.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68b0127303681f31dee84606" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-14-telling-the-time/">CBJ 1.14 | Telling the time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/cbj-1-14-telling-the-time/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to learn a new language by yourself? Learn how to do it using podcasts</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 08:00:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39019</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered how to learn a new language by yourself? If so, whether because a formal classroom setting doesn’t appeal to you, or you don’t have the time for long sessions, there’s good news: you can learn a new language using a simple tool – podcasts! Language podcasts offer a unique way to ... <a title="How to learn a new language by yourself? Learn how to do it using podcasts" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/" aria-label="More on How to learn a new language by yourself? Learn how to do it using podcasts">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/">How to learn a new language by yourself? Learn how to do it using podcasts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Have you ever wondered how to learn a new language by yourself? If so, whether because a formal classroom setting doesn’t appeal to you, or you don’t have the time for long sessions, there’s good news: you can learn a new language using a simple tool – podcasts!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Language podcasts offer a unique way to help you immerse yourself in a new language while fitting into your lifestyle. Whether you’re sipping your morning coffee, commuting to work or enjoying a quiet evening at home, podcasts make language learning accessible, enjoyable, and flexible. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this blog post, we’ll guide you through the process of learning a language independently, using podcasts as your ultimate companion.</span></p>
<h2><b>Why learn a new language?</b></h2>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> can be incredibly rewarding. It opens doors to new cultures, deepens your understanding of the world, and helps you connect with people. If you speak another language, you are not just communicating; you can build bridges and foster a sense of belonging. Additionally, it provides practical benefits, such as improving your career prospects and enriching your travel experiences. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Beyond these cultural and practical advantages, picking up a new language is an amazing workout for your brain! Research shows that being bilingual not only enhances memory but also sharpens your problem-solving skills and helps delay cognitive decline.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On top of that, learning a new language is a fantastic way to grow personally. It encourages you to step out of your comfort zone, build resilience, and find joy in making mistakes along the way. Whether you’re learning for travel, work, or just out of curiosity, each word you master brings you one step closer to becoming a more enriched and confident version of yourself.</span></p>
<h2><b>Why are podcasts a perfect match for language learning?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Podcasts are a fantastic tool for language learning! They provide an experience that mirrors how we naturally pick up languages. You’ll find authentic conversations, cultural insights, and practical phrases that immerse you in the language just as it’s spoken in daily life. This way, you&#8217;re not only learning words but also how to use them naturally! Additionally, many language podcasts are hosted by native speakers who share tips on pronunciation and intonation. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another reason why podcasts are a perfect match for language learning is flexibility. You can listen while you’re cooking, walking the dog, or working out. Podcasts fit into your daily routine, transforming those little bits of idle time into productive learning moments.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Some of our podcasts come with extra perks! Here at </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, we have over 18 years of experience helping millions of learners. We provide engaging transcripts, practice exercises, and more useful bonus content for those who opt for the premium version of our courses.</span></p>
<h2><b>How to learn a new language by yourself using podcasts?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As we mentioned before, studying independently has its perks – you set your pace, tailor your learning to your interests, and choose resources that suit your goals. However, what strategies can be used to learn a new language independently through podcasts?</span></p>
<h4><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s start with something essential: knowing what you’d like to achieve! Whether you&#8217;re excited about an upcoming trip or simply eager to dive into learning, <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">setting clear goals</a> can transform your study routine into a much more inviting and enjoyable experience. </span></h4>
<h4><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next up on how to learn a new language by yourself using podcasts is to take your time picking the right podcast. It’s all about finding one that aligns with your skill level and interests. At Coffee Break, we provide step-by-step lessons that gently build your skills, allowing you to easily learn practical and everyday phrases, all while creating a deeper understanding of the structure and grammar of the language without you even realising it.</span></h4>
<h4><span style="font-weight: 400;">Thirdly, it&#8217;s a good idea to learn from the hosts’ pronunciation and intonation. Many podcasts invite you to repeat phrases, so feel free to join in and practise your speaking skills. </span></h4>
<h4><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another habit we’d encourage is to revisit those episodes. Listening again really helps reinforce what you’ve learned and allows you to see how much progress you’ve made.</span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, as we often mention, consistency plays a vital role in language learning. Just dedicating 15 minutes each day can truly make a big difference! And remember to celebrate your milestones and reward yourself as you go – whether it’s having your first conversation or mastering that challenging verb tense, recognising your progress makes the journey all the more delightful! </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Why You Should Treat Yourself as a Language Learner -  Language Learning Blueprint Episode 04" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Hs1ESlVfCP8?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And now you know how to learn a new language using podcasts! By weaving this habit into your daily routine, creating clear goals, and maintaining consistency, you’ll be amazed at how quickly you’ll move forward. The language-learning adventure is right at your fingertips – just one episode (or coffee break!) away.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re short on time but eager to learn new languages, consider exploring our blog post on </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">how microlearning can enhance your language learning</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. In the article, we look at effective strategies that use bite-sized lessons, making this process more accessible and efficient.</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/">How to learn a new language by yourself? Learn how to do it using podcasts</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/how-to-learn-a-new-language-by-yourself-learn-how-to-do-it-using-podcasts/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Learn how to improve your listening skills in a new language</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 08:00:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38606</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Being able to understand conversations in a different language or communicate smoothly with the server in a restaurant or café is definitely a very special moment for any language learner. However, if you are not quite there yet or would like some more practice, you&#8217;re likely wondering how to improve your listening skills in a ... <a title="Learn how to improve your listening skills in a new language" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/" aria-label="More on Learn how to improve your listening skills in a new language">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/">Learn how to improve your listening skills in a new language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Being able to understand conversations in a different language or communicate smoothly with the server in a restaurant or café is definitely a very special moment for any language learner. However, if you are not quite there yet or would like some more practice, you&#8217;re likely wondering how to improve your listening skills in a new language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We believe the answer isn’t as simple as just </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">listening more</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, as improving your listening comprehension is tied to many factors – from the techniques you use to the content you choose and your own daily habits. That’s why we prepared this blog post with four strategies to help you get to where you would like to be… faster. Keep reading!</span></p>
<h2><b>4 strategies on how to improve your listening skills </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Listening is one of the most important skills in language learning. It’s not just about hearing sounds, it’s about training your brain to recognise patterns, decode meaning, and react. To help you with that, we’ve prepared a list of four strategies. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;d prefer a visual overview, be sure to watch the video below, where Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, shares more about each one of the tips on how to improve your listening skills.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Listening Tips for Language Learners - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 6" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Y4gz2uP8CGo?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>1. Slowing down</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a highly controversial strategy, but at Coffee Break, we believe it can be incredibly beneficial for language learners at the beginner and intermediate levels. Trust us: using playback controls in audio or video platforms is not cheating, but rather a smart tool to help your brain catch every word, and it might be a useful exercise to add to your <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/language-learning-routine/">learning routine</a>. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you slow audio down (let’s say to 0.75x), everything becomes clearer: you can distinguish syllables, spot new vocabulary and tune your pronunciation accuracy. So, rather than feeling embarrassed for using slow playback, think of it as training wheels for your ears. Your understanding will grow faster than if you only ever use normal speed.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And, once you feel more comfortable, you can gradually increase the speed until you’re ready to match real-life conversations. Additionally, you can find content that is specifically created for your level of skills, in which (if you are at beginner or intermediate level) the hosts or tutors will speak a bit slower than in a natural conversation.  </span></p>
<h3><b>2. Ask people to speak more slowly</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next on our list of strategies on how to improve your listening skills is to ask people to speak slowly. Just like with audio or video, you&#8217;ll find that over time, you&#8217;ll understand more and more and will probably be able to catch most of what&#8217;s being said.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Remember, this isn&#8217;t ‘cheating’. It&#8217;s a simple and helpful way to become more familiar with the language&#8217;s flow and pronunciation.</span></p>
<h3><b>3. The “magic boundary”: where words become clear</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the video, Mark describes a powerful moment in any learner’s journey: the ‘magic boundary’. That’s the point when speech goes from a jumble to a stream of recognisable words and phrases. So, how do you get there? Through focused and repeated exposure.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can start by choosing short, clear audio, like a Coffee Break Languages podcast or </span><a href="http://coffeebreaktv.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">video lesson</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and listen to it multiple times. Over time, your brain develops the ability to recognise patterns and sounds automatically, understanding where each word starts and ends. </span></p>
<h3><b>4. Native-speed content is crucial too</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Slowing down helps build clarity, but we can’t stay there forever. That&#8217;s why the fourth strategy on how to improve your listening skills is to look for authentic exposure. So, after you’ve got familiar with a piece of audio (through slowed-down and repeated listens), don’t stop there. Go back to normal speed and see how you cope now. Push yourself gradually with slightly faster playback, as this trains your brain to process speech in real-time.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s fine if you can only catch 60–70% initially. Over time, what was fast becomes easier to meet. You can try to find podcasts directed at native speakers or even find a series or movie in your target language. It helps you get the ‘musicality’ of language, and that helps you <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/speaking-with-confidence/">speak with confidence</a> when the time comes.</span></p>
<h2><b>A step-by-step listening practice routine</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you have all the strategies on how to improve your listening skills, you may wonder how to incorporate them into your learning routine and daily life. To help you with that, here is a suggestion: try to listen to slowed-down content, but also listen to it at a normal speed. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can choose a 2–3 minute video or a Coffee Break short podcast, for example. Listen at first at normal speed and then select a 0.5x or a 0.75 speed. If you are using content specifically designed for learners, you can speed it up to 1.25x or 1.5x. It is great practice because it prepares you for real-world scenarios.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’d like guided practice and <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/">more tips for learning a new language</a>, check out the blog where we talk about our B.L.E.N.D. method and key strategies to make consistent and real progress! </span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/">Learn how to improve your listening skills in a new language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.13 &#124; Japanese food vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-13-japanese-food-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-13-japanese-food-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2025 15:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=39113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson thirteen, we’ll continue from what we covered in lesson twelve, which focused on vocabulary and expressions to use at a restaurant. In this lesson, we’ll take a closer look at Japanese food.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-13-japanese-food-vocabulary/">CBJ 1.13 | Japanese food vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson thirteen, we’ll continue from what we covered in lesson twelve, which focused on vocabulary and expressions to use at a restaurant. In this lesson, we’ll take a closer look at Japanese food.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68a6ce0b3b6c865497520676" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-13-japanese-food-vocabulary/">CBJ 1.13 | Japanese food vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-13-japanese-food-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The B.L.E.N.D. method: 5 tips for learning a new language and making real progress</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 08:00:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38613</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning a new language is an adventure that unlocks many incredible new experiences, personal growth and, of course, new friendships. However, we know it can also feel overwhelming at times. With so many methods and resources out there, you might be wondering what the best tips for learning a new language are.  Over our many ... <a title="The B.L.E.N.D. method: 5 tips for learning a new language and making real progress" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/" aria-label="More on The B.L.E.N.D. method: 5 tips for learning a new language and making real progress">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/">The B.L.E.N.D. method: 5 tips for learning a new language and making real progress</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language is an adventure that unlocks many incredible new experiences, personal growth and, of course, new friendships. However, we know it can also feel overwhelming at times. With so many methods and resources out there, you might be wondering what the best tips for learning a new language are. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Over our many years of helping learners, we’ve found that success often comes down to a few key principles. In fact, one of the ways we like to summarise these is in a handy acronym: B.L.E.N.D. This research-backed approach can help you start learning any language with confidence while fitting your studies into your daily routine.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">But what does each part of the B.L.E.N.D. method involve, and how can it help you on your language-learning journey? Let’s take a closer look at these five essential tips.</span></p>
<h2><b>5 tips for learning a new language with the B.L.E.N.D. method</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here at Coffee Break Languages, we know that learning a new language isn’t just about memorising vocabulary lists or studying grammar rules – it’s about finding a method that fits your lifestyle and keeps you motivated. That’s why we’ve developed the B.L.E.N.D. method – a practical and flexible approach to language learning that’s designed to help learners at any level make steady progress. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The B.L.E.N.D. method offers a simple and effective approach through five tips for learning a new language: Building your foundation, Listening first, Embracing mistakes, Noticing patterns, and Doing it daily. If you&#8217;re a visual learner and want to discover more about this approach, you might enjoy watching the video below, made by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, where he summarises this strategy:</span></p>
<p><iframe title="The BLEND Secret: Language Learning Made Simple" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qjLIoUdFLSg?start=1&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>1. Building your foundation</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The first letter in our acronym and also the first one of our tips for learning a new language stands for </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Building your foundation</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, which means getting in the right mindset for learning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before you start going through<a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/09/active-reading-strategies-4-tips-on-how-to-read-effectively-and-improve-your-language-skills/"> reading strategies</a> or start listening to a podcast, ask yourself: </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Why do I want to learn this language?’</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. This positive start and the focus on your <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">learning goals</a> will keep you motivated even when you face challenges. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A great way to begin strengthening your foundation is by creating a special space or setting aside a specific time dedicated to learning. When you incorporate these study moments into your daily routine, it becomes easier and more enjoyable, turning it from a chore into a habit.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Listening first</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The “L” stands for</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Listening first</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. So the second one of our tips for learning a new language is to start by immersing yourself in the sounds of the language before worrying about speaking – think about how babies learn, listening for months before they say their first words. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, listening helps you absorb pronunciation and language patterns naturally, making speaking further down the line easier. If you can, to <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/">improve your listening skills</a>, look for content designed for native speakers of the language (like songs, podcasts or TV shows). Even if you don’t catch every word, your brain is already absorbing the nuances of the language. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To sum up, give yourself permission to just listen and enjoy at the beginning!</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Embracing mistakes</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The “E” in our method stands for </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Embracing mistakes</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. As you’ll hear in the video above, one of Mark’s favourite Italian sayings is: </span><b>sbagliando s&#8217;impara </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">by making mistakes, one learns, </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">and that is one of the tips for learning a new language that applies to many other scenarios. So, if you say something incorrectly and someone corrects you, that’s great: now you know the right way to say it! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Actually, learners who are comfortable making mistakes gain more confidence in real-life situations than those who are hesitant. After all, communicating is more important than being perfect, and every mistake you make is an opportunity to learn and grow.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And, after someone corrects you or points out how a word should be pronounced, chances are you are never going to forget it, turning it into a special language-learning moment. </span></p>
<h3><b>4. Noticing patterns</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Noticing patterns</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is a big part of language learning and that’s what the “N” stands for in our list of tips for learning a new language. Instead of entering headfirst into complex grammar rules in isolation or counting words that you are familiar with, focus on observing patterns in the language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One example that Mark uses in the video we mentioned above is the pattern for introducing people in French. To introduce someone, you might say:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Ça c’est </b><b><i>ma</i></b><b> sœur. </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is my sister. </span></i></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Ça c’est </b><b><i>ma</i></b><b> mère. </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is my mother. </span></i></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Ça c’est </b><b><i>mon</i></b> <b>frère. </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is my brother.</span></i></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You might notice that the pattern changes from </span><b>ma </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">for feminine nouns to</span><b> mon </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">for masculine nouns. This pattern can be reapplied to different contexts, and with no effort, you just learned a grammar rule simply by noticing this pattern.  </span></p>
<h3><b>5. Doing it daily</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The final one of our tips for learning a new language is </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Doing it daily</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. We believe that consistency is key for learning a new language and that practising a little each day is far more effective than an occasional marathon study session. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That’s why our Coffee Break lessons are short and structured. Our lessons focus on a </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">microlearning approach</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to help you fit learning into your daily routine and build a habit of regular study. For example, you can dedicate your commute to a quick language session, or the time you are doing the dishes to listen to a podcast. Even on busy days, you can try to squeeze in 5 or 10 minutes of practice before bed or during a coffee break. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Daily learning helps make it easier to recall new information over time. </span></p>
<h2><b>Bringing it all together</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By now, we hope you&#8217;ve seen how the B.L.E.N.D. method and our helpful tips for learning a new language can make a difference. But how can you start applying these ideas? Let us show you a seven-day plan to get you going:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On your first day of learning a new language, you can set up your learning space and listen to a podcast or music while walking your dog or on your commute. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day two, you can watch a video lesson to pick up your first phrases. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day three, you can listen to a podcast and make a word list. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day four, consider creating an imaginary dialogue and putting your speaking skills into practice. Don’t forget to embrace your mistakes in the process.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day five, you might be able to notice patterns and be able to repeat phrases that are frequently used in the materials you are learning.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day six, you can build on what you’ve learned that week and maybe be more comfortable putting a couple of words together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">On day seven, continue building on what you learn &#8211; listen to a podcast, watch videos, create imaginary conversations or describe what you are doing in your daily life.   </span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re ready to put these tips into action, </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><b>check out more about Coffee Break Languages</b></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, find our courses that embrace these principles and a variety of languages to choose from. Before long, you’ll be ordering a coffee or striking up conversations in your new language with confidence!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/">The B.L.E.N.D. method: 5 tips for learning a new language and making real progress</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/tips-for-learning-a-new-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.12 &#124;  Ordering a meal in a restaurant</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 07 Aug 2025 15:15:23 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38833</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson 12, we’ll continue from what we covered in lesson 11, which focused on café vocabulary, including food, snacks, and drinks. This time, we look at practical Japanese expressions which you can use in a restaurant setting.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant/">CBJ 1.12 |  Ordering a meal in a restaurant</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson 12, we’ll continue from what we covered in lesson 11, which focused on café vocabulary, including food, snacks, and drinks. This time, we look at practical Japanese expressions which you can use in a restaurant setting.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/688b6d7abe8bca0ca2f79c1c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant/">CBJ 1.12 |  Ordering a meal in a restaurant</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/cbj-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What are learning goals (and why do they matter in language learning)?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 08:02:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38584</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A common question that comes up when embarking on a new language adventure is: “Do I really need to set learning goals for my language learning?”. We believe that the answer is yes!  Clear goals act as a roadmap on your language journey, guiding you towards your destination. In fact, goal-setting techniques can help you ... <a title="What are learning goals (and why do they matter in language learning)?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/" aria-label="More on What are learning goals (and why do they matter in language learning)?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">What are learning goals (and why do they matter in language learning)?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A common question that comes up when embarking on a new language adventure is: “Do I really need to set learning goals for my language learning?”. We believe that the answer is </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">yes!</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clear goals act as a roadmap on your language journey, guiding you towards your destination. In fact, goal-setting techniques can help you break down learning into manageable steps, allowing you to make real progress. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And the way you set your learning goals can influence your success. So, let’s explore together how to create effective language-learning goals and understand why they’re so important.</span></p>
<h2><b>Simple framework for learning goals</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">First things first: what are learning goals? As you can imagine, they are specific objectives that learners set for themselves to guide their journey. These goals act like helpful signposts that guide you on your journey to learn a new language. They give you a clear direction and allow you to keep track of how you’re doing along the way.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">But how do you set language-learning goals? If you&#8217;re looking for some great tips and prefer visual content, we recommend checking out the video below, created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Goal Setting for Language Learners - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 3" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/aocUuMUY9aQ?start=5&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b> 1. Set small ‘session’ goals</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One of the </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">best ways to learn a new language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is to maintain focus, and breaking your learning into ‘session’ goals might help you do that. Instead of saying ‘</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">I’ll study Spanish this week’</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, try setting a mini-goal for each study session. For example, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Today I’ll learn 5 new travel phrases’</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Having a clear purpose for each study session makes it more enjoyable and keeps your practice focused. In addition to that, every little achievement gives you a happy boost and encourages you to keep going, fuelling your enthusiasm to continue.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Use weekly learning goals to build consistency</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Besides focus, another key factor in learning a new language is consistency. That is why setting weekly learning goals is so important. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These longer-term goals give you slightly larger targets that build momentum over time. For example, as Mark mentions as an example in the video, you can set objectives like: ‘</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This week I will finish Chapter 3 of my textbook’</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">’ or ‘</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">By Sunday I’ll be able to introduce myself in French without notes’</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These weekly milestones help connect your daily efforts to your bigger objectives, ensuring that you’re steadily moving forward. In other words, weekly goals help you build long-term consistency in your routine.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why is this important? Consistent practice beats occasional cramming every time in language learning. Setting a weekly goal helps you develop a habit of consistent study, and those habits can be truly powerful. In fact, many studies have shown that people who celebrate small wins are more likely to stay committed to their routines (like learning a language) and gradually turn those weekly goals into lasting habits.</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Long-term goals &#8211; visualise your success!</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On top of the ‘session’ objectives and weekly learning goals, you also need to consider what you would like to achieve in the language down the line. Is it speaking to a coworker? A family member? Ordering a coffee abroad, if you are fortunate to visit a country where the language you are learning is spoken? Reading a novel?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whatever this long-term goal might be or how long it might take to achieve it (a month, six months, a year, or more), one powerful technique to keep your <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/10/how-to-get-motivated-to-study/">motivation to study</a> high is to visualise your success. This is a great strategy used by many successful learners (and by members of our team) to boost confidence and focus!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By imagining the end result – the conversations you’ll have, the experiences you’ll enjoy – you remind yourself why you started learning in the first place. This emotional connection to your goal makes it easier to stay driven when lessons get tough or life gets busy.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s like seeing a sneak preview of the reward waiting for you, which can motivate you to move forward. So when motivation is not at its peak, you can close your eyes and envision that moment of triumph when you realise ‘</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wow, I’m really doing this!</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">’. That little exercise can reignite your passion to keep going. </span></p>
<h3><b>4. Write your goals down </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s not enough just to have goals in your mind; writing them down is a crucial step that many learners overlook. When you write down your learning goals, you transform vague ideas into a clear plan. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In fact, research suggests that putting your goals on paper makes you significantly more likely to achieve them. A study from the Dominican University of California found that people who wrote down their goals were 42% more likely to reach them than those who didn’t. All from simply grabbing a pen, a notebook or a smartphone and writing it down! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why does writing help so much? First, it forces you to get specific about what you want to accomplish, and secondly, it works as a visible reminder that you can tick off, cross out, or tap to close. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, having our language-learning objectives written down provides a record of how far you’ve come and reinforces that satisfying feeling of accomplishment. Remember that each goal you write and achieve, no matter how small, builds confidence for the next one!</span></p>
<h2><b>Turn your goals into a language-learning success story!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By now, we hope you can see how setting clear learning goals will help your language-learning journey. From focusing your daily studies with mini session goals, to building consistency with weekly targets, to motivating yourself through vivid visualisation and written commitments – these strategies will keep you moving towards your objective, whatever it might be.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now it’s time to put this into action. What will </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">your</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> next language-learning goal be? Whether it’s learning a new tense, having a 5-minute conversation, or watching a movie without subtitles, write it down and go for it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And if you’re eager for more ways to improve your language skills, we’ve got you covered. For example, listening comprehension can be a challenge for many learners. If you want to </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/08/learn-how-to-improve-your-listening-skills-in-a-new-language/"><b>learn how to improve your listening skills</b></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, be sure to check out our blog post on the topic next!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/">What are learning goals (and why do they matter in language learning)?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/what-are-learning-goals/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.11 &#124; Ordering drinks in a café</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/cbj-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/cbj-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2025 15:15:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38489</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Coffee Break Japanese! We&#8217;re returning with Lesson 11 in our series and this time, we&#8217;re helping you learn how to order drinks and snacks in Japanese. By the end of this lesson you&#8217;ll have the knowledge and confidence to place your order in a café.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/cbj-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe/">CBJ 1.11 | Ordering drinks in a café</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to Coffee Break Japanese! We&#8217;re returning with Lesson 11 in our series and this time, we&#8217;re helping you learn how to order drinks and snacks in Japanese. By the end of this lesson you&#8217;ll have the knowledge and confidence to place your order in a café.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68778e0712713a20e142d057" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/cbj-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe/">CBJ 1.11 | Ordering drinks in a café</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/cbj-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Can you learn two languages at once? Understand how it is possible!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2025 07:46:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38362</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning a new language is such an exciting adventure, but what if you’re dreaming even bigger and want to tackle two at the same time? You might wonder, ‘can you learn two languages at once?’. The good news is, absolutely, yes! However, it does come with its own set of challenges. Whether you’re looking to ... <a title="Can you learn two languages at once? Understand how it is possible!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/" aria-label="More on Can you learn two languages at once? Understand how it is possible!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/">Can you learn two languages at once? Understand how it is possible!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language is such an exciting adventure, but what if you’re dreaming even bigger and want to tackle two at the same time? You might wonder, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘can you learn two languages at once?</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">’. The good news is, absolutely, yes! However, it does come with its own set of challenges.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether you’re looking to make the most out of your travels, boost your career or pursue personal growth, learning two languages is a journey that calls for a bit of strategy, some discipline and a sprinkle of creativity. In this blog post, we’ll explain more about how you can learn two languages at once, taking into consideration the challenges you might face and some practical tips to help you on your way. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, let’s get started! </span></p>
<h2><b>Can you learn two languages at once? Why do it?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before considering the challenges and how to do it, let’s discuss </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">why</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> you should do it. Firstly, learning a new language broadens your cultural horizons, as each language unlocks access to a unique culture, history, and way of thinking. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For instance, exploring <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/">Romance languages</a> like Spanish and French opens up a wonderful opportunity to discover the rich cultures of Latin America, Europe, and Africa. This journey not only enhances your language skills but also deepens your appreciation and understanding of the diverse world we live in.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Secondly, embracing multilingualism can help your career advancement. In our globalised world, being able to communicate in multiple languages is such a valuable asset. If you’re thinking about a career in business or tourism, for instance, knowing several languages can really help you stand out from the competition and unlock exciting new opportunities!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Plus, learning languages comes with some amazing cognitive benefits. Studies have found that picking up a second language can boost your memory, enhance your multitasking skills, and sharpen your problem-solving abilities. And if you take on two languages at the same time, you might just magnify these advantages, keeping your brain sharp and flexible.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, can you learn two languages at once? The answer is yes! </span></p>
<h2><b>Challenges of learning two languages simultaneously and how to overcome them</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that we know that you can learn two languages at once, let’s look at some of the challenges of doing so. Learning two languages at once can be really exciting, but it can also come with its difficulties. So, before you embark on this journey, we think it’s a great idea to be aware of those challenges and discover how to tackle them effectively!</span></p>
<h3><b>1. Mixing up languages</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Language interference is one of the most common challenges we can face when learning a second language. This happens when words or grammar rules from one language sneak into another, often without us realising it!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It&#8217;s quite common when the languages are closely related. But don’t worry – this is all just part of your exciting learning journey.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Increased cognitive load</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a language requires time, focus, and energy. Doubling the workload can make you feel a bit overwhelmed at times. To keep your motivation high and help you avoid feeling burned out, it’s vital to find a </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">language-learning technique</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that makes you feel like you are making progress.</span></p>
<h3><b>3. Time management</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finding enough time to practise both languages consistently can be difficult, especially if you have other commitments, such as work, university, or family. That&#8217;s why exploring </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">microlearning language platforms</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> can be such a great option, as they break lessons into easy-to-handle chunks, making your progress feel more enjoyable and achievable!</span></p>
<h2><b>Tips for learning two languages at once</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that we’ve explored the question, ‘Can you learn two languages at once?’, and you’re aware of some of the challenges that might pop up, here’s the exciting part: it’s totally possible with the right approach! When choosing your languages, think about how similar or different they are. This can make your learning journey even more enjoyable! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As we mentioned before, learning two closely related languages, like Italian and French or Spanish and Portuguese, can really help you notice some exciting patterns! Or, if your two languages are from distinct language families, you’ll have the opportunity to appreciate the variety that exists within the world’s languages and the unique characteristics of different language families.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a moment to define what drives you to learn each language and set some achievable milestones along the way. If you need help with that, check out this video with some valuable tips from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages: </span></p>
<p><iframe title="How many languages does Mark from Coffee Break speak? (subtitles)" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bWdxFuimEao?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Think of each language as a unique project. To keep things organised, try dedicating specific days or times to each one. For example, you might enjoy studying German on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, while saving Italian for Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To celebrate the uniqueness of each language, try exploring a variety of fun tools and materials. You might enjoy watching movies in one language while listening to catchy songs in another. Keeping separate notebooks for vocabulary and grammar of each of your languages can also be a great way to stay organised!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, staying consistent is so important. Even if you can only spare 15 minutes a day to learn a new language, practising regularly will really help you remember what you&#8217;ve learned and gain some great momentum. And remember, don’t let the fear of making mistakes stop you! Making mistakes is a completely normal part of the learning journey and can actually help you learn even more quickly.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/">learn more about the best way to learn any language</a>, check out the blog post we prepared with other tips to help you take your dream of speaking a language off paper!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/">Can you learn two languages at once? Understand how it is possible!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/can-you-learn-two-languages-at-once-understand-how-it-is-possible/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Different Uses of ‘Get’ in English – Improve Your Vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 15:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36662</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how many different uses of get there are in English? This can be a difficult word for English learners because it has so many meanings, but if you can learn to use it well, you can really sound like a native speaker!  The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of informal ... <a title="Different Uses of ‘Get’ in English – Improve Your Vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on Different Uses of ‘Get’ in English – Improve Your Vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/">Different Uses of ‘Get’ in English – Improve Your Vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Do you know how many different uses of </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> there are in English? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">This can be a difficult word for English learners because it has so many meanings, but if you can learn to use it well, you can really sound like a native speaker! </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English! In the latest episode, Nick and Anabel will help you  use the verb <b>get</b> in lots of different ways. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are many phrases with <strong>get</strong>, and if we include phrasal verbs, the list is too long to cover in one episode! But we can look at some synonyms that you can replace with the verb <strong>get</strong>. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4da.png" alt="📚" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, let’s </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> started!</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go!</span></p>
<h2><b>Get = become</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with adjectives to mean </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">become</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">&gt;&gt; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s raining, take an umbrella or you will </span></i><b><i>get wet</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4a6.png" alt="💦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can also use the verb </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with comparative adjectives to show </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">change</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">&gt;&gt; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">In November the weather </span></i><b><i>gets colder</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and the days </span></i><b><i>get shorter</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2744.png" alt="❄" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Get = catch / take</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Another one of the uses of </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is to talk about taking transport. It has the same meaning as catch or take with nouns like </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">bus</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">train</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">taxi</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We can only use it with transport that it is possible to miss. I can’t get a bike to the office, for example. </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; I <strong>got</strong> a taxi to the airport. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f696.png" alt="🚖" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; I <strong>got</strong> the train into town </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f682.png" alt="🚂" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Get = buy / obtain / receive</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use the verb </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to mean buy, obtain or receive. They have similar meanings but aren’t always the same. This can cause some confusion when we talk about presents! Look at the following sentence:</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; I </span></i><b><i>got</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> a scarf for my birthday </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">(</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">In this sentence, </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> means receive.) <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f381.png" alt="🎁" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">&gt;&gt; I </span><b>got</b></em><span style="font-weight: 300;"><em> an A in my English exam</em> (In this sentence, <b>get</b> means obtain.) <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4dd.png" alt="📝" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">&gt;&gt; I </span><b>got</b></em><span style="font-weight: 300;"><em> my brother a present for his birthday</em> (In this sentence, <b>get</b> means buy.) <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4b0.png" alt="💰" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Get = understand</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can use the verb </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to say that we understand something. This can be a topic or a joke.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; Everyone laughed at the joke but I </span></i><b><i>didn’t get</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the punchline. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f914.png" alt="🤔" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f602.png" alt="😂" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; He spoke so quickly I </span></i><b><i>didn’t get</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> what he was saying. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f635-200d-1f4ab.png" alt="😵‍💫" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Get = arrive </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use the verb </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with </span><b>to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to say when we arrive somewhere.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt;&gt; I </span></i><b><i>got to</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the football match late and missed the first goal. </span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/26bd.png" alt="⚽" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Get = fetch </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use the verb </span><b>get</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to say ‘</span><em>go and take</em>’, or <em>fetch</em><b>.</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">&gt;&gt; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Can you </span></i><b><i>get</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> me that newspaper over there? I want to show you an article. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f5de.png" alt="🗞" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">For more information about the different uses of get, why not watch </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ow49h_O5uAk&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4qZ8I6tLecA4JeeeFIT8XK2&amp;index=10"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 10</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> from Season 2 of Coffee Break English? We go into more detail about phrasal verbs with <strong>get</strong> as well as looking at the different meanings of the verb <strong>get</strong>.</span></p>
<h2><b>Here’s a visual of the different uses of get</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><img decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37126 size-full" title="Meanings-of-the-Verb-Get" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-210-5.png" alt="A table showing the uses of get: become,catch, take, understand, buy, receive, obtain, arrive, fetch." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-210-5.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-210-5-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-210-5-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-210-5-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></span></p>
<p>To help you remember the different meanings of <strong>get</strong>, we&#8217;ve created a worksheet for you so make sure you click on the link below to <strong>get</strong> some useful practice!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Anabel on </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. And why not subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find episodes about some other useful topics for English learners?</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below</em> to <em><strong>get </strong></em>yours! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start adding <strong>get</strong> into your speech whenever you <strong>get</strong> a chance! Remember that when you learn new vocabulary, it will help you to express yourself as well as improving your understanding when listening to others. It’s all part of the language-learning journey. Why not </span><b>get a coffee</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> now and start learning more</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> about </span>this extremely useful verb<span style="font-weight: 300;">?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6864ebea2afa19dc3dff388f?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/">Different Uses of ‘Get’ in English – Improve Your Vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/different-uses-of-get-in-english-improve-your-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>English Word Stress explained: ‘PREsent’ or ‘preSENT’?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 15:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36656</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to say PREsent and when to say preSENT? English pronunciation rules are an important aspect of improving your language skills. They help you to understand the language when you are listening, and to use the language confidently and effectively when you are speaking. One area that many learners find difficult is ... <a title="English Word Stress explained: ‘PREsent’ or ‘preSENT’?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/" aria-label="More on English Word Stress explained: ‘PREsent’ or ‘preSENT’?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/">English Word Stress explained: ‘PREsent’ or ‘preSENT’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to say <strong>PRE</strong>sent and when to say pre<strong>SENT</strong>?</p>
<p>English pronunciation rules are an important aspect of improving your language skills. They help <span style="font-weight: 300;">you to understand the language when you are listening, and to use the language confidently and effectively when you are speaking. One area that many learners find difficult is English word stress, choosing the correct syllable to stress. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4e3.png" alt="📣" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Anabel explore how <em>syllable stress</em> changes the meaning of certain words in English and take a closer look at English pronunciation rules with two-syllable verbs and nouns. </span></p>
<p>Because this episode focuses on pronunciation, it is best to watch the video or listen to the episode while you read this blog to hear Nick and Anabel pronouncing the words.</p>
<p>Have you got a <strong>CO</strong>ffee? Are you <strong>REA</strong>dy? Then let&#8217;s get started!</p>
<h2>Syllables</h2>
<p>Firstly, we should start by outlining what a <em>syllable</em> is. A <em>syllable</em> is a unit of pronunciation that contains one vowel sound. It often includes a consonant sound too.</p>
<p>The word &#8216;<em>noun</em>&#8216; has one syllable = /<strong>naʊn</strong>/.</p>
<p>The word &#8216;<em>English</em>&#8216; has two syllables = /<strong><span class="hi rend-u">ɪ</span>ŋ</strong> &#8211; <strong>glɪʃ</strong>/</p>
<p>And the word &#8216;<em>syllable</em>&#8216; has three syllables = /<strong>sɪ </strong>&#8211;<strong> lə </strong>&#8211;<strong> bəl</strong>/</p>
<h2><b>Two-syllable Words</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now we have a clear idea of what syllables are, we can focus on two-syllable words. English pronunciation rules are not always clear when it comes to syllable stress and we often have to learn the correct stress when we learn new words but there is a general rule that can help us with two-syllable words! Just be careful with exceptions&#8230;! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f9d0.png" alt="🧐" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h3><b>Nouns</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Research into English word stress has shown that around 90% of two-syllable nouns are stressed on the first syllable. So when we see a two-syllable noun, we can be quite confident the word will be stressed on the first syllable. </span></p>
<p>e.g. <strong>AP</strong>ple, <strong>LI</strong>on, <strong>O</strong>range, <strong>PER</strong>son, <strong>TEA</strong>cher, <strong>WIN</strong>dow.</p>
<h3><b>Verbs</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Research also shows that around 70% of two-syllable verbs are stressed on the second syllable. We need to be more careful with verbs, but still most of them are stressed on the second syllable so we can make an educated guess here if necessary.</span></p>
<p>e.g. ag<strong>REE</strong>, col<strong>LECT</strong>, de<strong>FEND</strong>, en<strong>JOY</strong> im<strong>PROVE</strong>, per<strong>FORM</strong>.</p>
<h3><b>Words where the verb and noun have different stress</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are many examples where the <em>verb</em> and <em>noun</em> are similar but have different syllable stress. They generally follow the rules stated above, with the first syllable stressed with the <em>noun</em> and the second syllable stressed on the <em>verb</em>. </span></p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37122 size-full" title="English-Word-Stress-Words-That-Change-Stress" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-1-2.png" alt="A table that shows word stress changes for a selection of English words with two syllables" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-1-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-1-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-1-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-1-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h3><b>English Word Stress Exceptions</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Be careful with the below verbs and nouns which do not follow this rule. It’s also important to note that some words change slightly from verb to noun like with </span><b>effect</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>believe</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<h4><b>Stress on First Syllable</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Some words are always stressed on the <em>first syllable</em>.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37123 size-full" title="English-Word-Stress-Always-First-Syllable" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-2-2.png" alt="A table that shows English pronunciation rules for words with two syllables where the first syllable is always stressed." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-2-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-2-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-2-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-2-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h4><b>Stress on Second Syllable</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Some words are always stressed on the <em>second syllable</em>.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37124 size-full" title="English-Word-Stress-Always-Second-Syllable" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-3-2.png" alt="A table that shows English pronunciation rules for words with two syllables where the second syllable is always stressed." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-3-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-3-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-3-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-209-3-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h2><b>Let’s review! </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here’s a quick summary of English word stress rules with two syllable words:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">90% of two syllable nouns are stressed on the first syllable.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Around 70% of two syllable verbs are stressed on the second syllable.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Some words are the same as verbs and nouns but follow the two rules above with syllable stress.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Some words are the same as verbs and nouns but </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">do not</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> follow the rule above.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you want more practice with your pronunciation, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lczCExeEpMY&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4qZ8I6tLecA4JeeeFIT8XK2&amp;index=8"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 8 of Season 2 of Coffee Break English</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;">, where we look at pronunciation of &#8211;<strong>ed</strong> <strong>endings</strong>.</span></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Practise English word stress by deciding whether each word is a <em>noun</em>/<em>adjective</em> or a verb based on the sentence context and decide if the first or the second syllable should be stressed. Make sure you think about it before looking at the answer at the bottom of this blog post!</span></p>
<ol>
<li>She <strong><em>equaled</em></strong> the world <strong><em>record</em></strong> in the race.</li>
<li>He is going to <strong><em>present</em></strong> an <strong><em>award</em></strong> at the Oscars tonight.</li>
<li>We have just finished an important <strong><em>research</em> <em>project</em></strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>It&#8217;s a good idea to make a list of the words that have stress on the first or second syllable and practise using them in sentences to build your confidence with syllable stress. A little practice each day can really help build your confidence!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you watch the full video with Nick and Anabel on the </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Coffee Break English Youtube channel</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;">. In this series we look at lots of useful topics for English learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below</em>! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start paying attention to English word stress when you are speaking! The more you practice, the more confident you will become.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p>P.s. Here are the answers to activity above:</p>
<ol>
<li>She <em><strong>e</strong>qualed</em> the world <b>RE</b><em>cord</em> in the race.</li>
<li>He is going to <em>pre<strong>SENT</strong></em> an <em>a<strong>WARD</strong></em> at the Oscars tonight.</li>
<li>We have just finished an important <strong>RE</strong><em>search</em> <strong>PRO</strong><em>ject</em>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/685bb2a87cd58072a553dbf8?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/">English Word Stress explained: ‘PREsent’ or ‘preSENT’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/07/english-word-stress-explained-present-or-present/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What are the Romance languages? Learn more about them</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2025 07:55:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38219</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered how certain languages are related or where they originated? The Romance languages offer a fascinating example of how language evolves over time and across regions. But what are the Romance languages and why are they so significant? In this blog post, we’ll explore the basics of these wonderful languages, their fascinating ... <a title="What are the Romance languages? Learn more about them" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/" aria-label="More on What are the Romance languages? Learn more about them">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/">What are the Romance languages? Learn more about them</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Have you ever wondered how certain languages are related or where they originated? The Romance languages offer a fascinating example of how language evolves over time and across regions. But what are the Romance languages and why are they so significant?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this blog post, we’ll explore the basics of these wonderful languages, their fascinating history, and what makes them so captivating! Whether you’re considering picking up a new language or simply have a curious mind, this guide will help you discover what the Romance languages are all about.</span></p>
<h2><b>What are the Romance languages?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">First, let&#8217;s have a look at what Romance languages are. You might be surprised to learn that, despite their name, they don’t actually relate to romance or love. Instead, the term </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8216;Romance&#8217;</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> connects to their roots in the Roman Empire.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">They developed from Vulgar Latin, the version of Latin commonly spoken back then. Unlike Classical Latin, which was used in writing and in official documents, and what you might study in Latin classes today, Vulgar Latin was the everyday language that people would use to connect with each other. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The evolution of the dialects that emerged in the regions conquered by the Roman Empire gave rise to the variants of the Romance languages we have today. The most widely spoken  ones are:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Spanish </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">– Spoken by over 500 million people worldwide, it is the language with the second-largest number of native speakers in the world;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>French </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">–  A key language used in diplomacy and therefore commonly taught in schools in certain areas of the world, French is spoken on five continents;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Italian </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">– Often associated with art, music, and cuisine, Italian is the language of Dante and opera;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Portuguese </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">– Spoken in Portugal, Brazil, and several countries in Africa and Asia, it is one of the fastest-growing languages;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Romanian </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">– Though geographically isolated, with Romania sharing no borders with another Romance-language country, Romanian retains many features of Classical Latin.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other Romance languages include Catalan, Occitan, Galician, and Sardinian.</span></p>
<h2><b>What makes Romance languages unique?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you’re familiar with the Romance family of languages, you might be wondering what its characteristics are and how it differs from other language families. Thanks to their shared background, the Romance languages share many features, including similar words, grammar, and sounds. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, many Romance languages use the concept of grammatical gender for nouns and have unique ways of changing verbs based on who is doing the action. </span></p>
<h3><b>1. Grammar and syntax</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The sentence structure of many Romance languages follows a subject-verb-object (SVO) order, although there are exceptions to this. A lot of Romance languages also have verb conjugation systems that are more complex than languages from other families, gendered nouns, and the use of definite and indefinite articles.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Vocabulary</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Many words in Romance languages are directly derived from Latin. For example:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">father</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is </span><b>padre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Spanish, </span><b>père</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in French, </span><b>pai</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Portuguese and </span><b>padre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Italian;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">water</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is </span><b>agua</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Spanish, </span><b>eau</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in French, </span><b>água</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Portuguese and </span><b>acqua</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Italian.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>3. Phonetics and pronunciation</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Romance languages are known for their fluid, melodic sounds. Although they share many phonetic similarities, every language has its own unique characteristics that make it special. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, Spanish is known for its clear vowels and rhythmic flow, whereas French adds a touch of nasal sounds and </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">liaisons</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Italian, in contrast, has lots of open vowel sounds. Portuguese, just like French, showcases those nasal sounds as well. And let’s not forget Romanian, which has some wonderful influences from the Slavic languages!</span></p>
<h2><b>Why learn a Romance language?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Considering what the Romance languages are and the similarities they have, learning one of them opens up a world of opportunities. For example, </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">remembering new words in a new language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">learning a language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> becomes much easier if you are already familiar with one Romance language.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you picked up a bit of French back in school, you’ll find that learning Spanish feels much more intuitive since they share quite a bit of vocabulary. Even for English speakers, learning Romance languages can be straightforward in some ways, as English has borrowed so much from Latin and French.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, the cultural aspect is a fantastic reason to learn a Romance language. They open the door to vibrant cultures from all over the world, filled with fascinating history, literature, and delicious cuisine. Plus, if you are able to explore the world and travel, your adventures will be so much richer — imagine sipping an espresso in Rome, wandering through beautiful vineyards in Bordeaux, or dancing samba in the lively streets of Rio de Janeiro, while being able to truly connect with the culture and people around you.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, in our global world, having an understanding of a Romance language can open up exciting career opportunities, particularly in fields like international business, marketing, and education.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And there you have it! Now you have a clearer understanding of what the Romance languages are and how you could benefit from them. From Spanish and French to Italian and beyond, this group of languages opens up opportunities for you, whether you’re learning for travel, career, or personal enrichment.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, you may be wondering <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/">how long it takes to learn a new language – Romance or otherwise</a>. If you&#8217;re curious, we invite you to explore our blog post filled with helpful tips!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/">What are the Romance languages? Learn more about them</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/what-are-the-romance-languages-learn-more-about-them/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to use ‘so’, ‘too’, ‘either’ or ‘neither’ in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2025 15:00:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36641</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how to use so, too, either or neither when speaking in English? This can be a tricky grammar issue as we need to be careful about the auxiliary and the object pronoun but if we study them we can find simple ways to use them as well as more complete, complex ways.  ... <a title="How to use ‘so’, ‘too’, ‘either’ or ‘neither’ in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/" aria-label="More on How to use ‘so’, ‘too’, ‘either’ or ‘neither’ in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/">How to use ‘so’, ‘too’, ‘either’ or ‘neither’ in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Do you know how to use </span><b>so</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span><b>either </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><b>neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when speaking in English? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">This can be a tricky grammar issue as we need to be careful about the auxiliary and the object pronoun but if we study them we can find simple ways to use them as well as more complete, complex ways. </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Mark look at how to use </span><b>so</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span><b>either </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><b>neither </b>to show similarity in conversations.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So let’s have a look at when we use these forms and how we can add them to our English conversations. And why not make yourself a cup of coffee or tea to enjoy while you read and listen to the podcast episode? </span></p>
<h2><b>Similarity </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>so</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>too </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">to demonstrate a similarity with what has just been said. These words are great for expressing to someone that you have had a similar experience to them. </span><b>So</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> express positive similarities and </span><b>neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>not.. either</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> express a negative similarity.</span></p>
<h2><b>So</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use <strong>so</strong> to express positive similarity in conversations. It is normally in response to what someone else has said and we use the auxiliary verb from the sentence we are responding to in our answer. Let’s have a look:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we use the verb <span style="text-decoration: underline;">be</span>, the <em>auxiliary</em> in the second sentence will also be the verb </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">be</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>A: I am from the UK.               </em> B: <strong>So </strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">am</span> I!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In present simple sentences with a main verb that is not <strong>be</strong>, the <em>auxiliary</em> will normally be </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">do</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>A: I like pizza.                </em>B: <strong>So </strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">do</span> I!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In past simple sentences, the <em>auxiliary</em> is </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">did</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> (or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">was</span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">were</span> with the verb <strong>be</strong>).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>A: I went to the cinema yesterday.               </em> B: <strong>So </strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">did</span> I!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In present perfect sentences, it is </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">have</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>A: I have had two cups of coffee this morning.                B: </em><strong>So </strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">have</span> I!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In sentences with </span><em>modal verbs</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">, the </span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">modal verb</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is the <em>auxiliary</em>.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>A: I can speak English.                </em>B: <strong>So </strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">can</span> I!</p>
<h2><b>Too</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can use </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in the same way as we do </span><b>so</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to show similarity, but the structure changes. With </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> we have a simple option, a short option and a long option.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The simple option uses the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">object pronoun</span></span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> plus </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We don’t need to worry about a verb form. </span></p>
<p><em>A: I can speak five languages.              </em>B: <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Me</span><strong> too</strong>!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can also use </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">auxiliary verb</span>.</span></p>
<p><em>A: I am hungry.             </em> B: I <span style="text-decoration: underline;">am</span> <strong>too!</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we want to respond with a full sentence, we just need to add </span><b>too</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> at the end of the sentence.</span></p>
<p><em>A: I lived in Germany for two years.              </em>B: I lived in Germany for two years <strong>too</strong>!</p>
<h2><b>Either or Neither</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use ‘<strong>neither</strong>’ and ‘<strong>not.. either</strong>’ to talk about negative similarities. The way we use them is a bit different though so pay attention!</span></p>
<h3><b>Neither &#8211; meaning</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In simple answers, we use <strong>neither</strong> in the same way as we use <strong>too</strong>. The structure is the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">object pronoun</span> plus </span><b>neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><em>A: I didn&#8217;t go to Spain on holiday.             </em> B: <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Me</span> <strong>neither</strong>!</p>
<p>We can also use <strong>neither</strong> in the same way as we use <strong>so</strong>. The structure is <strong>neither</strong> + <span style="text-decoration: underline;">auxiliary verb</span> + subject.</p>
<p><em>A: I have never been to Argentina.               </em>B: <strong>Neither</strong> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">have</span> I!</p>
<h3><b>Either &#8211; meaning</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In short answers with the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">auxiliary verb,</span> there is an important change. We use the negative form (</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">not</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">), and we do not put the ’</span>n<span style="font-weight: 300;">’ at the front of </span><b>either</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p>A: <em>I didn&#8217;t go to Spain on holiday.              </em> B: I <span style="text-decoration: underline;">didn&#8217;t</span><strong> either</strong>!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In the full sentence form, the rule is the same as <strong>too</strong>, we just need to add <strong>either</strong> at the end.</span></p>
<p>A: <em>I didn&#8217;t go to Spain on holiday.               </em>B: I didn&#8217;t go to Spain on holiday<strong> either</strong>!</p>
<h4><b>Pronunciation <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f50a.png" alt="🔊" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">One important aspect of the words </span><b>either</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> or </span><b>neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> that can confuse learners is that there are two ways to pronounce them. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can say them with an <span style="font-weight: 400;">/</span></span><b>ai<span style="font-weight: 300;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">/</span></span></b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> sound like in </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">why,</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> a</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">nd we can also say them with a long <span style="font-weight: 400;">/<strong>i:</strong>/ or &#8216;</span></span><b>e</b>&#8216;<span style="font-weight: 300;"> sound like in </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">see</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">There is absolutely no difference in meaning.<strong> </strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Generally, /<strong>i:</strong>/ is more common in the US and /<strong>ai</strong>/ is more common in the UK but</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> native speakers frequently use both forms so don’t worry, just pick one! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you want more practice with the long ‘<strong>e</strong>’ sound, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xa7fe8KWoac&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4ocMbo28XZJcue-FsTpzHkq&amp;index=5"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 4 of Season 1 of the Coffee Break Show</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;">!</span></p>
<h2><b>Here’s a visual of today’s lesson</b></h2>
<p>Here are the diffferent options for simple answers, short answers and full answers.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you find choosing between <em>negative</em> and <em>positive determiners</em> difficult, you might find </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5nlH5q1ixzA&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4oYpj6ioULr2E3EUWfzyoef&amp;index=17"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 9 from Coffee Break English Season 3</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> really useful.  We take a look at the indefinite pronouns <strong>something</strong>, <strong>anything</strong> and <strong>nothing</strong> and explain when to use them.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37118 size-full" title="Too-So-Either-or-Neither-In-Simple-Answers" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-5-4.png" alt="A table of the different forms of too, so either or neither in simple answers." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-5-4.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-5-4-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-5-4-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-5-4-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37119 size-full" title="Too-So-Either-Or-Neither-In-Short-Answers" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-6-2.png" alt="A table of the different forms of too, so either or neither in short answers." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-6-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-6-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-6-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-6-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37120 size-full" title="Too-So-Either-Or-Neither-In-Full-Answers" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-7-2.png" alt="A table of the different forms of too, so either or neither in full answers." width="1080" height="1200" data-wp-editing="1" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-7-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-7-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-7-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-208-7-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this lesson helpful, make sure to listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Mark on The Coffee Break English Show, where we dive deeper into <strong>so</strong>, <strong>too</strong>, <strong>either </strong>and <strong>neither</strong> with more examples and practice. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2615.png" alt="☕" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f3a7.png" alt="🎧" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We release new episodes regularly, covering useful grammar and vocabulary topics to help you sound more natural in English. Subscribe to our podcast feed and </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish/featured"><span style="font-weight: 300;">our YouTube channel</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> so you never miss an episode.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below!</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now, it’s your turn! Download the worksheet below for further practice and try using </span><b>so</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>too, either</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or</span><b> neither</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in your conversations whenever you can. The more you practise, the more natural it will feel.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/685275960bed216db72d66a4?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/">How to use ‘so’, ‘too’, ‘either’ or ‘neither’ in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-to-use-so-too-either-or-neither-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Time Phrases: How to Use Present Perfect Adverbs in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 15:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36633</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered when to use just, yet, or already? These three time phrases are commonly used with the present perfect tense, but they each have specific meanings and uses. Using time phrases and adverbs with the present perfect helps to communicate more effectively and will make your sentences even clearer when having a ... <a title="Time Phrases: How to Use Present Perfect Adverbs in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/" aria-label="More on Time Phrases: How to Use Present Perfect Adverbs in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/">Time Phrases: How to Use Present Perfect Adverbs in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Have you ever wondered when to use </span><strong><i>just</i></strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><strong><i>yet</i></strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">, or </span><strong><i>already</i></strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">? These three time phrases are commonly used with the present perfect tense, but they each have specific meanings and uses.</span></p>
<p>Using time phrases and adverbs with the<em> present perfect</em> helps to communicate more effectively and will make your sentences even clearer when having a conversation with people.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Francesca explore how to use the present perfect adverbs <strong>just</strong>, <strong>yet</strong> and <strong>already</strong>, correctly.</span></p>
<p>If you haven&#8217;t listened to the podcast episode <strong>yet</strong>, why not listen to Nick and Francesca as you read?</p>
<p>So let&#8217;s get started and look at <strong>just</strong>, <strong>yet</strong> and <strong>already</strong>!</p>
<h2><b>Time Phrases: The Present Perfect with </b><b><i>Just</i></b><b>, </b><b><i>Yet</i></b><b>, and </b><b><i>Already</i></b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">These three present perfect adverbs help us describe when an action happened in relation to now. We often use them with the <em>present perfect tense</em> and they have specific positions in a sentence.</span></p>
<h3><b>Just</b></h3>
<p><b>Just</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is used to indicate that something happened a very short time ago.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">It comes between <em>have/has</em> and the past participle:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/23f3.png" alt="⏳" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong>I have <strong>just</strong> finished my homework.  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/23f3.png" alt="⏳" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/23f3.png" alt="⏳" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong>She has <strong>just</strong> arrived at the station.  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/23f3.png" alt="⏳" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><strong> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f440.png" alt="👀" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>In the USA</strong>, you are often likely to hear <strong>just</strong> used with the <em>past simple</em>, not the <em>present perfect</em>! The meaning is exactly the same, though. <strong>   </strong></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f1fa-1f1f8.png" alt="🇺🇸" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />     </strong>Where&#8217;s David? He <strong>just</strong> <em>went</em> out.    <strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f1fa-1f1f8.png" alt="🇺🇸" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></strong></span></p>
<h3><b>Yet</b></h3>
<p><b><i>Yet</i></b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is used to talk about something that has not happened but we expect to happen. We often use them in negative statements and questions.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Yet goes at the end of a sentence:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f51c.png" alt="🔜" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong>I haven’t finished my book <strong>yet</strong>.  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f51c.png" alt="🔜" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f51c.png" alt="🔜" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />   </strong>Have you eaten <strong>yet</strong>?  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f51c.png" alt="🔜" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h3><b>Already</b></h3>
<p><b>Already</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is used to show that something happened sooner than expected or before now.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">It normally comes between </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">have/has</span></em><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and the past participle but it can sometimes come at the end when we are speaking to create a strong emphasis:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2b05.png" alt="⬅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong>I have <strong>already</strong> seen this movie.  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2b05.png" alt="⬅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2b05.png" alt="⬅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />    </strong>Wow! She has completed her assignment <strong>already</strong>!    <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2b05.png" alt="⬅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Let’s review</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here’s a summary of the time phrases in this episode:</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37111 size-full" title="Time-Phrases" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-1-1.png" alt="Present Perfect Adverbs: We use just to talk about very recent actions. Yet is used for negative statements and questions about expected actions. Use already to indicate that something happened earlier than expected." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-1-1.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-1-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-1-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-1-1-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this useful, then you might find </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ho2mmGRulYo&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4qZ8I6tLecA4JeeeFIT8XK2&amp;index=4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 4 of our 2nd season</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> of Coffee Break English helpful! We look at the time phrases </span><b>for</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>since</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with the present perfect.</span></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now let’s practise! Which is the right word? Put </span><b>yet</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>just</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> or </span><b>already</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in the spaces below. The answers are at the end of the blog post but don’t look until you’ve thought about your answers.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37112 size-full" title="Time-Phrases-Quiz" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-2-1.png" alt="A quiz to practise the Present Perfect Adverbs yet, just and already." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-2-1.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-2-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-2-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-207-2-1-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, then make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Francesca on The Coffee Break English Show. This series looks at useful topics to help English learners improve their language skills, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. Have you signed up <strong>yet</strong>? If not, s<em>ign up below!</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start using these time phrases in your conversations! The more you practice, the more confident you will become.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p>Here are the answers to the questions in the practice section above:</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">You can’t watch TV! You haven’t done your homework </span><b>yet</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Can we watch a different film? I have </span><b>already</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> watched this one.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1">Would you like a coffee? No thanks, I’ve <b>just</b> had one.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/68493dd8bb8239057443f1ce?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/">Time Phrases: How to Use Present Perfect Adverbs in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/time-phrases-how-to-use-present-perfect-adverbs-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How long does it take to learn a new language?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Jun 2025 07:57:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38033</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>A common question that comes up when considering the adventure of learning a new language is: “How long does it take to learn a new language?”. We believe that the answer isn’t simple, as it is tied to many factors, such as the complexity of the language, your learning environment, and your unique personal circumstances.  ... <a title="How long does it take to learn a new language?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/" aria-label="More on How long does it take to learn a new language?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/">How long does it take to learn a new language?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A common question that comes up when considering the adventure of learning a new language is: “How long does it take to learn a new language?”. We believe that the answer isn’t simple, as it is tied to many factors, such as the complexity of the language, your learning environment, and your unique personal circumstances. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s have a look at these factors together to create a clearer picture of what to expect on your exciting language-learning journey. Keep reading – there’s so much to discover!</span></p>
<h2><b>1. Language complexity and similarity</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, how long </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">does</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> it take to learn a new language? Well, one of the biggest factors that influence this is how similar it is to your native language. For example, if you are a native English speaker, learning a language like Spanish or German might be quicker because these languages share many similarities with English in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, learning Italian, French, or Portuguese can be much quicker if you already speak Spanish. In contrast, languages that are structurally different from English, such as Mandarin Chinese, may take more time to master. </span></p>
<h2><b>2. Time commitment and consistency</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another factor that determines how long it takes to learn a new language is time commitment. Remember that the time you invest each week really influences how fast you’ll make progress. Regular practice is essential to your journey! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Research suggests that learners who study regularly, even if it’s just 20 minutes a day, tend to make faster progress than those who study sporadically. That is why <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/">microlearning</a> and approaches like the one we have here at Coffee Break Languages – which emphasises short, regular study sessions that fit easily into your daily routine – are ideal for people with busy schedules. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Coffee Break method allows you to make steady progress without feeling overwhelmed by breaking down the language-learning process into manageable chunks. You can dedicate just fifteen minutes each day to listen to a podcast episode and practise vocabulary, all while enjoying your coffee break.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re looking for some great tips on sticking to a language-learning routine, we recommend checking out the video created by Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. </span></p>
<p><iframe title="Sticking to a Routine - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 2" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4f_f3d6IUkU?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>3. Learning environment</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The environment you learn in can also greatly influence your language journey. Typically, immersive settings, where you are surrounded by native speakers and you have the chance to use the language in everyday situations, can really speed up your learning process.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That is why, if you have the opportunity and are fortunate enough to visit a country where you can practise the language you are learning, you should take advantage! Also, if your learning environment or platform offers classes with native speakers, that can also help you learn faster, as you will be able to understand accents and pronunciation in a much easier way.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At the same time, learning and practising with a non-native speaker of the language you’re learning also has an important role to play. If your teacher or speaking-practice partner has learned the language in the same way you have (rather than having grown up speaking it) they’ll understand the language and its complexities from your point of view.   </span></p>
<p><b><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-38034" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2-1024x576.png" alt="Pen on top of notebook." width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2-1024x576.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2-300x169.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2-768x432.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2-1536x864.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/support-images-template2-2.png 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></b></p>
<h2><b>How to accelerate your language learning</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you understand that the answer to the question ‘How long does it take to learn a new language?’ can vary, it’s great to know there are some strategies you can use to speed up your learning journey! For starters, think about setting your own language-learning goals. Whether it&#8217;s reaching conversational fluency, enjoying movies in a new language or ordering a coffee in a different country, each step will bring you closer to your objectives! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After all, clear goals can help you stay motivated and focused. Plus, as we talked about earlier, language-learning apps and podcasts are great tools to boost your skills. And remember, making mistakes is nothing to worry about; it’s actually one of the best ways to learn a language since it’s just a natural part of the journey.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Well, we hope you now understand a little more about how long it takes to learn a new language and what you can do to accelerate the process. In conclusion, by setting clear goals, maintaining a consistent study routine, and engaging in regular practice, you can accelerate your language-learning journey and enjoy the cultural and personal growth that comes with it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to learn more about how the Coffee Break method can help you achieve your language-learning goals, check out more about the </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Academy</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/">How long does it take to learn a new language?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/how-long-does-it-take-to-learn-a-new-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.10 &#124; End-of-unit review</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbj-1-10-end-of-unit-review/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbj-1-10-end-of-unit-review/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 15:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=38016</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! Join us for lesson 10 and review of all the content we learned from the previous nine lessons of Japanese.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbj-1-10-end-of-unit-review/">CBJ 1.10 | End-of-unit review</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! Join us for lesson 10 and review of all the content we learned from the previous nine lessons of Japanese.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/68498b568b5654d4d18d258c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbj-1-10-end-of-unit-review/">CBJ 1.10 | End-of-unit review</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbj-1-10-end-of-unit-review/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Present Perfect Tense for Experiences</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 15:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36624</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Using the present perfect tense can be difficult for many English learners. This is because it is used in a variety of ways that do not necessarily translate to similar grammar forms in other languages. The key is to consider the different contexts where you can use the present perfect, and then look at what ... <a title="Present Perfect Tense for Experiences" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/" aria-label="More on Present Perfect Tense for Experiences">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/">Present Perfect Tense for Experiences</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Using the present perfect tense can be difficult for many English learners. This is because it is used in a variety of ways that do not necessarily translate to similar grammar forms in other languages.</span></p>
<p>The key is to consider the different contexts where you can use the <em>present perfect</em>, and then look at what message we want to express when using the <em>present perfect</em> or other forms. If you can understand this, then you will be a big step closer to managing conversations fluently in English!</p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Francesca look at how to use the <em>present perfect tense</em> for experiences that you have had in the past, plus we explain the difference between <strong>been</strong> and <strong>gone</strong>.</span></p>
<p>Have you made yourself a coffee? Then let&#8217;s get started!</p>
<h2><b>The Present Perfect Tense for Experiences</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The <em>present perfect tense</em> is used to signify a variety of situations, but today we will look specifically at experiences. When we speak to friends or meet people for the first time, we often talk about our experiences. A common question is ‘</span><em>Have you ever…</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">?’ And a common response is ‘</span><em>No, I’ve never</em>’ <span style="font-weight: 300;">or</span><b> ‘</b><em>Yes, I have</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">’. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">This gives us our question form for the <em>present perfect</em>, plus the short positive and negative forms. We can also give extra information. See the below conversation:</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37107 size-full" title="The-Present-Perfect-Tense" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-1-3.png" alt="Present Perfect Examples: Have you ever been to Paris? Yes, I have. I have been to Paris 3 times! Hav you? No, I haven't. I've never been to Paris but I would like to go." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-1-3.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-1-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-1-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-1-3-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h3><b>Been and Gone</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In the example abo</span>ve <strong>been</strong> is used to express the idea of visiting a place. It is important to remember that we are talking about the <b>experience</b> of visiting Paris.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can consider </span><b>been</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> as the past participle of </span><b>go</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when describing an experience. The idea that we went to a place and then returned. This is also the case when we use a phrase like <strong>go skiing</strong> in the <em>present perfect</em> (I have been skiing in the Alps).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>gone</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with the <em>present perfect</em> to express the idea of movement, or leaving a place. The idea that we went to a place and we haven’t returned. We can see the difference in the dialogue below:</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37108 size-full" title="The Difference Between Been and Gone" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-2-3.png" alt="A dfialogue showing the difference between been and gone" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-2-3.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-2-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-2-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-2-3-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can see that the wife has returned home but the husband has not. The wife </span>has<b> been</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to the supermarket but the husband </span>has<b> gone</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to pick up the children.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So we can use </span><b>been</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when we use present perfect for </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">experiences</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>gone</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when we use present perfect for recent </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">actions</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">For more on <strong>been</strong> and <strong>gone</strong> with the present perfect tense, see our </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BvQzZM9yAd8&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4pGR-b-3piwm7Fr0imyLKDJ&amp;index=8"><span style="font-weight: 300;">8th episode of Season 1.</span></a></p>
<h3><b>Present Perfect Vs Past Simple</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use the present perfect tense for talking about experiences with no specific detail and we use the past simple to give further information about the experience. Here’s an example:</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37109 size-full" title="Present Perfect Vs Past Simple" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-3-2.png" alt="A dialogue showing the difference between the past simple and the present perfect tense." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-3-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-3-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-3-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-206-3-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We can see that the experience is introduced with the question </span><em>have you ever? </em><span style="font-weight: 300;">and</span> <span style="font-weight: 300;">then the follow up question is in the </span><em>past simple</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">. When we ask for detail we use the </span><em>past simple</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">, usually using open questions with question words such as who, what, why, when, etc.. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">From this point on, we normally use the past simple because we are talking about a finished activity and no longer a general experience.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">For more practice with choosing the past simple or the present perfect tense, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cr1ZvPDsPq8&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4oYpj6ioULr2E3EUWfzyoef&amp;index=3"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Episode 2 of Season 3</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> of Coffee Break English. </span></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now, let’s practise! Try to decide which of the sentences below is a lie. Read to the bottom to find out which sentence is not true… Don’t check until you have guessed!</span></p>
<p><em>Coffee Break Languages founder, Mark Pentleton, has learnt 9 foreign languages.</em></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages has been nominated for a Lovie Award for Best Science/Education Podcast.</span></i></p>
<p><em>Coffee Break Languages has created a podcast series for pets.</em></p>
<h2>Practice makes a perfect tense!</h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Remember that the present perfect tense is difficult because we use it in a variety of ways and it doesn’t always have an equivalent form in other languages so be patient with yourself and always try to learn in context. Try using the present perfect tense for experiences in your conversations!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Francesca on </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We will release more episodes soon, about some other useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish"><span style="font-weight: 300;">our channel on YouTube</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to learn when the next episode is available.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below!</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p>So keep practising, deepening your knowledge and understanding, and remaining curious about the language you are learning and you will surely make progress. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f680.png" alt="🚀" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<h3>Here are the answers to the quiz:</h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages founder, Mark Pentleton, has learnt 10 foreign languages<em>.</em> </span></i><b><i>True!</i></b></p>
<p>It is true, Mark has learnt 9 foreign languages and you can hear him speaking them <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bWdxFuimEao"><span style="font-weight: 300;">here</span></a>! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f30e.png" alt="🌎" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages has been nominated for a Lovie Award for Best Science/Education Podcast. </span></i><b><i>True! </i></b></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages has created a podcast series for pets. <b>False!</b></span></i></p>
<p>This one is not true but we did pretend to do this in an <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F7amGIjo9lk">April Fools&#8217; Joke</a>!  <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f92d.png" alt="🤭" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<h3><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/684001e7f711091cf4497da4?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></h3>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/">Present Perfect Tense for Experiences</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/present-perfect-tense-for-experiences/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.10 &#124; Una gran familia</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Jun 2025 15:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37910</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In the final chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, Isabel shares more about her Chicos de oro and the wonderful plans they enjoy together. ¡Son como una gran familia! Join Mark and Pablo in this last episode and take your Spanish to the next level! In Chapter 10, we’ll continue practising and ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.10 &#124; Una gran familia" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.10 &#124; Una gran familia">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/">CBS Scenes 1.10 | Una gran familia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the final chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, Isabel shares more about her <strong>Chicos de oro</strong> and the wonderful plans they enjoy together. <strong>¡Son como una gran familia!</strong></p>
<p>Join Mark and Pablo in this last episode and take your Spanish to the next level! In Chapter 10, we’ll continue practising and reinforcing key concepts while expanding our vocabulary. For example, Mark and Pablo will explore <strong>quedarse</strong> followed by an adjective, <strong>unirse a</strong>, and interesting nouns like <strong>velada</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>¡No te pierdas este último capítulo sobre el bar de Isabel y sus encantadores clientes!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6836e8f17b483718e0373d1f?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/">CBS Scenes 1.10 | Una gran familia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbs-scenes-1-10-una-gran-familia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.10 &#124; Begegnungen, die den Alltag bereichern</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Jun 2025 15:15:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37907</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return for the final episode of Season 1 of Scenes! A quiet afternoon at the café allows the narrator to enjoy a peaceful moment—until an unexpected visitor arrives. Heinz shows up at an unusual time, surprising not only the narrator but also Charlotte, who has never met him before. As Charlotte and ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.10 &#124; Begegnungen, die den Alltag bereichern" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.10 &#124; Begegnungen, die den Alltag bereichern">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/">CBG Scenes 1.10 | Begegnungen, die den Alltag bereichern</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return for the final episode of Season 1 of Scenes! A quiet afternoon at the café allows the narrator to enjoy a peaceful moment—until an unexpected visitor arrives. Heinz shows up at an unusual time, surprising not only the narrator but also Charlotte, who has never met him before.</p>
<p>As Charlotte and Heinz strike up a conversation, the narrator reflects on the unique charm of Erna’s café. Every guest, whether a loyal regular or an occasional visitor, contributes to the stories that unfold here. Some are heartwarming, some bittersweet, and others remain unfinished—but each one is part of the café’s rhythm.</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as <strong>der Schnappschnuss</strong> or <strong>vorschlagen</strong> or how to talk about assumptions or probability.</p>
<p><strong>Lass dir dieses letzte Kapitel der Staffel nicht entgehen – eine wunderbare Möglichkeit, dein Deutsch mit einer besonderen Geschichte abzurunden!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6836e747998551779f900cd3?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/">CBG Scenes 1.10 | Begegnungen, die den Alltag bereichern</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbg-scenes-1-10-begegnungen-die-den-alltag-bereichern/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.10 &#124; L’inizio di un amore</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbi-scenes-1-10-linizio-di-un-amore/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbi-scenes-1-10-linizio-di-un-amore/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 15:15:05 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37902</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the last Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! Summer has finally arrived, and as two high school students return, there&#8217;s a noticeable shift in the atmosphere between them. What happens next could very well change everything for them&#8230;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbi-scenes-1-10-linizio-di-un-amore/">CBI Scenes 1.10 | L’inizio di un amore</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the last Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! Summer has finally arrived, and as two high school students return, there&#8217;s a noticeable shift in the atmosphere between them. What happens next could very well change everything for them&#8230;</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6836e144998551779f8d8591?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbi-scenes-1-10-linizio-di-un-amore/">CBI Scenes 1.10 | L’inizio di un amore</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbi-scenes-1-10-linizio-di-un-amore/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘Too Much’ or ‘Too Many’: Using Quantifiers in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 15:00:05 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36608</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered whether to say too much or too many? Or perhaps you’re unsure when to use enough? The good news is that learning these quantifiers in English will help you sound more natural! The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics ... <a title="‘Too Much’ or ‘Too Many’: Using Quantifiers in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/" aria-label="More on ‘Too Much’ or ‘Too Many’: Using Quantifiers in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/">‘Too Much’ or ‘Too Many’: Using Quantifiers in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Have you ever wondered whether to say </span><strong>too much</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> or </span><strong>too many</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">? Or perhaps you’re unsure when to use </span><strong>enough</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">? The good news is that learning these <em>quantifiers</em> in English will help you sound more natural!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Anabel explore how to use these common <em>quantifiers</em> in English and when to choose one over the other.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So let&#8217;s take a closer look at <strong>too much</strong>, <strong>too many</strong> and <strong>enough</strong> and start putting them into practice! Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</span></p>
<h2><b>Countable and Uncountable Nouns</b></h2>
<p>First we need to establish what <em>countable</em> and <em>uncountable</em> nouns are.</p>
<p>When we talk about <em>countable nouns</em>, we mean nouns that can be plural. We can say I have one apple, I have two apples, three apples, etc. We normally show the plural form by adding the letter <strong>s</strong> (or <strong>es </strong>for words like <strong>leaves</strong>, <strong>watches</strong>, etc.) at the end of words but some countable nouns are irregular (person &#8211; <strong>people</strong>, child &#8211; <strong>children</strong>, woman &#8211; <strong>women</strong>, etc.).</p>
<p>When we talk about <em>uncountable nouns</em>, we mean nouns that are not possible to count by expressing a simple number before them. Liquids are uncountable because it is impossible to put a simple numerical quantity to them (<strong>water</strong>, <strong>oil</strong>, <strong>coffee</strong>, etc.). Many abstract ideas are uncountable too, such as <strong>information</strong>, <strong>news</strong>, <strong>money</strong> and <strong>light</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37101 size-full" title="Countable-and-Uncountable-Nouns-Examples" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-1-2.png" alt="A list of countable and uncountable nouns" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-1-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-1-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-1-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-1-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h2><b>Too Much, Too Many, and Enough</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Understanding when to use </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">quantifiers</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is essential for speaking English correctly. These words help us describe <em>quantity</em>, but they have specific rules for their usage.</span></p>
<h3><b>Too Much vs. Too Many</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">These phrases mean “more than necessary” or “more than wanted,” but the difference depends on whether the noun is <em>countable</em> or <em>uncountable</em>. </span></p>
<p><b>Too much</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is used with <em>uncountable noun</em>s:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There is <strong>too much</strong> <em>sugar</em> in my coffee.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">She spends <strong>too much</strong> <em>time</em> on her phone.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><b>Too many</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is used with <em>countable nouns</em>:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are <strong>too many</strong> <em>cars</em> on the road at 5pm. Traffic is slow!</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I bought <strong>too many</strong> <em>apples</em> at the market. My bag broke on the way home!</span></li>
</ul>
<p>We should always remember that when we use <strong>too much</strong> and <strong>too many</strong>, we are expressing a <em>negative idea</em>. We are saying that the quantity is a problem. If we just want to say that there is a very large quantity using much and many, we can say<strong> so much</strong> and <strong>so many</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There is <strong>so much</strong> light in this room.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="4"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are <strong>so many</strong> castles in Scotland!</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you want more practice with quantifiers in English, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1_xsMBj0Sm8&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4pGR-b-3piwm7Fr0imyLKDJ&amp;index=5"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 5 of Season 1</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> of Coffee Break English!</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37103 size-full" title="How-to-Use-Too-Much-or-Too-Many" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-2-3.png" alt="To much or too many. Rules and examples." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-2-3.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-2-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-2-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-2-3-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h3><b>Enough</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The word </span><strong>enough</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> means “<em>sufficient</em>” or “the right amount.” It can be used with both <em>countable</em> and <em>uncountable</em> nouns.</span></p>
<h4><strong> </strong><strong>Before a noun:</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="2"><span style="font-weight: 300;">We have <strong>enough</strong> chairs for everyone. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="2"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There is <strong>enough</strong> food for everyone, help yourself! </span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>After an adjective:</b></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="2"><span style="font-weight: 300;">She’s strong <strong>enough</strong> to lift the box. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="2"><span style="font-weight: 300;">The oven is hot <strong>enough</strong> now, we can put the pie in.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>Not Enough</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><strong>not enough </strong><span style="font-weight: 300;">to show that something is “<em>insufficient</em>”. It can be used with both <em>countable</em> and <em>uncountable</em> nouns.</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This coffee is </span><b>not</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> hot <strong>enough</strong>. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">She </span><b>doesn’t</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> have <strong>enough</strong> money to buy a new phone. </span></li>
</ul>
<h2><strong>Common mistakes</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here are some common mistakes learners make when using quantifiers in English:</span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are too much people in the room. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are <strong>too </strong></span><strong>many</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> people in the room. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">I don’t have too many time. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">I don’t have <strong>too much</strong> time. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">She didn’t buy enough big shoes. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span> <span style="font-weight: 300;">  </span></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">She didn’t buy big <strong>enough</strong> shoes. </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h2><b>Let’s Review</b></h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37102 size-full" title="Quantifiers-in-English" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-3-2.png" alt="Use too much with uncountable nouns. Use too many with countable nouns. Use enough before a noun or after an adjective to show sufficiency. Use not enough to show something is insufficient." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-3-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-3-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-3-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-204-3-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now, let’s practise using quantifiers in English! Here are four situations. Try to make a sentence to describe each one using <strong>too much</strong>,<strong> too many</strong>, <strong>enough</strong> or <strong>not</strong> <strong>enough</strong> for each one.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Some possible answers are at the end of this blog post, but don’t look until you’ve thought about your answers!</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">I need £35 to pay for the dinner and I have £36.</span></em></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are 5 students and 3 chairs.</span></em></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">This pasta is extremely salty!</span></em></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are 6 people and 5 spaces in the car.</span></em></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Anabel on </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. In this series, we talk about useful topics for English learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below!</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start using <em>quantifiers</em> in English correctly whenever you can! The more you practice, the more natural your English will sound. Why not get a coffee now and test yourself with today’s practice exercises?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p>P.s. Here are some possible answers to the prompts given above:</p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I have </span><b>enough</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> money.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">There are </span><b>not enough</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> chairs (or there are too many students).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">They put </span><b>too much</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> salt on the pasta.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1">There are <b>not enough</b> spaces in my car (or there are too many people for my car).</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6836cee82780b226c78caca5?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/">‘Too Much’ or ‘Too Many’: Using Quantifiers in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/too-much-or-too-many-using-quantifiers-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.10 &#124; Une fête inoubliable</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2025 15:15:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37899</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>It’s the big day in this final chapter of Scenes, the village festival has arrived! Chez Nico is at the heart of the action, bringing locals together for a day of fun, food, and festivities. This episode explores key language points, including se régaler and inoubliable. Join us for this final chapter of Scenes, a ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.10 &#124; Une fête inoubliable" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.10 &#124; Une fête inoubliable">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/">CBF Scenes 1.10 | Une fête inoubliable</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s the big day in this final chapter of Scenes, the village festival has arrived! Chez Nico is at the heart of the action, bringing locals together for a day of fun, food, and festivities.</p>
<p>This episode explores key language points, including <strong>se régaler</strong> and <strong>inoubliable</strong>.</p>
<p>Join us for this final chapter of Scenes, a perfect way to celebrate your progress in French!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6836d9ed998551779f8a85a5?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/">CBF Scenes 1.10 | Une fête inoubliable</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/cbf-scenes-1-10-une-fete-inoubliable/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>8 German movies for learners</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2025 08:10:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Culture]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Film]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[5 films for language learners]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cinema]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[films]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[german cinema]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.te4sx545-liquidwebsites.com/?p=16427</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you been looking for some German movies to supplement your language learning? The variety within the German movie industry really is astonishing, but we have managed to find some of the most highly-rated films to give you a taste of what’s produced for the silver screen there. They can be enjoyed with or without ... <a title="8 German movies for learners" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/" aria-label="More on 8 German movies for learners">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/">8 German movies for learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Have you been looking for some German movies to supplement your language learning? The variety within the German movie industry really is astonishing, but we have managed to find some of the most highly-rated films to give you a taste of what’s produced for the silver screen there. They can be enjoyed with or without subtitles.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before we get started, we have a curiosity to share with you! Do you know what </span><b>ab Donnerstag im Kino </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">means? The translation is </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">from Thursday in the cinema,</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and it’s a common phrase associated with films because new films are traditionally released on a Thursday in Germany.</span></p>
<p><b>Interessant</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, right? With that, </span><b>schnapp’ dir eine Schüssel Popcorn und los geht’s!</b></p>
<h2><strong>1.</strong> <strong>Good Bye, Lenin! (2003)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set against a time of great change, </span><b>der Mauerfall</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>die Wiedervereinigung</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, “Good bye Lenin!” relays the tale of a young man’s efforts to hide the true events of German history from his mum. He does this with the best of intentions, as she is not to receive any shock that may have a detrimental effect on her health after being in a coma. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Consequently, Alex goes to great lengths to maintain the pretence that everything is as it was, never letting on to his Mum that the Berlin Wall has fallen. How far will Alex go in contriving elaborate schemes in order to shield his mum from the reality of the outer world?</span></p>
<p><strong> <iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/lv5FO9PtAvY?wmode=opaque" width="640" height="360"></iframe></strong></p>
<h2><strong>2. Sophie Scholl – Die letzten Tage (2005)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Based on the life of anti-Nazi heroine Sophie Scholl, played by Julia Jentsch, this story is set in 1943 in Munich. The plot of this German movie deals with the interrogation process and the last six days of Scholl’s life.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Genuine incarceration records were used to help make the film. She and her brother were members of the student resistance group “The White Rose”. They have been detained after distributing leaflets which criticise the regime. The police inspector, Robert Mohr, played by Alexander Held, is unsuccessful in retrieving the information he needs from Sophie. With her firm, idealist values, Sophie does not budge on her stance for a lighter sentence in return for accomplices’ names. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At its core, the film is a debate over which side is freer: those who bow down to the regime in fear, or those who defy it and remain true to their beliefs. The former may conform to survive, but can anyone truly ‘live’?</span></p>
<p><strong><iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/PKRQHQtyn5A?wmode=opaque" width="640" height="360"></iframe></strong></p>
<h2><strong>3. Die Fälscher (2007)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In 2007, this German movie won the best foreign language film at the Oscars. A Jewish prisoner of war has skills that are valuable to the camp commandant. His counterfeiting abilities are used by his captors against the Allies. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Do the prisoners go along with the guards’ plan for their own self-preservation in a desperate situation, or do they try to outsmart the guards and remain loyal to the Allies?</span></p>
<p><strong><iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/DD1Vc9meXSI?wmode=opaque" width="640" height="360"></iframe></strong></p>
<h2><strong>4. </strong><strong>Oh Boy! </strong><strong>(2012)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This black and white German movie is a comedy that introduces the viewer to Niko. He’s unemployed, having dropped out of his </span><b>Jurastudium</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> 2 years ago, but didn’t let his dad know this important detail about this change in his life. His dad isn’t happy to learn he’s been funding his son’s carefree lifestyle.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Niko begins to learn that his dry wit will only get him so far in life. When he strikes up a romance with a former school friend, he confides in her, </span><b>Kennst du das, wenn man so das Gefühl hat, dass die Menschen um einen herum irgendwie merkwürdig sind? Und dir wird irgendwie klar, dass vielleicht nicht die Anderen, sondern dass man selbst das Problem ist? </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Is Niko beginning to look at his choices in life again?</span></p>
<p><strong><iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/e9By3IQrzfM?wmode=opaque" width="640" height="360"></iframe></strong></p>
<h2><strong>5. Honig im Kopf (2014)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Til Schweiger has not only written and directed this German movie but also stars in it, alongside his daughter, who plays his daughter in the film. It makes it clear that family is a core theme of the film, revolving around the grandfather’s Alzheimer’s disease. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As the grandfather’s condition worsens, Niko, his son, decides he cannot keep sidestepping the inevitability of putting his dad in a home. Tilda, the granddaughter, has different ideas and, in a bid to save her grandfather from this fate, sets off with him on an adventure to Venice. It’s a place full of fond memories, as this is where he spent his honeymoon with his wife, who died sometime before. There are laughs to be had at the granddad’s inappropriate remarks, which raise a few eyebrows, and tears, when reliving the past proves to be tough with a fading memory.</span></p>
<p><strong><iframe src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/epqyV8uPato?wmode=opaque" width="640" height="360"></iframe></strong></p>
<h2><b></b><b>6. Das finstere Tal (2014)</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next on our list of German movies for learners is </span><b>Das finstere Tal.</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This film is a chilling Western-style revenge drama set in a remote mountain village in the Alps. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When a mysterious stranger arrives, claiming to be a photographer, his presence stirs unease among the villagers. As secrets from the past unravel, tensions rise, and the stranger’s true motives come to light. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With stunning landscapes and a dark, atmospheric tone, this film offers a gripping narrative that can captivate viewers from start to finish.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="DAS FINSTERE TAL | Trailer german deutsch [HD]" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/wZqYbJM3JJc?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>7. Vincent will Meer (2010)</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this heartwarming road German movie, Vincent, a young man with Tourette’s syndrome, embarks on an unplanned journey to fulfill his late mother’s dream: to scatter her ashes at the Italian seaside. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Along for the ride are two unlikely companions &#8211; Marie, a spirited woman with anorexia, and Alexander, a control-freak patient with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Their adventure takes them through breathtaking landscapes and humorous, touching moments as they learn to accept themselves and each other.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Vincent will meer - Trailer" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tiq2O29Igic?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>8. Der Vorname (2018)</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this German film, a seemingly ordinary dinner party takes a sharp turn when a provocative question is raised: What if someone named their child “Adolf”? As friends and family debate the appropriateness of the name, tensions boil over, exposing hidden grudges, long-held secrets, and unresolved conflicts. </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Der Vorname</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is a sharp, witty comedy that mixes humour with social commentary, providing an entertaining yet thought-provoking experience.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Der Vorname - offizieller Trailer" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qfzO0ZSRwBg?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We hope you’ve enjoyed exploring this selection of German movies for learners. Each of these films offers a unique window into German culture, providing entertainment and an opportunity to immerse yourself in authentic language usage. So, grab a bowl of popcorn, press play on one of these pictures and let your language learning journey begin</span><b>.</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Want to watch even more foreign-language films? Check out our </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/category/film/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">film recommendations for French, Italian and Spanish learners</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> too!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/">8 German movies for learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/06/german-movies-for-learners/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.09 &#124; Una visita de recuerdos</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 May 2025 15:15:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37866</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 9 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where she welcomes a group of customers from a place that holds special meaning for her. ¿Te imaginas de dónde vienen? Join Mark and Pablo as they guide you through useful vocabulary and grammar while also introducing some of ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.09 &#124; Una visita de recuerdos" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.09 &#124; Una visita de recuerdos">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/">CBS Scenes 1.09 | Una visita de recuerdos</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 9 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where she welcomes a group of customers from a place that holds special meaning for her. <strong>¿Te imaginas de dónde vienen?</strong></p>
<p>Join Mark and Pablo as they guide you through useful vocabulary and grammar while also introducing some of Spain’s most popular tapas. Along the way, you’ll continue expanding your knowledge and reinforcing key phrases in a fun and engaging way.</p>
<p>Don’t miss this chance to improve your Spanish while discovering more about Spanish culture!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/682efe56615cbd815715ce67?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/">CBS Scenes 1.09 | Una visita de recuerdos</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-09-una-visita-de-recuerdos/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.09 &#124; Talking about language</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-09-talking-about-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-09-talking-about-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 May 2025 15:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37952</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson 9 we continue from the previous lesson and learn some useful phrases and verbs to use in Japan. Ready? Let&#8217;s get started!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-09-talking-about-language/">CBJ 1.09 | Talking about language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson 9 we continue from the previous lesson and learn some useful phrases and verbs to use in Japan. Ready? Let&#8217;s get started!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/683739de7b483718e057b82f" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-09-talking-about-language/">CBJ 1.09 | Talking about language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-09-talking-about-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.09 &#124; Kleine Gesten und wenig Worte</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 15:15:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37863</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with a touching new episode of Scenes! At lunchtime, the café is lively as guests enjoy coffee and fresh pastries. But at a small table by the window, a young woman is lost in thought—until a phone call brings her to tears. While Erna is busy with a broken cash register, ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.09 &#124; Kleine Gesten und wenig Worte" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.09 &#124; Kleine Gesten und wenig Worte">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/">CBG Scenes 1.09 | Kleine Gesten und wenig Worte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with a touching new episode of Scenes! At lunchtime, the café is lively as guests enjoy coffee and fresh pastries. But at a small table by the window, a young woman is lost in thought—until a phone call brings her to tears.</p>
<p>While Erna is busy with a broken cash register, the narrator decides to step in, offering a simple act of kindness: the last piece of redcurrant cake. Sometimes, words aren’t needed.</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas discuss useful grammar and vocabulary, such as <strong>aufmuntern</strong>, <strong>vergraben</strong> or expressions like <strong>etwas zum Guten wenden</strong>.</p>
<p><strong> Lass dich von dieser rührenden Szene berühren und verbessere dabei dein Deutsch!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/682ef9c0a6fdc699fd8bbe22?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/">CBG Scenes 1.09 | Kleine Gesten und wenig Worte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-09-kleine-gesten-und-wenig-worte/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.09 &#124; In bocca al lupo per la verifica</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-09-in-bocca-al-lupo-per-la-verifica/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-09-in-bocca-al-lupo-per-la-verifica/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 15:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37860</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for this Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! A high school student stops at a café before class, clearly troubled and reluctant to face the day ahead. As he confides in Lorenzo, we learn he’s ready to give up, but a gentle conversation may shift his course&#8230;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-09-in-bocca-al-lupo-per-la-verifica/">CBI Scenes 1.09 | In bocca al lupo per la verifica</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for this Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! A high school student stops at a café before class, clearly troubled and reluctant to face the day ahead. As he confides in Lorenzo, we learn he’s ready to give up, but a gentle conversation may shift his course&#8230;</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/682ee7f1a727397bf128d707?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-09-in-bocca-al-lupo-per-la-verifica/">CBI Scenes 1.09 | In bocca al lupo per la verifica</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-09-in-bocca-al-lupo-per-la-verifica/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘TH’ Sounds in English: How to Pronounce ‘TH’ Correctly</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 15:00:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36568</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Making th sounds in English is a common problem that many English language learners face &#8211; but did you know that many native speakers also find th pronunciation difficult? It really is a tricky sound to make! But many words contain th sounds in English and mastering this sound will ensure you communicate clearly and effectively.  The Coffee ... <a title="‘TH’ Sounds in English: How to Pronounce ‘TH’ Correctly" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/" aria-label="More on ‘TH’ Sounds in English: How to Pronounce ‘TH’ Correctly">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/">‘TH’ Sounds in English: How to Pronounce ‘TH’ Correctly</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Making <strong>th</strong> sounds in English is a common problem that many English language learners face &#8211; but did you know that many native speakers also find <strong>th</strong> pronunciation difficult?</span></p>
<p>It really is a tricky sound to make! But many words contain <span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>th</strong> sounds in English and mastering this sound will ensure you communicate clearly and effectively. </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Francesca look at the difference between <strong>f</strong> and <strong>th</strong> pronunciation as well as voiced and unvoiced <strong>th</strong> sounds.</span></p>
<p>Because this episode focuses on pronunciation, it’s best to <span class="s1"><a href="https://youtu.be/ZIOpjxNT7i8">watch the video</a></span> or listen to the podcast episode while you read this article, to hear Nick and Francesca making the sounds.</p>
<p>So let&#8217;s get started and look at <span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>th</strong> sounds in English!</span></p>
<h2><b>&#8216;Th&#8217; Pronunciation in English</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">For many language learners, the pronunciation of <strong>th</strong> is a big challenge because this sound doesn’t exist in their language, or at least not in the same way. Today we want to demystify <strong>th</strong> pronunciation so that you feel more confident in future.</span></p>
<h3><b style="font-size: 16px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">‘<strong>T</strong></span>h<span style="font-weight: 300;">’</span> Vs <span style="font-weight: 300;">‘</span>f<span style="font-weight: 300;">’</span></b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The first challenge between <strong>f</strong> and <strong>th</strong> sounds is understanding how to make them.</span></p>
<p>The big difference is the position of the tongue!</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>F</strong> sounds are made by putting the top teeth on the bottom lip and blowing air through the gap. The tongue stays in the mouth. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f9b7.png" alt="🦷" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><strong>Th </strong>sounds are made by putting the tongue between the top and bottom teeth and blowing air around the tongue. You should be able to see the tongue if you look in a mirror! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f61b.png" alt="😛" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p>Another good way to practise this sound is to put a pencil, or your finger, in front of your lips and make sure you touch the pencil with your tongue when you make the <strong>th</strong> sounds. You will find some fun sentences to do this at the end of this blog! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f445.png" alt="👅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/270f.png" alt="✏" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<h4>Spelling Rules</h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now let&#8217;s look at when to use each one. If you are looking at a dictionary post of a word, you will see the spelling and the phonemic transcription. Understanding phonemic symbols can help you with your pronunciation because written English does not always help you understand how to say words in English. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The good news is, for the difference between /<strong>f</strong>/ and /<strong>θ</strong>/, we can trust the spelling!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>f</strong> = /<strong>f</strong>/</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>/f/</strong> is almost always spelt with one or two <strong>f’</strong>s. It is never spelt <strong>th</strong>. This spelling rule really helps to know when to make each sound. We sometimes see /<b>f</b>/ spelt with <strong>gh</strong> (lau<b>gh</b>, enou<b>gh</b>, etc.) or <strong>ph</strong> (<strong>ph</strong>oto, <strong>ph</strong>one, <strong>ph</strong>ysics, etc.)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>th</strong> = /<strong>θ</strong>/</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>/θ/</strong> is always spelt with <strong>th</strong>. There are no exceptions to this rule! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f973.png" alt="🥳" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<h3><b>TH &#8211; voiced or unvoiced?</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now we come to a small problem with <strong>th</strong> pronunciation. There are two ways to pronounce <strong>th</strong> in English. One is <em>voiced</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f5e3.png" alt="🗣" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> and the other is <em>unvoiced <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f507.png" alt="🔇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></em>.</span></p>
<p>We can see a clear difference between <em>voiced</em> and <em>unvoiced</em> sounds with the letters <strong>f</strong> and <strong>v</strong>. To make an <strong>f</strong> sound, you put your top teeth on your bottom lip and blow air. To make a <strong>v</strong> sound, you do the same, but you vibrate your <em>voice box</em>. You can feel this happening if you put your finger on the front of your throat and make the <strong>v</strong> sound. For this, try making the sound of a Formula One car! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f3ce.png" alt="🏎" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p>We can apply the same rule between /<strong>f</strong>/ and /<strong>v</strong>/ to <strong>th</strong> sounds. For the voiced <strong>th</strong> sound, the tongue remains between the teeth, but now we are vibrating the <em>voice box</em>. The symbol for this sound is <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>ð</strong>/. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>Th</strong> = /<strong>θ</strong>/ </span> <span style="font-weight: 300;">(unvoiced) e.g. theatre, bath, truth <em><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f507.png" alt="🔇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>Th</strong> = /<strong>ð</strong>/ </span> <span style="font-weight: 300;">(voiced) e.g the, then, breathe <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f5e3.png" alt="🗣" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you would like more practice with <strong>th</strong> pronunciation, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6BaTS9LTUf8&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4ocMbo28XZJcue-FsTpzHkq&amp;index=10"><span style="font-weight: 300;">how to pronounce &#8216;Tuesday&#8217; and &#8216;Thursday&#8217;</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in episode 9 from the first season of the Coffee Break Show!</span></p>
<h3><b>Spelling Rules</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The difference between <strong>f</strong> and <strong>th</strong> is quite easy to see in spelling. Unfortunately, it is not so easy with the difference between the <strong>th</strong> sounds /<strong>θ</strong>/ and /<strong>ð</strong>/. There are some general rules we can follow but we have to be careful for exceptions. </span></p>
<p>Both <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>θ</strong>/ and /<strong>ð</strong>/ can appear at the beginning of words but /<strong>ð</strong>/ is more common. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Many <em>d</em></span><em>eterminers</em> begin with a <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>ð</strong>/ sound: <strong>th</strong>e, <strong>th</strong>is, <strong>th</strong>at, <strong>th</strong>ese, <strong>th</strong>ose.</span></p>
<p>The numbers <strong>th</strong>ree, <strong>th</strong>irteen, <strong>th</strong>irty and <strong>th</strong>ousand all have a <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>θ</strong>/ sound.</span></p>
<p>Generally, when <span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>th</strong></span> is at the end of the word, we say <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>θ</strong>/ (unvoiced).</span></p>
<p>When <span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>th</strong></span> is in the middle of the word we normally say <span style="font-weight: 300;">/<strong>ð</strong>/ (voiced). But there are many exceptions to this rule so be careful! The best thing to do is learn the patterns where these rules <span style="text-decoration: underline;">do</span> apply.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Let’s have a look at some examples:</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37084 size-full" title="Words-Different-th-Sounds-1" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-1-1.png" alt="Words that end in 'er': father, mother, weather, leatehr, feather words that end in 'th': cloth, birth, worth, fourth, cloth" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-1-1.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-1-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-1-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-1-1-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37087 size-full" title="Words-with-Different-th-Sounds-2" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-2-2.png" alt="Words that end in the: breathe, bathe, clothe(s) words that end in th: breath, bath, cloth" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-2-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-2-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-2-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-2-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h3><b>Let’s review </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So the fundamental difference between <strong>f</strong> and <strong>th</strong> in English is that <strong>/f/</strong> needs the top lip on the bottom teeth, and /<strong>θ</strong>/ needs the tongue between the teeth, and /<strong>ð</strong>/ is the same but has a vibrating quality. As always, the best way to perfect these rules is to practise using the words and learning when to follow each rule. Now try saying the words in the visual below out loud! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f5e3.png" alt="🗣" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37085 size-full" title="th-and-f-Pronunciation-Rules" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-4-2.png" alt="An explanation of th and f sounds with some examples" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-4-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-4-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-4-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-202-4-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn! </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Try saying these tongue twisters out loud to practise pronouncing these sounds correctly! Try this in front of a mirror and check you can see your tongue when making those <strong>th</strong> sounds. If you want, you can listen to Nick and Francesca saying them in the video, and repeat them after them.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f445.png" alt="👅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><strong>Th</strong>ere are<strong> Th</strong>irty-<strong>th</strong>ree <strong>th</strong>ick silk <strong>th</strong>reads.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f445.png" alt="👅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><strong>Th</strong>ree <strong>th</strong>ousand <strong>th</strong>ick fea<strong>th</strong>ers float down the river.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f445.png" alt="👅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f32a.png" alt="🌪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">I <strong>th</strong>ought a <strong>th</strong>ought, but <strong>th</strong>e<strong> th</strong>ought I <strong>th</strong>ought wasn’t <strong>th</strong>e <strong>th</strong>ought <strong>th</strong>at I&#8217;d <strong>th</strong>ought <strong>th</strong>at I&#8217;d <strong>th</strong>ought.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Francesca on The Coffee Break English Show. In this series, we talk about useful topics for English learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below</em>! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Try to practise the <strong>th</strong> sounds often at home! The more you practice, the more confident you will become. We recommend you make a list of the words with these sounds that you find difficult and practise saying them until you feel more confident making <strong>th</strong> sounds.</span></p>
<p>Remember that it&#8217;s ok not to sound exactly like a native speaker! The important thing is that you feel confident and comfortable when speaking and people can understand you.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/682d926b9a7e8b0aacd1cb3e?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/">‘TH’ Sounds in English: How to Pronounce ‘TH’ Correctly</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/th-sounds-in-english-how-to-pronounce-th-correctly/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.09 &#124; Un avenir à construire</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 15:15:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37857</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In chapter 9 of Scenes, Jérôme considers a big career change, but he’s not sure if he’s up for the challenge. With help from friends, he prepares to apply for a new job, but will he go through with it? Mark and Hélène discuss useful vocabulary such as lettre de motivation, stressé, and postuler. Ne ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.09 &#124; Un avenir à construire" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.09 &#124; Un avenir à construire">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/">CBF Scenes 1.09 | Un avenir à construire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In chapter 9 of Scenes, Jérôme considers a big career change, but he’s not sure if he’s up for the challenge. With help from friends, he prepares to apply for a new job, but will he go through with it?</p>
<p>Mark and Hélène discuss useful vocabulary such as <strong>lettre de motivation</strong>, <strong>stressé</strong>, and <strong>postuler</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Ne manquez pas ce nouvel épisode passionnant de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/682ee1cfa6fdc699fd841e4f?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/">CBF Scenes 1.09 | Un avenir à construire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-09-un-avenir-a-construire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.08 &#124; Sin vuelta atrás</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 15:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37776</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 8 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where she witnesses an emotional and unexpected moment between a couple. No obstante, cuando se cierra una puerta, se abre una ventana. As always, Mark and Pablo will guide us through any challenging grammar and vocabulary in the text, ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.08 &#124; Sin vuelta atrás" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.08 &#124; Sin vuelta atrás">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/">CBS Scenes 1.08 | Sin vuelta atrás</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 8 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where she witnesses an emotional and unexpected moment between a couple. <strong>No obstante, cuando se cierra una puerta, se abre una ventana.</strong></p>
<p>As always, Mark and Pablo will guide us through any challenging grammar and vocabulary in the text, helping to deepen our understanding of the language. This chapter introduces useful verbs like <strong>disculparse</strong>, <strong>abandonar</strong>, and <strong>quedarse helado/a</strong><em>.</em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6825d004696b5d1232943402?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/">CBS Scenes 1.08 | Sin vuelta atrás</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-08-sin-vuelta-atras/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.08 &#124; Ein Feierabendgespräch mit Felix</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 May 2025 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37773</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another engaging episode of Scenes! As the late shift winds down, Felix insists on staying longer, keeping busy while the narrator locks up. But when asked why he’s avoiding going home, he finally confesses—he’s dropped out of university but hasn’t told his parents yet. Felix knows they’ll be disappointed, and ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.08 &#124; Ein Feierabendgespräch mit Felix" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.08 &#124; Ein Feierabendgespräch mit Felix">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/">CBG Scenes 1.08 | Ein Feierabendgespräch mit Felix</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another engaging episode of Scenes! As the late shift winds down, Felix insists on staying longer, keeping busy while the narrator locks up. But when asked why he’s avoiding going home, he finally confesses—he’s dropped out of university but hasn’t told his parents yet.</p>
<p>Felix knows they’ll be disappointed, and as an only child, the pressure feels even greater. But as the narrator reminds him, hiding it will only make things worse in the long run. Will he find the courage to tell them the truth?</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as pronominal adverbs and knowing when to use reflexive pronouns in the <strong>dative</strong> or the <strong>accusative</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Hör rein und finde heraus, ob Felix den Mut findet, die Wahrheit zu sagen!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6825c1ed3e2c04fd7a132e5b?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/">CBG Scenes 1.08 | Ein Feierabendgespräch mit Felix</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-08-ein-feierabendgesprach-mit-felix/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.08 &#124; Che affare!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 15:15:49 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37770</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for this Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, a familiar face comes to the bar with an unusually cheerful spirit! He shares his new idea: renting out his city apartment as a charming summer B&#38;B. It sounds like a great deal could be worked out ... <a title="CBI Scenes 1.08 &#124; Che affare!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes 1.08 &#124; Che affare!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/">CBI Scenes 1.08 | Che affare!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for this Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, a familiar face comes to the bar with an unusually cheerful spirit! He shares his new idea: renting out his city apartment as a charming summer B&amp;B. It sounds like a great deal could be worked out with the bar.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6825b56bb1b74cbbae7744a4?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/">CBI Scenes 1.08 | Che affare!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-08-che-affare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Future Tenses in English: Making Future Plans</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 15:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36571</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the different ways to talk about future plans in English? Talking about your plans can be a little confusing as we don’t always use future tenses in English like we do in the present and past. Instead, we have different phrases we use to express specific ideas. In this episode, Nick and ... <a title="Future Tenses in English: Making Future Plans" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/" aria-label="More on Future Tenses in English: Making Future Plans">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/">Future Tenses in English: Making Future Plans</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Do you know the different ways to talk about future plans in English? Talking about your plans can be a little confusing as we don’t always use future tenses in English like we do in the present and past. Instead, we have different phrases we use to express specific ideas.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In this episode, Nick and Anabel look at </span><b>will</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and the </span><b>present continuous</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to see how we can express different ideas about our future plans in English.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, we discuss different ways to use </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">future tenses in English to </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">express future plans.</span></p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s get started with <strong>will</strong>!</p>
<h2><b>Future Tense Verbs &#8211; Will</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Let&#8217;s look at </span><b>will</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> first. One of the most common meanings of </span><b>will</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is to express </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">spontaneous decisions</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We can consider a spontaneous decision as the birth of our plan, it has just been decided and is still new. To create this form, we use <strong>will</strong>, plus the bare infinitive (without <em>to</em>).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If we are hungry, we might say “</span><b>I’ll </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">go and buy a sandwich”. If it is cold we might say “I <strong>will</strong> put on a jumper”. It is something I decide to do in the moment.</span></p>
<p>Examples in positive, negatives and question form:</p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><span style="color: #00ff00;"><b><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></b></span> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">will</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> buy a new phone.</span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">won’t</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> buy a new phone.</span></p>
<p><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2753.png" alt="❓" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Will</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> you buy a new phone?</span></p>
<p>Remember the contraction of will involves the subject and the last two letters of the verb <strong>will</strong>, with an apostrophe (<strong>&#8216;ll</strong>). You may even hear this contraction with a noun but this is almost always only when we speak.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ll</p>
<p>you&#8217;ll</p>
<p>he&#8217;ll</p>
<p>she&#8217;ll</p>
<p>it&#8217;ll</p>
<p>we&#8217;ll</p>
<p>they&#8217;ll</p>
<p>Nick&#8217;ll</p>
<p>Anabel&#8217;ll (ok, this one is very difficult to pronounce!)</p>
<h2><b>Future Tense Verbs &#8211; Be going to</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to describe the next stage of our plan. This is a decision which we have made </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">in the past</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and we are now thinking about. We are now planning the details and it is our </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">personal intention</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We use the bare infinitive after </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If I am talking about the weekend, I can say “</span><b>I’m going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> see my friends.” This means that the plan is being organised but maybe some details are not finalised.</span></p>
<p>Examples in positive, negatives and question form:</p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><span style="color: #00ff00;"><b><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></b></span> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">am going to</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> buy a new phone.</span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">am not going to</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> buy a new phone.</span></p>
<p><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2753.png" alt="❓" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Are you going to</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> you buy a new phone?</span></p>
<h2><b>Future Tense Verbs &#8211; Present Continuous</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we have finalised the important details and our plan is complete, we can use the present continuous. This shows that our plan is fixed and the details are confirmed. We use present continuous for </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">fixed plans</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p>Examples in positive, negatives and question form:</p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><span style="color: #00ff00;"><b><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2705.png" alt="✅" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></b></span> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">am buying</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> a new phone.</span></p>
<p><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/274c.png" alt="❌" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> I </span><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none">am not buying</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> a new phone.</span></p>
<p><strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2753.png" alt="❓" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Are you buying</span></strong><span class="OYPEnA font-feature-liga-off font-feature-clig-off font-feature-calt-off text-decoration-none text-strikethrough-none"> a new phone?</span></p>
<h2><b>Let’s review the future tenses in English</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So let’s go over the different ways to use </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">future tenses in English to </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">express future plans.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">First, we start with </span><b>will</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to express a new plan. We make a </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">spontaneous decision.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Then we use </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when we have already made the decision and we now have a</span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> personal intention.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">And finally we used </span><b>present continuous</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to show we have finalised the details and we have a <em>fixed plan</em>.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37092 size-full" title="How-to-Express-Future-Plans" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-203-2-2.png" alt="Will is for spontaneous decisions. Be going to is for personal intentions. Present continuous is for fixed plans." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-203-2-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-203-2-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-203-2-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-203-2-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Remember! The </span><b>present continuous</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> are very similar and express slightly different ideas but can often be used in the same context with little difference in meaning. </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">Don’t worry if sometimes you’re not sure which one to use, it probably means you can use both! </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you feel you need more practice with future tenses in English, we take a look at </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GIMu8toh3NE"><span style="font-weight: 300;">other ways to use </span><b>be going to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>will</b></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in Episode 5 of Season 3.</span></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now, let’s practise using the </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">future tenses in English to talk about</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> future plans! Look at the prompts and think about which future form would be best to use. The answers are at the end of the blog post but don’t look until you’ve thought about your answers!</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">It’s cold! (put on my jumper) …</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I am busy tonight. (meet my friends in town) …</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I’m on my summer holiday! Tomorrow (swim in the sea and sunbathe) …</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Anabel on </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish"><span style="font-weight: 300;">our channel on YouTube</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to learn when the next episode is available.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below</em>! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start trying to use different </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">future tenses in English </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">to be specific about your future plans when you can! Remember that when you learn new grammar, it will help you to express yourself as well as improving your understanding when listening to others. It’s all part of the language-learning journey. Are you <strong>going to</strong> try using these <em>three future forms</em> in your speech? Good luck!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"> Here are some possible answers to the questions given above:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">It’s cold! <strong>I’ll</strong> put on my jumper.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I am busy tonight. <strong>I’m meeting</strong> my friends in town.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 300;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 300;">I’m on my summer holiday! Tomorrow<strong> I’m going to</strong> swim in the sea and sunbathe.</span></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/68247baa0dd8f99ce2155a98?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/">Future Tenses in English: Making Future Plans</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/future-tenses-in-english-making-future-plans/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.08 &#124; Une visite surprise</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 15:15:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37767</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In chapter 8 of Scenes, a surprise visit brings exciting news to the café as a familiar face shares their latest achievement. Meanwhile, Nico takes a moment to appreciate the unique encounters his café brings. In this episode, you’ll learn key expressions like se rendre compte, un rôle (dans un film), and radieuse. Continuez à ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.08 &#124; Une visite surprise" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.08 &#124; Une visite surprise">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/">CBF Scenes 1.08 | Une visite surprise</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In chapter 8 of Scenes, a surprise visit brings exciting news to the café as a familiar face shares their latest achievement. Meanwhile, Nico takes a moment to appreciate the unique encounters his café brings.</p>
<p>In this episode, you’ll learn key expressions like <strong>se rendre compte</strong>, <strong>un rôle (dans un film)</strong>, and <strong>radieuse</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Continuez à améliorer votre français avec ce nouveau chapitre de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6825a8edee813e8be2afdd24?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/">CBF Scenes 1.08 | Une visite surprise</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-08-une-visite-surprise/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.08 &#124; Talking about places in the town</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-08-talking-about-places-in-the-town/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-08-talking-about-places-in-the-town/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37656</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we expand on previous lessons by discussing how to talk about locations in town. We also learn how to ask for directions to places and how to say &#8216;here&#8217; and &#8216;there&#8217;.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-08-talking-about-places-in-the-town/">CBJ 1.08 | Talking about places in the town</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we expand on previous lessons by discussing how to talk about locations in town. We also learn how to ask for directions to places and how to say &#8216;here&#8217; and &#8216;there&#8217;.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/681c82ac5acb8b715f081cb0?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-08-talking-about-places-in-the-town/">CBJ 1.08 | Talking about places in the town</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-08-talking-about-places-in-the-town/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.07 &#124; Gracias por la suerte</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 15:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37622</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 7 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café and catch up with Miguel—someone we’ve met before. ¿Te acuerdas de él? Join Mark and Pablo as the story continues! As always, Mark and Pablo will guide you through key grammar points and vocabulary. In this chapter, you’ll discover ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.07 &#124; Gracias por la suerte" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.07 &#124; Gracias por la suerte">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/">CBS Scenes 1.07 | Gracias por la suerte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 7 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café and catch up with Miguel—someone we’ve met before. <strong>¿Te acuerdas de él?</strong> Join Mark and Pablo as the story continues!</p>
<p>As always, Mark and Pablo will guide you through key grammar points and vocabulary. In this chapter, you’ll discover the meanings of <strong>ajetreado</strong>, <strong>mono</strong>, and <strong>celestina</strong>, as well as look into <strong>ojalá</strong>, a useful subjunctive trigger.</p>
<p>Don’t miss the latest episode of Scenes—keep improving your Spanish in a fun and engaging way!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/681a09a1609de35278d8c3bd?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/">CBS Scenes 1.07 | Gracias por la suerte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-07-gracias-por-la-suerte/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.07 &#124; Kaffee, Klatsch und eine neue Lesegruppe</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 15:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37619</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another Chapter of Scenes! Every day at exactly three o’clock, Charlotte arrives at the café for coffee, cake, and conversation. Today, she shares the latest neighbourhood gossip—though Erna is, as always, far more discreet with such things. Meanwhile, another customer is quietly adjusting to a big change—her youngest son has ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.07 &#124; Kaffee, Klatsch und eine neue Lesegruppe" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.07 &#124; Kaffee, Klatsch und eine neue Lesegruppe">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/">CBG Scenes 1.07 | Kaffee, Klatsch und eine neue Lesegruppe</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another Chapter of Scenes! Every day at exactly three o’clock, Charlotte arrives at the café for coffee, cake, and conversation. Today, she shares the latest neighbourhood gossip—though Erna is, as always, far more discreet with such things.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, another customer is quietly adjusting to a big change—her youngest son has moved out, and for the first time in years, she has her home all to herself. Before long, Charlotte introduces another topic—her new reading group. They meet right here in the café, and today’s book is<strong> Kabale und Liebe </strong>by Schiller. The narrator is tempted to join… and Charlotte doesn’t take no for an answer!</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as using the subordinate clause to express hopes and wishes or using adjectives as nouns.</p>
<p><strong>Mach es dir gemütlich, schnapp dir einen Kaffee und genieße eine weitere Szene aus Ernas Café!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6819fecd609de35278d60db0?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/">CBG Scenes 1.07 | Kaffee, Klatsch und eine neue Lesegruppe</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-07-kaffee-klatsch-und-eine-neue-lesegruppe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.07 &#124;  Un caffè fortunato</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-07-un-caffe-fortunato/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-07-un-caffe-fortunato/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 15:15:30 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37615</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Conversations at the bar typically revolve around work, even during coffee breaks. However, tonight, with the arrival of three men carrying their laptops and big plans, something unusual could be about to happen… Join Francesca and Mark for this exciting Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-07-un-caffe-fortunato/">CBI Scenes 1.07 |  Un caffè fortunato</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Conversations at the bar typically revolve around work, even during coffee breaks. However, tonight, with the arrival of three men carrying their laptops and big plans, something unusual could be about to happen… Join Francesca and Mark for this exciting Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6819e97b609de35278d01418?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-07-un-caffe-fortunato/">CBI Scenes 1.07 |  Un caffè fortunato</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-07-un-caffe-fortunato/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8216;Must’ and ‘have to’ grammar: four simple rules</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 15:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36575</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you ever get confused with must and have to? These two verbs can be used in similar ways but we have to be careful when we use them in the negative as the meaning changes completely. This is particularly difficult for some language learners as there may only be one word in their language ... <a title="&#8216;Must’ and ‘have to’ grammar: four simple rules" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/" aria-label="More on &#8216;Must’ and ‘have to’ grammar: four simple rules">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/">&#8216;Must’ and ‘have to’ grammar: four simple rules</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Do you ever get confused with </span><b>must</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">? These two verbs can be used in similar ways but we have to be careful when we use them in the negative as the meaning changes completely. This is particularly difficult for some language learners as there may only be one word in their language for both </span><b>must</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English! In the latest episode, Nick and Francesca look at how we can use <b>must</b> and <b>have to</b> in the positive and negative forms and provide<em> four simple rules</em> to show their differences in meaning.</span></p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at the rules for <strong>must</strong> and <strong>have to</strong>. Why not get a cup of coffee or tea to enjoy while you read and listen to the podcast episode?</p>
<h2><b>1. Must</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>must</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to talk about obligations. They can be external rules or laws but they can also express an obligation or strong advice. Let’s look at some examples:</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f468-1f3fb-200d-2696-fe0f.png" alt="👨🏻‍⚖️" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><em>You must wear a seatbelt when you are driving.</em></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">We use <strong>must</strong> to show we are obligated to do this.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1faf5-1f3fb.png" alt="🫵🏻" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><em>You must keep your dog on a lead in this park.</em></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> <span style="font-weight: 300;">This is a rule. You are obligated to do this when you are in the park.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/26a0.png" alt="⚠" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><em>You must be careful when carrying a knife.</em></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> <span style="font-weight: 300;">This is strong advice based on what we believe to be a good idea.</span></span></p>
<h2><b>2. Mustn’t</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use <strong>mustn’t</strong> to talk about prohibition. We are saying that it is not possible or permitted to do something.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Let’s look at some examples:</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f468-1f3fb-200d-2696-fe0f.png" alt="👨🏻‍⚖️" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You </i><i>mustn’t</i><i> drive on the right side of the road in the UK.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is a law. We use </span><strong>mustn’t</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to show you are prohibited from doing this.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1faf5-1f3fb.png" alt="🫵🏻" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You </i><i>mustn’t</i><i> look at your phone during the exam.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is a rule. You are prohibited from doing this when you are in the exam.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/26a0.png" alt="⚠" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You </i><i>mustn’t</i><i> touch the oven, it is hot.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is strong advice based on what we believe to be a bad idea.</span></p>
<h2><b>3. Have to</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use </span><b>have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to talk about necessity. </span><b>Have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> can often be used to talk about obligations as there is a strong similarity here with <strong>must</strong>, but the idea is that we </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">need</span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to do something.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f468-1f3fb-200d-2696-fe0f.png" alt="👨🏻‍⚖️" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You have to wear a helmet when you cycle on the road.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is a law. We use </span><strong>have to</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to show that it is necessary to do this action in this context.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1faf5-1f3fb.png" alt="🫵🏻" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You </i><i>have to</i><i> pay attention during the safety explanation on an airplane.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is a rule. </span><strong>Have to</strong><span style="font-weight: 300;"> demonstrates that this is something we need to do.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/26a0.png" alt="⚠" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You </i><i>have to</i><i> wear warm clothes in the winter in Sweden.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This is advice that shows something is necessary in order to avoid something happening (being cold), or to make something happen (being warm).</span></p>
<h2><b>4. Don’t/doesn’t have to</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When using <strong>must</strong> and <strong>have to</strong>, we need to be careful with the negative forms. Because we are considering the meaning of <strong>have to</strong> as something that is <em>necessary</em>, it is now easy to understand that the negative form means something that is </span><em>not necessary</em><span style="font-weight: 300;">. It can show that there is no obligation in this situation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Let’s look at some examples:</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f468-1f3fb-200d-2696-fe0f.png" alt="👨🏻‍⚖️" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You don’t have to wear a seatbelt when the car is parked.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This shows the absence of a law. We use <strong>don’t have to</strong> to show that it is not necessary to do the action.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1faf5-1f3fb.png" alt="🫵🏻" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>He doesn’t have to wear a shirt and tie in the office. They have a casual dress code.</i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This shows the absence of a rule. It demonstrates that this is something we do not need to do in this context.</span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: center;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f450-1f3fb.png" alt="👐🏻" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></h2>
<p style="text-align: center;"><i>You don’t have to take a medical kit when you go on a walk but it could be a good idea in case someone gets injured. </i></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">This shows that there is no obligation to take the item. You have a choice.</span></p>
<h2><b>Choosing between must and have to</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Because there is such a similarity in meaning between </span><b>must</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, it can be difficult to know which one you should use in different contexts. But it is important to </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">remember </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">that you can normally use both without really changing the meaning. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>Mu</strong></span><span style="font-weight: 300;"><strong>st</strong> is generally stronger than <strong>have to</strong>, so when you are choosing which one to use, think about how important the information is and if it is urgent, it is best to use </span><b>must</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">. If you are only communicating something general that doesn’t need urgency or to be convincing, </span><b>have to</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> might be better.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you want more practice with <strong>have to</strong>, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bkp_S_fCekI&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4q7RVOSA9lsubvBO4P5kvZO"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Coffee Break English episode 4: season 4</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;">!</span></p>
<h2><b>Here’s a visual summary of &#8216;must&#8217; and &#8216;have to&#8217;</b></h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37105 size-full" title="The 4 rules of 'must' and 'have to'" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-205-3.png" alt="must is for obligations, mustn't is for prohibition, have to is for necessary, don't have to is for not necessary" width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-205-3.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-205-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-205-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-205-3-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this lesson helpful, make sure to watch the full episode of <em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> with Nick and Francesca, where we dive even deeper into <strong>must</strong> vs. <strong>have to</strong>! We release new episodes regularly, covering essential grammar topics to help you improve your English so make sure you s</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">ubscribe to </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish/featured"><span style="font-weight: 300;">our YouTube channel</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> so you never miss a lesson! </span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet </em>– perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em><b data-stringify-type="bold">,</b> to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. <em>Sign up below!</em> <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">So, start practicing <strong>must</strong> and <strong>have to</strong> whenever you can!  Remember, small daily steps lead to big improvements. It’s all part of your language-learning journey.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2615.png" alt="☕" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></span><span style="font-weight: 300;"> Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/681b3aa18b1f3232bcb43667?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/">&#8216;Must’ and ‘have to’ grammar: four simple rules</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/must-and-have-to-grammar-four-simple-rules/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.07 &#124; L’amour au café ?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 15:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37610</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Love is in the air Chez Nico in chapter 7 of Scenes! A chance encounter on the café terrace leads to an unexpected romance, while Nico reflects on preparing for the busy summer ahead. Mark and Hélène highlight useful language points, including un clin d’œil and se douter de. Rejoignez-nous et écoutez cet épisode captivant ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.07 &#124; L’amour au café ?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.07 &#124; L’amour au café ?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/">CBF Scenes 1.07 | L’amour au café ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Love is in the air Chez Nico in chapter 7 of Scenes! A chance encounter on the café terrace leads to an unexpected romance, while Nico reflects on preparing for the busy summer ahead.</p>
<p>Mark and Hélène highlight useful language points, including <strong>un clin d’œil</strong> and <strong>se douter de</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Rejoignez-nous et écoutez cet épisode captivant de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6819e139eb737caf8cefcfb5?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/">CBF Scenes 1.07 | L’amour au café ?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-07-lamour-au-cafe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.06 &#124; La inquilina</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 08 May 2025 15:15:05 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37527</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 6 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café and catch up with Elena, the new teacher we met in Chapter 3. ¿Cómo le va en su nuevo trabajo? ¿Ha encontrado ya piso? Join Mark and Pablo as they explore key phrases like cerquita, hoy en día, and ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.06 &#124; La inquilina" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.06 &#124; La inquilina">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/">CBS Scenes 1.06 | La inquilina</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 6 of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café and catch up with Elena, the new teacher we met in Chapter 3. <strong>¿Cómo le va en su nuevo trabajo? ¿Ha encontrado ya piso?</strong></p>
<p>Join Mark and Pablo as they explore key phrases like <strong>cerquita</strong>, <strong>hoy en día</strong>, and <strong>cuesta arriba</strong>. Alongside these, you’ll continue expanding your vocabulary and reinforcing essential grammar in a natural, engaging way.</p>
<p>Don’t miss this chance to improve your Spanish while following another chapter of Scenes!<br />
<iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6810b651cea6682986f2bb7c?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/">CBS Scenes 1.06 | La inquilina</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbs-scenes-1-06-la-inquilina/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.06 &#124; Mit schwerem Herzen im Café</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 May 2025 15:15:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37523</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with an emotional new episode of Scenes! It’s late in the evening, and Johanna is still sitting at her table, lost in thought. She’s usually happy to chat with Erna, but today, something is different. After some gentle encouragement, Johanna finally admits what’s been bothering her—her close university friend Nadine is ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.06 &#124; Mit schwerem Herzen im Café" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.06 &#124; Mit schwerem Herzen im Café">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/">CBG Scenes 1.06 | Mit schwerem Herzen im Café</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with an emotional new episode of Scenes! It’s late in the evening, and Johanna is still sitting at her table, lost in thought. She’s usually happy to chat with Erna, but today, something is different.</p>
<p>After some gentle encouragement, Johanna finally admits what’s been bothering her—her close university friend Nadine is leaving for a year abroad, and it’s not just friendship that she’s worried about. As Johanna struggles to find the right words, Erna reminds her that some things are best said before it’s too late.</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as verbs that always require a <strong>dative object </strong>or the multiple meanings of <strong>machen</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Begleite Johanna auf ihrem Weg – die ideale Gelegenheit, Deutsch mit einer bewegenden Geschichte zu lernen!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6810acddcea6682986efe4d5?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/">CBG Scenes 1.06 | Mit schwerem Herzen im Café</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbg-scenes-1-06-mit-schwerem-herzen-im-cafe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.06 &#124; Si balla alla sagra del cocomero</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-06-si-balla-alla-sagra-del-cocomero/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-06-si-balla-alla-sagra-del-cocomero/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 15:15:17 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37521</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the sixth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, the local festival season has begun and the festivities seem to attract quite a crowd. A particularly elegant couple catches everyone&#8217;s attention, and their presence hints at a special evening ahead&#8230;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-06-si-balla-alla-sagra-del-cocomero/">CBI Scenes 1.06 | Si balla alla sagra del cocomero</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the sixth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café!</p>
<p>In this episode, the local festival season has begun and the festivities seem to attract quite a crowd. A particularly elegant couple catches everyone&#8217;s attention, and their presence hints at a special evening ahead&#8230;</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6810a0f39704d99f84f4affc?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-06-si-balla-alla-sagra-del-cocomero/">CBI Scenes 1.06 | Si balla alla sagra del cocomero</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbi-scenes-1-06-si-balla-alla-sagra-del-cocomero/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering comparative adjectives in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Nick Hain]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 15:00:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36434</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Are you able to use comparative adjectives in English? Do you know the grammar rules? One thing that can be tricky in English is when you want to make the comparative stronger or weaker. There are different ways we can do this and we just need to practise them to get them right! The Coffee Break ... <a title="Mastering comparative adjectives in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/" aria-label="More on Mastering comparative adjectives in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/">Mastering comparative adjectives in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Are you able to use <em>comparative adjectives</em> in English? Do you know the grammar rules? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">One thing that can be tricky in English is when you want to make the comparative <em>stronger</em> or <em>weaker</em>. There are different ways we can do this and we just need to practise them to get them right!</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;"> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Nick and Mark look at how to use <em>modifiers</em> to strengthen (and weaken) comparative sentences.</span></p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at comparative sentences!</p>
<h2><b>A review of comparative adjectives in English</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here is a quick review of the grammar rules for comparative adjectives in English. If you would like more practice with comparative adjectives, check out </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3L12-NYiGk&amp;list=PLC2wqyYGWc4oYpj6ioULr2E3EUWfzyoef"><span style="font-weight: 300;">Episode 1 of Season 3 of Coffee Break English</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;">!</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>One-syllable adjectives</b></h3>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">clean &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">cleaner than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">big &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">bigger than </span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">small &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">smaller than</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>Two-syllable adjectives with -y</b></h3>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">happy &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">happier than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">funny &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">f</span><span style="font-weight: 300;">unnier than</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>Adjectives with two or more syllables</b></h3>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">expensive &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">more expensive than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">comfortable &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">more comfortable than</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>Exceptions</b></h3>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">fun &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">more fun than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">good &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">better than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">bad &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">worse than</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 300;">far &gt;&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">further than</span></p>
<h2><b>Modifying comparative sentences</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">We use modifiers to make comparative adjectives stronger or weaker. A modifier is a word that changes the meaning of a sentence, in this case making the sentence <em>stronger</em> or <em>weaker</em>. </span><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you want to make your comparisons stronger you can use <em>intensifiers.</em> Common examples of English adverbs that <em>intensify</em> an idea are </span><b>much</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>a lot</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and </span><b>way</b>. We can also use <strong>far </strong>and <strong>significantly</strong> in more formal situations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37053 size-full" title="Comparing-with-Big-Differences " src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-1-2.png" alt="Big differences: much - I am much more relaxed now that I have retired. a lot - my niece is a lot taller than she was last year. way - the new italian restaurant is way better than the old one." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-1-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-1-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-1-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-1-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">But maybe you want to make your comparison less strong. In that case, you should use <em>weakeners</em>. Some common examples of English adverbs that <em>weaken</em> ideas are </span><b>a bit</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, </span><b>a little </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">and </span><b>slightly</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37054 size-full" title="Comparing-with-Small-Differences" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-2-2.png" alt="Small differences: a bit - Dogs are a bit friendlier than cats. a little - Bools are a little more interesting than films. slightly - my brother is slightly taller than me." width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-2-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-2-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-2-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-2-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<h2><b>Sounding natural when making comparisons</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we use modifiers with comparative adjectives, we often change our intonation to emphasise what we want to say. This means that we often stress the modifier more than the adjective.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we are making the meaning of the sentence stronger, we can stress the word in a loud and deep way. For example:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">My dog is </span><b>way</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> bigger than yours.</span></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we want to say that the difference is small, we can still stress the modifier, but the intonation is different. We often make the sound of the word softer and our intonation goes up. Here&#8217;s an example:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em><span style="font-weight: 300;">I’m feeling </span><b>a little</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> better today.</span></em></p>
<h2><b>It’s your turn!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Now, let’s practise! Write down sentences comparing the ideas below and try to modify the comparative adjectives to show big and small differences. You can find some examples at the end of this blog post.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-37055 size-full" title="Comparisons-Activity" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-3-2.png" alt="the beach compared to the mountains summer compared to winter cats compared to dogs Monday compared to Friday " width="1080" height="1200" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-3-2.png 1080w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-3-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-3-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/cbe-show-blog-201-3-2-768x853.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1080px) 100vw, 1080px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Always try to give as much detail as you can when you use a foreign language. The easy option is to stay in your comfort zone but the best way to learn is to try to be as descriptive as possible which will definitely help you increase your speaking (or writing) level. Be ambitious!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Nick and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish"><span style="font-weight: 300;">our channel on YouTube</span></a><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to learn when the next episode is available.</span></p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss your <em>free worksheet</em> – perfect for extra practice after the lesson! When you sign up, you’ll also receive our short <em>coffee break-sized email lessons</em>, delivered straight to your inbox <em>every week</em>, to help you build your English skills. <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f4aa.png" alt="💪" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> You’ll even hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, who shares regular tips and motivation for learners of all levels. Sign up below! <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f447.png" alt="👇" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /></p>
<p>Try modifying your comparative sentences whenever you can. By trying to be as precise and detailed as possible when communicating, you are improving your control of the language. Don&#8217;t worry if you make mistakes – it&#8217;s about regular and consistent practice and not just taking the easiest way to achieving your communicative goal, but challenging yourself to improve with every practice opportunity.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">P.s. Here are some possible answers to the prompts given above:</span></p>
<ul>
<li><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mountains are </span></i><b><i>much</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> more interesting than the beach.</span></i></li>
<li><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Summer is </span></i><b><i>way</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> more fun than winter.</span></i></li>
<li><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Dogs are </span></i><b><i>a bit</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> nicer than cats. </span></i></li>
<li><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Monday is </span></i><b><i>a lot</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> more difficult than Friday!</span></i></li>
</ul>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<h3><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6813582bf3c711a5d0558e6b?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec2423&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></h3>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/">Mastering comparative adjectives in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/mastering-comparative-adjectives-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.06 &#124; Une cliente mystérieuse</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 May 2025 15:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37518</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>As the summer heat rises in Chapter six of Scenes, an elderly customer suddenly feels unwell Chez Nico. While the regulars rush to help, a familiar face returns, sparking curiosity about her mysterious habits. This episode explores useful grammar and vocabulary, including se précipiter and se calmer. Ne manquez pas ce nouveau chapitre captivant de ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.06 &#124; Une cliente mystérieuse" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.06 &#124; Une cliente mystérieuse">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/">CBF Scenes 1.06 | Une cliente mystérieuse</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the summer heat rises in Chapter six of Scenes, an elderly customer suddenly feels unwell<strong> Chez Nico</strong>. While the regulars rush to help, a familiar face returns, sparking curiosity about her mysterious habits.</p>
<p>This episode explores useful grammar and vocabulary, including <strong>se précipiter</strong> and <strong>se calmer</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Ne manquez pas ce nouveau chapitre captivant de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/681096f2f7d552efdcd40c6c?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/">CBF Scenes 1.06 | Une cliente mystérieuse</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbf-scenes-1-06-une-cliente-mysterieuse/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.07 &#124; More on numbers and family</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-07-more-on-numbers-and-family/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-07-more-on-numbers-and-family/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 15:15:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37532</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! In this lesson, we will build upon what we learned in the previous lessons by exploring a wider range of numbers and their uses in everyday conversations. We&#8217;ll also learn vocabulary related to family, helping you to describe relationships and express your connections to others.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-07-more-on-numbers-and-family/">CBJ 1.07 | More on numbers and family</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese!</p>
<p>In this lesson, we will build upon what we learned in the previous lessons by exploring a wider range of numbers and their uses in everyday conversations. We&#8217;ll also learn vocabulary related to family, helping you to describe relationships and express your connections to others.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/6810c075cea6682986f5d530?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-07-more-on-numbers-and-family/">CBJ 1.07 | More on numbers and family</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/05/cbj-1-07-more-on-numbers-and-family/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.05 &#124; ¡Menudo sorpresón!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2025 15:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37400</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 5 of Scenes, our series for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where a variety of interesting customers bring their stories to life. This time, we meet a group of lively ladies enjoying their time together. One of them has some exciting news to share — ¿te imaginas qué puede ser? ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.05 &#124; ¡Menudo sorpresón!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.05 &#124; ¡Menudo sorpresón!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/">CBS Scenes 1.05 | ¡Menudo sorpresón!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 5 of Scenes, our series for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel’s café, where a variety of interesting customers bring their stories to life.</p>
<p>This time, we meet a group of lively ladies enjoying their time together. One of them has some exciting news to share — <strong>¿te imaginas qué puede ser?</strong></p>
<p>As always, Mark and Pablo will guide you through useful grammar and vocabulary from the story. In this chapter, they’ll focus on the structure<strong> lo + adjective</strong> and explore intriguing uses of the subjunctive.</p>
<p>Don’t miss the chance to improve your Spanish while enjoying another engaging chapter of Scenes!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6800efa93d09fdf27ff02206?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/">CBS Scenes 1.05 | ¡Menudo sorpresón!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-05-menudo-sorpreson/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.05 &#124; Siegfried, Heinz und das große Canasta-Duell</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 23 Apr 2025 15:15:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37394</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another lively episode of Scenes! This time, the gentlemen’s weekly Canasta match takes centre stage — especially as Heinz keeps winning, much to Siegfried’s frustration! While the game unfolds, the café is quieter than usual, giving the narrator time to clean the clogged coffee machine. But just as it’s taken ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.05 &#124; Siegfried, Heinz und das große Canasta-Duell" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.05 &#124; Siegfried, Heinz und das große Canasta-Duell">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/">CBG Scenes 1.05 | Siegfried, Heinz und das große Canasta-Duell</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another lively episode of Scenes! This time, the gentlemen’s weekly Canasta match takes centre stage — especially as Heinz keeps winning, much to Siegfried’s frustration!</p>
<p>While the game unfolds, the café is quieter than usual, giving the narrator time to clean the clogged coffee machine. But just as it’s taken apart, two teenagers arrive, hoping for a coffee. With no other option, they settle for hot chocolate and enjoy their conversation by the window.</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas discuss useful grammar and expressions, such as participle constructions with either the present or the past participle.</p>
<p><strong>Schalte ein und finde heraus, wie das Spiel endet – eine unterhaltsame Möglichkeit, dein Deutsch zu trainieren!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6800e002de8fc01dcf58f3b1?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/">CBG Scenes 1.05 | Siegfried, Heinz und das große Canasta-Duell</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-05-siegfried-heinz-und-das-grose-canasta-duell/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.05 &#124; Un ritratto speciale</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-05-un-ritratto-speciale/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-05-un-ritratto-speciale/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 15:15:30 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37390</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the fifth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, a young woman enters the café with a latte order and a sketchpad. As she leaves, something unexpected is left behind…</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-05-un-ritratto-speciale/">CBI Scenes 1.05 | Un ritratto speciale</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the fifth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, a young woman enters the café with a latte order and a sketchpad. As she leaves, something unexpected is left behind…</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6800d6a23d09fdf27fe98e84?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-05-un-ritratto-speciale/">CBI Scenes 1.05 | Un ritratto speciale</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-05-un-ritratto-speciale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.05 &#124; Une soirée mémorable</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 15:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37383</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 5 of Scenes, the café is packed for its first karaoke night. Even the regulars take to the stage, some with more success than others! Meanwhile, a surprise reunion leads to an exciting announcement. This chapter introduces useful expressions like s’assurer que, marquer le coup, and the agreement of past participles with avoir. ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.05 &#124; Une soirée mémorable" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.05 &#124; Une soirée mémorable">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/">CBF Scenes 1.05 | Une soirée mémorable</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 5 of Scenes, the café is packed for its first karaoke night. Even the regulars take to the stage, some with more success than others! Meanwhile, a surprise reunion leads to an exciting announcement.</p>
<p>This chapter introduces useful expressions like <strong>s’assurer que</strong>, <strong>marquer le coup</strong>, and the agreement of past participles with <strong>avoir</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Ne ratez pas ça, écoutez dès maintenant ce dernier épisode de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6800c6d6380884156905b9e4?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/">CBF Scenes 1.05 | Une soirée mémorable</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-05-une-soiree-memorable/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.04 &#124; El café de la suerte</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 15:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37329</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for the next chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners! In this chapter, a nervous man steps into Isabel’s café, dressed smartly in a suit and carrying a briefcase. ¿Adónde irá? Mark and Pablo will guide you through the vocabulary and grammar featured in the story. For example, you’ll ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.04 &#124; El café de la suerte" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.04 &#124; El café de la suerte">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/">CBS Scenes 1.04 | El café de la suerte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for the next chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate Spanish learners! In this chapter, a nervous man steps into Isabel’s café, dressed smartly in a suit and carrying a briefcase. <strong>¿Adónde irá?</strong></p>
<p>Mark and Pablo will guide you through the vocabulary and grammar featured in the story. For example, you’ll learn how to use the verb <strong>merecer</strong>, explore demonstrative pronouns in Spanish, and understand the word <strong>ojalá</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/67f799d3a77ecf0ae561aea0?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/">CBS Scenes 1.04 | El café de la suerte</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-04-el-cafe-de-la-suerte/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.06 &#124; Jobs and counting</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-06-jobs-and-counting/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-06-jobs-and-counting/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 15:15:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37322</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we&#8217;re continuing from the previous lesson and we&#8217;re learning how to talk about work and numbers from zero to ten.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-06-jobs-and-counting/">CBJ 1.06 | Jobs and counting</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another lesson of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we&#8217;re continuing from the previous lesson and we&#8217;re learning how to talk about work and numbers from zero to ten.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67f79450c036a69e772a19f1?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-06-jobs-and-counting/">CBJ 1.06 | Jobs and counting</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-06-jobs-and-counting/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.04 &#124; Ein Café-Moment, den man nicht vergisst</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 Apr 2025 15:15:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37320</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another engaging episode of Scenes! In this Chapter, the café is busier than usual for a weekday, and among the customers, something special is happening. At the large family table, a young woman seems anxious while her boyfriend reassures her. Her elegantly dressed parents sit across from them, clearly unimpressed. ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.04 &#124; Ein Café-Moment, den man nicht vergisst" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.04 &#124; Ein Café-Moment, den man nicht vergisst">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/">CBG Scenes 1.04 | Ein Café-Moment, den man nicht vergisst</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with another engaging episode of Scenes! In this Chapter, the café is busier than usual for a weekday, and among the customers, something special is happening.</p>
<p>At the large family table, a young woman seems anxious while her boyfriend reassures her. Her elegantly dressed parents sit across from them, clearly unimpressed. But as soon as the young woman speaks, everything changes &#8211; her father chokes in shock, and her mother is left speechless. She’s just announced her pregnancy! Will her parents accept the news?</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas discuss useful grammar and expressions, like verbs with prepositional objects or the difference between temporal adverbs and conjunctions.</p>
<p><strong>Verpasse nicht dieses bewegende Kapitel – eine wunderbare Gelegenheit, deine Sprachkenntnisse mit authentischen Dialogen zu erweitern!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/67f7950cbb8fcfee759dc461?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/">CBG Scenes 1.04 | Ein Café-Moment, den man nicht vergisst</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-04-ein-cafe-moment-den-man-nicht-vergisst/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.04 &#124; Una domenica al bar</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 15:15:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37317</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the fourth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, we visit the café on a Sunday. The atmosphere is usually lively, but this Sunday, something in the air feels different as a playful question catches Angelica off guard&#8230; As it turns out, the day might ... <a title="CBI Scenes 1.04 &#124; Una domenica al bar" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes 1.04 &#124; Una domenica al bar">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/">CBI Scenes 1.04 | Una domenica al bar</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the fourth Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, we visit the café on a Sunday. The atmosphere is usually lively, but this Sunday, something in the air feels different as a playful question catches Angelica off guard&#8230;</p>
<p>As it turns out, the day might hold more than just the usual routine!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/67f78caca77ecf0ae55a50e7?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/">CBI Scenes 1.04 | Una domenica al bar</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-04-una-domenica-al-bar/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.04 &#124; Deux larrons en foire</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 15:15:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37314</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 4 of Scenes, we meet two of Chez Nico’s regulars, whose lively debate about a village event brings energy to the café. Will they ever se mettre d’accord ? Alongside the story, Mark and Hélène highlight key language points with interesting verbs like se chamailler. Continuez à améliorer votre français avec ce nouvel ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.04 &#124; Deux larrons en foire" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.04 &#124; Deux larrons en foire">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/">CBF Scenes 1.04 | Deux larrons en foire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 4 of Scenes, we meet two of Chez Nico’s regulars, whose lively debate about a village event brings energy to the café. Will they ever <strong>se mettre d’accord</strong> <strong>?</strong></p>
<p>Alongside the story, Mark and Hélène highlight key language points with interesting verbs like <strong>se chamailler</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Continuez à améliorer votre français avec ce nouvel épisode captivant de Scenes !</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/67f78acda77ecf0ae5595578?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/">CBF Scenes 1.04 | Deux larrons en foire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-04-deux-larrons-en-foire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.03 &#124; Sustituta busca piso</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 15:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37205</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for another chapter in the captivating Scenes series! In Chapter 3 of our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we meet Elena, a new substitute teacher settling into the neighbourhood and searching for a flat. This chapter introduces practical verbs like alquilar and cubrir una baja, while giving us a closer look ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.03 &#124; Sustituta busca piso" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.03 &#124; Sustituta busca piso">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/">CBS Scenes 1.03 | Sustituta busca piso</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo for another chapter in the captivating Scenes series! In Chapter 3 of our course for intermediate Spanish learners, we meet Elena, a new substitute teacher settling into the neighbourhood and searching for a flat.</p>
<p>This chapter introduces practical verbs like<strong> alquilar </strong>and <strong>cubrir una baja</strong>, while giving us a closer look at the customers of Isabel’s café.</p>
<p>Don’t miss this opportunity to improve your Spanish with an engaging story.<strong> ¡No te pierdas este capítulo!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/67ee4f2c02e789100f5dbe07?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/">CBS Scenes 1.03 | Sustituta busca piso</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-03-sustituta-busca-piso/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.03 &#124; Volles Haus und extra Hilfe</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 Apr 2025 15:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37202</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas are back with another episode of Scenes! In this chapter, the café is busier than ever, as customers fill the space on a sunny Sunday. Regulars enjoy their routines, new visitors discover Erna’s charm, and the rhubarb cake disappears faster than ever. While Erna thrives on the lively atmosphere, chatting and sharing ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.03 &#124; Volles Haus und extra Hilfe" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.03 &#124; Volles Haus und extra Hilfe">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/">CBG Scenes 1.03 | Volles Haus und extra Hilfe</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas are back with another episode of Scenes! In this chapter, the café is busier than ever, as customers fill the space on a sunny Sunday. Regulars enjoy their routines, new visitors discover Erna’s charm, and the rhubarb cake disappears faster than ever.</p>
<p>While Erna thrives on the lively atmosphere, chatting and sharing her wisdom, Felix helps keep things moving behind the counter. Meanwhile, requests for iced coffee keep coming in, even though it’s technically only a summer drink. Could it be time to extend the season?</p>
<p>Mark and Thomas break down useful grammar and expressions, including causal subordinate sentences, different tenses and useful verbs.</p>
<p><strong>Hör rein und erlebe das lebhafte Treiben in Ernas Café – eine unterhaltsame Möglichkeit, dein Deutsch zu verbessern!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/67ee4da39524713132fc8bdf?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"><span data-mce-type="bookmark" style="display: inline-block; width: 0px; overflow: hidden; line-height: 0;" class="mce_SELRES_start">﻿</span></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/">CBG Scenes 1.03 | Volles Haus und extra Hilfe</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-03-volles-haus-und-extra-hilfe/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.03 &#124; Angelica e Mattia</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 15:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37199</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the third Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, Angelica has just begun helping at the café, but it seems she’s already catching the eye of Mattia, the boy from the nearby tobacconist. However, when his boss finds out, things take an unexpected turn. As ... <a title="CBI Scenes 1.03 &#124; Angelica e Mattia" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes 1.03 &#124; Angelica e Mattia">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/">CBI Scenes 1.03 | Angelica e Mattia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Francesca and Mark for the third Chapter of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, Angelica has just begun helping at the café, but it seems she’s already catching the eye of Mattia, the boy from the nearby tobacconist.</p>
<p>However, when his boss finds out, things take an unexpected turn. As for Angelica, does she feel the same way about him?</p>
<p>In this chapter, we will explore interesting aspects of vocabulary and grammar alongside the story, helping you take your language skills to the next level!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/67ee4c327401961729caf8a0?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/">CBI Scenes 1.03 | Angelica e Mattia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-03-angelica-e-mattia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.03 &#124; Un vendredi sous la pluie</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Apr 2025 15:15:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37196</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène as the story continues in Chapter 3 of Scenes! Bad weather causes trouble for Jérôme and his bar de plage, but his laid-back attitude keeps things under control. Meanwhile, the café fills up with weekend customers looking for shelter. This episode introduces useful grammar and vocabulary including débarquer, and prendre l’eau. ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.03 &#124; Un vendredi sous la pluie" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.03 &#124; Un vendredi sous la pluie">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/">CBF Scenes 1.03 | Un vendredi sous la pluie</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène as the story continues in Chapter 3 of Scenes! Bad weather causes trouble for Jérôme and his <strong>bar de plage</strong>, but his laid-back attitude keeps things under control. Meanwhile, the café fills up with weekend customers looking for shelter.</p>
<p>This episode introduces useful grammar and vocabulary including <strong>débarquer</strong>, and <strong>prendre l’eau</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Allez écouter ce nouveau chapitre de Scenes</strong>, it&#8217;s a great way to boost your French!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/67ee4983506c6c628c5a2fbf?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/">CBF Scenes 1.03 | Un vendredi sous la pluie</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbf-scenes-1-03-un-vendredi-sous-la-pluie/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.05 &#124; Talking about your family &#8211; Kochira wa dare desu ka？こちら は、誰ですか？</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-05-talking-about-your-family-kochira-wa-dare-desu-ka%ef%bc%9f%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89-%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e8%aa%b0%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%81%8b%ef%bc%9f/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-05-talking-about-your-family-kochira-wa-dare-desu-ka%ef%bc%9f%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89-%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e8%aa%b0%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%81%8b%ef%bc%9f/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 15:15:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37132</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Lesson 5 of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we&#8217;re learning how to talk about more family members, such as partners and children.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-05-talking-about-your-family-kochira-wa-dare-desu-ka%ef%bc%9f%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89-%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e8%aa%b0%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%81%8b%ef%bc%9f/">CBJ 1.05 | Talking about your family &#8211; Kochira wa dare desu ka？こちら は、誰ですか？</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Lesson 5 of Coffee Break Japanese! This time, we&#8217;re learning how to talk about more family members, such as partners and children.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67e3e22898ba6a320caf3052?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-05-talking-about-your-family-kochira-wa-dare-desu-ka%ef%bc%9f%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89-%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e8%aa%b0%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%81%8b%ef%bc%9f/">CBJ 1.05 | Talking about your family &#8211; Kochira wa dare desu ka？こちら は、誰ですか？</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbj-1-05-talking-about-your-family-kochira-wa-dare-desu-ka%ef%bc%9f%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89-%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e8%aa%b0%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%81%8b%ef%bc%9f/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.02 &#124; El nuevo miembro</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 15:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37178</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 2 of Scenes, our series for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel&#8217;s café, where we meet the charming group of older gentlemen she affectionately calls sus Chicos de oro. This time, there’s a new, younger addition to the mix. ¿Quieres saber más? Join Mark and Pablo in this exciting new chapter! As ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.02 &#124; El nuevo miembro" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.02 &#124; El nuevo miembro">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/">CBS Scenes 1.02 | El nuevo miembro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Chapter 2 of Scenes, our series for intermediate Spanish learners, we return to Isabel&#8217;s café, where we meet the charming group of older gentlemen she affectionately calls <strong>sus Chicos de oro</strong>. This time, there’s a new, younger addition to the mix. <strong>¿Quieres saber más?</strong> Join Mark and Pablo in this exciting new chapter!</p>
<p>As the story continues, Mark and Pablo will draw your attention to useful grammar points and vocabulary in the text. For example, in this chapter, they’ll learn the meanings of <strong>a gusto</strong>, <strong>parar de hacer algo</strong>, and <strong>saltar a la vista</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>¡No te pierdas el nuevo capítulo de Scenes y continúa mejorando tu español!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/67ea7c5202e789100fde1d16?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/">CBS Scenes 1.02 | El nuevo miembro</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbs-scenes-1-02-el-nuevo-miembro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.02 &#124; Ein Extrahäubchen Schlagsahne</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 Apr 2025 15:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37172</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with the next chapter of Scenes! As heavy rain pours down, Johanna rushes into the café, drenched and frustrated. A dedicated law student, she usually enjoys studying here, but today, her soaked textbooks and looming deadlines leave her feeling overwhelmed. Erna, always quick to notice when someone needs support, offers comforting ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.02 &#124; Ein Extrahäubchen Schlagsahne" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.02 &#124; Ein Extrahäubchen Schlagsahne">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/">CBG Scenes 1.02 | Ein Extrahäubchen Schlagsahne</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark and Thomas return with the next chapter of Scenes! As heavy rain pours down, Johanna rushes into the café, drenched and frustrated. A dedicated law student, she usually enjoys studying here, but today, her soaked textbooks and looming deadlines leave her feeling overwhelmed.</p>
<p>Erna, always quick to notice when someone needs support, offers comforting words and a little extra whipped cream on Johanna’s favourite rhubarb cake. Will that <em>– </em>and a warm conversation <em>– </em>help lift her spirits?</p>
<p>Alongside the story, Mark and Thomas discuss complex relative clauses, the use of past participles as adjectives, and useful expressions like <strong>etwas wiedergutmachen</strong> and <strong>jemanden aufmuntern</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Finde heraus, was in Kapitel 2 passiert – eine perfekte Gelegenheit, dein Deutsch in einer entspannten Atmosphäre zu verbessern!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/67ea733f3ff7e200c099a9f7?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/">CBG Scenes 1.02 | Ein Extrahäubchen Schlagsahne</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbg-scenes-1-02-ein-extrahaubchen-schlagsahne/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.02 &#124; Chi trova un amico, trova un cornetto alla Nutella</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 15:15:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37169</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join us for the second episode of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, the curious barista who owns Caffè di Tulli overhears a conversation between two worried students and offers a simple suggestion that changes everything. Alongside the story, Francesca and Mark discuss interesting aspects of the vocabulary and grammar which ... <a title="CBI Scenes 1.02 &#124; Chi trova un amico, trova un cornetto alla Nutella" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes 1.02 &#124; Chi trova un amico, trova un cornetto alla Nutella">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/">CBI Scenes 1.02 | Chi trova un amico, trova un cornetto alla Nutella</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join us for the second episode of Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café! In this episode, the curious barista who owns Caffè di Tulli overhears a conversation between two worried students and offers a simple suggestion that changes everything.</p>
<p>Alongside the story, Francesca and Mark discuss interesting aspects of the vocabulary and grammar which appear in this chapter, helping you take your language skills to the next level.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/67ea6b453ff7e200c096e073?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/">CBI Scenes 1.02 | Chi trova un amico, trova un cornetto alla Nutella</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/04/cbi-scenes-1-02-chi-trova-un-amico-trova-un-cornetto-alla-nutella/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.02 &#124; Une bonne nouvelle</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 15:15:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=37166</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène for the second Chapter in the engaging Scenes series! In this episode, the lively atmosphere at Chez Nico takes an exciting turn when Ségolène shares some big family news. Meanwhile, a customer faces a tricky language challenge with visiting tourists. This chapter introduces useful vocabulary like maternité, renverser, and se débrouiller, ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.02 &#124; Une bonne nouvelle" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.02 &#124; Une bonne nouvelle">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/">CBF Scenes 1.02 | Une bonne nouvelle</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène for the second Chapter in the engaging Scenes series! In this episode, the lively atmosphere at Chez Nico takes an exciting turn when Ségolène shares some big family news. Meanwhile, a customer faces a tricky language challenge with visiting tourists.</p>
<p>This chapter introduces useful vocabulary like <strong>maternité</strong>, <strong>renverser</strong>, and <strong>se débrouiller</strong>, all within a natural and immersive story.</p>
<p><strong>Ne manquez pas ce nouveau chapitre de Scenes </strong>&#8211; it&#8217;s a perfect way to improve your French!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/67ea60d3506c6c628cd5ee90?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/">CBF Scenes 1.02 | Une bonne nouvelle</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-02-une-bonne-nouvelle/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBS Scenes 1.01 &#124; ¡Qué mal trago!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 16:15:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Spanish Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36995</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo at the start of an engaging new story! In Chapter 1 of Scenes, our latest course for intermediate learners, we’re introduced to Isabel, her café, and its colourful array of customers. Each chapter unveils a scene from this charming café, giving us the chance to learn more about the people who ... <a title="CBS Scenes 1.01 &#124; ¡Qué mal trago!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/" aria-label="More on CBS Scenes 1.01 &#124; ¡Qué mal trago!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/">CBS Scenes 1.01 | ¡Qué mal trago!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Pablo at the start of an engaging new story! In Chapter 1 of Scenes, our latest course for intermediate learners, we’re introduced to Isabel, her café, and its colourful array of customers. Each chapter unveils a scene from this charming café, giving us the chance to learn more about the people who walk through its doors.</p>
<p>In this first chapter, we meet three nurses &#8211; Carmen, Míriam, and Pilar &#8211; who are unwinding at the café after their night shift at a nearby hospital. Míriam seems troubled by something, but Isabel steps in to help her feel better.</p>
<p>Alongside the story, you’ll discover useful grammar and vocabulary, including phrases like <strong>un mal trago</strong>, <strong>echar una buena bronca</strong>, and <strong>quitar un disgusto</strong>.</p>
<p>If this sounds like the perfect way to boost your language learning journey,<strong> ¡no te pierdas el primer capítlo de Scenes!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/67e183f67cf166247ad90cb8?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/">CBS Scenes 1.01 | ¡Qué mal trago!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbs-scenes-1-01-que-mal-trago/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBG Scenes 1.01 &#124; Kaffee, Kuchen und eine Überraschung</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 26 Mar 2025 16:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break German Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36999</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Thomas at the start of an exciting new story! In this first chapter of Scenes, our latest course for intermediate German learners, we visit Erna’s cosy café by the park, where regular customers and unexpected surprises make each morning unique. We meet Heinz, a long-time patron known for his punctuality and unwavering ... <a title="CBG Scenes 1.01 &#124; Kaffee, Kuchen und eine Überraschung" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/" aria-label="More on CBG Scenes 1.01 &#124; Kaffee, Kuchen und eine Überraschung">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/">CBG Scenes 1.01 | Kaffee, Kuchen und eine Überraschung</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Thomas at the start of an exciting new story! In this first chapter of Scenes, our latest course for intermediate German learners, we visit Erna’s cosy café by the park, where regular customers and unexpected surprises make each morning unique.</p>
<p>We meet Heinz, a long-time patron known for his punctuality and unwavering routine. Every day, he arrives at exactly 8am for his usual coffee. But today, something is different &#8211; Heinz is late, and when he finally walks in, he’s not alone. To Erna’s amazement, he’s brought along a lively Spaniel puppy, a new companion he decided to adopt overnight. As Heinz shares his story, we get a glimpse into his life and the small but meaningful decisions that bring change.</p>
<p>Alongside the story, Mark and Thomas will highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as expressions with<strong> (sich) besorgen</strong>, the use of the present participle, or expressions like<strong> von einem Tag auf den nächsten</strong>. Their explanations, examples and discussions are perfect for intermediate German learners. If you’re looking for a fun and engaging way to improve your German, don’t miss this first chapter of Scenes!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/67e1824a7cf166247ad888fc?accentColor=161616&amp;bgColor=fcb454&amp;secondaryColor=161616" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/">CBG Scenes 1.01 | Kaffee, Kuchen und eine Überraschung</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbg-scenes-1-01-kaffee-kuchen-und-eine-uberraschung/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBI Scenes 1.01 &#124; Se vuoi un buon caffè, devi aspettare</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Mar 2025 16:15:29 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Italian Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36990</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Scenes from the Coffee Break Café! In this first episode, we introduce you to Caffè di Tulli and to Lorenzo, the café’s enthusiastic new owner. As he settles into his role, we’re introduced to some fascinating regulars, come la signora Rachele. Pour yourself a coffee and join us for the start of this ... <a title="CBI Scenes 1.01 &#124; Se vuoi un buon caffè, devi aspettare" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/" aria-label="More on CBI Scenes 1.01 &#124; Se vuoi un buon caffè, devi aspettare">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/">CBI Scenes 1.01 | Se vuoi un buon caffè, devi aspettare</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to Scenes from the Coffee Break Café! In this first episode, we introduce you to Caffè di Tulli and to Lorenzo, the café’s enthusiastic new owner. As he settles into his role, we’re introduced to some fascinating regulars,<strong> come la signora Rachele</strong>.</p>
<p>Pour yourself a coffee and join us for the start of this journey, where every visit to the café reveals a new tale. This episode is just the beginning of what’s sure to be a rich and flavourful series!</p>
<p>Alongside the story, Mark and Francesca will highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, helping you take your language skills to the next level. Their explanations, examples and discussions are perfect for intermediate Italian learners. If you’re looking for a fun and engaging way to improve your Italian, don’t miss this first chapter of Scenes!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/67e180b27cf166247ad8107f?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=04a454&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/">CBI Scenes 1.01 | Se vuoi un buon caffè, devi aspettare</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbi-scenes-1-01-se-vuoi-un-buon-caffe-devi-aspettare/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBF Scenes 1.01 &#124; Un début prometteur</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 16:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break Café]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Scenes from the Coffee Break French Café]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36968</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène at the start of an engaging new story! In this first chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate French learners, we are introduced to Chez Nico, a lively village café where locals and visitors cross paths. We meet Nico, the new owner, who has just taken over the café where he ... <a title="CBF Scenes 1.01 &#124; Un début prometteur" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/" aria-label="More on CBF Scenes 1.01 &#124; Un début prometteur">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/">CBF Scenes 1.01 | Un début prometteur</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Mark and Hélène at the start of an engaging new story! In this first chapter of Scenes, our course for intermediate French learners, we are introduced to Chez Nico, a lively village café where locals and visitors cross paths.</p>
<p>We meet Nico, the new owner, who has just taken over the café where he grew up. As he navigates his first busy weekend, we also get to know Romain, a taxi driver and football enthusiast who stops by for his daily coffee. Between tourists on the terrace and local shopkeepers dropping in for lunch, Nico is off to a great start, but will Chez Nico be a success?</p>
<p>Alongside the story, Mark and Hélène will highlight useful grammar and vocabulary, such as the difference between the <strong>passé composé</strong> and <strong>imparfait</strong> and expressions like <strong>croiser les doigts</strong>.</p>
<p>If you’re looking for a fun and immersive way to improve your French, <strong>ne manquez pas ce premier chapitre de Scenes</strong> !</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/67e16e5da7645568bd71216e?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=ec242c&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/">CBF Scenes 1.01 | Un début prometteur</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbf-scenes-1-01-un-debut-prometteur/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.04 &#124; Family members &#8211; Kochira wa watashi no kazoku desu. マークさん、こちらは、私の家族です。</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-04-family-members-kochira-wa-watashi-no-kazoku-desu-%e3%83%9e%e3%83%bc%e3%82%af%e3%81%95%e3%82%93%e3%80%81%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e7%a7%81%e3%81%ae%e5%ae%b6%e6%97%8f/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-04-family-members-kochira-wa-watashi-no-kazoku-desu-%e3%83%9e%e3%83%bc%e3%82%af%e3%81%95%e3%82%93%e3%80%81%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e7%a7%81%e3%81%ae%e5%ae%b6%e6%97%8f/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 16:15:05 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36830</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson four we’re moving on from the previous lesson and we’ll be learning how to talk about family and different family members.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-04-family-members-kochira-wa-watashi-no-kazoku-desu-%e3%83%9e%e3%83%bc%e3%82%af%e3%81%95%e3%82%93%e3%80%81%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e7%a7%81%e3%81%ae%e5%ae%b6%e6%97%8f/">CBJ 1.04 | Family members &#8211; Kochira wa watashi no kazoku desu. マークさん、こちらは、私の家族です。</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Japanese! In lesson four we’re moving on from the previous lesson and we’ll be learning how to talk about family and different family members.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67d8125b23437cd738329795?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-04-family-members-kochira-wa-watashi-no-kazoku-desu-%e3%83%9e%e3%83%bc%e3%82%af%e3%81%95%e3%82%93%e3%80%81%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e7%a7%81%e3%81%ae%e5%ae%b6%e6%97%8f/">CBJ 1.04 | Family members &#8211; Kochira wa watashi no kazoku desu. マークさん、こちらは、私の家族です。</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-04-family-members-kochira-wa-watashi-no-kazoku-desu-%e3%83%9e%e3%83%bc%e3%82%af%e3%81%95%e3%82%93%e3%80%81%e3%81%93%e3%81%a1%e3%82%89%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e7%a7%81%e3%81%ae%e5%ae%b6%e6%97%8f/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.03 &#124; Nationalities &#8211; Watashi wa Nihon-jin desu. 私は、日本人です。</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-03-nationalities-watashi-wa-nihon-jin-desu-%e7%a7%81%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e6%97%a5%e6%9c%ac%e4%ba%ba%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%80%82/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-03-nationalities-watashi-wa-nihon-jin-desu-%e7%a7%81%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e6%97%a5%e6%9c%ac%e4%ba%ba%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%80%82/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 16:15:53 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36368</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Japanese! We&#8217;re moving on from the previous lesson and learning how to talk about nationalities and where you are from in Japan.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-03-nationalities-watashi-wa-nihon-jin-desu-%e7%a7%81%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e6%97%a5%e6%9c%ac%e4%ba%ba%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%80%82/">CBJ 1.03 | Nationalities &#8211; Watashi wa Nihon-jin desu. 私は、日本人です。</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Japanese! We&#8217;re moving on from the previous lesson and learning how to talk about nationalities and where you are from in Japan.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67c5c4eab48a8f157c190abf?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-03-nationalities-watashi-wa-nihon-jin-desu-%e7%a7%81%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e6%97%a5%e6%9c%ac%e4%ba%ba%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%80%82/">CBJ 1.03 | Nationalities &#8211; Watashi wa Nihon-jin desu. 私は、日本人です。</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/03/cbj-1-03-nationalities-watashi-wa-nihon-jin-desu-%e7%a7%81%e3%81%af%e3%80%81%e6%97%a5%e6%9c%ac%e4%ba%ba%e3%81%a7%e3%81%99%e3%80%82/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.02 &#124; Introducing yourself &#8211; Hajimemashite はじめまして</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-02-introducing-yourself-hajimemashite-%e3%81%af%e3%81%98%e3%82%81%e3%81%be%e3%81%97%e3%81%a6/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-02-introducing-yourself-hajimemashite-%e3%81%af%e3%81%98%e3%82%81%e3%81%be%e3%81%97%e3%81%a6/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 16:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=36087</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson two, we’re moving on from the previous lesson and learning how to greet people at different times of the day. We’ll also learn how to introduce ourselves and ask other people “what is your name?”</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-02-introducing-yourself-hajimemashite-%e3%81%af%e3%81%98%e3%82%81%e3%81%be%e3%81%97%e3%81%a6/">CBJ 1.02 | Introducing yourself &#8211; Hajimemashite はじめまして</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson two, we’re moving on from the previous lesson and learning how to greet people at different times of the day. We’ll also learn how to introduce ourselves and ask other people “what is your name?”</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67b5f1d2d24f7fcce864f939?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-02-introducing-yourself-hajimemashite-%e3%81%af%e3%81%98%e3%82%81%e3%81%be%e3%81%97%e3%81%a6/">CBJ 1.02 | Introducing yourself &#8211; Hajimemashite はじめまして</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-02-introducing-yourself-hajimemashite-%e3%81%af%e3%81%98%e3%82%81%e3%81%be%e3%81%97%e3%81%a6/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.01 &#124; Greetings &#8211; Konnichiwa! こんにちは！</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2025 16:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35719</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Coffee Break Japanese e yōkoso &#8211; welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! This series will introduce you to the Japanese language, starting from the basics. By the end of this series you&#8217;ll be able to use the language in many situations and understand what native speakers say to you. In this first lesson you&#8217;ll learn how ... <a title="CBJ 1.01 &#124; Greetings &#8211; Konnichiwa! こんにちは！" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/" aria-label="More on CBJ 1.01 &#124; Greetings &#8211; Konnichiwa! こんにちは！">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/">CBJ 1.01 | Greetings &#8211; Konnichiwa! こんにちは！</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Coffee Break Japanese e yōkoso</strong> &#8211; welcome to Coffee Break Japanese! This series will introduce you to the Japanese language, starting from the basics. By the end of this series you&#8217;ll be able to use the language in many situations and understand what native speakers say to you.</p>
<p>In this first lesson you&#8217;ll learn how to introduce yourself and say how you are feeling. You&#8217;ll also learn about Japanese pronunciation along the way.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/67a4d5ed340a5590cd57b061?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/">CBJ 1.01 | Greetings &#8211; Konnichiwa! こんにちは！</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-01-greetings-konnichiwa-%e3%81%93%e3%82%93%e3%81%ab%e3%81%a1%e3%81%af%ef%bc%81/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Why learn Japanese? 8 great reasons to start today!</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2025 15:20:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new language]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[why learn Japanese]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35646</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Are you thinking about learning Japanese but feeling a bit unsure if it’s the right fit for you? Don’t worry, you are not alone! In this blog post, we will answer the question ‘why learn Japanese?’ outlining a couple of great reasons that might inspire you to pursue this goal and turn your dream into ... <a title="Why learn Japanese? 8 great reasons to start today!" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/" aria-label="More on Why learn Japanese? 8 great reasons to start today!">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/">Why learn Japanese? 8 great reasons to start today!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Are you thinking about learning Japanese but feeling a bit unsure if it’s the right fit for you? Don’t worry, you are not alone! In this blog post, we will answer the question ‘why learn Japanese?’ outlining a couple of great reasons that might inspire you to pursue this goal and turn your dream into reality.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After all, learning a language can be an incredibly rewarding experience, opening doors to incredible cultural experiences and personal growth. So, grab your coffee (or matcha!), settle in, and let’s investigate why Japanese should be on your </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to-learn</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> list.</span></p>
<h2><b>1. Japan’s rich and unique culture</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Japan’s culture is a tapestry of traditions, art and also innovation. Learning Japanese allows you to experience it in a way that goes beyond the surface level. From participating in a tea ceremony to understanding the symbolism in </span><b>Kabuki </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">theatre or savouring sushi at a traditional </span><b>omakase</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, speaking Japanese lets you connect deeply with the culture.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">But it&#8217;s not just about the traditional customs — Japan’s pop culture scene is equally mesmerising. Whether you&#8217;re an anime and manga enthusiast, a J-pop fan or a gamer who loves titles like </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Legend of Zelda</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, knowing Japanese helps you appreciate these art forms in their original language. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why learn Japanese? Just think about how great it would be to watch your favourite shows without losing any meaning in translation or singing your favourite songs with the right pronunciation!</span></p>
<h2><b>2. To make the most of your travel experience</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Reason two to ‘why learn Japanese’: to transform your travel experience! Picture this: you&#8217;re wandering through the serene temples of Kyoto, or exploring the bustling streets of Osaka. Knowing more than just a few basic Japanese phrases like </span><b>sumimasen </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">excuse me</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or </span><b>arigatou gozaimasu </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">thank you</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">) can turn a simple trip into an extraordinary adventure.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The locals truly appreciate when visitors try to speak their language and you’ll find that a little effort can go a long way. You’ll be able to ask for recommendations, easily navigate public transport, and even discover some hidden gems that the guidebooks might miss! </span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-35651 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-1-1024x538.png" alt="Different types of Sushi on display" width="1024" height="538" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-1-1024x538.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-1-300x158.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-1-768x403.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-1.png 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><b>3. Japan’s delicious food </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why learn Japanese? If you are a foodie who loves ramen, sushi, tempura or okonomiyaki, here is one reason for you! Indulging in authentic Japanese cuisine can be even more exciting if you know the language, as it allows you to navigate menus, understand regional specialities, and even ask for recommendations!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instead of sticking to tourist-friendly restaurants, you can explore hidden gems or try daily specials. And let’s not forget food markets! From Osaka’s Kuromon Ichiba Market to Sapporo’s seafood stalls, understanding Japanese ensures you don’t miss out on the flavours that make Japanese cuisine unforgettable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In Japan, food is more than just </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">food</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> — it’s an art form, a communal experience, and a window into the culture. </span></p>
<h2><b>4. To challenge yourself </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We can’t lie… with three types of characters — hiragana and katakana are phonetic characters, each representing a single syllable; kanji consists of ideograms, each representing a specific meaning — and unique grammar structures, mastering Japanese can seem daunting. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">But that brings us to reason number four to ‘why learn Japanese’: challenging yourself! With the support of experienced tutors by your side, you’ll understand that it is like solving a puzzle and you’ll be making steady progress in no time. Each little milestone, whether it&#8217;s writing your first kanji or having a conversation in Japanese, will give you a boost of confidence and remind you just how capable you are!  </span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-35652" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-2-1024x538.png" alt="" width="1024" height="538" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-2-1024x538.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-2-300x158.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-2-768x403.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-2.png 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><b>5. Widen your career prospects </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Japan boasts one of the world&#8217;s largest and most advanced economies, making it a significant player worldwide. For example, corporations such as Sony, Toyota, and Nintendo are leaders in innovation and technology, shaping industries and influencing global trends. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, being able to speak and understand Japanese can provide a substantial competitive edge, particularly in sectors like technology, business, education, and entertainment, where communication and cultural understanding are crucial. Being bilingual in Japanese and English is increasingly valued, especially in international business. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After all, learning Japanese enhances your ability to navigate complex negotiations, build strong relationships with Japanese partners, and understand the nuances of the market. So why learn Japanese? It will set you apart from other candidates, making you an attractive prospect for multinational companies looking to expand or strengthen their presence in Japan.</span></p>
<h2><b>6. To make new friends</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">According to the 2021 Survey on Japanese-Language Education Abroad by the Japan Foundation, approximately 3.79 million people study Japanese. That’s a massive global community, not even counting the over 123 million people who speak Japanese as their first language.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Reason six to ‘why learn Japanese’ is the fact that learning the language will allow you to form connections with native speakers and fellow learners. What’s more, Japanese culture values politeness and respect in communication, which makes forming relationships even more enriching.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Even if you’re learning Japanese for professional purposes, networking in the language can help you develop meaningful business relationships and collaborations. Understanding cultural etiquette and speaking the language fluently will make you stand out and foster trust.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, whether you’re diving into a new friendship over a bowl of ramen or chatting with a fellow learner about the best language resources, learning Japanese enriches your social world in ways you never imagined.</span></p>
<h2><b>7. Keeping your brain sharp</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When considering the question of ‘why learn Japanese’, we cannot leave behind the benefits of the learning process for your brain. Research has shown that </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">studying a new language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, especially one as distinct from English as Japanese, can improve cognitive functions like:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">memory;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">focus;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">and problem-solving skills.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The process of memorising the characters and understanding their meanings is akin to solving a puzzle, keeping your mind active and sharp. Additionally, bilingual individuals tend to be much better at multitasking. So, by learning Japanese, you&#8217;re not just gaining a new skill — you’re investing in your long-term brain health.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-35655" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-3-1024x538.png" alt="" width="1024" height="538" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-3-1024x538.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-3-300x158.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-3-768x403.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/EXAMPLE-3.png 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><b>Start learning Japanese today!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, why learn Japanese? We hope these reasons have helped you decide whether to start your language-learning journey. As you can see, learning Japanese is more than just studying something; it’s about opening your mind to new experiences, connecting with people, and growing as a person.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether you’re captivated by anime inspired by Japan’s technological advances or eager to explore its traditions, the Japanese language offers endless opportunities. And the best part? You don’t have to do it alone.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With </span><b>Coffee Break Japanese</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, you can learn at your own pace, wherever and whenever it suits you. Our engaging podcasts and online course are designed to guide you through the language step-by-step, making the process enjoyable and accessible. From essential vocabulary to cultural insights, we’ll help you unlock the beauty of the Japanese language one lesson at a time. What are you waiting for? Head over to our </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/japanese"><b>Coffee Break Japanese</b></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> page to begin your journey! </span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/">Why learn Japanese? 8 great reasons to start today!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/why-learn-japanese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBJ 1.00 &#124; Coffee Break Japanese Trailer</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-00-coffee-break-japanese-trailer/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-00-coffee-break-japanese-trailer/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 01 Feb 2025 14:51:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Japanese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35707</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Coffee Break Japanese Lesson 1 launches on 6th February. Here&#8217;s a trailer to let you know what you can expect from the series.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-00-coffee-break-japanese-trailer/">CBJ 1.00 | Coffee Break Japanese Trailer</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coffee Break Japanese Lesson 1 launches on 6th February. Here&#8217;s a trailer to let you know what you can expect from the series.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/6790e290455ab42f9db3adf1/679ba0779bbbbb6213540f00?accentColor=F0F2F5&amp;bgColor=c41d34&amp;secondaryColor=F0F2F5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-00-coffee-break-japanese-trailer/">CBJ 1.00 | Coffee Break Japanese Trailer</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/02/cbj-1-00-coffee-break-japanese-trailer/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What is the best way to learn a language?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2025 10:12:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Best way to learn a language]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[language-learning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35499</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Whether your adventure of learning a new language has already started or you are thinking about taking the first steps, one question you might have is “What is the best way to learn a language?” Several factors contribute to language learning and being aware of these helps make the most of your experience.  Whether you&#8217;re ... <a title="What is the best way to learn a language?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/" aria-label="More on What is the best way to learn a language?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/">What is the best way to learn a language?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether your adventure of learning a new language has already started or you are thinking about taking the first steps, one question you might have is “What is the best way to learn a language?”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Several factors contribute to language learning and being aware of these helps make the most of your experience. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether you&#8217;re studying for family reasons, travel, personal growth, career advancement, or any other reason, in this article, you will find the best strategies to help you achieve your language-learning goals effectively.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Check out these six golden rules on what the best way to learn a language is: </span></p>
<h2><b>1. Being consistent</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It can be hard to know where to begin when </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">learning a language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and if you are wondering what is the best way to learn a language, one key element to remember is consistency. By dedicating time to it regularly, you will see constant progress, whereas if you only work on your language skills every now and again, it will take much longer to reach your language-learning goals. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We believe that you can make language learning something regular and enjoyable that fits in with your everyday life, just like having your daily coffee break. And in this way, you’ll form a language-learning habit that sticks.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Pretty much common sense, isn’t it? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To help with your consistency, our top tip for you is to build a regular study routine and commit to daily or weekly practice sessions. Remember: little and often is more beneficial and easier to stick to than planning to study for two hours every fortnight. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to that, be sure to have realistic goals &#8211; don’t expect to be able to understand everything that is being said in a dialogue after one month of learning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">An achievable goal would look more like “feeling confident to order a coffee abroad after a month of learning” or even “being able to answer basic questions about yourself after two months”. And be proud of yourself when you achieve these!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you&#8217;re looking for some great tips on what the best way to learn a language is, by sticking to a routine and staying consistent, be sure to check out the video below featuring Mark, the founder of Coffee Break, as he shares his valuable insights as both a language teacher and learner.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="Sticking to a Routine - Language Learning Blueprint Episode 2" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4f_f3d6IUkU?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h2><b>2. Taking good notes and reviewing the content </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ok, so what is the best way to learn a language? Another technique that may be useful to you is to take good notes and review the content you learn whenever you have a spare moment.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With effective note-taking, you can better memorise:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">key vocabulary;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">grammar rules;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">natural phrases and idioms;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">and cultural aspects.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Writing explanations or definitions in your own words is very useful for consolidation and helps you to remember them.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t forget to organise your notes in a structured manner &#8211; maybe with some colour coding or by incorporating visual elements. This way you can create a great resource to refer back to whenever you need clarification. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Make sure to regularly review your notes to help reinforce your memory and deepen your understanding. This doesn’t have to be a long or boring task – instead, we’d encourage you to carry your language-learning notebook with you and simply review a couple of pages while you’re waiting for the bus, on the train, or during your next coffee break. This will improve the long-term retention of the newfound knowledge.</span></p>
<h2><b>3. Engaging with the culture</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another great way to learn a language is to actively engage with the culture or cultures associated with it. After all, language and culture are deeply connected. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Immersing yourself in cultural aspects of the new language can be helpful to improve your understanding and proficiency. You can try books (to suit your level), </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/category/film/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">movies in a different language</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (maybe watch something with subtitles to begin with) and music, for example! </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It may seem obvious, but what many people forget when looking for resources to help their language learning is to look for something they enjoy! Think about it – if you’d never normally choose to watch a historical movie, instead of making yourself watch one in the language you’re learning, look for albums of your favourite genre of music to help you practise instead. Similarly, if you don’t enjoy reading crime novels even in English, perhaps a better choice for you is watching an action movie.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By making your learning enjoyable, you will form habits you want to stick to, and will make better progress.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’re lucky enough to be able to travel to a country where the language you’re learning is spoken, you can also use your travel plans to encourage yourself to interact with native speakers and with the culture around you. </span></p>
<h2><b>4. Choosing the right method for you</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are wondering what the best way to learn a language is, remember that the ideal technique for other people might not be the same technique that suits you best. However, with so many resources online, choosing the right one for you can feel challenging.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Therefore, go for a method that matches your schedule. For example, maybe you have a busy schedule and are looking for a method that allows you to learn at your own pace – here at Coffee Break Languages, we provide resources to allow you to do exactly that. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We offer bite-sized lessons in 10 different languages, which is ideal if you feel you need flexibility and relevant content, where you’ll learn with experienced teachers and native speakers. In addition, instead of overwhelming you with complex grammar rules or ignoring grammar altogether, for us, it’s important to present language and concepts in an easy-to-understand way, as if you were sitting down for a coffee with a friend who speaks the language you&#8217;re learning.</span></p>
<h2><b>5. Immersing yourself as much as you can </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another aspect of what is the best way to learn a language is immersing yourself in the language as much as possible. This can help accelerate your understanding of new vocabulary, and it is essential for developing listening skills and good pronunciation. This way, we also soon start to hear things like terms that don’t translate 100% to your native language.  </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can do this by listening to podcasts, watching movies or TV shows, reading books or articles, and engaging with the language whenever you can. Fit these things into your day, during your moments of downtime or while you’re doing other things.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our top tip: bring language learning into your everyday life wherever and whenever you can. If you’re out on a walk, look around you and see if you know the words to describe what you see. Or, if you’re waiting to pay for your shopping, take a moment to think about what you would say to the cashier if you were in a country where the language you’re learning is spoken.</span></p>
<h2><b>6. Understanding that language learning is a journey</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After reading these tips about the best way to learn a language, there is one more you should add to the list: understanding that learning a new language is a journey. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This journey should be taken with patience, perseverance, but also enjoyment. Of course, there will be moments when you will feel you’re not getting the pronunciation right, or you are not progressing as much as you should, and other frustrations. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">However, the thing to keep in mind here is that this journey is worth it and that you are more than capable of doing it. So, don’t forget to celebrate your progress, no matter how small, and stay focused on your goals.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, in summary, what is the best way to learn a language? There isn’t one, but if you take into account these tips and always remember to keep going and use the method (or methods) that feel best for you, that will make your learning journey better. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to have the best results possible, the support and guidance of a great language platform, like Coffee Break Languages, can make that journey so much easier. We offer easy access to learning resources at any time, so you can adapt to the language-learning method that suits you.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visit </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and find out more about the Coffee Break method and languages!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/">What is the best way to learn a language?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2025/01/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-a-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Benefits of microlearning: how to use a focus app to learn a new language</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 30 Dec 2024 09:58:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Benefits of microlearning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microlearning]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35347</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When learning a new language, any technique or method that makes your learning experience easier and more enjoyable is something to keep an eye out for, right? With that in mind, microlearning has gained popularity in recent years as an effective method for acquiring new skills and knowledge.  Let’s explore the concept and benefits of ... <a title="Benefits of microlearning: how to use a focus app to learn a new language" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/" aria-label="More on Benefits of microlearning: how to use a focus app to learn a new language">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/">Benefits of microlearning: how to use a focus app to learn a new language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When learning a new language, any technique or method that makes your learning experience easier and more enjoyable is something to keep an eye out for, right? With that in mind, microlearning has gained popularity in recent years as an effective method for acquiring new skills and knowledge. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s explore the concept and benefits of microlearning and how focus apps can complement it by providing an engaging approach to your language learning.</span></p>
<h2><b>What is microlearning and what are the benefits of microlearning? </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Microlearning involves breaking down learning materials into small, manageable units. Typically, the content is delivered in bite-sized lessons. This approach contrasts with traditional forms of learning, as it offers learners the flexibility to engage with content in brief, focused sessions. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The method is exactly the one used here at </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &#8211; a language platform that helps you learn a new language one coffee break at a time, focusing on specific topics to help you improve. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">But what about the benefits of microlearning? There are several advantages to this method, but the four main ones are: </span></p>
<ul>
<li><b><i>It helps improve knowledge retention</i></b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, as it offers concise pieces of information. Microlearning will therefore help you absorb information more effectively</span></li>
<li><b><i>It helps people learn faster</i></b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> because it offers condensed knowledge so learners cover a wide range of topics in a shorter period. This accelerated learning pace is perfect for people with busy schedules, allowing learners to make steady progress over time.</span></li>
<li><b><i>It is perfect for individual learning</i></b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, especially because microlearning can be tailored to personal goals as it allows for a flexible approach;</span></li>
<li><b><i>It is great if you need flexibility</i></b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, as you can easily have a quick session on your way to work, during your coffee break, or even when relaxing at home.</span></li>
<li style="list-style-type: none;"></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-37578" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template-1024x576.png" alt="Laptop resting on top of a table with glasses and a notebook close to it." width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template-1024x576.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template-300x169.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template-768x432.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template-1536x864.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template.png 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2><b>What are focus apps and how can they help with microlearning and learning a new language?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you are aware of what microlearning is and the main benefits of microlearning, it is time to understand what focus apps are and how they help with learning languages using this method. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Focus apps are applications created to enhance concentration and productivity. Alongside<a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/"> taking good notes</a> and other <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/">techniques for learning a language efficiently</a>, these apps can help you learn a new language faster as they help minimise distractions and promote focused work sessions. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">They are platforms that use various techniques, such as time-management strategies and gamification, to help people maintain their attention. These apps relate to microlearning because they offer a structured approach to studying that helps people learn faster.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Using them to learn a new language means integrating one of them into your study routine. You can start by setting specific goals and allocating time slots for study sessions using the app, for example.</span></p>
<h3><b>5 focus apps you might want to try!</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are several apps available, but the Coffee Break team selected five that we think are worth a try to help you focus when reviewing your language notes, dedicating time to language lessons, or any other language-learning task.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are part of the Coffee Break Community, you will already be familiar with the benefits of microlearning, but you will also be likely to know how easy it is to get distracted or lose sight of your goals &#8211; that is where these focus apps can become invaluable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Check out these five apps to see if they work for you: </span></p>
<h4><b>1. Focus to-do</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This app helps you organise your study time using the Pomodoro technique for studying &#8211; breaking study sessions into short intervals (typically 25 minutes) separated by brief breaks. It goes hand in hand with microlearning benefits, right?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With this application, you can create reminders, synchronise them with all your devices, and make cloud backups. </span></p>
<h4><b>2. Forest</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Forest is a very popular focus app that offers the benefits of microlearning by encouraging people to stay focused by planting virtual trees. You can decide to stop using your phone to focus for specific periods, and your trees will grow. At the end of your task, you can see a visual representation of your productivity as you gradually create a forest. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The time frames on the app are also based on the Pomodoro technique for studying.</span></p>
<h4><b>3. Focus Dog</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Focus Dog combines reminders and challenges to keep you on track with your tasks. With its playful interface, this app adds an element of fun to the learning process, motivating you to stay engaged. Again, this application uses the Pomodoro technique for studying.</span></p>
<h4><b>4. Focus Plant </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similar to Forest, Focus Plant helps you have focused work sessions by rewarding you with virtual plants. We love it because you can cultivate your digital garden as you progress through your tasks.</span></p>
<h4><b>5. Habitica </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Habitica gamifies task management by allowing you to create an avatar, set your own goals, and complete tasks to earn rewards. This app is particularly good for learners who thrive on competition and enjoy a sense of accomplishment, which also relates to some of the benefits of microlearning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This app is also available for wearable tech, and allows collaboration &#8211; if you feel like competing with other language learners from your family or friends. </span></p>
<h4><b>6. Keep your streak with Coffee Break TV</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our </span><a href="https://coffeebreaktv.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break TV</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> app and web platform is an on-demand library of video lessons, to allow you to practise your language skills in short, focused sessions of just 5, 10 or 15 minutes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Use the Calendar feature to schedule your learning for the day or the week ahead, or simply browse the library, keep up your streak and work towards gaining badges for consecutive days of microlearning.</span></p>
<h2><b>Learn a new language with the Coffee Break microlearning method!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At Coffee Break Languages, we focus on the microlearning method, offering bite-sized lessons in 10 different languages. With this technique and the focus apps mentioned before, you can easily start your learning journey and make advancements in no time.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After all, instead of overwhelming you with long lessons and complex grammar rules, we break down your language of interest into manageable chunks, allowing learners to engage with the material in short, focused sessions. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Languages delivers over 1.9 million lessons every month to learners all over the world, who regularly enjoy the benefits of microlearning in our episodes. Check out what James, one of our Italian learners, had to say: </span></p>
<blockquote><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;I just discovered Coffee Break Italian and I want to compliment the team for such a fantastic way for me to improve my study of the Italian language. I have used many study aids over the years and it is only Coffee Break Italian that is giving me exactly what I need. Thank you!&#8221;</span></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With Coffee Break Languages, you can learn a language at any time, so whether you&#8217;re commuting to work, taking a coffee break, or relaxing at home, you can easily squeeze in a quick session. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Start your language-learning journey today! Visit the </span><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreakacademy.com/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break Academy</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and find out more about the languages and levels taught.</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/">Benefits of microlearning: how to use a focus app to learn a new language</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/benefits-of-microlearning-and-focus-apps-to-learn-a-new-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>5 top tips for taking notes on a new language effectively</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Dec 2024 09:05:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[taking notes on a new language]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35325</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>To make the most of your language-learning journey, learning and practising new vocabulary is essential. A good strategy to remember new words is to write them down after each lesson or learning session, but did you know there are techniques for taking notes effectively? In this article, you will find our top five tips to ... <a title="5 top tips for taking notes on a new language effectively" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/" aria-label="More on 5 top tips for taking notes on a new language effectively">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/">5 top tips for taking notes on a new language effectively</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To make the most of your language-learning journey, learning and practising new vocabulary is essential. A good strategy to remember new words is to write them down after each lesson or learning session, but did you know there are techniques for taking notes effectively?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this article, you will find our top five tips to enhance your learning experience and make the most of each time you grab a coffee and try to learn some vocabulary.</span></p>
<h2><b>5 tips for taking notes on a new language </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Taking effective notes is a crucial aspect of language learning, helping you to organise information, reinforce concepts, and track your progress. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, the act of physically writing down information can aid memory retention.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s explore five top tips for taking notes efficiently to help you maximise your efforts when learning a new language. </span></p>
<h3><b>1. Use a dedicated notebook for language learning</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The first of our tips for taking notes might seem like the most obvious one: have a notebook dedicated to the language you are learning. This is especially important if you are </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">learning a language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Having a designated place to put down vocabulary, grammar rules, and expressions that you learn will help you stay organised and focused. Another advantage of this method is that it gives you motivation. Why? Well, it gives you motivation because you can see how far you’ve advanced in your language-learning process.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Develop a consistent notation system</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another tip for taking notes is to create a consistent notation system. But what does that mean? </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">You want to be able to identify new words, expressions, regular and irregular verbs just by looking at your notes. If you are wondering how to do this, believe us: it is easier than it seems.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can choose a colour-coding system where blue represents new words, green is for regular verbs, lilac for irregular verbs, and pink represents new expressions, for example. You can also choose colours for specific themes. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another idea is to use symbols or abbreviations. For example, if you’re learning German or any language that features noun gender, we’d suggest adding (m), (f) or (n) after any nouns you list, so that you remember whether a noun’s grammatical gender is masculine, feminine or neuter. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the end, it is up to you. Find a system that works best for you and stick to it!</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-37574" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2-1024x576.png" alt="Pastel stationery items for taking notes" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2-1024x576.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2-300x169.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2-768x432.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2-1536x864.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-2.png 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h3><b>3. Incorporate visual elements</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next suggestion in our top tips for taking notes on a new language is to incorporate visual elements into your learning experience. Many people retain information better if it is displayed on diagrams, mind maps, or charts. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This could be anything from creating your own verb conjugation tables, constructing a chart that shows how adjective endings change depending on a noun, or if drawing is your strong point, even adding your own illustrations to accompany new vocabulary!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Usually, these visual aids help provide more context and reinforce new vocabulary more engagingly and memorably.</span></p>
<h3><b>4. Practise active note-taking</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The fourth tip for taking notes in a new language is to practise active note-taking. What does that mean? </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Well, instead of just passively transcribing or copying down information, the idea of this activity is that you &#8211; as the student &#8211; are actually looking in-depth into each word or phrase and how to use it. This active engagement with the learning materials promotes better comprehension and retention, ensuring that you will be able to <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/">remember new words</a> with more ease. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let&#8217;s say you&#8217;re learning Spanish, and you come across the phrase </span><b>tener hambre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in your lesson, which means </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to be hungry</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Instead of simply writing down the phrase and its translation, you can:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">note that </span><b>tener</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> means </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to have</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>hambre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> means </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">hunger</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, so you understand that the literal translation is </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to have hunger</span></i></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">write down a few example sentences using </span><b>tener hambre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in context, such as:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="2"><b>Yo tengo hambre</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">I am hungry</span></i></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="2"><b>Él siempre tiene hambre después del entrenamiento</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">He is always hungry after the workout</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">make a note to pay attention to any related expressions or variations, such as </span><b>tener sed</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to be thirsty</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or </span><b>tener sueño</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to be sleepy</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, as they help you see similar language patterns.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>5. Embrace technology</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To make your note-taking process even more convenient, you can embrace technology. Sometimes we don’t have any paper handy when we come across a new piece of vocabulary. Therefore, you can use the notes on your phone or tablet to quickly type down what you learn. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This flexibility ensures that your language-learning materials are always close to you! You can even upload the vocabulary into a digital flashcard app like Brainscape or Quizlet to help you test your knowledge. </span></p>
<h3><b>6. An extra tip! Regularly update your notes</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A bonus suggestion on our list of tips for taking notes is to regularly update your notes. This is important because when doing that, you are also reviewing content. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, set aside some time to look through your notes and add information on usage or synonyms that you might have learnt since you originally took the notes. </span></p>
<h2><b>How to learn a new language quickly and easily?</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that you know how to take notes, you can use this to make the most of your language learning!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Using our tips for note-taking will enhance your learning and make language retention smoother &#8211; however, if you feel like you could be learning a new language more quickly and more easily, then that is where we can help you. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why? At Coffee Break Languages, we believe that language learning should be accessible to everybody, no matter your age, location, experience, or even how busy you are. We offer lessons and practical tips to help you &#8211; our learners &#8211; integrate your language learning into your everyday life, ‘one coffee break at a time’.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To do that, we offer a range of resources, from podcasts and online courses to interactive materials and an on-demand video app, designed to fit every learner&#8217;s learning process. So, get started with our top tips for taking notes &#8211; and with our range of bite-sized lessons, you will master any new language in no time!</span></p>
<p><a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learn more about Coffee Break Languages</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, familiarise yourself with the languages we offer and choose the right one for you now!</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/">5 top tips for taking notes on a new language effectively</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/top-tips-for-taking-notes-on-a-new-language/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>6 examples of phrasal verbs to celebrate the holidays</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2024 17:04:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35263</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Phrasal verbs are difficult for many English learners, there are so many to remember and not enough time! So, today, let’s learn some examples of phrasal verbs in the time it takes to have a coffee! In this episode of Coffee Break English Nick talks to Anabel about what is important to him during the ... <a title="6 examples of phrasal verbs to celebrate the holidays" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/" aria-label="More on 6 examples of phrasal verbs to celebrate the holidays">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/">6 examples of phrasal verbs to celebrate the holidays</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Phrasal verbs are difficult for many English learners, there are so many to remember and not enough time! So, today, let’s learn some examples of phrasal verbs in the time it takes to have a coffee!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">In this episode of Coffee Break English Nick talks to Anabel about what is important to him during the festive period. He uses a lot of examples of phrasal verbs and Nick and Anabel will go through each phrasal verb and explain their meaning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky English language topics. In the latest video, Nick and Anabel dive into the holiday season and explore a phrasal verb list.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>The text</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="size-large wp-image-35309 aligncenter" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-text-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-text-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-text-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-text-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-text.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Holiday phrasal verbs in English</h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Phrasal verbs really allow us to be very specific when we are describing or explaining something to someone. They are particularly useful when talking to friends as they may be informal but they are normally much more descriptive than the more formal synonyms in English.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here are the 6 examples of phrasal verbs from the text with their definitions.</span></p>
<h3><b>1. Dream of</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">think about something that you really want</span></i></p>
<p><b>Dream of </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">is a phrasal verb which means to imagine or think about something you desire strongly. It is usually transitive which means we need an object after it. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">e.g. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">When he was younger he used to </span><b>dream of</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> becoming a footballer.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I have </span><b>dreamt of</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> my wedding day since I was a child.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>2. Light up</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">suddenly look happy or surprised (face or eyes)</span></i></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">become bright or illuminated</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The next word in our examples of phrasal verbs list is </span><b>light up</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">. It has a literal and a metaphorical meaning. When we talk about a person </span><b>lighting up</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, we can imagine their eyes or face becoming happy, usually because they have received good news. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">When we use </span><b>light up</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> in a literal sense, we imagine the illumination of an entire object, often in a dramatic way. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">e.g.</span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">Her face </span><b>lit up</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when I gave her the present. </span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">They </span><b>lit up</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> the Christmas tree in the town centre on Saturday.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>3. Set off</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">start a journey</span></i></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">trigger / make (something) start working</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Next in our examples of phrasal verbs is </span><b>set off</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, which has two very different meanings. The first refers to the start of a journey or trip, a synonym of this example is depart. The secondary meaning is to trigger something, if we </span><b>set</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> something </span><b>off</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">, we make it </span><b><i>go off</i></b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> (a bonus phrasal verb!).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">e.g. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">We need to </span><b>set off</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> at 7.00 if we want to arrive by 8.00.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I burnt my toast and </span><b>set off</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> the smoke alarm.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>4. Leave behind</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">not bring / leave in a place</span></i></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">go away permanently from something or someone</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The next phrasal verb in the list is </span><b>leave behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">. It can mean to not take something with you when you leave, or leave a person, group or place permanently.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">e.g. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I accidentally </span><b>left</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> my phone </span><b>behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when I went to work this morning</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">She </span><b>left</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> her family and friends </span><b>behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> when she moved abroad</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>5. Cut out</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">separate something from what surrounds it using scissors or a knife</span></i></p>
<p>not publish or broadcast part of a text or video</p>
<p>remove from a situation</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The fifth word in our list of examples of phrasal verbs is a 3 in 1! There are three different meanings of </span><b>cut out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> and they go from literal to metaphorical.</span></p>
<p>The first means to <b>cut</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> something </span><b>out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> with scissors or a knife. A shape from paper, for example. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">The second meaning refers to editing a video or document. You can </span><b>cut out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> part of an article in a newspaper or a scene from a film.</span></p>
<p>The final meaning is the one in today’s episode. Here we mean to stop using or consuming something.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">e.g. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">My son’s picture was in the local newspaper, so I </span><b>cut</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> it </span><b>out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> to save it.<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">She appeared in the background of the movie, but they </span><b>cut</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> that scene </span><b>out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">!</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">The supermarket are trying to </span><b>cut out</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> plastic from their packaging.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>6. Look forward to</b></h3>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">want something to happen because you think you will enjoy it</span></i></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 300;">expect something positive or useful to happen</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">And so, let’s have a look at the final verb in our list of examples of phrasal verbs! This is my favourite as it is very common but you need to be careful with the verb form after this phrasal verb. The &#8220;to&#8221; in look forward to is a preposition and is part of the phrase. This means we need to use a noun or gerund after this phrasal verb like in the examples below. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I’m </span><b>looking forward to</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 300;">going </span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">to my friend’s birthday party on Friday!</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I’m </span><b>looking forward to</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 300;">the weather </span></i><span style="font-weight: 300;">warming up in spring.</span></li>
</ul>
<h2><b><br />
Phrasal Verb Rules</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 300;">Here are some examples of phrasal verbs from the episode, organised into different types. Here you will find some examples but if you want to know more about these rules, make sure you sign up for the <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/cbe-quest-pv-2501/">Coffee Break English Quest</a>!</span></p>
<h3><b>Example of phrasal verbs with no object</b></h3>
<p><b>set off </b></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">We </span><b>set off </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">at 8am. </span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>Examples of separable phrasal verbs with an object</b></h3>
<p><b>leave behind</b></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I </span><b>left behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> my jacket. / I </span><b>left</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> my jacket </span><b>behind</b>.</li>
</ul>
<p><b>cut out</b></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">We </span><b>cut out </b><span style="font-weight: 300;">shapes. / We </span><b>cut</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> shapes </span><b>out</b>.</li>
</ul>
<h3><b>Example of inseparable phrasal verbs with an object</b></h3>
<p><b>dream of</b></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">I have been <strong>dreaming of</strong> this moment for a long time.</span></li>
<li><del><span style="font-weight: 300;">I have been </span><b>dreaming</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> this moment </span><b>of</b></del><span style="font-weight: 300;"><del> for a long time</del>.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>Object pronouns with phrasal verbs</b></h3>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 300;">Where is your jacket? Oh no, I </span><b>left</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> it </span><b>behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;">! </span></li>
<li><del><span style="font-weight: 300;">Where is your jacket? Oh no, I </span><b>left</b> <b>behind</b><span style="font-weight: 300;"> it!</span></del></li>
</ul>
<h2>A visual summary of today’s examples of phrasal verbs</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-35300 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-phrasal-verbs-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-phrasal-verbs-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-phrasal-verbs-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-phrasal-verbs-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/cbe-show-blog-phrasal-verbs.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>Now you’re ready for the holidays!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you found these examples of phrasal verbs interesting, make sure you join us for the</span> <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/cbe-quest-pv-2501/">Coffee Break English Quest</a> <span style="font-weight: 400;">where you can learn many more phrasal verbs in English and improve your language skills.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a little extra practice, download the free worksheet below, and see how much you’ve learned with this phrasal verb list.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/newsletter/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Sign up for the newsletter</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Happy holidays and happy Coffee Breaking!</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6762b52f8a7fea7b9086542b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/">6 examples of phrasal verbs to celebrate the holidays</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/examples-of-phrasal-verbs-to-celebrate-the-holidays/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.40 &#124; Stornoway</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-40-stornoway/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-40-stornoway/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2024 16:15:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35089</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to the final lesson from Level 1 of Coffee Break Gaelic! We learn some new phrases, more specifically language related to the seasons and we also review some key language points.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-40-stornoway/">CBGa 1.40 | Stornoway</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to the final lesson from Level 1 of Coffee Break Gaelic! We learn some new phrases, more specifically language related to the seasons and we also review some key language points.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66ead14fac1794db11f754f5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-40-stornoway/">CBGa 1.40 | Stornoway</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-40-stornoway/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.40 &#124; An end-of-trip party</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 16:15:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to the final episode of our beginners&#8217; course in Portuguese. Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava to listen to the final dialogue recorded on location in Portugal, during Ava&#8217;s trip to practise her Portuguese. Then, back in the studio, Rafael will help you understand all the language used in the conversation. Vamos lá! If ... <a title="CBP 1.40 &#124; An end-of-trip party" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.40 &#124; An end-of-trip party">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/">CBP 1.40 | An end-of-trip party</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eade2dac1794db11fb8f26" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>Welcome to the final episode of our beginners&#8217; course in Portuguese. Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava to listen to the final dialogue recorded on location in Portugal, during Ava&#8217;s trip to practise her Portuguese. Then, back in the studio, Rafael will help you understand all the language used in the conversation. <strong>Vamos lá!</strong></p>
<p>If this is the first time you&#8217;ve come to the Coffee Break Portuguese podcast feed, scroll back in the feed for lesson 1, to learn Portuguese right from the start.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/">CBP 1.40 | An end-of-trip party</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-40-an-end-of-trip-party/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Language-learning techniques: retaining new vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Dec 2024 09:13:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language Learning]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language learning techniques]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35256</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you decide to learn a new language, we know that it can be frustrating when trying to remember new words. That is perfectly natural and normal. However, you can incorporate some language-learning techniques to make this process easier. In this beginner’s guide, you will discover seven easy ways to improve your language-learning experience and ... <a title="Language-learning techniques: retaining new vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/" aria-label="More on Language-learning techniques: retaining new vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/">Language-learning techniques: retaining new vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you decide to learn a new language, we know that it can be frustrating when trying to remember new words. That is perfectly natural and normal. However, you can incorporate some language-learning techniques to make this process easier.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this beginner’s guide, you will discover seven easy ways to improve your language-learning experience and make the most of each time you grab a coffee and try to learn some vocabulary. Keep reading!</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
</span></p>
<h2><b>How does memory work? </b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before looking into the language-learning techniques, it’s helpful to understand how memory works. Memory is a very complex system involving multiple processes that work together to encode, store, and retrieve information. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The process of memorising begins with the conversion of information into a form that the brain can process and store. Once the information is encoded, it is moved to ‘storage’ where it is held for later retrieval. But if it is that simple, why can’t you remember all the information you ever received? </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Science says that memory has several types, including sensory memory, short-term memory, and long-term memory. So, if you want to remember new words, you need them to transition from short-term to long-term. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This process is called consolidation and is influenced by factors such as repetition, emotional significance and &#8211; believe it or not &#8211; sleep!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To set something straight: here, at Coffee Break Languages, we believe that </span><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2019/05/why-every-age-is-the-right-age-to-learn-a-language/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">you can learn a language at any age</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and if you have trouble remembering new vocabulary, having some language-learning techniques is incredibly beneficial. </span></p>
<h2><b>7 language-learning techniques to remember new words</b></h2>
<p><a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/12/7-tips-to-help-you-learn-a-language-from-scratch/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a language from scratch</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is a process that needs dedication because it requires repetition and time, but aren&#8217;t all things that are worthwhile? You can achieve this more easily by using certain language-learning techniques. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s check out seven of these techniques:</span></p>
<h3><b>1. Create your own list of words</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One effective way to remember new words is by creating your own personalised vocabulary list. Keep a notebook or digital document where you can put down words you encounter during your language-learning journey. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our top tip: with each new word you note down, include any other key information that you need to know. For example, if you’re learning Spanish or any language that features noun gender, you could write </span><b>una casa </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">instead of simply </span><b>casa</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, so that you remember that </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">house</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Spanish is a feminine noun. Or, maybe you’d write down </span><b>partire </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">(</span><b>aux. essere</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">)</span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">if you were learning Italian and needed to remember that the verb </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">to leave</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in Italian takes </span><b>essere </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">as the auxiliary verb in the perfect tense.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You could also organise the list by categories or themes to make it easier to review and practise regularly.</span></p>
<h3><b>2. Create mnemonics</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another good language-learning technique is creating mnemonics &#8211; associations between new words and familiar concepts. This type of memory aid helps you associate new information with existing knowledge. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One idea is to create a sentence to help you with terms you recently learned, making them easier to recall later. You can group them by topics. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, if you’re learning French, you may have come across the useful mnemonic DR and MRS VANDERTRAMP. This is a popular one to use to help you remember the verbs that use </span><b>être </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">as an auxiliary verb in the perfect tense:</span></p>
<p><b>D (devenir) R (rester) M (monter) R (rentrer) S (sortir) V (venir) A (aller) N (naître) D (descendre) E (entrer) R (revenir) T (tomber) R (retourner) A (arriver) M (mourir) P (partir) </b></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-large wp-image-37568" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1-1024x576.png" alt="An ink pen sits on top of a blank notebook. " width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1-1024x576.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1-300x169.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1-768x432.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1-1536x864.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/support-images-template2-1.png 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h3><b>3. Repeat, repeat, and repeat </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Repetition is key to solidifying new vocabulary in your memory. So, one good language-learning technique is to try to remember new words within a timeframe. For example, you can try to remember new vocabulary after: </span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">one hour;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a day;</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">and a week.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, you can think of five of your new words while brushing your teeth, walking to the shops or going for your train. Then you can try to write them down the next day when you have five mins spare and so on!</span></p>
<h3><b>4. Use flashcards</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Flashcards are one of the classic language-learning techniques to memorise vocabulary. You can write the new words you learn in one of your lessons on one side and their translation or definition on the other side.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can ask someone to ‘test’ your knowledge of the meaning of each word. You can also use digital flashcard apps like Brainscape or Quizlet for convenience.</span></p>
<h3><b>5. Name objects around you</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another effective technique is to create an environment where you are constantly seeing the new vocabulary you are learning. By exposing yourself to the language in various contexts, you&#8217;ll naturally reinforce your understanding of new words. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, if you are learning new kitchen vocabulary, you can add sticky notes around the room to name the fridge, sink, cupboards, stove, and so on in the language you are learning.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Another great habit to get into is to use your surroundings as a prompt for recalling vocabulary, so that you can practise whenever and wherever you are. Watch the video below for our top tips for doing this.</span></p>
<p><iframe title="How Learning a Language can be a Walk in the Park" width="825" height="464" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/CiRtI_mUsEY?start=8&#038;feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>6. Try the stacking method</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The stacking method involves grouping similar words to help you remember them more effectively. Create word clusters based on common themes or sounds and practise recalling them as a group. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The stacking method differs from simply organising your vocabulary list into themes because it emphasises active recall and association-building. Rather than passively reviewing words grouped by theme, you actively engage with them as interconnected clusters, which enhances memory consolidation and retrieval. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Whether you choose to do this mentally or with a notepad depends on your personal preference and learning style. Some learners may find it helpful to physically write them down for reinforcement.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example, you can identify travel-related words in French, such as </span><b>avion</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">plane</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span><b>hôtel</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">hotel</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>valise</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">suitcase</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. After that, the clusters you can create based on associations can be related to holidays. Then you can visualise each cluster: you are in an airport, boarding an </span><b>avion</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, arriving at your </span><b>hôtel</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and unpacking your </span><b>valise</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, the stacking method helps you organise and remember vocabulary more effectively by grouping related words and practising recall in a structured way.</span></p>
<h3><b>7. ‘Teach’ others</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Of all the language-learning techniques, teaching others is amongst the most powerful ones. Why? Well, because in order to teach someone you need to actually understand what you are talking about. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you can, try to share your language-learning journey with friends or family by explaining the meanings of words or teaching them simple phrases. Teaching others not only helps you retain information better but also helps you feel accomplished and confident in your language skills.</span></p>
<h2><b>Word memorisation techniques boost your language learning!</b></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now you know how to remember new words, right? After all, by incorporating these language-learning techniques into your study routine, you can improve your retention of new vocabulary. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moreover, remember to take breaks and rest &#8211; sleep is very important to build memory. Learning a new language takes time, patience, and consistent effort, so don&#8217;t be discouraged by occasional forgetfulness.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Keep practising, experimenting with different methods, and celebrating your progress &#8211; however large or small it may be.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to make the most of your language learning and have some regular lessons, in the language of your choice, to help reinforce your language learning, check out our free mini-email lessons. </span> <a class="click_cta" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/newsletter/">Subscribe now</a>!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/">Language-learning techniques: retaining new vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/language-learning-techniques/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.39 &#124; The Isle of Lewis</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-39-the-isle-of-lewis/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-39-the-isle-of-lewis/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Dec 2024 16:15:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35085</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to the second last lesson of this series of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time we are exploring the Isle of Lewis.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-39-the-isle-of-lewis/">CBGa 1.39 | The Isle of Lewis</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">Welcome to the second last lesson of this series of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time we are exploring the Isle of Lewis. </span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66ead114ac1794db11f736e1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-39-the-isle-of-lewis/">CBGa 1.39 | The Isle of Lewis</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbga-1-39-the-isle-of-lewis/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.39 &#124; A special coffee break in Belém, Lisbon – Tasting Pastéis de Belém</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 16:15:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35110</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We have something special in today&#8217;s episode! In the penultimate lesson of this season, we&#8217;re going to listen to two dialogues recorded on location in Lisbon, Portugal, and hear what happened when Ava and Catarina met up for um verdadeiro cafezinho! This was not just any cafezinho, but a very special coffee break at the ... <a title="CBP 1.39 &#124; A special coffee break in Belém, Lisbon – Tasting Pastéis de Belém" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.39 &#124; A special coffee break in Belém, Lisbon – Tasting Pastéis de Belém">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/">CBP 1.39 | A special coffee break in Belém, Lisbon – Tasting Pastéis de Belém</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eade07ac1794db11fb7f4d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe><br />
<span data-sheets-root="1">We have something special in today&#8217;s episode! In the penultimate lesson of this season, we&#8217;re going to listen to two dialogues recorded on location in Lisbon, Portugal, and hear what happened when Ava and Catarina met up for <em>um verdadeiro cafezinho</em>! This was not just any cafezinho, but a very special coffee break at the Pastéis de Belém bakery – famous for its delicious pastéis de nata. Listen to practise your listening comprehension, while learning the fascinating history of the bakery.</span></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/">CBP 1.39 | A special coffee break in Belém, Lisbon – Tasting Pastéis de Belém</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/12/cbp-1-39-a-special-coffee-break-in-belem-lisbon-tasting-pasteis-de-belem/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.38 &#124; The Isle of Harris</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-38-the-isle-of-harris/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-38-the-isle-of-harris/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 16:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35081</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This week we’re following Iona as she visits the Isle of Harris. We learn some new vocabulary and also review some more familiar grammar rules and phrases from earlier in the course.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-38-the-isle-of-harris/">CBGa 1.38 | The Isle of Harris</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">This week we’re following Iona as she visits the Isle of Harris. We learn some new vocabulary and also review some more familiar grammar rules and phrases from earlier in the course.</span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66ead069ac1794db11f6e490" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-38-the-isle-of-harris/">CBGa 1.38 | The Isle of Harris</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-38-the-isle-of-harris/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.38 &#124; Making friends in Portuguese – Vocabulary for meeting new people</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 16:15:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35107</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson 38 of our Portuguese course is a chance to review and practise the essential words and phrases that you typically use when you meet someone for the first time. We&#8217;ll listen to another conversation recorded on location in Portugal, then, back in the studio, teacher Rafael and learner Ava will talk through all the ... <a title="CBP 1.38 &#124; Making friends in Portuguese – Vocabulary for meeting new people" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.38 &#124; Making friends in Portuguese – Vocabulary for meeting new people">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/">CBP 1.38 | Making friends in Portuguese – Vocabulary for meeting new people</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lesson 38 of our Portuguese course is a chance to review and practise the essential words and phrases that you typically use when you meet someone for the first time. We&#8217;ll listen to another conversation recorded on location in Portugal, then, back in the studio, teacher Rafael and learner Ava will talk through all the language used.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eaddedec4ba464d569d07f" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/">CBP 1.38 | Making friends in Portuguese – Vocabulary for meeting new people</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-38-making-friends-in-portuguese-vocabulary-for-meeting-new-people/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.37 &#124; North Uist &#038; Berneray</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-37-north-uist-berneray/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-37-north-uist-berneray/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2024 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35074</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! In this episode, we continue our journey through Scotland, this time landing in North Uist and Berneray. We introduce some new words and phrases and take a look at plurals in Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-37-north-uist-berneray/">CBGa 1.37 | North Uist &#038; Berneray</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! In this episode, we continue our journey through Scotland, this time landing in North Uist and Berneray. We introduce some new words and phrases and take a look at plurals in Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66ead012e34b4562374365b5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-37-north-uist-berneray/">CBGa 1.37 | North Uist &#038; Berneray</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbga-1-37-north-uist-berneray/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.37 &#124; Buying a train ticket to Lisbon – Portuguese transport vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-37-buying-a-train-ticket-to-lisbon-portuguese-transport-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-37-buying-a-train-ticket-to-lisbon-portuguese-transport-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35104</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this newest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese, we’ll be reviewing useful language for buying travel tickets! You&#8217;ll get the opportunity to practise your listening comprehension through a dialogue that took place during learner Ava&#8217;s time in Porto, then teacher Rafael will help you understand everything that was said.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-37-buying-a-train-ticket-to-lisbon-portuguese-transport-vocabulary/">CBP 1.37 | Buying a train ticket to Lisbon – Portuguese transport vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this newest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese, we’ll be reviewing useful language for buying travel tickets! You&#8217;ll get the opportunity to practise your listening comprehension through a dialogue that took place during learner Ava&#8217;s time in Porto, then teacher Rafael will help you understand everything that was said.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eadd14e34b45623746fff6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-37-buying-a-train-ticket-to-lisbon-portuguese-transport-vocabulary/">CBP 1.37 | Buying a train ticket to Lisbon – Portuguese transport vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/11/cbp-1-37-buying-a-train-ticket-to-lisbon-portuguese-transport-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.36 &#124; The Isle of Skye</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-36-the-isle-of-skye/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-36-the-isle-of-skye/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 23 Oct 2024 15:15:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35067</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Lesson 36 of Coffee Break Gaelic, Iona is continuing her travels in Scotland and exploring the Isle of Skye.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-36-the-isle-of-skye/">CBGa 1.36 | The Isle of Skye</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">In Lesson 36 of Coffee Break Gaelic, Iona is continuing her travels in Scotland and exploring the Isle of Skye.</span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66eacf83bbcf745f119419c8" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-36-the-isle-of-skye/">CBGa 1.36 | The Isle of Skye</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-36-the-isle-of-skye/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.36 &#124; Asking for help at the pharmacy – Asking for medical advice in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 15:15:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35101</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join Rafael and Ava in this latest episode to continue learning Portuguese on your coffee break. The topic of our lesson today is how to ask for help at the pharmacy. You&#8217;ll practise your listening comprehension by hearing a dialogue that took place during learner Ava&#8217;s visit to the pharmacy, then teacher Rafael will help ... <a title="CBP 1.36 &#124; Asking for help at the pharmacy – Asking for medical advice in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.36 &#124; Asking for help at the pharmacy – Asking for medical advice in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.36 | Asking for help at the pharmacy – Asking for medical advice in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join Rafael and Ava in this latest episode to continue learning Portuguese on your coffee break. The topic of our lesson today is how to ask for help at the pharmacy. You&#8217;ll practise your listening comprehension by hearing a dialogue that took place during learner Ava&#8217;s visit to the pharmacy, then teacher Rafael will help you understand everything that was said.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eadcf57333591fcfe5c300" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.36 | Asking for help at the pharmacy – Asking for medical advice in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-36-asking-for-help-at-the-pharmacy-asking-for-medical-advice-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.35 &#124; Iona &#038; Staffa</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-35-iona-staffa/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-35-iona-staffa/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2024 15:15:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35062</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, we take a trip to Iona and Staffa. We learn some new words and phrases and introduce the past tense of &#8220;to go&#8221;.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-35-iona-staffa/">CBGa 1.35 | Iona &#038; Staffa</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">In this lesson, we take a trip to Iona and Staffa. We learn some new words and phrases and introduce the past tense of &#8220;to go&#8221;.</span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/6706461f47b414d1544495d1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-35-iona-staffa/">CBGa 1.35 | Iona &#038; Staffa</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbga-1-35-iona-staffa/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.35 &#124; Shopping and lunch at the Mercado do Bolhão – Portuguese shopping vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 15:15:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35097</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In the latest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;ll hear two dialogues to help you practise your listening skills in Portuguese. These conversations were recorded on location in Porto, Portugal, when Ava and her friend Mariana were out souvenir shopping, then visiting the well-known Mercado do Bolhão. Back in the studio, Rafael and Ava talk ... <a title="CBP 1.35 &#124; Shopping and lunch at the Mercado do Bolhão – Portuguese shopping vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.35 &#124; Shopping and lunch at the Mercado do Bolhão – Portuguese shopping vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/">CBP 1.35 | Shopping and lunch at the Mercado do Bolhão – Portuguese shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">In the latest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;ll hear two dialogues to help you practise your listening skills in Portuguese. These conversations were recorded on location in Porto, Portugal, when Ava and her friend Mariana were out souvenir shopping, then visiting the well-known Mercado do Bolhão. Back in the studio, Rafael and Ava talk through all of the useful words and phrases in the two conversations, to help you understand everything.</span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/6704fa3bd649b24958dc2d98" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/">CBP 1.35 | Shopping and lunch at the Mercado do Bolhão – Portuguese shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/10/cbp-1-35-shopping-and-lunch-at-the-mercado-do-bolhao-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.34 &#124; The Isle of Mull</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-34-the-isle-of-mull/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-34-the-isle-of-mull/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 15:15:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35054</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we join Iona in Mull and look at both familiar and new vocabulary, specifically focusing on food words!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-34-the-isle-of-mull/">CBGa 1.34 | The Isle of Mull</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we join Iona in Mull and look at both familiar and new vocabulary, specifically focusing on food words!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66eacf0dec4ba464d56521ef" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-34-the-isle-of-mull/">CBGa 1.34 | The Isle of Mull</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-34-the-isle-of-mull/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.34 &#124; Breakfast in the hotel – Ordering food and drinks in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 15:15:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=35093</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 34 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we’ll be hearing multiple voices and accents in Portuguese. We’ll be listening to two conversations that took place while Ava was having breakfast in the hotel in Porto during her trip. Listen to the episode to practise your listening comprehension and to join Rafael ... <a title="CBP 1.34 &#124; Breakfast in the hotel – Ordering food and drinks in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.34 &#124; Breakfast in the hotel – Ordering food and drinks in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.34 | Breakfast in the hotel – Ordering food and drinks in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">Welcome to lesson 34 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we’ll be hearing multiple voices and accents in Portuguese. We’ll be listening to two conversations that took place while Ava was having breakfast in the hotel in Porto during her trip. Listen to the episode to practise your listening comprehension and to join Rafael and Ava as they talk through all of the language used in the conversations. </span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66eadbf17333591fcfe5528d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.34 | Breakfast in the hotel – Ordering food and drinks in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-1-34-breakfast-in-the-hotel-ordering-food-and-drinks-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.33 &#124; Oban</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-33-oban/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-33-oban/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2024 15:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34954</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, we continue on our virtual journey. We follow Iona and her cousins on their travels in Scotland and encounter both some familiar phrases and some completely new ones.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-33-oban/">CBGa 1.33 | Oban</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1">In this lesson, we continue on our virtual journey. We follow Iona and her cousins on their travels in Scotland and encounter both some familiar phrases and some completely new ones. </span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66e15f886a253561efcdc83d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-33-oban/">CBGa 1.33 | Oban</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbga-1-33-oban/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.33 &#124; At hotel check-in – Checking into a hotel in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 15:15:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34927</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava in the latest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese to review useful words and phrases for checking into a hotel. We&#8217;ll hear a conversation recorded on location in Portugal between Ava and the hotel receptionist, which will help you expand your vocabulary on this topic and practise your listening skills. ... <a title="CBP 1.33 &#124; At hotel check-in – Checking into a hotel in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.33 &#124; At hotel check-in – Checking into a hotel in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.33 | At hotel check-in – Checking into a hotel in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava in the latest episode of Coffee Break Portuguese to review useful words and phrases for checking into a hotel. We&#8217;ll hear a conversation recorded on location in Portugal between Ava and the hotel receptionist, which will help you expand your vocabulary on this topic and practise your listening skills. <strong>Vamos lá!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66e0590f829e0366ab4d8f2a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.33 | At hotel check-in – Checking into a hotel in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/09/cbp-33-at-hotel-check-in-checking-into-a-hotel-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.32 &#124; Loch Lomond</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-32-loch-lomond/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-32-loch-lomond/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2024 15:15:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34691</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we continue our adventures in Scotland and hear about Iona&#8217;s visit to Loch Lomond.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-32-loch-lomond/">CBGa 1.32 | Loch Lomond</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we continue our adventures in Scotland and hear about Iona&#8217;s visit to Loch Lomond.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66cedcc4a8b818a79a9dfb4e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-32-loch-lomond/">CBGa 1.32 | Loch Lomond</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-32-loch-lomond/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 32 &#124; Asking for travel information – Asking for tourist information in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-32-asking-for-travel-information-asking-for-tourist-information-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-32-asking-for-travel-information-asking-for-tourist-information-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 15:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34685</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson we&#8217;ll be listening to the second recorded conversation that Ava had on her trip to Portugal. This time, she was practising her Portuguese by asking for travel information at the airport. The conversation contained many useful words and phrases, which Rafael and Ava then discussed back in the studio ﻿</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-32-asking-for-travel-information-asking-for-tourist-information-in-portuguese/">CBP 32 | Asking for travel information – Asking for tourist information in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson we&#8217;ll be listening to the second recorded conversation that Ava had on her trip to Portugal. This time, she was practising her Portuguese by asking for travel information at the airport. The conversation contained many useful words and phrases, which Rafael and Ava then discussed back in the studio</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66cdd3cc407cbc460955e701" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"><span data-mce-type="bookmark" style="display: inline-block; width: 0px; overflow: hidden; line-height: 0;" class="mce_SELRES_start">﻿</span></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-32-asking-for-travel-information-asking-for-tourist-information-in-portuguese/">CBP 32 | Asking for travel information – Asking for tourist information in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-32-asking-for-travel-information-asking-for-tourist-information-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.31 &#124; Glasgow</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2024 15:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34658</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We are back after a short break and over the course of the next ten lessons we will be taking our Gaelic to the next level and really putting what we have learned into practice. We will follow Iona and her cousins Cailean and Sìne as they take a virtual island hopping trip. In Lesson ... <a title="CBGa 1.31 &#124; Glasgow" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/" aria-label="More on CBGa 1.31 &#124; Glasgow">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/">CBGa 1.31 | Glasgow</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We are back after a short break and over the course of the next ten lessons we will be taking our Gaelic to the next level and really putting what we have learned into practice. We will follow Iona and her cousins Cailean and Sìne as they take a virtual island hopping trip. In Lesson 31, we start at the very beginning of the trip – in Glasgow.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66bc7757aa8ea460a07e290e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/">CBGa 1.31 | Glasgow</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbga-1-31-glasgow/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 31 &#124; At the airport – Planning a trip to Portugal</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 15:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34656</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to a new episode&#8230; on location in Portugal! It&#8217;s time to put everything we&#8217;ve learned in our course so far into practice in real-life situations. Over the next 10 episodes, we’re going to be following Ava’s trip to Portugal. Back in the studio, Rafael and her will listen to the conversations recorded while she ... <a title="CBP 31 &#124; At the airport – Planning a trip to Portugal" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/" aria-label="More on CBP 31 &#124; At the airport – Planning a trip to Portugal">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/">CBP 31 | At the airport – Planning a trip to Portugal</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to a new episode&#8230; on location in Portugal! It&#8217;s time to put everything we&#8217;ve learned in our course so far into practice in real-life situations. Over the next 10 episodes, we’re going to be following Ava’s trip to Portugal. Back in the studio, Rafael and her will listen to the conversations recorded while she was there and discuss the interesting language, words and phrases used by all of the speakers we hear in a variety of contexts.<strong> Vamos lá</strong>!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66b9d6508706a30a59cd2204" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/">CBP 31 | At the airport – Planning a trip to Portugal</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/cbp-31-at-the-airport-planning-a-trip-to-portugal/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to react like a native speaker: Spanish filler words</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 11:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34422</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to react in a Spanish conversation can significantly enhance your fluency and make you sound more like a native speaker. Therefore, using Spanish filler words to react in a conversation is key. That’s why we didn’t want to finish this season of The Coffee Break Spanish Show without bringing you some tips on how ... <a title="How to react like a native speaker: Spanish filler words" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/" aria-label="More on How to react like a native speaker: Spanish filler words">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/">How to react like a native speaker: Spanish filler words</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to react in a Spanish conversation can significantly enhance your fluency and make you sound more like a native speaker. Therefore, using Spanish filler words to react in a conversation is key.</p>
<p>That’s why we didn’t want to finish this season of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> without bringing you some tips on how to perform better in your speaking in Spanish. In this article, we&#8217;ll explore common reactions and filler words in Spanish that will help you sound natural and confident in your conversations. <strong>¡Qué ganas!</strong></p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In the latest episode, Anabel and Concha introduce some of the main Spanish filler words, teaching you how to properly use them in a real conversation and sound more like a native speaker.</p>
<p>Listen along to the audio episode, or watch the video version, while you read this article. Once you reach the end, don’t miss your free worksheet which you can download to put what you’ve learned to the test. <strong>¡Empecemos!</strong></p>
<h2>Common Spanish filler words to react in a conversation</h2>
<p>Now we are going to look at some of the main Spanish filler words, which will help us navigate any conversation in the language like a native speaker! We have included filler words in Spanish more focused on how to react to news and also some other phrases or Spanish filler words that will show you are engaged in the conversation. <strong>¡Empezamos!</strong></p>
<h3>¿En serio?</h3>
<p>This phrase is perfect for expressing surprise, whether it&#8217;s after hearing good or bad news. It’s similar to the English &#8220;really?&#8221;. An example of this use in a conversation is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: Me voy dos meses a Tailandia.</strong><br />
<em>A: I’m going to Thailand for two months.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¿En serio? ¡Qué bien!</strong><br />
<em>B: Really? That’s great!</em></p>
<h3>¡Qué rollo!</h3>
<p>Use this phrase to show that you find something boring or bothersome. It is similar to the English &#8220;how boring!&#8221; and &#8220;what a pain!&#8221;. In this phrase, we can find the word <strong>rollo</strong>, which means &#8220;roll&#8221; or, in slang, &#8220;boring&#8217;.</p>
<p>Let’s see how to use this one taking the same example about a trip to Thailand. This time, let’s imagine that speaker A doesn’t like travelling.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: Me voy dos meses a Tailandia.</strong><br />
<em>A: I’m going to Thailand for two months.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¿En serio? ¡Qué rollo!</strong><br />
<em>B: Really? What a pain!</em></p>
<p>Now we can also see how <strong>¿en serio?</strong> can be used to react to negative news. Listen to the audio episode or watch the video to notice the difference in intonation when using this reaction filler after good and bad news. The difference is subtle, so you may want to listen to it several times.</p>
<h3>¡Qué pena!</h3>
<p>Another one of our Spanish filler words (another phrase in this case) is <strong>¡qué pena!</strong>. Similar to English, this phrase expresses condolences about a situation – it’s like saying &#8220;what a shame!&#8221;. Also, in the following example you can see it’s possible to use multiple filler words in the same sentence to convey more nuanced reactions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: No podemos ir de vacaciones.</strong><br />
<em>A: We can’t go on holiday.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¡Oh, no! ¿En serio? ¡Qué pena!</strong><br />
<em>B: Oh, no! Really? What a shame!</em></p>
<h3>¡Qué me dices!</h3>
<p>This phrase is used to show surprise, whether good or bad, and can be interchangeable with <strong>¿en serio?,</strong> or you use one after the other to emphasise your surprised reaction.</p>
<p>It’s important to differentiate it from <strong>¿qué me dices?</strong> (&#8220;what are you telling me?&#8221;), which is an actual question where the speaker wants you to repeat what you said. In a conversation, the intonation shows the difference between them. It may be good to listen to or watch the episode to get a better grasp of this.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: Mis amigos me prepararon un viaje sorpresa y nos fuimos una semana a Francia.</strong><br />
<em>A: My friends organised a surprise trip for me and we went to France for a week.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¡Qué me dices! ¡Qué guay!</strong><br />
<em>B: Really? How cool!</em></p>
<h3>¡No me digas!</h3>
<p>Similar to<strong> ¡qué me dices!</strong> and <strong>¿en serio?</strong>, we have<strong> ¡no me digas!</strong>. It literally means &#8220;don’t tell me&#8221;, but in some contexts it’s simply used to express surprise. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: Me voy a casar el mes que viene.</strong><br />
<em>A: I’m going to get married next month.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¡No me digas! ¿En serio? ¡Qué bien!</strong><br />
<em>B: No way! Really? So cool!</em></p>
<h3>¡Qué lío!</h3>
<p>Use this to express that a situation is complex or a mess. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: Pensaba que tenía que hacer una presentación el lunes, pero me dijo mi jefe que era el martes. Llega el lunes y me dicen que tenía que hacerla ese día. ¡Y no me había preparado nada!</strong><br />
<em>A: I thought I had to do a presentation on Monday, but my boss told me that it was on Tuesday. Monday arrived and I was told that I had to do it that very same day. And I didn’t have anything ready!</em><br />
<strong>B: ¡Qué me dices! ¿En serio?</strong><br />
<em>B: Really? Are you joking?</em><br />
<strong>A: Sí, sí. Y resulta que el tema de la presentación era otro del que me habían dicho.</strong><br />
<em>A: Yes. And it seems that the topic of the presentation was different from what I was told.</em><br />
<strong>B: ¡No me digas! ¡Qué lío!</strong><br />
<em>B: No way! What a mess!</em></p>
<h3>Ya / sí</h3>
<p>One of the most versatile filler words in Spanish is <strong>ya</strong>. It is incredibly useful to show that you are following the conversation. It’s simple but effective. Instead of <strong>ya</strong>, or along with it, we can also use <strong>sí</strong> or <strong>ajá</strong>. These three filler words in Spanish will show you are engaged in the conversation.</p>
<p><strong>A continuación</strong>, we have transcribed the conversation between Anabel and Concha from this episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>, but we&#8217;d recommend listening to it in the video or audio episode, too, to hear how it sounds in a real conversation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Anabel: ¿Qué vas a hacer este fin de semana?</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: What are you going to do this weekend?</em><br />
<strong>Concha: Este fin de semana, Anabel, me voy a París.</strong><br />
<em>Concha: Anabel, this weekend I’m going to Paris.</em><br />
<strong>Anabel: Ah, ¡qué bien!</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: Ah, how cool!</em><br />
<strong>Concha: Sí, voy a París para ver a mi amiga, que vive allí.</strong><br />
<em>Concha: Yes, I’m going to Paris to see my friend, who lives there.</em><br />
<strong>Anabel: Ajá, sí.</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: (simply showing attention to the conversation)</em><br />
<strong>Concha: Y vamos a visitar muchos museos.</strong><br />
<em>Concha: And we are going to visit many museums.</em><br />
<strong>Anabel: Ay, ¡qué bien!</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: Oh, how cool!</em><br />
<strong>Concha: Sí, pero creo que va a llover.</strong><br />
<em>Concha: Yes, but I think it’s going to rain.</em><br />
<strong>Anabel: Ah, ¡qué mal!</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: Oh, no. How bad!</em><br />
<strong>Concha: Sí… no, no. Espero que no llueva.</strong><br />
<em>Concha: Yes, I know… I hope it won’t rain.</em><br />
<strong>Anabel: Oh, lo siento.</strong><br />
<em>Anabel: Aw, I’m sorry.</em></p>
<h2>Summary of some common Spanish filler words to react in a conversation</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34562 size-large" title="Spanish filler words" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-210-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-210-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-210-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-210-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-210-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Learning how to react like a native speaker in a Spanish conversation involves mastering various Spanish filler words. By using expressions like <strong>¿En serio?</strong>, <strong>¡Qué rollo!</strong>, <strong>¡Qué pena!</strong>, <strong>¡Qué me dices!</strong>, <strong>¡Qué lío!</strong>, and the versatile <strong>ya</strong>, you&#8217;ll not only sound more natural but you will also enhance your conversational skills. So, practise these reactions and see how they transform your Spanish interactions!</p>
<p>If sounding more natural and more like a native speaker is one of your main goals, then make sure you check out another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>, which is all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to sound more natural in Spanish in restaurants and shops</a>. Or, if you&#8217;d like to find out <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ry5a_E0GdV8" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to ask for the bill like a native speaker</a>, you can find a video all about this here. <strong>¡No te lo pierdas!</strong></p>
<p><strong>¡Eso es todo por este episodio! </strong>We hope that you have enjoyed this episode about Spanish filler words and how to use them to react in a conversation, and we also hope you enjoyed this season of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. If you found this article useful, why not listen to the full episode with Anabel and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show?</em> For more episodes for Spanish learners, make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>As well as this, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your Spanish. You will also receive language-learning tips and tricks from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. Just look out for the sign-up box!</p>
<p><strong>Muchísimo ánimo</strong>, and, as always,</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/66ab50571f6556b4b68a1e89" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/">How to react like a native speaker: Spanish filler words</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/08/how-to-react-like-a-native-speaker-spanish-filler-words/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The many uses of the German verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2024 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34316</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Today, we are looking at a single German word that many learners come across early in their studies: ziehen. You might have seen it on doors, where it means &#8220;to pull.&#8221; However, this verb is one of those versatile ones in German and it has multiple meanings depending on the context. Let&#8217;s explore some of ... <a title="The many uses of the German verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/" aria-label="More on The many uses of the German verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/">The many uses of the German verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today, we are looking at a single German word that many learners come across early in their studies: <strong>ziehen</strong>. You might have seen it on doors, where it means &#8220;to pull.&#8221;</p>
<p>However, this verb is one of those versatile ones in German and it has multiple meanings depending on the context. Let&#8217;s explore some of these diverse uses.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series of short discussions, in which we explore interesting German language topics. Join Mark and Thomas in our latest episode for a thorough look at this interesting German verb.</p>
<p>Keep reading to find out more, and we’d recommend listening to the podcast episode as you read. Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>What does the verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217; mean?</h2>
<p>We may be familiar with <strong>ziehen</strong> meaning “to pull”. However, as you’ll see below, it has many different meanings in addition to this.</p>
<h3>The core meaning: &#8220;to pull&#8221;</h3>
<p>At its core, it often means &#8220;to pull&#8221;. This is a straightforward translation that appears in many everyday situations. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Hund zieht an der Leine.<br />
</strong><em>The dog pulls on the leash.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bitte zieh nicht an mir.<br />
</strong><em>Please don&#8217;t pull (on) me.</em></p>
<p>This second example uses <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the imperative in German</a> and both sentences here show use of the preposition <strong>an</strong> with the verb <strong>ziehen</strong>.</p>
<h3>Another meaning: &#8220;to draw&#8221;</h3>
<p>A closely-related meaning of this verb is &#8220;to draw&#8221;, as in drawing a card or drawing conclusions:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Zieh eine Karte.<br />
</strong><em>Draw a card.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er hat die richtigen Schlüsse gezogen.<br />
</strong><em>He has drawn the right conclusions.</em></p>
<p>Sometimes, it implies a figurative pull or attraction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Im Sommer zieht es uns ans Meer.</strong><br />
<em>In summer, we are drawn to the sea.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Es hat keinen Sinn, wir müssen hier einen Schlussstrich ziehen.<br />
</strong><em>It makes no sense, we need to draw a line here.</em></p>
<h3>Further meanings: moving and more</h3>
<p><strong>Ziehen</strong> also means &#8220;to move&#8221; in the context of changing residences. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir werden nächstes Jahr nach Japan ziehen.<br />
</strong><em>We will move to Japan next year.</em></p>
<p>Another common use relates to draughts or wind:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Es zieht, bitte mach das Fenster zu.<br />
</strong><em>There’s a draught, please close the window.</em></p>
<p>When making tea, the verb also describes the steeping process:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Tee muss 5 Minuten ziehen.<br />
</strong><em>The tea needs to steep for 5 minutes.</em></p>
<p>In a gardening context, it refers to growing plants:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er zieht die Gurken in seinem Treibhaus.<br />
</strong><em>He grows cucumbers in his greenhouse.</em></p>
<p>Lastly, let&#8217;s see the verb in a practical, everyday situation:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er zieht den Koffer in das Haus.<br />
</strong><em>He pulls the suitcase into the house.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34325 size-large" title="ziehen" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-210-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-210-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-210-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-210-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-210-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Time to practise!</h2>
<p>Now, it&#8217;s time to put everything you&#8217;ve learned to the test. Try translating the following sentences into German. You can find the answers at the end of this blog article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>He pulls his suit out of the wardrobe.</em></li>
<li><em>We are moving to Spain next year.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to watch or listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. To keep up to date with new Coffee Break German episodes and lessons, subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> or our podcast feed, wherever you get your podcasts.</p>
<p>What&#8217;s more, you can sign up to receive regular, free German lessons straight to your inbox. Look out for the sign-up box and we hope that you enjoy your first mini lesson.</p>
<p>The verb <strong>ziehen</strong> is a fantastic example of how German verbs can be incredibly flexible. From pulling and drawing to moving and growing, the verb covers a wide range of actions and scenarios. Understanding its various uses can significantly enhance your comprehension and fluency in German. Keep an eye out for this versatile verb in your reading and listening, and you&#8217;ll soon master its many contexts.</p>
<p>In the meantime, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Er zieht seinen Anzug aus dem Kleiderschrank.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Nächstes Jahr ziehen wir nach Spanien. / Wir ziehen nächstes Jahr nach Spanien.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f61eec55c700123dfdef" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/">The many uses of the German verb &#8216;ziehen&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-many-uses-of-the-german-verb-ziehen/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Italian words used in English: panini, lasagna, bruschetta and more</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 11:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34419</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Panini, al fresco, latte, bolognese… There are many borrowed Italian words used in English. However, we don’t always pronounce them correctly and use them according to their original Italian meaning. As learners of Italian, it&#8217;s fascinating to see how Italian words used in English often get misinterpreted, mispronounced, or completely transformed. This blending of languages ... <a title="Italian words used in English: panini, lasagna, bruschetta and more" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/" aria-label="More on Italian words used in English: panini, lasagna, bruschetta and more">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/">Italian words used in English: panini, lasagna, bruschetta and more</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Panini</strong>, <strong>al fresco</strong>, <strong>latte</strong>, <strong>bolognese</strong>… There are many borrowed Italian words used in English. However, we don’t always pronounce them correctly and use them according to their original Italian meaning.</p>
<p>As learners of Italian, it&#8217;s fascinating to see how Italian words used in English often get misinterpreted, mispronounced, or completely transformed. This blending of languages is a natural part of linguistic evolution, but it can sometimes lead to funny or confusing situations.</p>
<p>Keep reading to learn about the most common Italian words used in English and how to pronounce them correctly, as well as about how Italians sometimes get creative with English words.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is the podcast series in which we discuss interesting topics for Italian learners. In this episode, Francesca and Maurizio talk about the most commonly used Italian words in English and explain how their meaning or usage changes when transferred from Italian to English. They also explain how to pronounce Italian words that are commonly used in English, such as <strong>gnocchi</strong> and <strong>bruschetta</strong>.</p>
<p>We’d recommend watching the video episode as you read this article, in order to get the most out of it. And don’t forget to look out for your free worksheet download at the end, which will allow you to put your knowledge of Italian words used in English to the test.</p>
<p><strong>Iniziamo!</strong></p>
<h2>Italian words used in English</h2>
<p>As an Italian learner, we’re sure you’ve noticed that, sometimes, Italian words used in English don’t match their original Italian counterpart.</p>
<p>Let’s start by looking at some of the most common Italian words used in English – incorrectly, in some sense or another.</p>
<h3>Latte</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a milky coffee<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: &#8220;milk&#8221;<br />
Italian equivalent: “a latte” = <strong>un caffellatte / un caffè latte</strong></p>
<p>The first word in our list of Italian words used in English is a very common mistake that English speakers make when they travel to Italy and want to order a coffee in a café, or <strong>bar</strong>.</p>
<p>As Maurizio explains in the episode, if you order a <strong>latte</strong> in an Italian bar, you will be served a glass of milk!</p>
<p>Instead, if you want to drink a “latte”, as in a coffee with milk, you should ask for <strong>un caffellatte</strong>.</p>
<h3>Espresso</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a short, single shot of coffee<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: “quick”<br />
Italian equivalent: “an espresso” = <strong>un caffè</strong></p>
<p>Sticking with the theme of coffee, in Italy people don’t tend to order <strong>un espresso</strong> in <strong>un</strong><strong> bar</strong>.</p>
<p>Instead, you can simply ask for <strong>un caffè, per favore</strong>, and it is implied that you mean an espresso.</p>
<h3>Al fresco</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: eating in an outdoor area<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: “in a cool place”<br />
Italian equivalent: “eat al fresco” = <strong>mangiare all’aperto</strong> or <strong>mangiare fuori</strong></p>
<p>In Italian, <strong>al fresco</strong> simply means “in a cool place”, one that isn’t too warm. It doesn’t necessarily mean that the place is outside – for instance, it could be a room indoors which is cooler than the others.</p>
<p>For example, you may find the phrase on a food label, saying <strong>conservare al fresco</strong>. This means that it is to be stored in a cool, dry place.</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, Francesca teaches Maurizio a new phrase from her region of Italy, Piemonte, which is used to refer to an al fresco eating area. Watch the video lesson to learn the phrase, too.</p>
<h3>Biscotti</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a specific type of crunchy, almond biscuit, usually accompanying a coffee<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: a general word for “biscuits” or “cookies”<br />
Italian equivalent: “a biscotti” =<strong> un cantuccio</strong> or <strong>un cantuccino</strong></p>
<p>There are two ways that the word “biscotti” is used differently in English, compared to its original usage in Italian.</p>
<p>First of all, note that <strong>biscotti</strong> is simply the general word for any “biscuits” or “cookies”, rather than the specific type that we tend to associate with the word in English. In fact, what we think of as “biscotti” in English are actually called <strong>cantucci</strong> or <strong>cantuccini</strong> (which are smaller) in Italian.</p>
<p>Secondly, note that <strong>biscotti</strong> is the plural form of <strong>biscotto</strong>. So, while we may say “a biscotti” in English, this isn’t grammatically correct, as in Italian the singular form is <strong>un biscotto</strong> (“a biscuit / cookie”), and the plural form is<strong> dei biscotti</strong> (“some biscuits / cookies”).</p>
<h3>Panini</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a specific type of sandwich<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: “sandwiches”<br />
Italian equivalent: “a panini” = <strong>un panino</strong> (but this could refer to any type of sandwich)</p>
<p>Another case where a plural Italian noun is incorrectly used in English is <strong>panini</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Panini</strong> is the plural form in Italian, meaning &#8220;sandwiches.&#8221; The singular form is <strong>panino</strong>. For example, you could say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vado a comprare un panino.</strong><br />
<em>I am going to buy a sandwich.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Io e Francesca mangiamo dei panini.</strong><br />
<em>Francesca and I eat (some) sandwiches.</em></p>
<p>So, <strong>attenzione</strong>! If you just want one sandwich, make sure to use the word <strong>panino</strong>, instead of <strong>panini</strong>.</p>
<p>Also note that the word <strong>panino</strong> in Italian doesn’t refer to any specific type of sandwich, but is instead the general word for “sandwich”.</p>
<h3>Lasagna</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a layered pasta dish<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: an individual sheet of pasta<br />
Italian equivalent: “lasagna” = <strong>le lasagne</strong></p>
<p>The next one of Italian words used in English often incorrectly is <strong>lasagna</strong>.</p>
<p>So, while in English we use the word “lasagna” to refer to the full dish, in Italian the dish is thought of as a plural noun,<strong> le lasagne</strong> – referring to the multiple sheets of pasta. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mia nonna cucina le lasagne la domenica a pranzo.</strong><br />
<em>My grandmother cooks lasagna for lunch on Sundays.</em></p>
<p>Also watch out for the pronunciation of the <strong>gn</strong> sound, as it can be tricky to know how to pronounce Italian words such as <strong>lasagna</strong>, when they are commonly used in English.</p>
<h3>Bolognese</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a sauce made with tomato and minced meat<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: of or from Bologna<br />
Italian equivalent: “spaghetti bolognese” or “spagbol” = <strong>spaghetti al ragù</strong></p>
<p>In Italy, to order what we know as “spaghetti bolognese”, you should ask for <strong>spaghetti al ragù</strong>. The word <strong>bolognese</strong> would only be included if the sauce were specifically Bologna-style, in which case it would be <strong>ragù alla bolognese</strong> (“Bologna-style ragù”).</p>
<h3>Peperoni</h3>
<p class="newtextbox">Used in English to refer to: a type of spicy salami used on pizza (“pepperoni”)<br />
Actual meaning in Italian: “peppers” or “bell peppers”<br />
Italian equivalent: “pepperoni” = <strong>salame piccante</strong></p>
<p>The next of our food-related Italian words used in English is “pepperoni”. Note that <strong>pepperoni</strong> with <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the double consonant</a> doesn’t exist in Italian, and the correct spelling is with a single <strong>p</strong>: <strong>peperoni</strong>.</p>
<p>So, if you want to order a pepperoni pizza in Italy (that is to say a pizza with spicy sausage on it), you should order <strong>una pizza con salame piccante</strong>.</p>
<p>However, <strong>una pizza con peperoni</strong> in Italy would be “a pizza with peppers”.</p>
<h2>How to pronounce Italian words used in English</h2>
<p>Let’s now have a look at some other Italian words used in English, but which are often pronounced differently from their original, correct pronunciation in Italian.</p>
<h3>Gnocchi</h3>
<p>When used in English, the word <strong>gnocchi</strong> is often pronounced differently to the original Italian word.</p>
<p><strong>Gnocchi</strong> is a plural noun (the singular form is <strong>uno gnoccho</strong>) and in Italian it refers to the small potato dumplings that are eaten with a sauce.</p>
<p>So, when you’re using the word “gnocchi” to refer to this dish, watch out for the pronunciation of the <strong>gn</strong> and <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>ch</strong> sound in Italian</a>.</p>
<h3>Bruschetta</h3>
<p>Similarly, do you know how the word <strong>bruschetta</strong> should be pronounced in Italian?</p>
<p><strong>Bruschetta</strong> is another word that is frequently used in English, and it refers to a small dish that consists of toasted bread with tomatoes, olive oil and often other ingredients.</p>
<p>However, while it is often pronounced with a “sh” sound, when it is used in English, the correct Italian pronunciation actually contains a hard C sound – something like &#8220;broo-sket-tah&#8221;.</p>
<h3>Tagliatelle</h3>
<p><strong>Tagliatelle </strong>is another of our Italian words used in English in the context of food, and it refers to the type of pasta in long, flat strands.</p>
<p>However, the correct Italian pronunciation doesn’t contain a hard G sound. Instead, make sure to pay attention to <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the <strong>gli</strong> sound in Italian</a> when pronouncing this word.</p>
<h2>English words used in Italian</h2>
<p>Just as there are many Italian words used in English that change their meaning as they are transferred from one language to the next, there are also many words in Italian that are based on English words and that change their original English meaning significantly in the process.</p>
<p>Let’s take a look at some of the most common ones, along with some example phrases and sentences.</p>
<h3>Smart working</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo smart working</strong><br />
<em>remote working</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lavorare in smart working, lavorare in smart</strong><br />
<em>to work remotely</em></p>
<h3>Mister</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il mister</strong><br />
<em>the (sports team) coach</em></p>
<h3>Camping</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un camping</strong><br />
<em>a campsite</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’è un camping in questa zona?</strong><br />
<em>Is there a campsite in this area?</em></p>
<h3>Footing</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il footing</strong><br />
<em>jogging</em></p>
<h3>Smoking</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>uno smoking</strong><br />
<em>a tuxedo, a dinner jacket</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34560 size-large" title="Italian words used in English" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-210-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-210-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-210-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-210-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-210.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope this has helped you see how understanding the correct usage and pronunciation of Italian words used in English can be important in order to avoid confusion and to communicate more effectively, but also be interesting and entertaining!</p>
<p>For more information about all of these Italian words used in English and, in particular, to hear how to pronounce Italian words that are borrowed into English, make sure to watch the video episode, or listen to the podcast version, with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. You can also subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> while you’re there, so that you know new episodes from Coffee Break Italian are available.</p>
<p>Looking for more ways to improve your Italian? We send out regular, free email lessons to all of our Coffee Break Italian community who are subscribed to our email list. Look out for the sign-up box and we hope that you enjoy your mini lessons.</p>
<p>In the meantime, we hope that you now feel you know more about common Italian words used in English, and how to use and pronounce them correctly.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f2edfc6ae000132b08c6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/">Italian words used in English: panini, lasagna, bruschetta and more</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/italian-words-used-in-english-panini-lasagna-bruschetta-and-more/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8216;Oui&#8217; vs. &#8216;si&#8217;, &#8216;aussi&#8217; vs. &#8216;non plus&#8217;: what&#8217;s the difference?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2024 14:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34415</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When learning French, one of the essential skills is knowing how to express agreement or disagreement with positive and negative statements. In this episode of The Coffee Break French Show, we’ll dive into the nuances of using moi si, pas moi / moi non, moi non plus and moi aussi in French. Understanding these expressions will ... <a title="&#8216;Oui&#8217; vs. &#8216;si&#8217;, &#8216;aussi&#8217; vs. &#8216;non plus&#8217;: what&#8217;s the difference?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/" aria-label="More on &#8216;Oui&#8217; vs. &#8216;si&#8217;, &#8216;aussi&#8217; vs. &#8216;non plus&#8217;: what&#8217;s the difference?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/">&#8216;Oui&#8217; vs. &#8216;si&#8217;, &#8216;aussi&#8217; vs. &#8216;non plus&#8217;: what&#8217;s the difference?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When learning French, one of the essential skills is knowing how to express agreement or disagreement with positive and negative statements. In this episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, we’ll dive into the nuances of using <strong>moi si</strong>, <strong>pas moi / moi non</strong>, <strong>moi non plus</strong> and <strong>moi aussi</strong> in French.</p>
<p>Understanding these expressions will significantly enhance your ability to communicate effectively in French conversations. So, let’s explore how to say &#8220;yes&#8221; in French in various contexts.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, we&#8217;d suggest watching the video or listening to the podcast episode as you read. And don&#8217;t forget to look out for your free worksheet download at the end, to help you practise everything you learn. <strong>C&#8217;est parti !</strong></p>
<h2>Positive statement: agreement and disagreement</h2>
<p>When you want to agree with a positive statement, you use <strong>moi aussi</strong> in French. Or, if you want to disagree, you use<strong> pas moi</strong> or <strong>moi non</strong>.</p>
<p>Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– J’habite en Écosse.<br />
– Moi aussi.</strong><br />
<em>– I live in Scotland.<br />
– Me too.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je suis français.<br />
– Pas moi. / Moi non.</strong><br />
<em>– I am French.<br />
– Not me. / I’m not.</em></p>
<h2>Negative statement: agreement and disagreement</h2>
<p>When responding to a negative statement, the expressions change. To agree with a negative statement, you use <strong>moi non plus</strong>. To disagree, you use <strong>moi si</strong>.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je ne suis pas japonais.<br />
– Moi non plus.</strong><br />
<em>– I am not Japanese.<br />
– Me neither.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je ne parle pas allemand.<br />
– Moi si.</strong><br />
<em>– I don’t speak German.<br />
– I do.</em></p>
<p>You will know <strong>oui</strong> to translate &#8220;yes&#8221;, but when you want to say &#8220;yes&#8221; after a negative sentence, the only option is <strong>si</strong>.</p>
<h2>Understanding positive and negative statements</h2>
<p>It’s important to distinguish between positive and negative statements in terms of grammar. For instance, “I hate broccoli” is grammatically a positive statement, despite its negative connotation.</p>
<p>The key is to focus on the grammatical structure. This means that while &#8220;I hate broccoli&#8221; is grammatically a positive statement, &#8220;I don&#8217;t hate broccoli&#8221; is grammatically a negative statement, because the verb &#8220;hate&#8221; is negated.</p>
<h3>Practical examples</h3>
<p>Let’s test your understanding with a few more examples. Try to identify whether the statements are positive or negative and pay attention to the appropriate response.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je n’ai pas de sœur.<br />
– Moi si.</strong><br />
<em>– I don’t have a sister.<br />
– I do.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je joue au volley.<br />
– Moi non. / Pas moi.</strong><br />
<em>– I play volleyball.<br />
– I don’t.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Je ne suis jamais allé en Jamaïque.<br />
– Moi non plus.</strong><br />
<em>– I have never been to Jamaica.<br />
– Me neither.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– T’es jamais allé en Irlande ?<br />
– Si.</strong><br />
<em>– You’ve never been to Ireland?<br />
– I have.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– T’es déjà allé en Irlande ?<br />
– Oui.</strong><br />
<em>– Have you ever been to Ireland?<br />
– Yes.</em></p>
<p>Here, from the last two examples, we can see that the presence of a negative word in the sentence changes everything. You can say <strong>oui</strong> if the question does not contain a negation, but you have to say <strong>si</strong> if there is a negation – here, <strong>jamais</strong>.</p>
<p>Below is an example using a different negation, <strong>ne … plus</strong>, which means &#8220;not any more&#8221;, &#8220;no more&#8221; or &#8220;no longer&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>– Tu n’as plus de café ?</strong><br />
<strong>– Si.<br />
</strong><em>– Do you not have any more coffee? </em><br />
<em>– I do.</em></p>
<p>This pattern of using <strong>si</strong> following a negative statement works with all other negative constructions, such as:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … jamais</strong><br />
<em>never</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … personne</strong><br />
<em>nobody, no one</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … rien</strong><br />
<em>nothing</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … nulle part</strong><br />
<em>nowhere</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … pas</strong><br />
<em>not</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ne … pas encore</strong><br />
<em>not yet</em></p>
<p>This list is not exhaustive, but these are some of the most common negative words in French.</p>
<h2>Extending beyond &#8216;moi&#8217;</h2>
<p>While we’ve been focusing on <strong>moi non plus</strong>, <strong>moi si</strong>, <strong>pas moi</strong> and<strong> moi aussi</strong> in French, it is important to notice that these structures work with other pronouns as well. For example, <strong>toi</strong>, <strong>lui, elle</strong>, <strong>nous</strong>, <strong>vous</strong>, <strong>eux</strong> and<strong> elles</strong> follow the same pattern. And these expressions can be used with nouns, too.</p>
<h3>Examples with pronouns</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at this in more detail with some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Moi, je ne suis jamais allé à Chypre, mais toi si.</strong><br />
<em>I’ve never been to Cyprus, but you have.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il aime les croissants – elle aussi.</strong><br />
<em>He likes croissants – she does too.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Elle ne parle pas espagnol – vous si.</strong><br />
<em>She doesn’t speak Spanish – you do.</em></p>
<h3>Examples with nouns</h3>
<p>Now, here are some examples using nouns instead of pronouns.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’adore les croissants et j’adore le chocolat aussi.</strong><br />
<em>I love croissants and I love chocolate, too.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je n’aime pas les oignons et (je n’aime pas) les concombres non plus.<br />
</strong> <em>I don’t like onions and I don’t like cucumbers either.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je n’aime ni les oignons ni les concombres.</strong><br />
<em>I like neither onions nor cucumbers.</em></p>
<p>Note that this final example uses a different construction – <strong>ni &#8230; ni </strong>– which you may know as an alternative way of expressing <strong>ne &#8230; pas &#8230; non plus</strong>.</p>
<h2>Responding to multiple statements</h2>
<p>When dealing with multiple statements, it’s essential to react to the last statement, not the original. This ensures clarity and correctness in your responses.</p>
<p>Think about the following situation. Imagine you are eating with three friends at a restaurant and the waiter asks if you want coffee. The first person can reply by saying either <strong>oui</strong> or <strong>non</strong>. If the first person to answer says <strong>non</strong>, it means that the second person now has to react to a negative statement, and the only two options would be <strong>moi non plus</strong> (if they don’t want a coffee either), or <strong>moi si</strong> (if they do want a coffee). If the second person does want a coffee and says <strong>moi si</strong>, it means we are back to a positive statement and person 3 will have to say <strong>moi aussi</strong> in French if they do want a coffee, or <strong>pas moi / moi non</strong> if they do not want a coffee.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at an example sequence of statements, which will help to make this clearer. Pay attention to which response is used in each statement, depending on whether the previous one was positive or negative.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La France est en Europe.</strong><br />
<em>France is in Europe.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’Italie aussi.</strong><br />
<em>Italy too.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pas le Brésil. / Le Brésil, non.</strong><br />
<em>Brazil isn’t.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le Japon non plus.</strong><br />
<em>Japan isn’t either.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La Belgique si !</strong><br />
<em>Belgium is!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’Espagne aussi.</strong><br />
<em>Spain too.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La Chine, non. / Pas la Chine.</strong><br />
<em>China isn’t.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’Australie non plus.</strong><br />
<em>Australia isn’t either.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le Chili non plus.</strong><br />
<em>Chile either.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le Portugal si.</strong><br />
<em>Portugal is.</em></p>
<p>In this article, we have also seen many examples of the names of countries, languages and nationalities. Did you notice which ones are capitalised in French and which are not? For more help with <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">French capitalisation rules</a>, you can find another episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show </em>here.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34531 size-large" title="how to say yes in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-210-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-210-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-210-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-210-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-210.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Mastering how to say &#8220;yes&#8221; in French, especially using expressions like <strong>moi aussi</strong>, <strong>pas moi / moi non</strong>, <strong>moi non plus</strong> and<strong> moi si</strong>, is crucial for effective communication. These expressions help you agree or disagree appropriately with positive and negative statements, enhancing your fluency and confidence in French conversations. Additionally, knowing the difference between <strong>moi aussi</strong> in French and <strong>si</strong> in French helps you navigate through agreements and disagreements seamlessly.</p>
<p>However, these expressions can be tricky to get your head around, so for more detailed explanations make sure to watch the video episode with Max and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, or you can find the podcast version below, or wherever you get your podcasts. And for more lessons from Coffee Break French, you can subscribe to our podcast feed and our <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YouTube channel</a>.</p>
<p>Additionally, you can sign up for our email lessons to receive regular updates and free learning materials directly to your inbox. Just look out for the sign-up box.</p>
<p>For now, keep practising these responses, and in doing so, you’ll become more adept at how to say <strong>non plus</strong>,<strong> si</strong>,<strong> pas</strong> or<strong> aussi</strong> in French more naturally and handle various conversational contexts with ease.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/66a789042c32ee905971a50c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/">&#8216;Oui&#8217; vs. &#8216;si&#8217;, &#8216;aussi&#8217; vs. &#8216;non plus&#8217;: what&#8217;s the difference?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/oui-vs-si-aussi-vs-non-plus-whats-the-difference/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>4 ways to translate &#8216;to become&#8217; in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 11:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34369</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Saying &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish can be a tricky task, because there are several verbs that express this concept. Today, we’ll explore the main translations and learn how to use them correctly. If you&#8217;re curious about how to say &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish or need tips on how to use these verbs properly, read on! ... <a title="4 ways to translate &#8216;to become&#8217; in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on 4 ways to translate &#8216;to become&#8217; in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/">4 ways to translate &#8216;to become&#8217; in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Saying &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish can be a tricky task, because there are several verbs that express this concept. Today, we’ll explore the main translations and learn how to use them correctly. If you&#8217;re curious about how to say &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish or need tips on how to use these verbs properly, read on!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In the latest episode, Anabel and Concha talk through the four main verbs that are used in Spanish to express &#8220;to become&#8221;.</p>
<p>Listen along to the audio episode, or watch the video version while you read this article. Once you reach the end, don’t miss your free worksheet which you can download to put what you’ve learned to the test.<strong> ¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>&#8216;Convertirse en’</h2>
<p>The first possible translation of &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish is <strong>convertirse en</strong>. This reflexive verb, which also requires a preposition, indicates a radical or complete change, similar to &#8220;turn into&#8221; in English. <strong>Por ejemplo:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Joaquín se ha convertido en una estrella mundial.</strong><br />
<em>Joaquín has become an international star.</em></p>
<p>We can also use a variation of this structure to discuss religious beliefs. For that, we change the preposition and say <strong>convertirse a</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nos convertimos al cristianismo.</strong><br />
<em>We converted to Christianity.</em></p>
<p><strong>Convertir</strong> is an irregular verb, which means that <strong>convertirse en/a</strong> is irregular, too. If you’d like to brush up the conjugation of radical changing verbs in Spanish, you may want to listen to our podcast episode about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2010/02/lesson-47-coffee-break-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">irregular verbs in the present tense</a>.</p>
<h2>&#8216;Llegar a ser’</h2>
<p>Another way to express &#8220;to become&#8221; is by using<strong> llegar a ser</strong>. The first thing that we have to mention about this verb is that we only conjugate the first verb (<strong>llegar</strong>). For instance, the present tense of <strong>llegar a ser</strong> is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(yo) llego a ser</strong><br />
<strong>(tú) llegas a ser</strong><br />
<strong>(él/ella/usted) llega a ser</strong><br />
<strong>(nosotros/nosotras) llegamos a ser</strong><br />
<strong>(vosotros/vosotras) llegáis a ser</strong><br />
<strong>(ellos/ellas/ustedes) llegan a ser</strong></p>
<p>Meaning-wise, <strong>llegar a ser</strong> is similar to <strong>convertirse en</strong>, but it emphasises that the change happened after significant effort.</p>
<p>Having said that, <strong>llegar a ser</strong> and<strong> convertirse en</strong> can sometimes be interchangeable. However, don’t forget that <strong>llegar a ser</strong> has that subtle meaning added.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Después de mucho trabajo, Rosa llegó a ser la presidenta del país.</strong><br />
<em>After a lot of work, Rosa became the president of the country.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;Hacerse’</h2>
<p><strong>Hacerse</strong> is a reflexive verb used to talk about changes in age, profession, wealth, or ideology. In the following example we can see a combination of some of these uses.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me hago mayor, pero también me hago más rico.</strong><br />
<em>I’m becoming older, but also richer.</em></p>
<p>This verb can also be used to describe external changes. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Se hace tarde.</strong><br />
<em>It’s getting late.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;Ponerse’</h2>
<p><strong>Ponerse</strong> is used for changes in mood, state of mind, or physical state that are often uncontrollable. It’s commonly used with emotions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nos pusimos muy tristes después de la película.</strong><br />
<em>We became very sad after the film.</em></p>
<p>It can also describe uncontrollable physical changes, like in the following example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lucía se pone pálida cuando se pone enferma.</strong><br />
<em>Lucía becomes pale when she gets sick.</em></p>
<h2>Visual summary of how to say &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34412 size-large" title="to become in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-209-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-209-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-209-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-209-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-209-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Understanding these nuances will help you master how to say &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish and use the right translation in different contexts. Keep practising these structures, and soon you’ll feel more confident in your Spanish conversations.</p>
<p><strong>¡Eso es todo por ahora!</strong> We hope that now you feel more comfortable and start using these different verbs to express &#8220;to become&#8221; in Spanish. If you found this article useful, why not listen to the full episode with Anabel and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>? For more episodes for Spanish learners, make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>As well as this, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your Spanish. You will also receive language-learning tips and tricks from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. Sign up below!</p>
<p><strong>Mucha suerte</strong> and, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/669fb022b8ba2ed9081a58f4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/">4 ways to translate &#8216;to become&#8217; in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/ways-to-translate-to-become-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using colours in German: when to adjust endings, hyphenate or use capitals</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2024 11:00:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34301</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we’re not just learning the colours in German. You might pick up a few new words, but we’re focusing on how to use them as adjectives, what to keep in mind regarding spelling, and some key questions surrounding them.   The Coffee Break German Show is a video and audio podcast series in ... <a title="Using colours in German: when to adjust endings, hyphenate or use capitals" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/" aria-label="More on Using colours in German: when to adjust endings, hyphenate or use capitals">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/">Using colours in German: when to adjust endings, hyphenate or use capitals</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we’re not just learning the colours in German. You might pick up a few new words, but we’re focusing on how to use them as adjectives, what to keep in mind regarding spelling, and some key questions surrounding them.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series in which we talk about interesting topics for German learners. In this episode, Mark and Thomas explain everything you need to know about colours in German.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, listen to the podcast as you read along. Once you reach the end, make sure to download your free worksheet to practise what you’ve learned.</p>
<p>So, let&#8217;s start!</p>
<h2>Some well-known and lesser-known colours in German</h2>
<p>Before we move on and look at some important grammatical rules surrounding colours, let’s have a quick look at some example colours that you might already be familiar with, but also at some potentially new ones.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schwarz</strong><br />
<em>black</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>rosa</strong><br />
<em>pink</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> weiß</strong><br />
<em>white</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>silber</strong><br />
<em>silver</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> rot</strong><br />
<em>red</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lila</strong><br />
<em>purple</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> blau</strong><br />
<em>blue</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>blaugrau</strong><br />
<em>cyan</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> grün</strong><br />
<em>green</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>beige</strong><br />
<em>beige</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> gelb</strong><br />
<em>yellow</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>kastanienbraun<br />
</strong><em>maroon</em></p>
<h2>Basic colours in German as adjectives</h2>
<p>Basic colours follow the same rules as other adjectives, changing their endings depending on number, gender and case. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die blaue Wand<br />
</strong><em>the blue wall</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ein blauer Hund<br />
</strong><em>a blue dog</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bitte mach den schwarzen Fleck weg.</strong><br />
<em>Please remove the black spot.</em></p>
<p>These sentences show how colours are used in different contexts.</p>
<h2>Exotic colours</h2>
<p>When it comes to “exotic” colours like purple, pink, orange, and turquoise, the rules are a bit different. They do not always change their endings:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich liebe diesen lila Schal.<br />
</strong><em>I love this purple scarf.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ein rosa Kleid ist mir am liebsten.<br />
</strong><em>A pink dress is my favourite choice.</em></p>
<p>These sentences sound fine and are grammatically correct.</p>
<p>However, while it works to use <strong>lila</strong> and <strong>rosa</strong> without adding or adjusting the ending based on the case and gender, it does not only sound strange, but is also incorrect for other colours.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take the example colour &#8220;orange&#8221; and look at the different options for its use in a sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><del>Ich habe einen orange Stift.</del><br />
</strong><em>I have an orange pen.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>This sentence is not correct and doesn&#8217;t sound natural in German.</p>
<p>The following sentence, however, is acceptable in spoken, colloquial German:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe einen orangen Stift.<br />
</strong><em>I have an orange pen.</em></p>
<p>The next option is the grammatically correct solution:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe einen orangefarbigen / orangefarbenen Stift.</strong><br />
<em>I have an orange-coloured pen.</em></p>
<p>As seen in the earlier examples, colours like <strong>lila</strong> and <strong>rosa</strong> didn’t used to have an ending that changes. However, language is evolving and moving towards having adjustable endings for all colours. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich liebe diesen lilanen Schal.</strong><br />
<em>I love this purple scarf.</em></p>
<p>This evolution of language applies to German colours as well as colours that have come into German from other languages, such as <strong>beige</strong> from French. Previously, they would not have followed the same rules on agreements, but now they do, especially in spoken German.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34433 size-large" title="exotic colours in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Colours in German derived from nouns</h2>
<p>Colours in German can also be derived from nouns, such as:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lachsfarben</strong><br />
<em>salmon-coloured</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>rostfarben</strong><br />
<em>rust-coloured</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ein lachsfarbener Pulli<br />
</strong><em>a salmon-coloured jumper / sweater</em></p>
<h2>Spelling of shades of colours in German</h2>
<p>Shades of colours are always written as one word. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hellblau</strong><br />
<em>light blue</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>dunkelrot</strong><br />
<em>dark red</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>olivgrün</strong><br />
<em>olive green</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>goldgelb</strong><br />
<em>golden yellow</em></p>
<p>If something were described as being of two colours, e.g. “a red and blue jumper”, it is written with a hyphen. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>blau-rot</strong><br />
<em>blue-red</em></p>
<h2>Colours as nouns</h2>
<p>When used in combination with an article or certain prepositions, colours can be used as nouns and need to be capitalised.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Blau des Himmels<br />
</strong><em>the blue of the sky</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Gibt es diesen Rock auch in Türkis?<br />
</strong><em>Is this skirt also available in turquoise?</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34432 size-large" title="colours in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-209-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Idioms with colours</h2>
<p>To finish off with today&#8217;s topic, let&#8217;s look at two interesting German idioms involving colours.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ins Blaue fahren<br />
</strong><em>to go without a specific plan (literally, &#8220;to go into the blue&#8221;)</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir haben noch keinen genauen Plan, wir fahren einfach ins Blaue.</strong><br />
<em>We don&#8217;t have an exact plan yet, we&#8217;re just going with it / going with the flow.</em></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s another nice idiom involving a colour in German:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der rote Faden<br />
</strong><em>the central theme, the consistent element (literally, &#8220;the red thread&#8221;)</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dieser Geschichte fehlt der rote Faden.<br />
</strong><em>This story lacks a central theme.</em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In conclusion, colours in the German language have a whole range of rules to keep in mind. Some are set: such as when to use a hyphen or a capital letter. Others, like the adjective endings, are still evolving and changing. Traditionally, &#8220;exotic colours&#8221;, when used as an adjective, did not have an adjustable ending like “standard” colours, and had to use a workaround using <strong>-farbigen/-farben</strong>. However, German has changed and is moving towards using the same rules for all colours, meaning an added ending that changes depending on case, number and gender.</span></p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, watch or listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We regularly release new episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> and our podcast feed so that you are notified when the next one is available.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your German? You should know that we regularly send out free, mini German lessons to our Coffee Break German community. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope that you enjoy your first lesson.</p>
<p>In the meantime, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/667a99f083e70f59f7909c99" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/">Using colours in German: when to adjust endings, hyphenate or use capitals</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/using-colours-in-german-when-to-adjust-endings-hyphenate-or-use-capitals/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘Un amico vecchio’ or ‘un vecchio amico’? Understanding Italian adjective placement</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 11:00:33 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34406</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you first started learning Italian, you probably learned that, unlike in English, adjectives come after the noun they describe. However, there is more to Italian adjective placement than meets the eye. In fact, there are various adjectives in Italian that can either be placed after or before the noun, and which change their meaning ... <a title="‘Un amico vecchio’ or ‘un vecchio amico’? Understanding Italian adjective placement" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/" aria-label="More on ‘Un amico vecchio’ or ‘un vecchio amico’? Understanding Italian adjective placement">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/">‘Un amico vecchio’ or ‘un vecchio amico’? Understanding Italian adjective placement</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you first started learning Italian, you probably learned that, unlike in English, adjectives come after the noun they describe. However, there is more to Italian adjective placement than meets the eye.</p>
<p>In fact, there are various adjectives in Italian that can either be placed after or before the noun, and which change their meaning depending on their position.</p>
<p>Italian adjective placement is a topic that many of our Coffee Break Italian learners ask us about, which is why we’ve made it the focus of our latest podcast episode. <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is an audio and video podcast series, in which we take an in-depth look at interesting Italian topics. In this episode, Francesca and Mark discuss Italian adjective placement and, in particular, the specific adjectives in Italian that can go before or after the noun.</p>
<p>We recommend listening to the podcast episode while you read for further explanation and to hear all of the examples read aloud. And don’t forget to download your free worksheet, so that you can practise what you learn in this article.</p>
<h2>Italian adjective placement: the basic rule</h2>
<p>The general rule is that adjectives in Italian come after the noun they describe. This might seem straightforward, but it&#8217;s different from English, where adjectives typically precede the noun. Here are a couple of examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho comprato un cappotto verde.</strong><br />
<em>I bought a green coat.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bolzano è una città italiana.</strong><br />
<em>Bolzano is an Italian city.</em></p>
<p>These sentences illustrate the standard rule of Italian adjective placement. However, as with many rules, there are exceptions and subtleties. Let’s move onto these now.</p>
<h2>Adjectives in Italian that can come before or after the noun</h2>
<p>There are some adjectives in Italian that can either precede or follow the noun, but their meaning changes depending on their position.</p>
<p>Let’s explore some common examples.</p>
<h3>‘alto’ = tall / high</h3>
<p>The basic meaning of the adjective <strong>alto</strong> or <strong>alta</strong> is “tall”. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un funzionario alto</strong><br />
<em>a tall official</em></p>
<p>This phrase tells us that this person is not short (<strong>basso</strong>).</p>
<p>However, <strong>alto/a</strong> can also be placed before the noun it describes. Let’s see what happens when this is the case:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Luigi è un alto funzionario.</strong><br />
<em>Luigi is a high-ranking official.</em></p>
<p>This time, <strong>alto</strong> is used to describe Luigi’s importance or rank, rather than a physical attribute.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">As a general rule, when it comes to Italian adjective placement, if an adjective comes after the noun (as we would usually expect from adjectives in Italian), it carries its basic, more literal meaning. If an adjective comes before the noun, it often carries an alternative, secondary or more figurative meaning.</p>
<h3>‘grande’ = big / great</h3>
<p>When the adjective <strong>grande</strong> comes after a noun, it refers to a person’s physical size. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un poeta grande</strong><br />
<em>a large poet</em></p>
<p>If <strong>grande</strong> comes before a noun, however, it refers to a person’s significance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un grande poeta</strong><br />
<em>a great poet</em></p>
<p>Here, we know that this is an important poet – one who is very good and writes wonderful poetry. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dante fu un grande poeta.</strong><br />
<em>Dante was a great poet.</em></p>
<p>Did you notice the interesting verb <strong>fu</strong> in this example that Francesca used in the episode? <strong>Fu</strong> comes from <strong>essere</strong> in <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2022/08/cbi-3-20-preterite-storie-di-emigrazione/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the past historic or <strong>passato remoto</strong></a>.</p>
<h3>‘vecchio’ = old / long-time</h3>
<p>When <strong>vecchio</strong> or <strong>vecchia</strong> comes after a noun, it refers to a person’s age. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’amica vecchia</strong><br />
<em>an old / elderly friend</em></p>
<p>Just as we saw earlier with <strong>alto/a</strong>, when it comes to Italian adjective placement, an adjective usually carries its basic, literal meaning when it comes after the noun.</p>
<p>However, when <strong>vecchio</strong> or <strong>vecchia</strong> comes before a noun, it carries a slightly different meaning:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Monica è una mia vecchia amica.</strong><br />
<em>Monica is an old friend of mine.</em></p>
<p>Here, <strong>vecchia</strong> tells us that Monica is a friend this person has known for a long time, but she could be very young!</p>
<h3>‘bello’ = beautiful / good</h3>
<p>The next of our adjectives in Italian for this article is <strong>bello</strong> or <strong>bella</strong>.</p>
<p>When it comes after a noun, <strong>bello/a</strong> refers to physical appearance. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una persona bella</strong><br />
<em>a beautiful person</em></p>
<p>When it comes before a noun, however, it describes a more internal beauty. For example, here it could mean that this person is morally good, generous or has a big heart.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una bella persona</strong><br />
<em>a good person</em></p>
<p>Remember that <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2017/07/cbi-2-12-che-belle-scarpe-e-che-bellorologio/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the adjective <strong>bello/a</strong> undergoes spelling changes</a> when it comes before a noun, depending on what comes after it. In fact, it follows the same pattern as the <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">definite articles in Italian</a>.</p>
<p>Note that you may hear <strong>bello/a</strong> coming before the noun, but still referring to physical beauty. In the episode, Francesca explains that it is very instinctive to put <strong>bello/a</strong> before the noun, because of the similarities in sound with the definite article.</p>
<p>For example, you may hear:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una bella ragazza</strong><br />
<em>a beautiful girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un bel ragazzo</strong><br />
<em>a beautiful boy</em></p>
<p>Here, in everyday conversation, the adjective could still be carrying the basic meaning of “beautiful”, as opposed to “good”, but <strong>bello/a</strong> is often used in this way, particularly for extra emphasis.</p>
<h3>‘buono’ = kind / skilled</h3>
<p>Our next adjective is interesting to investigate in terms of Italian adjective placement. When the adjective <strong>buono</strong> or <strong>buona</strong> comes after the noun, it refers to goodness in someone’s personal qualities. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un professore buono</strong><br />
<em>a kind teacher</em></p>
<p>When <strong>buono/a</strong> comes before a noun, however, it refers to ability, skill or competency:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un buon professore</strong><br />
<em>a good / skilled teacher</em></p>
<p>Remember that, like <strong>bello/a</strong>, the adjective <strong>buono/a</strong> undergoes spelling changes depending on what comes after it.</p>
<h3>‘nuovo’ = brand-new / additional</h3>
<p><strong>Nuovo/a</strong> is also an interesting and commonly used example in the context of Italian adjective placement.</p>
<p>When <strong>nuovo/a</strong> is placed after a noun, it refers to something that is “new”, as in newly made, or brand-new. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho comprato un maglione nuovo.</strong><br />
<em>I bought a new jumper / sweater.</em></p>
<p>However, in the next example, the jumper could be second-hand:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hai comprato un nuovo maglione?</strong><br />
<em>Have you bought a new jumper / sweater?</em></p>
<p>When<strong> nuovo/a</strong> comes before the noun, it simply means that it is new to the person or owner, and it is often translated as “another”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34408 size-large" title="Italian adjective placement" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-209-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-209-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-209-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-209-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-209.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>That’s it for today’s look at Italian adjective placement and, in particular, the specific adjectives in Italian that change their meaning depending on their position.</p>
<p>Understanding these nuances can seem daunting at first, but don’t let it discourage you. As you read and listen to Italian, notice how native speakers use Italian adjective placement, and try to guess the subtle meanings as a result of this. With time and practice, it will start to feel more intuitive.</p>
<p>For a more detailed explanation of Italian adjective placement, you can watch or listen to the podcast episode with Francesca and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. And by subscribing to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> while you’re there, you’ll be notified when we release our next episode.</p>
<p>In the meantime, for more help with your Italian, you can sign up for our free email lessons, which we send out to Italian learners on a regular basis. Look out for the sign-up box and we hope that you enjoy them.</p>
<p>So, next time you meet someone new or describe something in Italian, think about your Italian adjective placement. Is it <strong>un amico vecchio</strong> or<strong> un vecchio amico</strong>? The difference is subtle, but sometimes important!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f2a4ec55c700123d251a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/">‘Un amico vecchio’ or ‘un vecchio amico’? Understanding Italian adjective placement</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-amico-vecchio-or-un-vecchio-amico-understanding-italian-adjective-placement/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to form and use superlatives in French</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 14:09:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34367</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Superlatives in French are essential for expressing the highest or lowest degree of a quality. Whether you are comparing adjectives, adverbs, verbs, or nouns, understanding the rules and exceptions will considerably help you sound more natural. In this episode of The Coffee Break French Show, Max and Pierre-Benoît take a closer look into the world ... <a title="How to form and use superlatives in French" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/" aria-label="More on How to form and use superlatives in French">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/">How to form and use superlatives in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Superlatives in French are essential for expressing the highest or lowest degree of a quality. Whether you are comparing adjectives, adverbs, verbs, or nouns, understanding the rules and exceptions will considerably help you sound more natural.</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, Max and Pierre-Benoît take a closer look into the world of superlatives in French. We’ll explore various structures and uses, providing clear examples and highlighting key exceptions and specific rules. <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series designed to break down complex French language topics into engaging, bite-sized conversations.</p>
<p>Continue reading to enhance your understanding of superlatives in French, and listen along to the podcast episode to hear the pronunciation and usage in context. Don’t forget to check out the free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>The basics</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with the basics:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus<br />
</strong><em>the most</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le moins<br />
</strong><em>the least</em></p>
<h2>With adjectives</h2>
<p>To say that something is &#8220;the most&#8221; something, you need the definite article (<strong>le</strong>, <strong>la</strong> or <strong>les</strong>), followed by the word <strong>plus</strong> and the adjective. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus cher<br />
</strong><em>the most expensive (masculine)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la plus chère</strong><br />
<em>the most expensive (feminine)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les plus chers / chères</strong><br />
<em>the most expensive (plural, masculine / feminine)</em></p>
<p>The structure is very similar to say &#8220;the least&#8221; something. We use <strong>le</strong>, <strong>la</strong> or <strong>les</strong>, followed by <strong>moins</strong> and the adjective.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le moins cher</strong><br />
<em>the least expensive (masculine)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la moins chère</strong><br />
<em>the least expensive (feminine)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les moins chers / chères</strong><br />
<em>the least expensive (plural, masculine / feminine)</em></p>
<p>Further examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus beau / le plus sérieux</strong><br />
<em>the most handsome / the most serious (m)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la plus belle / la plus sérieuse</strong><br />
<em>the most beautiful / the most serious (f)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les plus beaux / les plus sérieux</strong><br />
<em>the most handsome / the most serious (plural, m)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les plus belles / les plus sérieuses</strong><br />
<em>the most beautiful / the most serious (plural, f)</em></p>
<p>When it comes to the pronunciation of <strong>plus</strong> and <strong>moins</strong>, the final <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s</strong> is normally kept silent, although you may occasionally find people from specific regions who choose to pronounce the final <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s</strong>.</p>
<p>However, if the adjective starts with a vowel, you then have to make a <strong>z</strong> sound liaison between <strong>plus / moins</strong> and the adjective.</p>
<h3><strong>With &#8216;bon&#8217; &amp; &#8216;mauvais&#8217;</strong></h3>
<p>The superlative forms of the adjectives <strong>bon / bonne</strong> (&#8220;good&#8221;) and<strong> mauvais / mauvaise </strong>(&#8220;bad&#8221;) are irregular.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le meilleur / la meilleure / les meilleurs / les meilleures<br />
</strong><em>the best (m singular / f singular / m plural / f plural)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le pire / la pire / les pires<br />
</strong><em>the worst (m singular / f singular / m &amp; f plural)</em></p>
<h3><strong>With &#8216;petit&#8217;</strong></h3>
<p><strong>Petit / petite</strong> is an interesting word. It means &#8220;small&#8221; and it can be in the sense of size, but also in the sense of significance. And the way to form the superlative of <strong>petit</strong> is different depending on its meaning.</p>
<p>Size or measurement:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le / la / les plus petit(e/s)<br />
</strong><em>the smallest, the shortest</em></p>
<p>Value or importance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le moindre problème / souci<br />
</strong><em>the slightest problem / worry</em></p>
<p>As you can see with the examples, <strong>le plus petit, la plus petite, les plus petits</strong> and<strong> les plus petites</strong> are the correct ways to translate &#8220;the smallest&#8221; or &#8220;the shortest&#8221; when referring to size or measurement. When <strong>petit</strong> is about importance / significance, then you have to use <strong>le moindre, la moindre, les moindres</strong>.</p>
<h2>With adverbs</h2>
<p>It is also possible to use superlatives in French with adverbs. The structure is very similar and all you need is <strong>le</strong> followed by <strong>plus</strong> or <strong>moins</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus / moins sérieusement</strong><br />
<em>the most / least seriously</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus rapidement / vite</strong><br />
<em>the fastest, the quickest</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus tôt / tard<br />
</strong><em>the earliest / latest</em></p>
<p>Remember, adverbs are not gendered. This means that even if the subject is feminine, there is no agreement. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>  C’est elle qui court le plus rapidement.</strong><br />
<em>It is she who runs the fastest.</em></p>
<h3>With &#8216;bien&#8217; &amp; &#8216;mal&#8217;</h3>
<p>We saw earlier that &#8220;good&#8221; and &#8220;bad&#8221; (<strong>bon</strong> and <strong>mauvais</strong>) follow a different rule than other adjectives when using superlatives in French. Similarly, the adverb <strong>bien</strong> (&#8220;well&#8221;) also follows a different rule.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est moi qui chante le mieux.<br />
</strong> <em>I’m the one who sings best.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est elle qui chante le plus mal.</strong><br />
<em>She is the one who sings the worst.</em></p>
<p>As you can see from the examples, the superlative of <strong>bien</strong> is <strong>le mieux</strong>. The superlative of <strong>mal</strong> is<strong> le plus mal</strong>. Again, there is no feminine or plural version.</p>
<h2>With verbs</h2>
<p>Superlatives in French with verbs follow the same structure. Consider these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>parler le plus<br />
</strong><em>to speak the most</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>travailler le moins<br />
</strong><em>to work the least</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>Interestingly, the final <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s</strong> in <strong>plus</strong> is normally pronounced. Regarding <strong>moins</strong>, the final <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s </strong>is usually not pronounced. However, it is pronounced in some regions of France, so don’t be alarmed if you hear different pronunciations!</p>
<h2>With nouns</h2>
<p>Having looked at adjectives, adverbs and verbs, let’s now look at examples of superlatives in French with nouns:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le jour où il y a le plus / le moins de monde</strong><br />
<em>the day when there are the most / least people</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le jour où il y a le plus de soleil</strong><br />
<em>the day with the most sun</em></p>
<p>Remember, when <strong>de</strong> is followed by a noun starting with a vowel, it becomes <strong>d’</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus d’énergie / d’argent</strong><br />
<em>the most energy / money</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le moins d’énergie / d’argent</strong><br />
<em>the least energy / money</em></p>
<h2>Other things to consider</h2>
<p>If the superlative is placed after the noun, the article needs to be repeated, which is quite different from English. <strong>Regardons ces exemples :</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le plus beau village de France</strong><br />
<em>the most beautiful village in France</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le village le plus beau de France</strong><br />
<em>the village that is the most beautiful in France</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la plus belle ville de France<br />
</strong><em>the most beautiful city in France</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la ville la plus belle de France<br />
</strong><em>the city that is the most beautiful in France</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la plus chère voiture électrique</strong><br />
<em>the most expensive electric car</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la voiture électrique la plus chère<br />
</strong><em>t</em><em>he electric car that is the most expensive</em></p>
<h2>Testing examples</h2>
<p>Now, let’s put your newfound knowledge to the test! Here are three sentences in English; your challenge is to translate them into French. Remember to try to identify whether the superlatives involve an adjective, a verb, an adverb or a noun! You can find the answers at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>It’s Mary who is the tallest.</em></li>
<li><em>It’s John who has the most energy.</em></li>
<li><em>She sings the best and she is the best singer.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34445 size-large" title="superlatives in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-209-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-209-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-209-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-209-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-209.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Understanding superlatives in French, including their structure and usage with different parts of speech, is crucial for expressing extremes and comparisons effectively. Practising these superlatives in various contexts will help you become more fluent and accurate in your French communication. Additionally, knowing the difference between <strong>mieux</strong> vs. <strong>meilleur</strong> is key to mastering comparatives and superlatives in French.</p>
<p>Don’t forget to listen to our podcast episode on superlatives in French with Max and Pierre-Benoît on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. And make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> to stay updated with new lessons and episodes.</p>
<p>Additionally, you can sign up for our email lessons to receive regular updates and learning materials directly to your inbox. Look out for the sign-up box to start receiving more insights and practice materials.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><strong>C’est Mary qui est la plus grande.</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><strong>C’est John qui a le plus d’énergie.</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><strong>Elle chante le mieux et elle est la meilleure chanteuse.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/669e33def31c8276937079d1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/">How to form and use superlatives in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-form-and-use-superlatives-in-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The subjunctive in Spanish: all you need to know to start using it</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 11:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34365</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning Spanish can be both exciting and challenging, especially when you encounter the subjunctive mood. If you&#8217;re wondering, &#8220;what is the subjunctive in Spanish?&#8221; or &#8220;when to use subjunctive in Spanish?&#8221;, you&#8217;re in the right place. This article will guide you through understanding and using the subjunctive in Spanish, focusing on present subjunctive conjugation and ... <a title="The subjunctive in Spanish: all you need to know to start using it" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/" aria-label="More on The subjunctive in Spanish: all you need to know to start using it">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/">The subjunctive in Spanish: all you need to know to start using it</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Learning Spanish can be both exciting and challenging, especially when you encounter the subjunctive mood. If you&#8217;re wondering, &#8220;what is the subjunctive in Spanish?&#8221; or &#8220;when to use subjunctive in Spanish?&#8221;, you&#8217;re in the right place.</p>
<p>This article will guide you through understanding and using the subjunctive in Spanish, focusing on present subjunctive conjugation and common triggers.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In the latest episode, Anabel and Mark introduce the present subjunctive, showing how the regular verbs are conjugated and some common triggers.</p>
<p>Listen along to the audio episode, or watch the video version while you read this article. Once you reach the end, don’t miss your free worksheet which you can download to put what you’ve learned to the test. <strong>¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>What is the subjunctive in Spanish?</h2>
<p>The subjunctive is a mood in Spanish.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Unlike tenses, which tell us when something happens, a mood shows how the speaker feels about the action.</p>
<p>The important thing with the subjunctive in Spanish is not what we are saying but how we are saying it.</p>
<p>This mood is used to express wishes, probabilities, possibilities, prohibitions, orders, or doubts.</p>
<h2>How to conjugate the present subjunctive in Spanish</h2>
<p>To form the present subjunctive, you&#8217;ll need to follow these steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Conjugate the present indicative first person singular (<strong>yo</strong> form) of the verb.</li>
<li>Take away the<strong> -o</strong>.</li>
<li>Add the endings according to whether it is an <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>AR</strong>, <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>ER</strong> or <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>IR</strong> type of verb.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s look at the specific endings, along with an example.</p>
<h3>-AR verbs</h3>
<p>The present subjunctive endings for the <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>AR</strong> verbs are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>-e</strong><br />
<strong>-es</strong><br />
<strong>-e</strong><br />
<strong>-emos</strong><br />
<strong>-éis</strong><br />
<strong>-en</strong></p>
<p>Now, let’s use the verb <strong>hablar</strong> (&#8220;to talk&#8221;) to illustrate this.</p>
<ol>
<li>Present indicative of the <strong>yo </strong>form: <strong>hablo</strong>.</li>
<li>Remove the <strong>-o</strong>: <strong>habl-</strong>.</li>
<li>Add the subjunctive endings: <strong>hable, hables, hable, hablemos, habléis, hablen</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>-ER &amp; -IR verbs</h3>
<p>The present subjunctive endings for the <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>ER</strong> and <strong>-IR</strong> verbs are the same and are as follows:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>-a</strong><br />
<strong>-as</strong><br />
<strong>-a</strong><br />
<strong>-amos</strong><br />
<strong>-áis</strong><br />
<strong>-an</strong></p>
<p>Let’s take an irregular verb in the present indicative like <strong>salir</strong> (&#8220;to leave&#8221;) to see how it is conjugated in the subjunctive mood.</p>
<ol>
<li>Conjugate the present indicative of the <strong>yo </strong>form: <strong>salgo</strong>.</li>
<li>Remove the <strong>-o</strong>: <strong>salg-</strong>.</li>
<li>Add the subjunctive endings: <strong>salga, salgas, salga, salgamos, salgáis, salgan</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you’d like further explanation and more practice of <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2011/04/lesson-78-coffee-break-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the conjugation of the present subjunctive in Spanish</a>, you can listen to this episode of Coffee Break Spanish. <strong>La práctica hace al maestro </strong>(&#8220;practice makes perfect!&#8221;).</p>
<h2>A summary of how to conjugate present subjunctive</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34388 size-large" title="how to make a subjunctive sentence in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34389 size-large" title="subjunctive in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-208-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>As you can see, the endings of the subjunctive are very similar to the present indicative. Actually, what we have done is swap the vowels, so we use <strong>E</strong> in the <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>AR</strong> verbs and <strong>A</strong> in the <strong>-ER</strong> and <strong>-IR</strong> verbs. <strong>Mira</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>comer</strong> (indicative): <strong>como, comes, come, comemos, coméis, comen</strong><br />
<strong>comer</strong> (subjunctive): <strong>coma, comas, coma, comamos, comáis, coman</strong></p>
<h2>When to use subjunctive in Spanish</h2>
<p>The subjunctive in Spanish needs to be triggered by specific expressions or contexts. For today&#8217;s lesson, we&#8217;ll focus on expressions that trigger the subjunctive. These expressions often convey wishes, doubts, or uncertainty.</p>
<h3>Common triggers for the subjunctive</h3>
<p>Here are some common expressions that trigger the subjunctive:</p>
<h4>Ojalá</h4>
<p><strong>Ojalá</strong> is a very useful adverb that can be translated as &#8220;I hope&#8221;. It is used to express a wish, and as Mark says in the episode, it’s the idea of “fingers crossed”, when hoping that something happens. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Ojalá mañana salga el sol!</strong><br />
<em>I hope the sun comes out tomorrow!</em></p>
<h4>Quizás</h4>
<p><strong>Quizás</strong> means &#8220;perhaps&#8221; or &#8220;maybe&#8221; and it is used to express possibility or probability. An interesting point to note is that this word can be used as <strong>quizás</strong> and <strong>quizá </strong>– they are interchangeable! Let’s see now how it works in an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quizás mañana hable con mi madre.</strong><br />
<em>Maybe tomorrow I will speak to my mum.</em></p>
<p>Another thing that we must keep in mind is that <strong>quizá/quizás</strong> triggers the indicative and the subjunctive. Using one or the other changes the meaning subtly. Note this difference in probability in the following sentences.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quizás vaya.</strong><br />
<em>Maybe I will go (but this is unlikely to happen).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quizás voy.</strong><br />
<em>Maybe I will go (and it is likely to happen, so count me in).</em></p>
<h2>Practice makes perfect</h2>
<p>Let’s put this into practice with some translation exercises. Try translating these sentences from English into Spanish. Remember that we are trying to use the triggers covered in the episode. You’ll find the suggested translations at the end of this article.<strong> ¡Mucha suerte!</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><em>I hope I can go on holiday this summer.</em></li>
<li><em>Perhaps they will arrive a bit late.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Remember, the key to mastering the subjunctive in Spanish is practice. Keep using these expressions and conjugations in your sentences, and soon it will become second nature.</p>
<p><strong>¡Y hasta aquí esta introducción al subjuntivo en español!</strong> We hope you now feel more comfortable knowing how to form the subjunctive in Spanish and how to use some of its triggers, like <strong>ojalá</strong> and <strong>quizás</strong>.</p>
<p>If you found this article useful, why not listen to the full episode with Anabel and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>? For more episodes for Spanish learners, make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>As well as this, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your Spanish. You will also receive language-learning tips and tricks from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Understanding the subjunctive in Spanish is a crucial step in your language-learning journey. By recognising triggers and practising the conjugation, you&#8217;ll soon feel more confident in using this mood. If you’d like to include more subjunctive in your daily conversation, you may find this video interesting, in which Mark and Marina explain <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GOEmQxe_32Q" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to use <strong>quisiera</strong> in Spanish</a>.</p>
<p>Whether you&#8217;re expressing wishes, doubts, or possibilities, knowing how to make a subjunctive sentence in Spanish will enhance your communication skills and deepen your understanding of the language. <strong>Mucho ánimo usando el subjuntivo</strong>, and, as always,</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Ojalá pueda ir de vacaciones este verano.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Quizás lleguen un poco tarde.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/668e3b1761207d3581722f9c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/">The subjunctive in Spanish: all you need to know to start using it</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The imperative in German: how to make suggestions and give commands</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jul 2024 11:00:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34288</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we’ll explore key verbs and their imperative forms, distinguishing between when you’re addressing one person or multiple people, and depending on whether or not you’re part of the group.   The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series in which we discuss useful and tricky topics for anyone learning German. In the ... <a title="The imperative in German: how to make suggestions and give commands" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/" aria-label="More on The imperative in German: how to make suggestions and give commands">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/">The imperative in German: how to make suggestions and give commands</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this article, we’ll explore key verbs and their imperative forms, distinguishing between when you’re addressing one person or multiple people, and depending on whether or not you’re part of the group.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series in which we discuss useful and tricky topics for anyone learning German. In the most recent episode, Mark and Thomas explain how to construct the imperative forms of verbs in order to make suggestions and give commands in German.</p>
<p>We recommend listening to the podcast as you read this article, and make sure to download your free worksheet at the end to put your knowledge to the test.</p>
<p>So, are you ready to learn more about the imperative in German?</p>
<p>Then, keep reading this post!</p>
<h2>Using &#8216;lassen&#8217; in the imperative for suggestions</h2>
<p>The verb <strong>lassen</strong> is commonly used when you’re part of the group. It’s perfect for making inclusive suggestions.</p>
<p>If referring to yourself + one more person, the imperative informal singular form of <strong>lassen </strong>(<strong>lass</strong>) is used. If you are making a suggestion for you + two or more people, the imperative informal plural form of <strong>lassen</strong> (<strong>lasst</strong>) is used. You will find out how to create these verb forms in just a second.</p>
<p>Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lass uns anfangen.<br />
</strong><em>Let’s get started.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lass uns spazieren gehen.</strong><br />
<em>Let’s go for a walk.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lass uns einen Kaffee trinken gehen.</strong><br />
<em>Let’s go have a coffee.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lasst uns eine Pause machen.</strong><br />
<em>Let’s (all) take a break.</em></p>
<h2>The imperative forms</h2>
<p>When giving commands and you are not part of the group, you’ll use the imperative. The German imperative form can vary based on the formality and number of people you’re addressing. There are three imperative forms:</p>
<ul>
<li>informal singular</li>
<li>informal plural</li>
<li>formal</li>
</ul>
<h3>Informal singular: &#8216;du&#8217;</h3>
<p>For the informal singular imperative in German, you drop the <strong>-st</strong> ending from the second person singular form &#8211; the <strong>du</strong> form of the verb. Let&#8217;s see some examples of verbs in the <strong>du </strong>form of the present tense, followed by an imperative example, in order to compare.</p>
<p><strong>sagen</strong> (&#8220;to say&#8221;):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du sagst<br />
</strong><em>you say</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sag bitte etwas.<br />
</strong><em>Please say something.</em></p>
<p><strong>helfen</strong> (&#8220;to help&#8221;):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du hilfst</strong><br />
<em>you help</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hilf mir!<br />
</strong><em>Help me!</em></p>
<p>Note the vowel change in both of these forms of the verb.</p>
<p><strong>schlafen</strong> (&#8220;to sleep&#8221;):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du schläfst<br />
</strong><em>you sleep</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Schlaf gut.<br />
</strong><em>Sleep well.</em></p>
<p>Note that there is an umlaut in the present tense form of the verb, but not in the imperative form.</p>
<p><strong>warten</strong> (&#8220;to wait&#8221;):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du wartest<br />
</strong><em>you wait</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>Note that there is an <strong>-e-</strong> added before the <strong>-st</strong>, because the stem ends in <strong>-d</strong> or <strong>-t</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Warte auf mich!<br />
</strong><em>Wait for me!</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Warte nicht auf mich!<br />
</strong><em>Don’t wait for me!</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<h3>Informal plural: &#8216;ihr&#8217;</h3>
<p>For the informal plural imperative in German, we simply use the <strong>ihr </strong>form without the pronoun (<strong>ihr</strong>). Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Stellt die Kisten in die Garage.</strong><br />
<em>Put the boxes in the garage.</em></p>
<p>To make commands more polite, add <strong>bitte</strong> (&#8220;please&#8221;), which can be placed anywhere in the sentence.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Stellt bitte die Kisten in die Garage.</strong><br />
<em>Please put the boxes in the garage.</em></p>
<h3>Formal: &#8216;Sie&#8217;</h3>
<p>For formal commands in the imperative in German, use the infinitive form followed by <strong>Sie</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Warten Sie bitte einen Moment.<br />
</strong><em>Please wait a moment.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nehmen Sie bitte Platz.<br />
</strong><em>Please take a seat.</em></p>
<h2>Using the &#8220;we&#8221; form of the imperative in German</h2>
<p>When you are part of the group and addressing one or more people, we have seen that we can use <strong>lassen</strong> (in the imperative) plus the main verb. However, another option is to use the &#8220;we&#8221; form of the imperative of the main verb.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Fangen wir an!<br />
</strong><em>Let’s start!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Gehen wir spazieren.<br />
</strong><em>Let’s go for a walk.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Gehen wir schwimmen.<br />
</strong><em>Let’s go swimming.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34323 size-large" title="imperative in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-208-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-208-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-208-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-208-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-208.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Practising German commands</h2>
<p>To practise what you&#8217;ve learned, try translating these sentences using the German imperative form. You can check your answers at the end of the blog post.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>Let’s go to the beach.</em></li>
<li><em>Answer my question. (plural)</em></li>
<li><em>Please do not touch the picture. (formal)</em></li>
<li><em>Let’s watch a movie.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>For more practice like this, look out for the button to download your free worksheet.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Getting to grips with the imperative form will help you make suggestions and give commands effectively in German. Practise using these examples and soon it will become second nature.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Lass uns an den Strand fahren. / Fahren wir an den Strand.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Beantwortet meine Frage.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Bitte berühren Sie das Bild nicht. / Berühren Sie das Bild bitte nicht.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Lass uns einen Film anschauen. / Schauen wir einen Film an.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/667a99a63834c21e8f1b4363" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/">The imperative in German: how to make suggestions and give commands</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-imperative-in-german-how-to-make-suggestions-and-give-commands/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>UN’ or UN? Indefinite articles in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2024 11:30:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34383</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use un’, with the apostrophe, and when to use un, without the apostrophe? Un’ and un are both indefinite articles in Italian, and they’re easy to get mixed up if you’re a learner of the language. This is why it’s the topic of our latest episode of The Coffee Break ... <a title="UN’ or UN? Indefinite articles in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/" aria-label="More on UN’ or UN? Indefinite articles in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/">UN’ or UN? Indefinite articles in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>un’</strong>, with the apostrophe, and when to use <strong>un</strong>, without the apostrophe? <strong>Un’</strong> and <strong>un</strong> are both indefinite articles in Italian, and they’re easy to get mixed up if you’re a learner of the language.</p>
<p>This is why it’s the topic of our latest episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, which is a podcast series in which we discuss and explain interesting and tricky topics for Italian learners. Join Francesca and Maurizio in this episode to learn the difference between <strong>un’</strong> and <strong>un</strong> in Italian.</p>
<p>We recommend listening to the podcast episode while you read, and don’t forget to download your free worksheet at the end, to help you practise what you learn.</p>
<p><strong>Iniziamo!</strong></p>
<h2>Understanding indefinite articles in Italian</h2>
<p>Before we get into the difference between <strong>un’</strong> and<strong> un</strong>, let’s start with a quick reminder of what we mean by indefinite articles in Italian.</p>
<p>Indefinite articles are used to refer to unspecified, or non-specific nouns.</p>
<p>In English, the indefinite articles are “a” and “an”. In Italian, there are different indefinite articles, depending on the gender and number of the noun they refer to.</p>
<p>In this article, we are focusing on two of the indefinite articles in Italian: <strong>un’</strong> and <strong>un</strong>.</p>
<h2>What’s the difference between UN’ and UN in Italian?</h2>
<p><strong>Un’</strong> and<strong> un</strong> are easily mixed up by Italian learners in writing because the pronunciation is identical.</p>
<p>If you find the difference between <strong>un’</strong> and<strong> un</strong> tricky to understand, don’t worry, as native speakers also mix them up from time to time. But this article will help you to understand the difference.</p>
<h3>When to use UN</h3>
<p><strong>Un</strong> is the indefinite article that is used with most masculine singular nouns in Italian. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un fratello</strong><br />
<em>a brother</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un problema</strong><br />
<em>a problem</em></p>
<p>The noun <strong>problema</strong> is an interesting one. As it ends in<strong> -a</strong>, <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">you may think that it would be a feminine noun, but it is actually a masculine noun</a>.</p>
<p>The indefinite article <strong>un</strong> is also used with masculine singular nouns that start with a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un amico</strong><br />
<em>a (male) friend</em></p>
<p>However, remember that <strong>un</strong> is not the only masculine Italian indefinite article. We also have <strong>uno</strong>, which is used with masculine singular nouns that begin with certain consonants or combinations of sounds, specifically: <strong>s</strong>+consonant, <strong>z</strong>, <strong>x</strong>, <strong>y</strong>, <strong>gn</strong>, <strong>ps</strong>, <strong>pn</strong>. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>uno studente</strong><br />
<em>a student</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>uno zaino</strong><br />
<em>a backpack</em></p>
<p>These are the nouns that are used with <strong>lo</strong>, when it comes to <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">definite articles in Italian</a> (the words for “the”).</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Remember: <strong>un</strong> is never used with feminine nouns.</p>
<h3>When to use UN’</h3>
<p><strong>Un’</strong> is used before some feminine singular nouns in Italian.</p>
<p>The indefinite article that is used before most feminine singular nouns is <strong>una</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una casa</strong><br />
<em>a house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una ragazza</strong><br />
<em>a girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una mela</strong><br />
<em>an apple</em></p>
<p>However, when a feminine singular noun starts with a vowel, the apostrophe replaces the <strong>-a</strong> in <strong>una</strong> to give us <strong>un’</strong> and therefore make the pronunciation smoother. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’amica</strong><br />
<em>a (female) friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’ape</strong><br />
<em>a bee</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’emozione</strong><br />
<em>an emotion</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’isola</strong><br />
<em>an island</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’ombra</strong><br />
<em>a shadow</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un’unghia</strong><br />
<em>a (finger/toe)nail</em></p>
<p>So, we drop the<strong> -a</strong> from the end of <strong>una</strong>, and add the apostrophe to remind us that it would be there.</p>
<p>In the episode, Maurizio and Francesca mention their interesting way of remembering why the apostrophe is there. Make sure to watch the video or listen to the podcast episode to hear why they like to think of the apostrophe as a teardrop!</p>
<h2>A common mistake for Italian learners: UN’ or UN?</h2>
<p>When it comes to indefinite articles in Italian, one mistake that is commonly made by both Italian learners and native speakers is using <strong>un’</strong> with masculine nouns that start with a vowel, which is never correct. Masculine nouns starting with vowels still use <strong>un</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un amico<br />
</strong> <em> a (male) friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un uomo</strong><br />
<em> a man</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">Remember: <strong>un’</strong> is never used with masculine nouns.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34385 size-large" title="indefinite articles in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-208-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-208-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-208-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-208-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-208.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Practising indefinite articles in Italian: UN’ vs. UN</h2>
<p>It’s time to consolidate what you’ve learned about indefinite articles in Italian – in particular, <strong>un’</strong> and <strong>un</strong>. Choose the correct indefinite article for each noun listed below. When you’re ready, you will find the answers at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li>__ <strong>azione</strong> (“action”)</li>
<li>__ <strong>attore</strong> (“actor”)</li>
<li>__ <strong>uovo</strong> (“egg”)</li>
<li>__ <strong>oca</strong> (“goose”)</li>
<li>__ <strong>arancia</strong> (“orange”)</li>
<li>__ <strong>arancio</strong> (“orange tree”)</li>
</ol>
<p>We hope you’ve enjoyed learning about the difference between <strong>un’</strong> and<strong> un</strong> – two of the indefinite articles in Italian.</p>
<p>Remember: by paying attention to the gender of the noun and the letter it begins with, you&#8217;ll be able to choose the correct indefinite article in Italian more confidently.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, watch the video lesson with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, or you can listen to the podcast version wherever you get your podcasts. While you’re there, don’t forget to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> so that you are notified whenever there is something new from Coffee Break Italian.</p>
<p>And for more help with your language skills, you can sign up for regular, free email lessons, which we send out to our Coffee Break community of Italian learners. Look out for the sign-up box below.</p>
<p>In the meantime, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the fill-in-the-gap challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>un&#8217;azione</strong> (feminine noun starting with a vowel)</li>
<li><strong>un attore</strong> (masculine noun)</li>
<li><strong>un uovo</strong> (masculine noun)</li>
<li><strong>un’oca</strong> (feminine noun starting with a vowel)</li>
<li><strong>un’arancia</strong> (feminine noun starting with a vowel)</li>
<li><strong>un arancio</strong> (masculine noun)</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f25a04f9df00128adf9b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/">UN’ or UN? Indefinite articles in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/un-or-un-indefinite-articles-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>French liaison rules: when not to make the liaison</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2024 14:30:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34363</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Liaisons in French are essential for fluent and natural speech. However, some liaisons are forbidden and sound particularly unnatural to native speakers. In this article, we&#8217;ll take a closer look at French liaison rules – in particular, identifying when liaisons should not be made. What is a liaison? The word &#8220;liaison&#8221; refers to the linking ... <a title="French liaison rules: when not to make the liaison" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/" aria-label="More on French liaison rules: when not to make the liaison">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/">French liaison rules: when not to make the liaison</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Liaisons in French are essential for fluent and natural speech. However, some liaisons are forbidden and sound particularly unnatural to native speakers. In this article, we&#8217;ll take a closer look at French liaison rules – in particular, identifying when liaisons should not be made.</p>
<p>What is a liaison? The word &#8220;liaison&#8221; refers to the linking of the final consonant of one word to the initial vowel of the next.</p>
<p>When not to make the liaison can be a tricky topic for French learners, which is why it is the focus of our latest episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show – </em>a podcast series in which we explore and explain interesting French language topics. Join Max and Mark in this episode, who will help you avoid common mistakes and sound more natural in your French conversations by following proper French liaison rules.</p>
<p>Listen along to the podcast episode as you read this article, so that you can hear all of the words and phrases spoken out loud. And once you reach the end, look out for your free worksheet download, which will allow you to put your knowledge to the test.</p>
<p><strong>C&#8217;est parti !</strong></p>
<h2>H-words: &#8216;h aspiré&#8217; vs. &#8216;h muet&#8217;</h2>
<p>When it comes to French liaison rules, some words beginning with <strong>h-</strong> block liaisons, while others do not. This depends on whether the <strong>h-</strong> is <strong>aspiré</strong> (aspirated) or <strong>muet</strong> (silent).</p>
<h3>H aspiré: no liaison occurs</h3>
<p>For words that start with <strong>h aspiré</strong>, the <strong>h-</strong> acts like a consonant. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un hibou</strong><br />
<em>an owl</em><br />
no liaison</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un hérisson</strong><br />
<em>a hedgehog<br />
</em>no liaison</p>
<h3>H muet: liaison is compulsory</h3>
<p>For words that start with <strong>h muet</strong>, the <strong>h-</strong> is silent and treated as if the word starts with a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>deux hommes</strong><br />
<em>two men<br />
</em>liaison occurs, pronounced as <strong>deux (z)hommes</strong></p>
<h2>No liaison after &#8216;et&#8217;</h2>
<p>One of the crucial French liaison rules (and also an easy one to apply) is that there is never a liaison after the conjunction <strong>et</strong> (&#8220;and&#8221;). Let&#8217;s look at an example.<br />
<del></del></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vincent et Anne vont au cinéma.</strong><em><br />
Vincent and Anne are going to the cinema.</em></p>
<p>In this sentence, making the liaison between <strong>et </strong>and <strong>Anne </strong>(<strong>et (t)Anne</strong>) is incorrect and would sound unnatural to a native French speaker.</p>
<h2>Subject (if not a pronoun) + verb</h2>
<p>When the subject is not a pronoun, no liaison occurs between the subject and the verb. Let&#8217;s see some examples.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le chien aboie.</strong><br />
<em>The dog barks</em><em>.</em></p>
<p>Here, there should be no liaison between <strong>chien </strong>and <strong>aboie </strong>(<strong>chien (n)aboie</strong>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quelqu’un a du café ?</strong><br />
<em>Does someone have coffee?</em></p>
<p>Similarly, a liaison between <strong>quelqu’un </strong>and <strong>a</strong> (<strong>quelqu’un (n)a</strong>) would be incorrect and sound unnatural here.</p>
<h2>After &#8216;combien&#8217; and &#8216;comment&#8217;</h2>
<p>Another one of our French liaison rules is that there is no liaison after the adverbs <strong>combien</strong> (&#8220;how much&#8221;) and <strong>comment</strong> (&#8220;how&#8221;).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Comment a-t-il pris la nouvelle ?</strong><br />
<em>How did he take the news?</em></p>
<p>In this example, there should be no liaison between <strong>comment </strong>and <strong>a </strong>(<strong>c</strong><strong>omment (t)a</strong>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Combien avons-nous de livres ?</strong><br />
<em>How many books do we have?</em></p>
<p>Likewise, a liaison between <strong>combien </strong>and <strong>avons</strong> (<strong>combien (n)avons</strong>) should also be avoided here.</p>
<h2>After long adverbs ending in &#8216;-t&#8217;</h2>
<p>Long adverbs ending in <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>t</strong> do not link to the following word with a liaison. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il est immédiatement intervenu.</strong><br />
<em>He immediately spoke out.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il est vraiment intelligent.</strong><br />
<em>He is very smart.</em></p>
<h2>After the verb</h2>
<p>When it comes to French liaison rules, no liaison occurs after the verb when followed by a noun or pronoun. Let&#8217;s look at some more examples.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il apprend une leçon.</strong><br />
<em>He is learning a lesson.</em></p>
<p>There should be no liaison between <strong>apprend </strong>and <strong>une</strong> (<strong>apprend (t)une</strong>) in this sentence.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mark boit un café.</strong><br />
<em>Mark is drinking a coffee.</em></p>
<p>Similarly, <strong>boit (t)un</strong>, with the liaison between <strong>boit </strong>and <strong>un </strong>would not be correct.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Elle part en vacances.</strong><br />
<em>She is going on holiday.</em></p>
<p>In this sentence, too, a liaison between <strong>part </strong>and <strong>en </strong>(<strong>part (t)en</strong>) would be incorrect.</p>
<h2>After a first name</h2>
<p>No liaison occurs after a first name. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pierre-Benoît est en France.</strong><br />
<em>Pierre-Benoît is in France.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vincent a une belle voiture.</strong><br />
<em>Vincent has a beautiful car.</em></p>
<h2>Optional liaisons</h2>
<p>In most other cases, liaisons are optional and depend on the formality of the situation or personal speaking style. You can learn more about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">when to make the liaison in French</a> in another episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>.</p>
<h2>Recap of forbidden liaisons in French</h2>
<p>Understanding forbidden liaisons is crucial for mastering French liaison rules. Let&#8217;s summarise with our example sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le chien aboie.</strong><br />
<em>The dog barks.</em><br />
Incorrect:<strong> Le chien (n)aboie.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quelqu’un a du café ?</strong><br />
<em>Does someone have coffee?</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Quelqu’un (n)a du café ?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Comment a-t-il pris la nouvelle ?</strong><br />
<em>How did he take the news?</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Comment (t)a-t-il pris la nouvelle ?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Combien avons-nous de livres ?</strong><br />
<em>How many books do we have?</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Combien (n)avons-nous de livres ?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il apprend une leçon.</strong><br />
<em>He is learning a lesson.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Il apprend (t)une leçon.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Elle boit un thé.</strong><br />
<em>She is drinking tea.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Elle boit (t)un thé.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Elle part en vacances.</strong><br />
<em>She is going on holiday.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Elle part (t)en vacances.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vincent et Anne vont au cinéma.</strong><br />
<em>Vincent and Anne are going to the cinema.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Vincent et (t)Anne vont au cinéma.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pierre-Benoît est en France.</strong><br />
<em>Pierre-Benoît is in France.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Pierre-Benoît (t)est en France.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vincent a une belle voiture.</strong><br />
<em>Vincent has a beautiful car.</em><br />
Incorrect: <strong>Vincent (t)a une belle voiture.</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34378 size-large" title="French liaison rules" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-208-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-208-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-208-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-208-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-208.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Practising French liaison rules</h2>
<p>Now, it’s time to put your understanding of the French liaison rules to the test! How would you pronounce these sentences? You can find the answers at the end of the article.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Les enfants aiment jouer.</strong> (&#8220;The children like to play.&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>Les élèves étudient sérieusement.</strong> (&#8220;The pupils study seriously.&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>Vincent et Anne vont au cinéma.</strong> (&#8220;Vincent and Anne are going to the cinema.&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>C’est dans un mois qu’ils arrivent ?</strong> (&#8220;Is it in a month that they&#8217;re arriving?&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>Vous êtes impatients ?</strong> (&#8220;Are you impatient?&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>Un grand état indépendant.</strong> (&#8220;A large independent state.&#8221;)</li>
</ol>
<p>Mastering French liaison rules, including knowing when not to make liaisons, is key to speaking French naturally and fluently. Avoiding forbidden liaisons will help you sound more like a native speaker and avoid common mistakes that can disrupt the flow of your speech.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t forget to listen to our video and podcast episode on forbidden liaisons for more examples and practice with Max and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break French Show. </em>And for more content from Coffee Break French, subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YouTube channel</a>.</p>
<p>Additionally, you can sign up for our email lessons to receive regular updates and learning materials directly to your inbox. Just look out for the sign-up box.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Les (z)enfants aiment jouer. </strong>&#8211; There should be a liaison made between <strong>les </strong>and <strong>enfants</strong>. There should be no liaison between <strong>enfants</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>aiment</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Les (z)élèves étudient sérieusement. </strong>&#8211; There should be a liaison made between <strong>les </strong>and <strong>élèves</strong>. There should be no liaison between <strong>élèves</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>étudient</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Vincent et Anne vont (t/X)au cinéma. </strong>&#8211; The liaison between <strong>vont </strong>and <strong>au </strong>is optional. There should be no liaison between <strong>Vincent</strong> and <strong>et</strong>, and no liaison between <strong>et </strong>and <strong>Anne</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>C’est dans (z)un mois qu’ils (z)arrivent ? </strong>&#8211; There should be a liaison made between <strong>dans</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>un</strong>, and between <strong>ils</strong> and <strong>arrivent</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Vous (z)êtes impatients ?</strong><strong> </strong>&#8211; There should be a liaison made between <strong>vous </strong>and <strong>êtes</strong>. There should be no liaison between <strong>êtes</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>impatients</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Un grand (t)état indépendant.</strong><strong> </strong>&#8211; There should be a liaison made between <strong>grand</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>état</strong>. There should be no liaison between <strong>état</strong><strong> </strong>and <strong>indépendant</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/668ea2fc38b27712162c9e54" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/">French liaison rules: when not to make the liaison</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to order a coffee in Spanish: the basics</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 11:15:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34330</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning how to order a coffee in Spanish is an essential skill for anyone visiting or living in a Spanish-speaking country. Not only does it help you get your daily caffeine fix, but it also opens up opportunities to practise your Spanish and interact with locals! In this blog post, we&#8217;ll cover how to order ... <a title="How to order a coffee in Spanish: the basics" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/" aria-label="More on How to order a coffee in Spanish: the basics">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/">How to order a coffee in Spanish: the basics</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Learning how to order a coffee in Spanish is an essential skill for anyone visiting or living in a Spanish-speaking country. Not only does it help you get your daily caffeine fix, but it also opens up opportunities to practise your Spanish and interact with locals!</p>
<p>In this blog post, we&#8217;ll cover how to order a coffee in Spanish, along with useful phrases and tips for interacting in shops and cafés to sound like a native speaker.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of video and audio podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In this episode, Anabel and Concha talk about the most natural phrases to use to order food and drinks like a native Spanish speaker.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, we&#8217;d recommend listening to the podcast episode as you read. Once you reach the end, look out for your free worksheet download to put your new knowledge to the test. <strong>¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>How to order a coffee in Spanish in a café or in a shop</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the basic, but most natural ways to deal with common interactions in a café and a shop.</p>
<h3>In a café</h3>
<p>When you&#8217;re in a café and ready to order, there are a few key phrases that will come in handy. Let’s start with the most straightforward way to order a coffee in Spanish.</p>
<p><em>Can I have a latte, please?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>Ponme un café con leche, por favor.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>Póngame un café con leche, por favor.</strong></p>
<p>Using <strong>ponme</strong> or <strong>póngame</strong> puts your request in the imperative form, which is commonly used in everyday Spanish to make requests. The imperative can sound a bit direct, but adding <strong>por favor</strong> (&#8220;please&#8221;) makes it polite. If you&#8217;re not too familiar with the conjugation and the uses of the imperative, we have another episode of<em> The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the imperative in Spanish</a>, which will help you expand your knowledge on this topic.</p>
<p>Once you&#8217;ve got your coffee sorted, you might need something else, like sugar or the bill:</p>
<p><em>Can you bring me some sugar?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>Tráeme un poco de azúcar, por favor.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>Tráigame un poco de azúcar, por favor.</strong></p>
<p><em>The bill, please.<br />
</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La cuenta, por favor.</strong></p>
<h3>In the shop</h3>
<p><em>Can I have a bag, please?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>Dame una bolsa, por favor.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>Deme una bolsa, por favor.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Alternatives:<br />
<strong>Una bolsa, por favor.</strong><br />
<strong>¿Me puedes dar una bolsa, por favor?</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34339 size-large" title="how to ask for a bag in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-207-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-207-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-207-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-207-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-207-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Example conversations: how to order a coffee in Spanish</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s put these new phrases into context by looking at some example conversations. Remember that you can watch the video episode, or listen to the podcast version, to hear them spoken out loud by Anabel and Concha.</p>
<p>We&#8217;ll start with two examples of how a typical conversation might go in a café.</p>
<h4>Conversation 1</h4>
<p>Server: <strong>Buenas, ¿qué te pongo por aquí?</strong><br />
You: <strong>Pues mira, a mí ponme un zumo de naranja, por favor. Y tráeme un vasito de agua también cuando puedas.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ponme un zumo de naranja.</strong><br />
<em>Can I have an orange juice?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tráeme un vasito de agua.</strong><br />
<em>Can you bring me a little glass of water?</em></p>
<h4>Conversation 2</h4>
<p>You: <strong>Cuando pueda.</strong><br />
Server: <strong>Hola, ¿qué va a tomar?</strong><br />
You: <strong>Un café con leche, por favor, y a mi hijo póngale una leche con cacao.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Póngale una leche con cacao.</strong><br />
<em>Could you bring him some chocolate milk?</em></p>
<h4>Conversation 3</h4>
<p>Here&#8217;s one more example of how a typical conversation might go in a shop.</p>
<p>Cashier: <strong>Son 35,50€.</strong><br />
You: <strong>Vale, con tarjeta, y dame una bolsa también, por favor.</strong><br />
Cashier: <strong>Aquí tiene.</strong><br />
You: <strong>Gracias.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dame una bolsa.</strong><br />
<em>Can I have a bag?</em></p>
<h2>Other expressions you can hear when ordering food</h2>
<p>Finally, let&#8217;s see some other useful expressions that you may hear in a café or shop, which appeared in our short dialogues above.</p>
<p><em>What can I get you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>¿Qué te pongo por aquí?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>¿Qué le pongo por aquí?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>¿Qué vas a tomar? </strong>(singular)<strong> /¿Qué vais a tomar? </strong>(plural)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>¿Qué va a tomar? </strong>(singular)<strong> /¿Qué van a tomar?</strong> (plural)</p>
<p><em>Whenever you have a moment.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>Cuando puedas.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>Cuando pueda.</strong></p>
<p><em>Here you go. / Here you are.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Informal:<br />
<strong>Aquí tienes.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Polite:<br />
<strong>Aquí tiene.</strong></p>
<p>To truly master how to order a coffee, how to order food, ask for a bag or catch your server&#8217;s attention, practise these phrases! Try them out in different scenarios, whether in a café, a restaurant, or a shop. The more you use them, the more natural they will become.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Anabel and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your Spanish? To get regular, free Spanish lessons straight to your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons which will help you improve your Spanish. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope that you enjoy your first free Spanish lesson.</p>
<p>Interacting with native speakers in the same way that they interact with one another is a practical skill that also shows respect for the local language and culture. So, next time you find yourself in a Spanish café, you’ll know exactly how to order a coffee in Spanish like a native speaker.</p>
<p><strong>Buena suerte</strong>, and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/668e3a8f1ffbecad58212a42" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/">How to order a coffee in Spanish: the basics</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-order-a-coffee-in-spanish-the-basics/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating compound adjectives in German to elevate your vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jul 2024 11:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34262</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>You&#8217;ve probably heard all about those German compound nouns. But did you know there&#8217;s a whole world of fantastic compound adjectives in German waiting to be discovered? These adjective combinations aren&#8217;t only fun to use, they can also add something to your German. Sure, you can always use adverbs like sehr or total, but creating ... <a title="Creating compound adjectives in German to elevate your vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on Creating compound adjectives in German to elevate your vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/">Creating compound adjectives in German to elevate your vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You&#8217;ve probably heard all about those German compound nouns. But did you know there&#8217;s a whole world of fantastic compound adjectives in German waiting to be discovered?</p>
<p>These adjective combinations aren&#8217;t only fun to use, they can also add something to your German. Sure, you can always use adverbs like <strong>sehr</strong> or <strong>total</strong>, but creating a brand new adjective takes things to a whole new level.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series in which we talk about interesting topics for German learners. In our latest episode, Mark and Thomas discuss compound adjectives and how you can use them to elevate your vocabulary in German.</p>
<p>Keep reading to find out more, and we&#8217;d suggest listening to the podcast episode as you read. Once you reach the end, don&#8217;t forget to download your free worksheet, which will help you practise what you learn.</p>
<h2>Compound adjectives in German: more than intensifiers</h2>
<p>Compound adjectives in German can both add extra emphasis to an adjective, and soften it. While adverbs like <strong>besonders</strong> (&#8220;especially&#8221;) work, there&#8217;s something more satisfying about a brand new word!</p>
<h3>Think of compound words in German as a mini-comparison</h3>
<p>Many of these compound adjectives in German work like a comparison with a noun, or a simile in English.</p>
<p>Take <strong>kerzengerade</strong>, meaning “as straight as a candle”. Just as English has such phrases as “as sweet as sugar” or &#8220;pitch black&#8221;, German can join an adjective to a noun to form a compound adjective to paint a vivid picture. <strong>Kerzen</strong> + <strong>gerade</strong> = <strong>kerzengerade</strong>. It’s a more concise way of expressing things in German!</p>
<h2>Let’s create some compound adjectives in German!</h2>
<p>From the building block of a noun, which adjective could you add to form a new compound adjective in German? Here are a few to start with:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Staub &lt;</strong> <strong>staubtrocken</strong><br />
<em>dust &gt; dust-dry, as dry as dust</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Butter &lt; butterweich</strong><br />
<em>butter &lt; butter-soft, as soft as butter</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Aal &lt; aalglatt</strong><br />
<em>eel &lt; eel-smooth, as slippery as an eel</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Blitz &lt; blitzschnell</strong><br />
<em>lightning &lt; lightning-fast, as quick as lightning</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Blitz &lt; blitzsauber</strong><br />
<em>lightning &lt; lightning-clean</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sau</strong> &lt; <strong>saukalt<br />
</strong><em>pig &lt; pig cold</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sau</strong> &lt; <strong>saugut<br />
</strong><em>pig &lt; pig good</em></p>
<h3>Mixing and matching</h3>
<p>Now, we’ll look at adjective + adjective to construct more compound adjectives. These can either strengthen or weaken the original adjective. Can you think of any words that often appear in compound adjectives?</p>
<p>Here are a few examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hoch<br />
</strong><em>highly</em></p>
<p>For example, as in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hochzufrieden</strong><br />
<em>highly content</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hochverdient</strong><br />
<em>highly deserved</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Die Auszeichnung war hochverdient.</strong><br />
<em>The award was well deserved.</em></p>
<p>Another word that commonly appears in compound adjectives is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hell<br />
</strong><em>bright</em></p>
<p>For example, as in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hellwach</strong><br />
<em>wide awake (bright awake)</em></p>
<p>Finally, we also commonly see:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schwer<br />
</strong><em>heavy</em></p>
<p>For example, as in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> schwerreich<br />
</strong><em>heavy rich</em></p>
<h3>Verb + adjective</h3>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s look at some compound adjectives that are made up of a verb and an adjective.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tropfnass<br />
</strong><em>dripping wet</em></p>
<p>This is from the verb <strong>tropfen</strong> which means “to drip”. Note that the <strong>-en</strong> is taken off the infinitive to leave the stem and the adjective is added.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>quietschvergnügt</strong><br />
<em>squeakingly happy</em></p>
<p>This is from the verb <strong>quietschen</strong>, “to squeak”.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>jammerschade</strong><br />
<em>moan shame</em></p>
<p>This is from the verb <strong>jammern</strong> (“to moan”) and is used to describe when something is a real, terrible shame.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>waschecht</strong><br />
<em>washingly true</em></p>
<p>This adjective comes from <strong>waschen</strong>, “to wash”. It might be used to describe someone as being “through and through Bavarian”, for example.</p>
<h2>The sky’s the limit for compound words in German</h2>
<p>The world of compound adjectives in German is vast! There are as many as there are nouns, verbs and adjectives that can be combined. We’ve looked at:</p>
<ul>
<li>noun + adjective</li>
<li>adjective + adjective</li>
<li>verb + adjective</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34267 size-large" title="adjectives in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-207-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-207-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-207-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-207-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbg-show-blog-207.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>There are many out there waiting to be discovered, and we hope this introduction has inspired you to get creative and invent your own. To take your knowledge of this topic further, you can learn all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">compound nouns</a> in another episode of <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> with Olivera and Thomas.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, next time you&#8217;re speaking, perhaps you’ll be able to include one or two compound adjectives in German. It&#8217;ll not only make your German sound more natural, but it&#8217;s also a lot of fun!</p>
<p><strong>Bis zum nächsten Mal</strong>, and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f5c004f9df00128bb36b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/">Creating compound adjectives in German to elevate your vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/creating-compound-adjectives-in-german-to-elevate-your-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering the negative Italian imperative</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 11:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34294</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How confident are you with giving instructions, commands and advice in Italian? All of these require what is known as the imperative. The Italian imperative is essential to know for many everyday situations you may find yourself in. If you already know how to form the affirmative (positive) imperative (i.e. how to tell or advise ... <a title="Mastering the negative Italian imperative" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/" aria-label="More on Mastering the negative Italian imperative">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/">Mastering the negative Italian imperative</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How confident are you with giving instructions, commands and advice in Italian? All of these require what is known as the imperative. The Italian imperative is essential to know for many everyday situations you may find yourself in.</p>
<p>If you already know how to form the affirmative (positive) imperative (i.e. how to tell or advise someone to do something), then this article will help you take your knowledge of the Italian imperative further. We’re going to look at how to form the negative imperative – that is to say, how to tell or advise someone <em>not</em> to do something.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of useful episodes, in which we talk about interesting and tricky topics for anyone learning Italian. In this episode, Francesca and Maurizio explain how to use the negative imperative in Italian, and clarify the differences between the affirmative and the negative imperative forms.</p>
<p>Read on to learn more, and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go? Once you reach the end, look out for your free worksheet download, so that you can practise everything you learn.</p>
<h2>The Italian imperative – a quick recap</h2>
<p>If you haven’t already, we recommend watching our episode all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the positive imperative forms in Italian</a>.</p>
<p>For now, however, we’ll start with a quick recap of when we use the imperative in Italian.</p>
<p>In Italian, we use the imperative to give advice, orders, instructions and directions.</p>
<h2>The negative imperative in Italian</h2>
<p>While the affirmative imperative is used to tell someone to do something, the negative imperative is used to tell someone not to do something.</p>
<h3>How do you form the negative imperative in Italian?</h3>
<p>In Italian, forming the negative imperative is fairly straightforward, once you know the affirmative imperative. Let’s look at its formation for each of the three “you” forms.</p>
<h4>The ‘tu’ form of the negative imperative</h4>
<p>The Italian imperative takes on a very different form in the negative <strong>tu</strong> form, compared to its positive form.</p>
<p>For the negative <strong>tu</strong> form, we use <strong>non</strong> followed by the infinitive of the verb. Remember that the infinitive is the base form of a verb that you find in a dictionary.</p>
<p>The combination of <strong>non</strong> and an infinitive conveys an imperative nuance.</p>
<p>Let’s see some examples of this, by transforming affirmative imperative statements into the negative Italian imperative. We’ll see one example each of an <strong>-are</strong>, <strong>-ere</strong> and <strong>-ire</strong> verb.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entra!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non entrare!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t come in! / Don’t enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Rispondi!</strong><br />
<em>Answer! / Reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non rispondere!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t answer! / Don’t reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dormi!</strong><br />
<em>Sleep!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non dormire!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t sleep!</em></p>
<h4>The ‘voi’ form of the negative imperative</h4>
<p>The negative <strong>voi</strong> form in the Italian imperative works differently. For the <strong>voi</strong> form, we use <strong>non</strong> followed by the conjugated verb in the <strong>voi</strong> form (in the present tense, or the affirmative imperative, since they are the same).</p>
<p>Let’s see some more examples, starting with the positive imperative in the <strong>voi</strong> form, followed by the negative:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entrate!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non entrate!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t come in! / Don’t enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Rispondete!</strong><br />
<em>Answer! / Reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non rispondete!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t answer! / Don’t reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dormite!</strong><br />
<em>Sleep!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non dormite!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t sleep!</em></p>
<h4>The ‘Lei’ form of the negative imperative</h4>
<p>Remember that <strong>Lei</strong> is <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the formal way to address a person in Italian</a>.</p>
<p>The negative <strong>Lei</strong> form of the Italian imperative works similarly to the <strong>voi</strong> form. For the <strong>Lei</strong> form, we use <strong>non</strong> followed by the verb conjugated in the affirmative imperative <strong>Lei</strong> form, which is the same as the present subjunctive form.</p>
<p>Let’s see some examples of affirmative and negative <strong>Lei</strong> forms side by side, in order to compare.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entri!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non entri!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t come in! / Don’t enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Risponda!</strong><br />
<em>Answer! / Reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non risponda!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t answer! / Don’t reply!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dorma!</strong><br />
<em>Sleep!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non dorma!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t sleep!</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34297 size-large" title="Italian imperative" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-207-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-207-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-207-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-207-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbi-show-blog-207.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Examples of everyday negative imperatives</h2>
<p>The Italian imperative – either affirmative or negative – is used in many everyday situations.</p>
<p>One context in which you’re likely to see examples of the <strong>non</strong> + infinitive form of the imperative (the negative <strong>tu</strong> form) is on signs and notices which are giving an order to an unspecificed person.</p>
<p>Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non sostare / parcheggiare qui.</strong><br />
<em>Don’t park here.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non camminare sull’erba.</strong><br />
<em>Don’t walk on the grass.</em></p>
<h2>Practising the negative forms of the Italian imperative</h2>
<p>Time to put this knowledge into practice!</p>
<p>We’re now going to give you three scenarios and your task is to choose an appropriate negative imperative phrase for each one. <strong>Forza!</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>It’s raining outside and your grandmother is unwell, but she still wants to go out to buy some milk and you want to advise her not to.</li>
<li>Your friends have bad teeth, but they keep eating sweets. How would you advise them not to?</li>
<li>A customer at your hotel wants to go to a certain pizzeria for dinner, but you want to suggest that it’s better not to go there. Instead, you recommend that they go to the restaurant on the corner. Have a go at coming up with this double imperative answer – one negative and one affirmative!</li>
</ol>
<p>The negative imperative in Italian is a powerful tool for clear and effective communication. By mastering the Italian imperative, both in its affirmative and negative forms, you can confidently navigate many everyday situations.</p>
<p>For more help with this topic, make sure to watch or listen to the podcast episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We regularly release new episodes for Italian learners, so subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> and our podcast feed so that you know when a new episode is available.</p>
<p>In the meantime, for more help with your Italian, you should know that we send out regular, free email lessons to our Coffee Break community of language learners. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope that you enjoy your next free Italian lesson.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Non uscire!</strong> (“Don’t go out!”) / <strong>Non andare fuori!</strong> (“Don’t go outside!”)</li>
<li><strong>Non mangiate le caramelle!</strong> (“Don’t eat sweets / candies!”) / <strong>Non mangiate i dolci!</strong> (“Don’t eat desserts / sweets!”)</li>
<li><strong>Non vada in quella pizzeria! Vada, invece, al ristorante all’angolo.</strong> (“Don’t go to that pizzeria! Go instead to the restaurant on the corner!”)</li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f1ec04f9df00128ac4a2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/">Mastering the negative Italian imperative</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>A guide to liaisons in French</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 13:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34260</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Liaisons in French, the linking of the final consonant of one word to the initial vowel of the next, play a key role in fluent and natural-sounding speech. However, it can be a tricky concept to master for learners, and one of the questions we are frequently asked by our Coffee Break French community is: ... <a title="A guide to liaisons in French" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/" aria-label="More on A guide to liaisons in French">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/">A guide to liaisons in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Liaisons in French, the linking of the final consonant of one word to the initial vowel of the next, play a key role in fluent and natural-sounding speech. However, it can be a tricky concept to master for learners, and one of the questions we are frequently asked by our Coffee Break French community is: what is a liaison in French and how do you use it?</p>
<p>In this episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, Max and Mark explain some of the nuances of compulsory liaisons in French, making this difficult topic more approachable. <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series featuring bite-sized, friendly conversations, which simplify complex French language topics.</p>
<p>Continue reading to learn how to use liaisons to improve your French pronunciation, and don&#8217;t forget to listen to the podcast as you go. Plus, stay tuned for our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>What is a liaison in French?</h2>
<p>To start, let&#8217;s clarify what a liaison is. A liaison occurs when the final consonant sound of one word is linked to the initial vowel sound of the following word. This linking creates a smooth and continuous flow in speech. There are three types of liaisons in French: compulsory, forbidden, and optional. In this episode, we will focus on the compulsory liaisons.</p>
<h2>Compulsory liaisons in French</h2>
<p>Compulsory liaisons are essential in certain grammatical contexts, ensuring clarity and fluidity in spoken French. Let&#8217;s explore these contexts and see some examples.</p>
<h3>After pronouns followed by a verb starting with a vowel</h3>
<p>One of the most straightforward situations involves pronouns like <strong>on</strong>, <strong>nous</strong>, <strong>vous</strong>, <strong>ils</strong>, and <strong>elles</strong>, when they are followed by a verb that begins with a vowel. For instance, consider the following conjugations of the verb <strong>avoir</strong> in the present tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>on a</strong><br />
<strong>nous avons</strong><br />
<strong>vous avez</strong><br />
<strong>ils ont</strong><br />
<strong>elles ont</strong></p>
<p>From these examples, we can identify two types of liaisons: <strong>z</strong> and <strong>n</strong>. When a liaison is needed and the first word ends with <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s</strong>, <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>z</strong>, or <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>x</strong>, it produces a <strong>z</strong> sound. When the first word ends with <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>n</strong>, it produces an <strong>n</strong> sound, as if the second word started with an <strong>n-</strong>. An easy example is <strong>un</strong> + noun, for example<strong> un oiseau</strong>.</p>
<h3>In a nominal group</h3>
<p>These liaisons are also compulsory in a nominal group, such as after short words like articles or possessive pronouns. Examples include <strong>un</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>les</strong>, <strong>mes</strong>, and all the numbers. Let&#8217;s take the word <strong>ami</strong>, because it starts with a vowel:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un ami<br />
</strong><em>a friend, one friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>des amis<br />
</strong><em>some friends</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mes amis<br />
</strong><em>my friends</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>deux amis<br />
</strong><em>two friends</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mon ami</strong><br />
<em>my friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>trois amis<br />
</strong><em>three friends</em></p>
<h3>After -t and -d</h3>
<p>There is a third type of liaison, which produces a <strong>t</strong> sound, found after words ending in <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>t</strong> and <strong>-d</strong>. Examples include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un petit ami<br />
</strong><em>a small friend, a boyfriend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un petit oiseau<br />
</strong><em>a small bird</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tout à fait<br />
</strong><em>absolutely, exactly</em></p>
<p>You will also find this liaison after <strong>quand,</strong> when followed by <strong>est-ce que</strong> or <strong>il</strong>, <strong>elle</strong>,<strong> on</strong>,<strong> ils</strong>, or <strong>elles</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quand est-ce que tu viens ce soir ?<br />
</strong><em>When are you coming this evening?</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quand il arrivera &#8230;<br />
</strong><em>When he arrives &#8230;</em></p>
<h3>Exceptions</h3>
<p>We talk about some exceptions in the next episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. For instance, there is never a liaison with <strong>comment</strong> except for in the question <strong>comment allez-vous ?</strong></p>
<h2>Common words triggering liaisons</h2>
<p>To finish, let&#8217;s look at some words that typically trigger a liaison when the next word starts with a vowel:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en:<br />
</strong><strong>en avril<br />
</strong><em>in April</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sans:<br />
</strong><strong>sans aucun doute<br />
</strong><em>without any doubt</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>plus:<br />
</strong><strong>plus important / plus intelligent<br />
</strong><em>more important / more intelligent</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bien:<br />
</strong><strong>bien entendu<br />
</strong><i>of course</i></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>dans:<br />
</strong><strong>dans un an / dans un appartement<br />
</strong><em>in a year / in an </em><i>apartment</i></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>chez:<br />
</strong><strong>chez une amie / chez elle<br />
</strong><em>at a friend&#8217;s house / at her house</em></p>
<h2>Recap of liaison sounds</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s review the various types of compulsory liaisons in French, complete with examples.</p>
<h3>Liaison types and sounds</h3>
<ol>
<li><strong>z</strong> liaison:<br />
When a word ends with <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>s</strong>, <strong>-z</strong>, or <strong>-x</strong> and the next word starts with a vowel, the final consonant is pronounced as a <strong>z</strong> sound.<br />
Examples: <strong>nous (z)avons, deux (z)amis, chez (z)eux</strong></li>
<li><strong>n</strong> liaison:<br />
When a word ends with <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>n</strong> and the next word starts with a vowel, the final consonant is pronounced as an <strong>n </strong>sound.<br />
Examples: <strong>un (n)ami, un bon (n)endroit, en (n)été</strong></li>
<li><strong>t</strong> liaison:<br />
When a word ends with <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>t</strong> or <strong>-d</strong> and the next word starts with a vowel, the final consonant is pronounced as a <strong>t</strong> sound.<br />
Examples: <strong>petit (t)oiseau, quand (t)il arrive, tout (t)est prêt</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34270 size-large" title="liaisons in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-207-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-207-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-207-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-207-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbf-show-blog-207.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<p>Understanding liaisons in French is key to mastering the language and sounding more fluent. Compulsory liaisons ensure clarity and a natural flow in speech. By focusing on these essential connections, you will significantly improve your spoken French.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t forget to listen to the full episode about liaisons in French with Max and Mark on<em> The Coffee Break French Show</em>. And to take your understanding of this topic further, you can learn all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/french-liaison-rules-when-not-to-make-the-liaison/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">forbidden liaisons</a> in another episode<em>.</em></p>
<p>For more Coffee Break French lessons, make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when new episodes are available.</p>
<p>Additionally, we regularly send out free email lessons that will help you improve your French. Sign up below to receive the next free lesson straight to your inbox.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/668bac1d453c109b963a55c8" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/">A guide to liaisons in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/a-guide-to-liaisons-in-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to give commands in Spanish: learn once and for all how to use the imperative</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2024 11:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34238</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to give commands in Spanish is key to many everyday situations. If you&#8217;re a learner of the language, it&#8217;s therefore important to know how to form the imperative in Spanish, which is used to give commands, instructions, advice and to ask someone to do something for you. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is ... <a title="How to give commands in Spanish: learn once and for all how to use the imperative" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/" aria-label="More on How to give commands in Spanish: learn once and for all how to use the imperative">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/">How to give commands in Spanish: learn once and for all how to use the imperative</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to give commands in Spanish is key to many everyday situations. If you&#8217;re a learner of the language, it&#8217;s therefore important to know how to form the imperative in Spanish, which is used to give commands, instructions, advice and to ask someone to do something for you.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In this episode, Concha and Mark discuss how to give commands in Spanish.</p>
<p>Listen along to the podcast episode as you read this article, and don&#8217;t forget to download your free worksheet at the end, which will help you practise everything you learn.</p>
<p><strong>¡Vamos a empezar!</strong></p>
<h2>How to give commands in Spanish: forming the imperative</h2>
<p>The best and most natural way to give commands in Spanish is to use the imperative. The imperative in Spanish is a grammatical mood used to issue commands, make requests, or offer advice.</p>
<p>It’s the mood you use when you want someone to do something directly. Examples include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Ven aquí!<br />
</strong><em>Come here!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Canta para mí!<br />
</strong><em>Sing for me!</em></p>
<p>To effectively use the imperative in Spanish, it&#8217;s important to understand how to conjugate verbs correctly. Spanish commands vary depending on who you&#8217;re addressing. Notably, the affirmative imperative has unique forms for <strong>tú</strong> (informal singular) and <strong>vosotros</strong> (informal plural), while we use the subjunctive for <strong>usted</strong> (formal singular), <strong>ustedes</strong> (formal plural), and the negative imperative forms.</p>
<p>Don’t worry if you are not familiar with the subjunctive – we have another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> in which we discuss <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/the-subjunctive-in-spanish-all-you-need-to-know-to-start-using-it/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the subjunctive conjugations and its uses</a>. Our main focus today will be the imperative form for <strong>tú</strong>, but we will also touch on the <strong>vosotros</strong> form, as it is also very commonly used.</p>
<h3>Command forms for &#8216;tú&#8217;</h3>
<p>For the <strong>tú</strong> form, we use the third person singular form of the present tense. Here are a few examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Habla español.<br />
</strong><em>Speak Spanish.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bebe más agua.</strong><br />
<em>Drink more water.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pide una hamburguesa, por favor.<br />
</strong><em>Order a hamburger, please.</em></p>
<h4><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34239 size-large" title="imperative in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h4>
<h4>Some verbs have irregular imperative forms</h4>
<p>Here are the verbs that are irregular in their imperative <strong>tú </strong>form, followed by some examples of each.</p>
<p><strong>decir</strong> &gt; <strong>di</strong></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Di eso.</strong><br />
<em>Say that.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dime.<br />
</strong><em>Tell me.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dile.</strong><br />
<em>Tell him / her.</em></p>
<p><strong>hacer</strong> &gt; <strong>haz</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Haz los deberes.</strong><br />
<em>Do your homework.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hazlo.</strong><br />
<em>Do it.</em></p>
<p><strong>ir</strong> &gt; <strong>ve</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Vete!<br />
</strong><em>Go away!</em></p>
<p><strong>poner</strong> &gt; <strong>pon</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pon la mesa.</strong><br />
<em>Set the table.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ponlo aquí.</strong><br />
<em>Put it here.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo un vídeo gracioso para mostrarte. – Vale, ponlo.<br />
</strong><em>I have a funny video to show you. – OK, put it on.</em></p>
<p><strong>salir</strong> &gt; <strong>sal</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Sal de aquí!<br />
</strong><em>Get out of here!</em></p>
<p><strong>ser</strong> &gt; <strong>sé</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sé amable.</strong><br />
<em>Be kind.</em></p>
<p><strong>tener</strong> &gt; <strong>ten</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Ten paciencia!</strong>*<br />
<em>Be patient!</em></p>
<p><strong>venir</strong> &gt;<strong> ven</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Ven aquí!<br />
</strong><em>Come here!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ven aquí y haz los deberes.<br />
</strong><em>Come here and do your homework.</em></p>
<p>*Note that <strong>tener paciencia </strong>is one of <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the common <b>tener </b>expressions in Spanish</a>, which would often be translated using the verb &#8220;to be&#8221; in English.</p>
<h4><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34240 size-large" title="irregular verbs in the imperative in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h4>
<h3>Command forms for &#8216;vosotros&#8217;</h3>
<p>For the <strong>vosotros</strong> form, take the infinitive and replace the final <strong>-r</strong> with <strong>-d</strong>.</p>
<p>For instance, <strong>venir</strong> (&#8220;to come&#8221;) becomes <strong>venid</strong> (&#8220;come&#8221;, plural). Similarly, <strong>hacer</strong> (&#8220;to do&#8221; or &#8220;to make&#8221;) becomes <strong>haced</strong> (&#8220;do&#8221; / &#8220;make&#8221;, plural) in the <strong>vosotros </strong>form of the imperative. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Venid aquí y haced los deberes.</strong><br />
<em>Come here and do your homework.</em></p>
<h2>Using pronouns with imperatives</h2>
<p>When adding pronouns to imperatives, attach them to the end of the verb. This often requires an accent mark to maintain the correct stress. Let&#8217;s see how this works with some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Compra una camisa. &gt; Cómprala.<br />
</strong><em>Buy a shirt. &gt; Buy it.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Compra una camisa para Jorge. &gt; Cómprasela.</strong><br />
<em>Buy a shirt for Jorge. &gt; Buy it for him.</em></p>
<p>For more information about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to use accents in Spanish,</a> don’t forget to check out another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34241 size-large" title="how to give commands in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-3-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-3-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cbs-show-206-blog-3.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope that you found this article useful. Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your Spanish? To get regular, free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope you enjoy your first mini email lesson.</p>
<p>So, whether you&#8217;re asking someone to help you, offering advice, or simply giving directions, knowing how to give commands in Spanish using the imperative is the best way to do so. Remember the different forms for <strong>tú</strong> and <strong>vosotros</strong>, the irregular verbs, and how to properly attach pronouns.</p>
<p>With practice, giving commands in Spanish will become second nature. <strong>Mucho ánimo con el imperativo y recuerda: ¡estudia!</strong></p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/66856fd5f364c64008131c69" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/">How to give commands in Spanish: learn once and for all how to use the imperative</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-in-spanish-learn-once-and-for-all-how-to-use-the-imperative/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pronunciation of vowels: the intricacies of double letter sounds</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2024 11:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34172</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this article about pronunciation, we&#8217;re looking at German vowels, particularly double letter sounds. We&#8217;ve already explored umlauts and letter combinations in another episode of   The Coffee Break German Show. Today, our focus shifts to the short and long pronunciations of vowels, which significantly impact the meaning and clarity of words in German.   The Coffee ... <a title="Pronunciation of vowels: the intricacies of double letter sounds" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/" aria-label="More on Pronunciation of vowels: the intricacies of double letter sounds">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/">Pronunciation of vowels: the intricacies of double letter sounds</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this article about pronunciation, we&#8217;re looking at German vowels, particularly double letter sounds. We&#8217;ve already explored <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">umlauts and letter combinations</a> in another episode of <em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em>. Today, our focus shifts to the short and long pronunciations of vowels, which significantly impact the meaning and clarity of words in German.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series in which we discuss interesting topics for German learners. In the most recent episode, Mark and Thomas talk about German vowel sounds, and how to know when a vowel has a long or a short sound in German.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, listen to the podcast as you read along, or watch the video, and make sure to download your free worksheet at the end to practise what you&#8217;ve learned.</p>
<h2>Pronunciation of vowels: short vs. long vowel sounds and the role of double consonants</h2>
<p>When it comes to the pronunciation of vowels in German, double consonants indicate that it is a short vowel sound directly before them. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Tasse</strong><br />
<em>cup</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<strong><br />
Tat<br />
</strong><em>case, deed</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Fell</strong><br />
<em>fur</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<strong><br />
Feder<br />
</strong><em>feather</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>wissen</strong><br />
<em>to know</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<strong><br />
Milch<br />
</strong><em>milk</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Sommer</strong><br />
<em>summer</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<strong><br />
rot<br />
</strong><em>red</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Suppe<br />
</strong><em>soup</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<strong><br />
super<br />
</strong><em>super</em></p>
<p>In each pair, the word with the double consonant (<strong>Sommer</strong>, <strong>Tasse</strong>, <strong>Fell</strong>, <strong>wissen</strong>, <strong>Suppe</strong>) has a shorter vowel sound compared to the word below it. There is also a change in pronunciation in the vowel sounds with <strong>i</strong> and <strong>o</strong> in these examples.</p>
<h3>The effect of double consonants</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tasse</strong> &#8211; The double <strong>s</strong> shortens the <strong>a</strong> sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Fell</strong> &#8211; The double <strong>l</strong> shortens the <strong>e</strong> sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>wissen</strong> &#8211; The double <strong>s</strong> shortens the <strong>i</strong> sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sommer</strong> &#8211; The double <strong>m </strong>shortens the <strong>o</strong> sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Suppe</strong> &#8211; The double <strong>p</strong> shortens the <strong>u</strong> sound.</p>
<p>In addition to these, we have:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<strong><br />
hacken<br />
</strong><em>to chop</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Long vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Haken<br />
</strong><em>hook</em></p>
<p>The <strong>ck</strong> in <strong>hacken</strong> shortens the preceding <strong>a</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Short vowel sound:<br />
<strong>Witz</strong><br />
<em>joke</em></p>
<p>The <strong>tz</strong> combination shortens the <strong>i</strong> sound.</p>
<h3>Exceptions to the rule</h3>
<p>There are a few exceptions in German pronunciation, particularly with foreign words that have been adopted into German. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pizza<br />
</strong><em>pizza</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Brokkoli<br />
</strong><em>broccoli</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>These words retain their original spelling and pronunciation rules.</p>
<h3>Double consonants in compound words and plurals</h3>
<p>Double consonants also appear in compound words and in certain plural forms, but don’t affect the pronunciation of the vowel before them. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Schifffahrt</strong><br />
<em>boat trip</em></p>
<p>Note the triple <strong>f</strong> here, a unique feature in compound words.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>annehmen</strong><br />
<em>to accept</em></p>
<p>The double consonant is made up from the <strong>n</strong> in <strong>an</strong> and the start of <strong>nehmen</strong>. It does not change the <strong>a</strong> sound at the start of the verb.</p>
<p>The same applies to plural forms of nouns. There is no change in pronunciation of the vowel before the double consonant because of the spelling of the plural:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lehrerinnen</strong><br />
<em>(female) teachers</em></p>
<p>The <strong>i</strong> is pronounced in the same way as in the singular <strong>Lehrerin</strong>, which is a short vowel sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Busse</strong><br />
<em>buses</em></p>
<p>The <strong>u</strong> is pronounced in the same way as in the singular <strong>Bus</strong>, which is a short vowel sound.</p>
<h2>Pronunciation of German vowels: extra-long vowel sounds</h2>
<p>Double vowels in German, such as <strong>aa</strong>, <strong>ee</strong>, and <strong>oo</strong>, indicate an extra-long vowel sound. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Klee</strong><br />
<em>clover</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Boot</strong><br />
<em>boat</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Haar</strong><br />
<em>hair</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Beere</strong><br />
<em>berry</em></p>
<p>Another case which results in a long vowel sound is when there is an <strong>h</strong> after the vowel and before a consonant:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Uhr</strong><br />
<em>clock</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Zahl</strong><br />
<em>number</em></p>
<h2>Pronunciation guide: length of vowels</h2>
<p>As we’ve seen, the length of pronunciation of vowel sounds in German can vary significantly. For example, we&#8217;ve seen:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sommer</strong> &#8211; short <strong>o</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>rot</strong> &#8211; long <strong>o</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Boot</strong> &#8211; long <strong>oo</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sohn</strong> &#8211; long <strong>o</strong> with an <strong>h</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34229 size-large" title="German vowels pronunciation" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-206-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-206-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-206-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-206-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-206.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>To hear how all of the words in this article are pronounced, you can watch or listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We&#8217;ll be releasing the next episode in the series soon, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when it is available.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your German? We regularly send out free, mini email lessons to our Coffee Break German community, to help you improve your German little and often. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope that you enjoy your first mini lesson.</p>
<p>Understanding these nuances in vowel length and double consonant usage is crucial for mastering German pronunciation, and we hope that the rules explained in this episode will help you speak more accurately and confidently.</p>
<p><strong>Bis zum nächsten Mal</strong>, and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f57cfc6ae000132ba77d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/">Pronunciation of vowels: the intricacies of double letter sounds</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/pronunciation-of-vowels-the-intricacies-of-double-letter-sounds/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to give commands, instructions and suggestions: the imperative in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 11:30:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34190</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In everyday conversations, one important aspect of communication is knowing how to give commands, instructions, and suggestions. This is done using what is known as the imperative in Italian. If you’re new to the imperative, don’t worry, as we’re going to talk through what it is, when you use it, and how to form it. ... <a title="How to give commands, instructions and suggestions: the imperative in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/" aria-label="More on How to give commands, instructions and suggestions: the imperative in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/">How to give commands, instructions and suggestions: the imperative in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In everyday <span style="font-weight: 400;">conversations</span>, one important aspect of communication is knowing how to give commands, instructions, and suggestions. This is done using what is known as the imperative in Italian.</p>
<p>If you’re new to the imperative, don’t worry, as we’re going to talk through what it is, when you use it, and how to form it.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal discussions, in which we cover interesting topics for Italian learners. In our latest episode, Francesca and Maurizio are here to help you understand everything you need to know about the affirmative (positive) imperative form in Italian.</p>
<p>We recommend listening to the podcast episode as you read this article. Plus, make sure to download your free worksheet at the end, so that you can practise what you learn.</p>
<h2>What is the imperative in Italian?</h2>
<p>The imperative is what is known grammatically as a “mood”. It is a specific form of verbs that is used to give commands, orders, suggestions, instructions or advice, i.e. to tell someone to do something, or indeed to tell someone not to do something.</p>
<p>The imperative is useful for many everyday situations and we’ll be seeing lots of examples of where you may see the imperative in everyday, spoken Italian. In a written context, you will often see the imperative being used in recipes, just like in English, where we would see phrases such as “chop the vegetables” or “add the flour”.</p>
<p>In this article, we are going to focus on the affirmative imperative – that is to say imperative constructions that are used to tell someone to do something, as opposed to telling someone not to do something.</p>
<h2>How do you form the imperative in Italian?</h2>
<p>The imperative forms of most verbs are relatively easy to learn, because they are very similar to the forms of the simple present tense, just with a few small changes.</p>
<p>One key feature of the imperative mood in Italian is that there is usually no subject pronoun included. This is just like in English, where we would say simply “chop”, rather than “you chop” in an instruction.</p>
<p>So, let’s go through each of the forms of the imperative in Italian for regular verbs. Since the imperative is used to address other people directly, the main forms we’re going to look at are the various “you” forms.</p>
<h3>The ‘tu’ form of the imperative in Italian</h3>
<p>To give a command or an instruction to one person informally, we will use the <strong>tu</strong> form of the imperative.</p>
<p>The verb endings for the imperative of regular verbs are the same as the simple present tense endings, with the exception of <strong>-are</strong> verbs.</p>
<h4>-ARE verbs</h4>
<p>For regular<strong> -are</strong> verbs in the <strong>tu</strong> form of the imperative, our verb ending is <strong>-a</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entra!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Asocolta!</strong><br />
<em>Listen!</em></p>
<p>Note that this is a different ending to the simple present tense ending of <strong>-are</strong> verbs, which is <strong>-i</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(Tu) entri.</strong><br />
<em>You come in. / You enter.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(Tu) ascolti.</strong><br />
<em>You listen.</em></p>
<h4>-ERE &amp; -IRE verbs</h4>
<p>For regular <strong>-ere</strong> &amp; <strong>-ire</strong> verbs in the <strong>tu</strong> form of the imperative, our verb ending is <strong>-i</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Rispondi!</strong><br />
<em>Answer!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Corri!</strong><br />
<em>Run!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dormi!</strong><br />
<em>Sleep!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Apri!</strong><br />
<em>Open!</em></p>
<p>This is nice and straightforward, as it is the same ending as the one we are used to seeing in the present tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(Tu) rispondi.</strong><br />
<em>You answer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(Tu) dormi.</strong><br />
<em>You sleep.</em></p>
<h4>-ISC- verbs</h4>
<p>For verbs that add <strong>-isc- </strong>in the present tense, their imperative <strong>tu</strong> form also features these letters. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Finisci i compiti!</strong><br />
<em>Finish your homework!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pulisci!</strong><br />
<em>Clean!</em></p>
<h3>The ‘voi’ form of the imperative in Italian</h3>
<p>To give a command or an instruction to multiple people, we will use the <strong>voi</strong> form of the imperative.</p>
<h4>-ARE, -ERE &amp; -IRE verbs</h4>
<p>The good news is that the verb endings for this form for regular verbs are all the same as the simple present tense endings.</p>
<p>Let’s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entrate!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ascoltate!</strong><br />
<em>Listen!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Rispondete!</strong><br />
<em>Answer!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dormite!</strong><br />
<em>Sleep!</em></p>
<h3>The ‘Lei’ form of the imperative in Italian</h3>
<p>To give a command or an instruction to one person who you are addressing formally, you will use the <strong>Lei</strong> form of the imperative in Italian.</p>
<p>The verb endings for this form for regular verbs are a little more complicated than the <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>voi</strong> imperative.</p>
<h4>-ARE, -ERE &amp; -IRE verbs</h4>
<p>If you are familiar with the subjunctive (<strong>il congiuntivo</strong>), you will recognise that the <strong>Lei</strong> imperative form uses the present subjunctive endings.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can think of the imperative endings as the same as the simple present tense endings, but swapped round – that is to say that the<strong> -are</strong> ending and the <strong>-ere/-ire</strong> ending are swapped round to form the <strong>Lei</strong> imperative form. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entri!</strong><br />
<em>Come in! / Enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ascolti!</strong><br />
<em>Listen!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Risponda!</strong><br />
<em>Answer!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Corra!</strong><br />
<em>Run!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Apra!</strong><br />
<em>Open!</em></p>
<h4>-ISC- verbs</h4>
<p>As before, verbs that add <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>isc-</strong> in the present tense maintain these additional letters in the imperative. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Finisca!</strong><br />
<em>Finish!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pulisca!</strong><br />
<em>Clean!</em></p>
<p>For a reminder of <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">when to use <strong>Lei</strong>, the formal “you” form, as opposed to <strong>tu</strong>, the informal “you” form, we have another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> to help you</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34192 size-large" title="imperative in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-206-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-206-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-206-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-206-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-206.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h4>An imperative in Italian you probably already know</h4>
<p>There is one very common imperative structure that you’ve probably used many times, even if you don’t realise that it’s an imperative! This is when you are saying “sorry” or “excuse me”:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Scusa!</strong><br />
<em>Excuse me! (addressing someone as <strong>tu</strong>)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Scusi!</strong><br />
<em>Excuse me! (addressing someone as <strong>Lei</strong>)</em></p>
<p>Since you are literally telling someone to excuse you in this phrase, it is therefore an imperative. And note that the <strong>-a</strong> ending corresponds to the <strong>tu</strong>, informal form, while the <strong>-i</strong> ending corresponds to the <strong>Lei</strong>, formal form.</p>
<h3>The plural formal form of the imperative in Italian</h3>
<p>Now, what if you want to address a group of people formally using a verb in the imperative?</p>
<p>While the formal plural form <strong>Loro</strong> exists, it’s rarely used in modern Italian. Instead, we tend to use the <strong>voi</strong> form both in informal and formal situations.</p>
<p>Very occasionally (for example, in a fancy hotel) you may come across the <strong>Loro</strong> imperative. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entrino pure, signori!</strong><br />
<em>Please, do come in, gentlemen!</em></p>
<p>However, this would usually be expressed simply using the <strong>voi</strong> imperative form:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entrate pure, signori!</strong><br />
<em>Please, do come in, gentlemen!</em></p>
<h3>Irregular verbs in the imperative in Italian</h3>
<p>There are many irregular verbs in the imperative form in Italian, but for now, let’s focus on the most common ones.</p>
<h4>essere (“to be”) &#8211; imperative forms</h4>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sii buono!</strong><br />
<em>Be good! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Siate buoni!</strong><br />
<em>Be good! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sia buono!</strong><br />
<em>Be good! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<h4>avere (“to have”) &#8211; imperative forms</h4>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Abbi pazienza!</strong><br />
<em>Be patient! / Have patience! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Abbiate pazienza!</strong><br />
<em>Be patient! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Abbia pazienza!</strong><br />
<em>Be patient! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<p>Note that <strong>avere pazienza</strong> is one of <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the common <strong>avere</strong> expressions in Italian, which would be translated using the verb “to be” in English</a>.</p>
<h4>andare (“to go”) &#8211; imperative forms</h4>
<p>For the <strong>tu</strong> form, there are two possible options:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vai! / Va’!</strong><br />
<em>Go! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andate!</strong><br />
<em>Go! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vada!</strong><br />
<em>Go! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<h4>fare (“to do”, “to make”) &#8211; imperative forms</h4>
<p>Again, for the <strong>tu</strong> form, there are two possible options:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Fai / Fa’ una bella figura!</strong><br />
<em>Make a good impression! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Fate una bella figura!</strong><br />
<em>Make a good impression! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Faccia una bella figura!</strong><br />
<em>Make a good impression! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<p><strong>Fare una bella figura</strong> is a lovely Italian idiom, which we discussed in <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, which was all about useful expressions with <strong>fare</strong> in Italian</a>.</p>
<h4>Other irregulars in the imperative in Italian</h4>
<p>The verb <strong>stare</strong> (“to stay” or “to be”) also features two options for the <strong>tu</strong> form:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Stai / Sta’ calmo!</strong><br />
<em>Stay calm! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>State calmi!</strong><br />
<em>Stay calm! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Stia calmo!</strong><br />
<em>Stay calm! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<p>Another verb that features two alternatives for the <strong>tu</strong> form of the imperative is <strong>dare</strong> (“to give”):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dai / Da’ qua!</strong><br />
<em>Give here! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Date qua!</strong><br />
<em>Give here! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dia qua!</strong><br />
<em>Give here! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<p>One last irregular verb in the imperative is <strong>dire</strong> (“to say” or “to tell”):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Di’ la verità!</strong><br />
<em>Tell the truth! (<strong>tu</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dite la verità!</strong><br />
<em>Tell the truth! (<strong>voi</strong> form)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dica la verità!</strong><br />
<em>Tell the truth! (<strong>Lei</strong> form)</em></p>
<h2>The ‘noi’ form of the imperative in Italian</h2>
<p>The <strong>noi</strong> form of the imperative in Italian is the equivalent to &#8220;let’s …&#8221; in English. To build the <strong>noi</strong> form of the imperative, we simply use the same form as the present indicative.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Entriamo!</strong><br />
<em>Let’s go in! / Let’s enter!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Corriamo!</strong><br />
<em>Let’s run!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Apriamo la porta!</strong><br />
<em>Let’s open the door!</em></p>
<h2>Practising the imperative in Italian</h2>
<p>Let’s put the imperative form in Italian into practice with some scenarios. Try to think of the imperative phrase you would use in each of these scenarios, working out which form (<strong>tu</strong>, <strong>voi</strong> or <strong>Lei</strong>) to use, according to the context.</p>
<ol>
<li>Your friend is really hungry and you have made a lot of food. Your friend is hesitant, but you want them to help themself to the food.</li>
<li>Signora Bianchi is hesitant to come into your office for a meeting.</li>
<li>Your children are not paying attention, but you want them to listen.</li>
</ol>
<p>That’s it for the affirmative imperative in Italian. We hope that you now feel more confident giving commands, instructions, suggestions or orders to a person or a group of people, either informally or formally. If you&#8217;d like to take this topic a stage further, learn <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to form the negative imperative</a> in another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this lesson, watch or listen to the podcast episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. And don’t forget to subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> and our podcast feed, so that you know when a new episode is available. In our next episode, we’ll be covering the negative imperative form in Italian, so stay tuned!</p>
<p>In the meantime, if you’d like more help with your Italian, you can sign up to receive free email lessons straight to your inbox. Look out for the sign-up box, and we hope that you enjoy your next mini lesson.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Mangia! / Mangia, mangia!</strong> (“Eat!”)<br />
In the episode, Francesca and Maurizio explain that it is very common to repeat the verb in the imperative form in Italian.</li>
<li><strong>Entri (pure)! / Venga (pure)!</strong> (“Please, come in!”)</li>
<li><strong>Ascoltate!</strong> (“Listen!”)</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f1a5fe11ed0011307b4e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/">How to give commands, instructions and suggestions: the imperative in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/how-to-give-commands-instructions-and-suggestions-the-imperative-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capital letters in French: when to use them</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2024 11:45:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34182</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Using capital letters in French correctly is essential for writing accurately. While there are similarities between English and French when it comes to capitalisation rules, there are also key differences that every French learner should be aware of. In this article, we&#8217;ll guide you through the rules of using capital letters in French, ensuring that ... <a title="Capital letters in French: when to use them" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/" aria-label="More on Capital letters in French: when to use them">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/">Capital letters in French: when to use them</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Using capital letters in French correctly is essential for writing accurately. While there are similarities between English and French when it comes to capitalisation rules, there are also key differences that every French learner should be aware of.</p>
<p>In this article, we&#8217;ll guide you through the rules of using capital letters in French, ensuring that your writing is not only correct, but also polished and professional.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series that breaks down challenging French language topics into manageable, engaging conversations. In the latest episode, Pierre-Benoît and Max discuss the interesting aspects of French capitalisation rules, highlighting when to use capital letters and when to avoid them.</p>
<p>So, let&#8217;s get started, and we&#8217;d recommend listening to the audio episode as you read.</p>
<h2>Capitalising places, names and events</h2>
<p>Just like in English, capital letters in French are used for specific categories such as places, names, brands, and events.</p>
<h3>Places</h3>
<p>When writing about specific places, such as cities and countries, you should always capitalise the first letter. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Paris / la ville de Paris<br />
</strong><em>Paris / the city of Paris</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Portugal<br />
</strong><em>Portugal</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la France<br />
</strong><em>France</em></p>
<p>In these examples, <strong>Paris</strong>, <strong>Portugal</strong> and <strong>France</strong> are capitalised because they are proper nouns referring to specific geographical locations.</p>
<h3>Names</h3>
<p>Personal names in French also require capitalisation, just as they do in English. Whether you’re introducing yourself or mentioning someone else, the first letter of each name should be capitalised. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je m’appelle Max.<br />
</strong><em>I&#8217;m called Max.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je m’appelle Pierre-Benoît.<br />
</strong><em>I&#8217;m called Pierre-Benoît.</em></p>
<p>Notice that both Max and Pierre-Benoît have their first letters capitalised, as they are proper nouns.</p>
<h3>Events</h3>
<p>Special events, holidays, and significant occurrences also require the use of capital letters in French. This helps to emphasise their importance and distinguish them from everyday terms. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Saint-Valentin<br />
</strong><em>Valentine’s Day</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Noël<br />
</strong><em>Christmas</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pâques</strong><br />
<em>Easter</em></p>
<h2>When not to use capital letters in French</h2>
<p>While the use of some capital letters in French mirror those in English, there are notable differences, particularly regarding days of the week, months of the year, languages, and the pronoun <strong>je</strong>.</p>
<h3>Days of the week and months of the year</h3>
<p>The days of the week in French are not capitalised. The same goes for months of the year. This is a significant difference from English and an important rule to remember. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tous les lundis<br />
</strong><em>every Monday</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le 8 juin<br />
</strong><em>the 8th of June</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>In these instances, <strong>lundis</strong> and <strong>juin </strong>are not capitalised. The same rule obviously applies to all days of the week and months of the year in French:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lundi, mardi, mercredi, jeudi, vendredi, samedi, dimanche</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>janvier, février, mars, avril, mai, juin, juillet, août, septembre, octobre, novembre, décembre</strong></p>
<h3>Languages</h3>
<p>When writing in French, the names of languages do not take a capital letter. This rule is different from in English, where language names are always capitalised:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je parle français.</strong><br />
<em>I speak French.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tu parles anglais.</strong><em><br />
You speak English.</em></p>
<p>In both examples, <strong>français </strong>and <strong>anglais </strong>are written all in lowercase.</p>
<h3>The pronoun &#8216;je&#8217;</h3>
<p>The pronoun <strong>je</strong> (&#8220;I&#8221;) is never capitalised in French, except at the beginning of a sentence. This contrasts sharply with English, where &#8220;I&#8221; is always capitalised. Let&#8217;s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je pense, donc je suis.<br />
</strong><em>I think, therefore I am.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il sait comment je m’appelle.<br />
</strong><em>He knows what I&#8217;m called.</em></p>
<p>As you can see, <strong>je</strong> remains all lowercase, unless it is the first word of the sentence.</p>
<h2>Special cases and common pitfalls</h2>
<p>Understanding the general French capitalisation rules is crucial, but being aware of some special cases can also help you avoid common mistakes.</p>
<h3>Nationalities</h3>
<p>When referring to nationalities in French, capitalise the noun but not the adjective:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Les Français aiment le fromage.</strong><br />
<em>French people like cheese.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mon voisin est français.</strong><br />
<em>My neighbour is French.</em></p>
<p>This rule applies to all nationalities. Here are some others: <strong>anglais, anglaise, américain, américaine, brésilien, brésilienne, chinois, chinoise, australien, australienne, égyptien, égyptienne, japonais, japonaise, allemand, allemande, espagnol, espagnole etc.</strong></p>
<h3>Administrative documents or announcements</h3>
<p>In the following examples, note that the nouns <strong>ville </strong>and <strong>gouvernement </strong>are written with a capital letter only when they are used to refer to a specific institution.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Paris est une ville.</strong><br />
<em>Paris is a city.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La Ville de Paris a déclaré que tous les musées seraient fermés.</strong><br />
<em>The City of Paris / The Administration of Paris announced that all museums would be closed.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le Gouvernement du Québec va faire une annonce demain.</strong><br />
<em>The Government of Quebec will be making an announcement tomorrow.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il y a un nouveau gouvernement au Québec.</strong><br />
<em>There is a new government in Quebec.</em></p>
<h2>A recap of using capital letters in French</h2>
<p>To summarise, here are the key points to remember about using capital letters in French:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use capitals for places, names, brands, and events.</li>
<li>Do not use capitals for days of the week, months, languages, and the pronoun <strong>je</strong>.</li>
<li>Pay attention to special cases, such as nationalities.</li>
</ul>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34214 size-large" title="capital letters in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-206-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-206-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-206-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-206-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-206.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Practising French capitalisation rules</h2>
<p>Now, let’s put your knowledge to the test! Below are three sentences in English; your task is to translate them into French. Remember to pay close attention to capital letters, using French capitalisation rules.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I love French and I love French food.</em></li>
<li><em>I love the French.</em></li>
<li><em>I leave on Christmas day. It is a Thursday.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>For further explanation on this topic, don’t forget to listen to the podcast version of this lesson with Pierre-Benoît and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. We’ll be releasing more episodes soon, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> for more help with your French.</p>
<p>What’s more, if you’d like to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your French, you can sign up below. Your next French lesson will arrive straight to your inbox very soon.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>J’adore le français et j’adore la nourriture française / la cuisine française.</strong></li>
<li><strong>J’adore les Français.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Je pars le jour de Noël. C&#8217;est un jeudi.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/66827c64cbd71a01fe0ac1b8" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/">Capital letters in French: when to use them</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/capital-letters-in-french-when-to-use-them/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce the letter J in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2024 11:15:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34098</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Being confident with the nuances of pronunciation makes a big difference in your language-learning journey. One of the trickier Spanish sounds for English speakers is the letter J. This article will teach you how to pronounce the letter J in Spanish, provide tips for practice, and explain some regional variations. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is ... <a title="How to pronounce the letter J in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce the letter J in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/">How to pronounce the letter J in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Being confident with the nuances of pronunciation makes a big difference in your language-learning journey. One of the trickier Spanish sounds for English speakers is the letter <strong>J</strong>. This article will teach you how to pronounce the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish, provide tips for practice, and explain some regional variations.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In the latest episode, Concha and Mark discuss the pronunciation of the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish and give you tips to overcome the challenge of this tricky sound.</p>
<p>Listen along to the audio episode, or watch the video version, while you read this article. Once you reach the end, don’t miss your free worksheet which you can download to put what you’ve learned to the test. <strong>¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>Understanding the sound of the letter J in Spanish</h2>
<p>The letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish is quite different from the English J. In Spanish, it is pronounced like a strong, guttural sound that comes from the back of your throat.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;ve ever heard someone pronounce the Scottish word &#8220;loch&#8221;, you have a good reference point for how to pronounce the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish. And if you&#8217;re not familiar with the word &#8220;loch&#8221;, make sure to find this point in the podcast episode, to hear how Mark pronounces it.</p>
<h3>How to make the sound</h3>
<p>To make the sound of the <strong>J</strong> in Spanish, we have three main tips. They are:</p>
<ol>
<li>Visualise a cartoon character laughing<br />
Imagine a cartoon character laughing with a “hee hee” sound, but coming from deep in your throat and pushing your tongue towards the roof of your mouth. This exaggerated laugh can help you find the right placement for the sound.</li>
<li>Use the Scottish word &#8220;loch&#8221;<br />
Think of how you would pronounce the word &#8220;loch&#8221; in Scottish English. That rough, throaty sound is similar to the Spanish <strong>J</strong>. If English is not your first language, try to find a sound that is similar, and use it to make that <strong>J</strong> sound in Spanish.</li>
<li>Start with a K sound<br />
Begin with the sound K and then add more breath to it, pushing the sound further back in your throat.</li>
</ol>
<p>Of course, Spanish is spoken in many countries, and there are some regional variations in the pronunciation of the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish. In Latin America, the Canary Islands, and the south of Spain, you might hear a softer <strong>J</strong>, similar to the English H in &#8220;hello&#8221;. However, the strong, guttural <strong>J</strong> remains the most standard and widely recognised pronunciation.</p>
<h2>Practice makes perfect</h2>
<p>To master how to pronounce the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish, practice is essential. Start with these words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ajo</strong><br />
<em>garlic</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>jamón</strong><br />
<em>ham</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bajo</strong><br />
<em>under</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>majo</strong><br />
<em>nice</em></p>
<p>Names are also a great way to practise the <strong>J</strong> sound. Try these common Spanish names:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>José</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Juan</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>María José</strong></p>
<p>Repeat these words several times, focusing on making the <strong>J</strong> sound strong and clear. Notice how the <strong>J</strong> sound remains consistent. On the other hand, names borrowed from English, such as Jennifer, or words like <strong>jaguar</strong> and <strong>DJ</strong> retain the English J sound.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34161 size-large" title="how to pronounce the letter J in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-205-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-205-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-205-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-205-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-205-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Exceptions</h2>
<p>While learning how to pronounce the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish, you might come across some exceptions.</p>
<p>For example, there are a small number of situations where the letter <strong>X </strong>takes on the sound of the <strong>J</strong> in Spanish. This happens in the place names <strong>México</strong> and <strong>Texas</strong>, where the <strong>X </strong>has the same pronunciation as the Spanish <strong>J</strong>. These spelling exceptions are due to historical and regional influences.</p>
<h2>A fun tongue-twister to practise the letter J in Spanish</h2>
<p>Here’s a fun tongue-twister to help you practise how to say <strong>J</strong> in Spanish:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Juan y Juanita juegan a juntar juncos junto a la zanja del jardín, bebiendo jugo de jojoba y comiendo jamón de Gijón.</strong></p>
<p>Notice that the last word, <strong>Gijón</strong>, has a different spelling, though it has the same sound! We will be looking at this in a future episode. For now, give this <strong>trabalenguas</strong> a try! It’s a playful way to get comfortable with the pronunciation.</p>
<p><strong>¡Y hasta aquí la pronunciación de la letra J en español!</strong></p>
<p>Mastering how to pronounce the letter <strong>J</strong> in Spanish is a key step in improving your Spanish pronunciation, and we hope that you found this article helpful.</p>
<p>To get a better understanding of this sound, make sure to listen to the podcast version of this lesson, or watch the video version, with Concha and Mark on <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Coffee Break Spanish Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">. And to keep up to date with our future episodes,</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> and to our podcast feed wherever you get your podcasts.</span></p>
<p>If you&#8217;re looking to improve your pronunciation even more, we also have a podcast episode and article all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to pronounce the letter <strong>R </strong>in Spanish</a>.</p>
<p>And if you&#8217;d like to receive regular, free Spanish lessons, you should know that we send out free, mini email lessons to our Coffee Break Spanish community to help you improve your Spanish little and often. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Look out for the sign-up box.</span></p>
<p>Until next time, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/667c2919ec0d32fbe330cab1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/">How to pronounce the letter J in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/how-to-pronounce-the-letter-j-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘When&#8217; in German: how to translate this word using &#8216;wann&#8217;, &#8216;als&#8217; and &#8216;wenn&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2024 11:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34093</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In the world of language learning, getting your head around temporal expressions can sometimes feel like a bigger task than it really is. For English speakers wanting to understand how to translate “when” in German, the trio of wann, als, and wenn can initially appear as interchangeable equivalents. However, knowing the rules for when to ... <a title="‘When&#8217; in German: how to translate this word using &#8216;wann&#8217;, &#8216;als&#8217; and &#8216;wenn&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/" aria-label="More on ‘When&#8217; in German: how to translate this word using &#8216;wann&#8217;, &#8216;als&#8217; and &#8216;wenn&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/">‘When&#8217; in German: how to translate this word using &#8216;wann&#8217;, &#8216;als&#8217; and &#8216;wenn&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the world of language learning, getting your head around temporal expressions can sometimes feel like a bigger task than it really is. For English speakers wanting to understand how to translate “when” in German, the trio of <strong>wann</strong>, <strong>als</strong>, and <strong>wenn</strong> can initially appear as interchangeable equivalents. However, knowing the rules for when to use each of them is an important topic when learning German.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of short, friendly conversations in which we discuss tricky German language topics. Join Mark and Thomas in the latest episode to learn how to use <strong>wann</strong>, <strong>als</strong>, and <strong>wenn</strong> with clarity and confidence.</p>
<p>Keep reading to find out more, and we&#8217;d recommend listening to the podcast episode as you read. Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>&#8216;Wann&#8217; &#8211; the question word</h2>
<p><strong>Wann</strong> serves as the go-to question word for inquiries regarding time. So, this is the one to use if you want to ask &#8220;when?&#8221; in either a direct or an indirect question, as <strong>wann</strong> is used to pinpoint moments, durations, or specific time frames.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">As a question word:<br />
<strong>Wann filmen wir die nächste Episode?</strong><br />
<em>When are we filming the next episode?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Temporal reference:<br />
<strong>Seit wann lebst du in Schottland?<br />
</strong><em>Since when have you been living in Scotland?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Indirect questions:<br />
<strong>Ich weiß noch nicht, wann ich morgen Zeit habe.</strong><br />
<em>I don&#8217;t know yet when I&#8217;ll have time tomorrow.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;Als&#8217; &#8211; the past marker</h2>
<p><strong>Als</strong> can have various meanings in German. However, when it is translated as &#8220;when&#8221;, it serves as a temporal marker, particularly signalling events or situations that occurred in the past. It is always within subordinate clauses, giving information about the past. A subordinate clause is part of a sentence which cannot exist on its own. There will always be a main clause with it.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see some examples of <strong>als </strong>being used to introduce past events:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Als wir im Restaurant ankamen, hatte es schon geschlossen. / Das Restaurant hatte schon geschlossen, als wir ankamen.</strong><br />
<em>When we arrived at the restaurant, it had already closed.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Als mein Bruder in Dresden lebte, haben wir ihn oft besucht. / Wir haben meinen Bruder oft besucht, als er in Dresden lebte.</strong><br />
<em>When my brother lived in Dresden, we visited him often.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;Wenn&#8217; &#8211; the conditional connector</h2>
<p><strong>Wenn</strong> takes on the role of a conditional connector, joining subordinate clauses that denote conditions or hypothetical scenarios. It&#8217;s another way of saying “when” in German. <strong>Wenn</strong> is also similar to &#8220;if&#8221; in English in conditional contexts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Conditional statements:<br />
<strong>Wenn es morgen nicht regnet, gehen wir wandern.<br />
</strong><em>If it is not raining tomorrow, we will go hiking.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Hypothetical scenarios:<br />
<strong>Wenn meine Familie zu Besuch kommt, kochen wir zusammen.</strong><br />
<em>When my family comes to visit, we cook together.</em></p>
<p><strong>Falls</strong> can also be used instead of <strong>wenn</strong>. However, <strong>falls</strong> implies more doubt and uncertainty than <strong>wenn</strong>.</p>
<h2>Clarifying the distinctions</h2>
<p>Understanding the distinctions between <strong>wann</strong>, <strong>als</strong>, and <strong>wenn</strong> will allow you to use these German time words with confidence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34111 size-large" title="when in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-205-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-205-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-205-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-205-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-205.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope you now feel more confident knowing how to translate &#8220;when&#8221; into German, depending on the context.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We regularly upload new episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> so that you never miss a lesson.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p><strong>Bis zum nächsten Mal</strong>, and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f531ec55c700123dc414" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/">‘When&#8217; in German: how to translate this word using &#8216;wann&#8217;, &#8216;als&#8217; and &#8216;wenn&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-in-german-how-to-translate-this-word-using-wann-als-and-wenn/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>15 essential expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 11:04:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34136</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The verb fare in Italian is incredibly versatile and frequently used. As you’ll know, its basic meaning is “to do” or “to make”. However, there are many set expressions using fare, which you should know to help you expand your range of expression in Italian. The Coffee Break Italian Show is a series of short, ... <a title="15 essential expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/" aria-label="More on 15 essential expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/">15 essential expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb <strong>fare</strong> in Italian is incredibly versatile and frequently used. As you’ll know, its basic meaning is “to do” or “to make”. However, there are many set expressions using <strong>fare</strong>, which you should know to help you expand your range of expression in Italian.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a series of short, friendly podcast episodes, to help you get to grips with some tricky topics in Italian. In our latest episode, Francesca and Maurizio discuss 15 useful, everyday expressions using <strong>fare</strong> in Italian.</p>
<p>Keep reading to find out more, and we’d recommend listening to the podcast episode as you go.</p>
<p>Also, don’t miss your free worksheet download at the end of this article, which will help you put into practice what you learn. <strong>Iniziamo!</strong></p>
<h2>What does ‘fare’ mean in Italian?</h2>
<p>The basic meaning of <strong>fare</strong> in Italian is “to do” or “to make”. However, we’re going to take this verb further and see it used in some set expressions.</p>
<p><strong>Fare</strong> is a very versatile verb that can have multiple meanings, and as you&#8217;re about to see, it doesn’t always translate into English as “to do” or “to make”.</p>
<h2>Expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian</h2>
<p>Let’s get started looking at some of the most common <strong>fare</strong> expressions.</p>
<h3>‘fare una passeggiata’ &amp; ‘fare un giro’</h3>
<p>Two very common expressions using <strong>fare</strong> in Italian are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una passeggiata</strong><br />
<em>to go for a walk / stroll</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare un giro</strong><br />
<em>to go for a stroll / wander</em></p>
<p>For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare un giro in bici</strong><br />
<em>to go for a bike ride</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare un giro in centro</strong><br />
<em>to go for a wander in the city centre</em></p>
<h3>‘fare la spesa’ &amp; ‘fare la coda’</h3>
<p>Another two everyday expressions with <strong>fare</strong> in Italian are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare la spesa</strong><br />
<em>to go grocery shopping</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare la coda</strong><br />
<em>to queue, to stand in line</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non mi piace fare la coda quando faccio la spesa.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t like queuing when I’m doing the grocery shopping.</em></p>
<h3>‘fare un viaggio’ &amp; ‘fare una vacanza’</h3>
<p>Now, let’s look at two travel-related expressions using <strong>fare</strong> in Italian.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare un viaggio</strong><br />
<em>to go on a trip, to travel</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una vacanza</strong><br />
<em>to go on holiday</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vorrei fare un viaggio / una vacanza in Marocco.</strong><br />
<em>I would like to go on a trip / on holiday to Morocco.</em></p>
<h3>‘fare le pulizie’</h3>
<p>Our next <strong>fare</strong> expression translates more literally into English:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare le pulizie</strong><br />
<em>to do the cleaning</em></p>
<p>Of course, we can also use the verb <strong>pulire</strong> to talk about cleaning. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Oggi pulisco il mio appartamento.</strong><br />
<em>Today I’m cleaning my flat / apartment.</em></p>
<p>However,<strong> fare le pulizie</strong> is a very natural expression to use to talk about cleaning in general.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34144 size-large" title="what does fare mean in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h3>‘fare una domanda’</h3>
<p>When talking about asking a question, you can use another expression with <strong>fare</strong> in Italian:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una domanda</strong><br />
<em>to ask a question</em></p>
<p><strong>Attenzione!</strong> In Italian, we therefore don’t use the verb <strong>chiedere</strong> (“to ask”) with the noun <strong>domanda</strong>; instead, we literally say “to make a question”.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Posso farti una domanda?</strong><br />
<em>Can I ask you a question?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Posso chiederti qualcosa?</strong><br />
<em>Can I ask you something?</em></p>
<p>You may also come across this expression in a different context:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare domanda per un lavoro</strong><br />
<em>to apply for a job</em></p>
<p>We can therefore use the expression <strong>fare domanda</strong> to talk about applying for a job. Note that we don’t use the verb <strong>applicare</strong> in this context in Italian.</p>
<h3>‘fare storie’</h3>
<p>The next <strong>fare</strong> expression on our list is a lovely Italian idiom.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare storie</strong><br />
<em>to complain</em></p>
<p>Of course, literally, this means “to make stories”, but it is an idiomatic way to talk about someone complaining or making a fuss. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non fare storie!</strong><br />
<em>Don’t complain! / Don’t make a fuss!</em></p>
<p>Note that this example is in <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/07/mastering-the-negative-italian-imperative/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the negative imperative</a> <strong>tu</strong> form.</p>
<h3>‘fare presto’ &amp; ‘fare tardi’</h3>
<p>Let’s take a look at our next pair of expressions that use <strong>fare</strong> in Italian:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare presto</strong><br />
<em>to be early</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare tardi</strong><br />
<em>to be late</em></p>
<p>Note that these differ from their English equivalents, where we would use the verb “to be” instead of “to do” or “to make”.</p>
<h3>‘fare le ore piccole’</h3>
<p>Speaking of time, if you’ve stayed up late, you can use another nice Italian idiom using <strong>fare</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare le ore piccole</strong><br />
<em>to stay up late, to be up until the small hours</em></p>
<p>Literally, this means “to do the small hours”. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hai fatto le ore piccole ieri?</strong><br />
<em>Did you stay up late yesterday?</em></p>
<p>This expression often also suggests that the late night involved being out somewhere, doing something fun.</p>
<h3>‘fare alla romana’</h3>
<p>If you’ve been out with your friends, the next <strong>fare</strong> expression may also come in handy:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare alla romana</strong><br />
<em>to split the bill</em></p>
<p>Note that you can also say <strong>pagare alla romana</strong>.</p>
<p>You can use this expression if you&#8217;re eating out with friends and are talking about splitting the bill between you. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Va bene se facciamo alla romana?</strong><br />
<em>Is it OK if we split the bill?</em></p>
<p>Now, if you’re wondering about the origin of the expression <strong>fare alla romana</strong>, there are several theories. The most common belief is that the practice of splitting the cost of a meal among people originated in some <strong>trattorie</strong> in Rome. For convenience, these establishments would have pilgrims visiting St Peter’s Basilica share the cost of food and drinks by dividing the total bill among everyone at the table.</p>
<h3>‘fare una bella figura’ &amp; ‘fare una brutta figura’</h3>
<p>Our final expressions using <strong>fare</strong> in Italian relate to a concept that is very important in Italian culture.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una bella figura</strong><br />
<em>to make a good impression</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una brutta figura</strong><br />
<em>to make a bad impression</em></p>
<p>As Francesca and Maurizio explain in the podcast episode, this idea can be applied to various situations – for example, in the context of a job interview or meeting your friend’s parents.</p>
<p><strong>Fare una bella / brutta figura</strong> conveys the idea of putting across a good / bad impression of yourself or having a good / bad image.</p>
<p>Here is an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dobbiamo fare una bella figura.</strong><br />
<em>We have to make a good impression.</em></p>
<p>As a bonus <strong>fare</strong> expression, here’s an alternative to<strong> fare una brutta figura</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fare una figuraccia</strong><br />
<em>to make a bad impression</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi raccomando, non fare una figuraccia.</strong><br />
<em>I recommend that you don&#8217;t make a bad impression.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34145 size-large" title="fare in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-205-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Practising expressions using &#8216;fare&#8217; in Italian</h2>
<p>Now, it’s over to you! To practise what you’ve learned in this article, consider the following scenarios and decide which of the <strong>fare</strong> expressions could be used in each situation.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Io sono al mio corso di italiano e l&#8217;insegnante sta spiegando il congiuntivo. Sono un po’ confusa e ho bisogno di chiarimenti.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Il mio amico Antonio non è mai contento. Si lamenta sempre. Non gli piace niente. È sempre insoddisfatto e critica ogni mia decisione o proposta. Come posso descrivere Antonio?</strong></li>
<li><strong>Siamo in pizzeria. Ho appena ricevuto il conto per la cena che abbiamo condiviso tra noi sei amici. E quindi prendo la mia calcolatrice per vedere quanto devi pagare tu, quanto deve pagare Antonio e quanto devono pagare gli altri. Che cosa mi dici in questo caso?</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>In this article we’ve seen that the question “what does <strong>fare</strong> mean in Italian?” can have a long answer! Indeed, the verb <strong>fare</strong> in Italian can carry many meanings and be used in many contexts.</p>
<p>If you enjoyed learning more about the verb <strong>fare </strong>in Italian, you should know that we have another article and podcast episode all about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the verb <strong>avere</strong>, and the most common expressions that use this verb</a>.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, make sure to listen to the full podcast episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, or watch the video version. And by subscribing to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> or our podcast feed, you’ll be notified when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your Italian? You should know that we send out regular, free email lessons to our Coffee Break Italian community, to help you improve your language skills little and often. Look out for the sign-up box.</p>
<p>Until next time, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are some statements that would be relevant to each situation described in the challenge.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Posso fare una domanda? / Posso fare delle domande?</strong> (“Can I ask a question?” / “Can I ask some questions?”)</li>
<li><strong>Antonio fa storie. / Antonio fa molte / sempre storie.</strong> (“Antonio complains.” / &#8220;Antonio complains a lot / always complains”.)</li>
<li><strong>Facciamo alla romana!</strong> (“Let’s split the bill!”)</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f16bef67940012211f1e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/">15 essential expressions with ‘fare’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-expressions-with-fare-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Imparfait vs. passé composé: French past tenses explained</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 11:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34091</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Are you ready to learn how to choose between the imparfait and the passé composé in French? These two tenses are essential for telling stories in the past, but it can sometimes be tricky to decide which one to use. In this article, we will help you identify what triggers the use of each tense ... <a title="Imparfait vs. passé composé: French past tenses explained" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/" aria-label="More on Imparfait vs. passé composé: French past tenses explained">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/">Imparfait vs. passé composé: French past tenses explained</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Are you ready to learn how to choose between the <strong>imparfait</strong> and the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French? These two tenses are essential for telling stories in the past, but it can sometimes be tricky to decide which one to use. In this article, we will help you identify what triggers the use of each tense and how to apply them correctly in your sentences.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series in which we break down complex French language topics into bite-sized, friendly conversations. In our latest episode, Max and Pierre-Benoît discuss the perfect tense and the imperfect tense in French, providing clear explanations and practical examples.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>Past tenses: imparfait and passé composé in French</h2>
<p>Before diving into the specifics, it&#8217;s important to understand that both the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French and the <strong>imparfait</strong> are past tenses used to express actions that happened in the past. While they might seem similar at first glance, they each serve a unique purpose in narrative and descriptive contexts. Knowing the difference between them can significantly improve your storytelling and general communication in French.</p>
<h3>Passé composé: the perfect tense in French</h3>
<p>The<strong> passé composé</strong> in French, often referred to as the perfect tense in English, is predominantly used to describe actions that have been completed in the past. These actions are usually specific events that occurred at a particular time. The perfect tense in French is instrumental in advancing the narrative, making it clear that something happened and was completed. Let’s consider these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai mangé une banane.</strong><br />
<em>I ate a banana.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je suis allé(e) au cinéma.</strong><br />
<em>I went to the cinema.</em></p>
<p>These sentences indicate actions that are finished and have clear endpoints, which is the hallmark of the perfect tense in French.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34134 size-large" title="passé composé French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h3>Imparfait: the imperfect tense in French</h3>
<p>On the other hand, the <strong>imparfait</strong> is used to set the scene and describe ongoing or repeated past actions. This tense is perfect for providing background information or describing situations that were continuous over a period of time. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’hôtel était grand.</strong><br />
<em>The hotel was big.</em></p>
<p>This sentence gives us a description of the hotel, rather than telling us about a specific event.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il y avait une piscine.</strong><br />
<em>There was a swimming pool.</em></p>
<p>Similarly, this sentence is describing a feature of the hotel, not narrating a specific occurrence.</p>
<p>When talking about habitual actions, the <strong>imparfait</strong> is also the tense to use. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quand j’étais jeune, j’allais chez mon grand-père le samedi.</strong><br />
<em>When I was young, I used to go to my grandfather’s every Saturday.</em></p>
<p>This sentence highlights a repeated action that took place regularly in the past.</p>
<h3><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34133 size-large" title="imperfect tense in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-205-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h3>
<h2>French past tenses: triggers for the perfect and imperfect tenses</h2>
<p>Understanding when to use the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French versus the <strong>imparfait</strong> can be challenging for learners. However, certain triggers and context clues can help you determine which tense is appropriate.</p>
<h3>Passé composé in French: triggers and context</h3>
<p>The <strong>passé composé</strong> in French is triggered by events that have a definite start and end point. It is used for actions that occurred once or were completed in a specific time frame. Words and phrases such as <strong>hier</strong> (&#8220;yesterday&#8221;), <strong>une fois</strong> (&#8220;once&#8221;), <strong>soudain</strong> (&#8220;suddenly&#8221;), and <strong>tout à coup</strong> (&#8220;all of a sudden&#8221;) often indicate that the <strong>passé composé</strong> should be used.</p>
<p>For instance, in the following sentence, the word <strong>hier</strong> specifies that the action happened at a particular time and was completed.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hier, j’ai mangé une banane.<br />
</strong><em>Yesterday, I ate a banana.</em></p>
<h3>Imparfait: triggers and context</h3>
<p>The <strong>imparfait</strong> is often used when describing the context, setting the scene, or talking about habitual actions in the past. Key words that typically signal the use of the <strong>imparfait</strong> include <strong>toujours</strong> (&#8220;always&#8221;), <strong>souvent</strong> (&#8220;often&#8221;), <strong>d&#8217;habitude</strong> (&#8220;usually&#8221;), and <strong>chaque jour</strong> (&#8220;every day&#8221;). For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quand j’étais jeune, j’allais chez mon grand-père le samedi.</strong><br />
<em>When I was young, I used to go to my grandfather’s every Saturday.</em></p>
<p>The phrase <strong>quand j’étais jeune</strong> sets up a continuous, habitual action that happened regularly.</p>
<h2>Imparfait and passé composé in French: combining both tenses</h2>
<p>In storytelling, it&#8217;s common to use both tenses within the same sentence to convey different aspects of the narrative. Typically, the <strong>imparfait</strong> sets the scene, providing background information, while the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French interrupts with specific actions that move the story forward.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je regardais la télé quand tu es arrivé(e).</strong><br />
<em>I was watching TV when you arrived.</em></p>
<p>In this sentence, <strong>je regardais la télé</strong> (&#8220;I was watching TV&#8221;) uses the <strong>imparfait</strong> to describe what was happening at that moment, setting the scene. Then, <strong>quand tu es arrivé(e)</strong> (&#8220;when you arrived&#8221;) uses the<strong> passé composé</strong> to introduce the specific event that occurred, interrupting the ongoing action.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at another example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je dormais quand il m’a appelé(e).<br />
</strong><em>I was sleeping when he called me.</em></p>
<p>In this example, <strong>je dormais</strong> (&#8220;I was sleeping&#8221;) is in the <strong>imparfait</strong>, indicating an ongoing action in the past, while <strong>quand il m’a appelé(e) </strong>(&#8220;when he called me&#8221;) is in the <strong>passé composé</strong>, highlighting the specific action that interrupted the sleep.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re wondering why the past participle <strong>appelé(e) </strong>could be either in its masculine or feminine singular form in this sentence, find out <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">everything you need to know about past participle agreement in French here.</a></p>
<h2>Interesting cases</h2>
<p>There are certain interesting cases where the choice between the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French and the <strong>imparfait</strong> can convey subtle differences in meaning. One such case is talking about your age in the past.</p>
<h3>Talking about age in the past</h3>
<p>When describing an age range or a period of life, the <strong>imparfait</strong> is used. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>quand j’avais six ans</strong><br />
<em>when I was six</em></p>
<p>This refers to the entire year when you were six, implying a continuous state.</p>
<p>However, when marking a specific event such as a birthday, the<strong> passé composé</strong> is used:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>quand j’ai eu six ans</strong><br />
<em>when I turned six</em></p>
<p>This refers specifically to the day you turned six.</p>
<h3>Weather descriptions</h3>
<p>Another interesting area is weather descriptions. Depending on the context, both tenses can be appropriate:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il faisait beau.</strong><br />
<em>The weather was nice.</em></p>
<p>In this sentence, we are using the <strong>imparfait</strong> to describe the weather in general or over a period of time.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il a fait beau.</strong><br />
<em>The weather was nice</em>.</p>
<p>This time, we are using the<strong> passé composé</strong> to describe the weather during a specific time or event.</p>
<p>For more help with understanding the difference between these two sentences, make sure to watch the video version of this lesson. And as Pierre-Benoît and Max say in the episode, in contexts like this, the difference between the two tenses is subtle, and people will understand what you mean whichever you use.</p>
<h2>Summary of imparfait vs. passé composé</h2>
<p>Mastering the use of the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French and the <strong>imparfait</strong> is a crucial step in becoming proficient in French. These tenses serve distinct purposes, with the <strong>passé composé</strong> being used for specific, completed actions and the <strong>imparfait</strong> for descriptions and habitual actions. Recognising the triggers and contexts for each tense will help you tell stories and describe past events more effectively in French.</p>
<p>Remember, the<strong> passé composé</strong> propels the narrative by stating completed events, while the <strong>imparfait</strong> paints a picture of ongoing states or repeated actions.</p>
<p>For a deeper understanding of this topic, be sure to listen to the podcast version of this lesson with Pierre-Benoît and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. We&#8217;ll be releasing additional episodes soon, so subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> for more French language assistance.</p>
<p>Additionally, if you&#8217;re interested in receiving regular, free email lessons to enhance your French skills, you can sign up below. Your next French lesson will be delivered straight to your inbox shortly.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/667944a3da1c2dde36b9849d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/">Imparfait vs. passé composé: French past tenses explained</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/imparfait-vs-passe-compose-french-past-tenses-explained/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish: how to translate &#8216;for&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 11:15:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33854</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The English word “for” can be tricky to translate into Spanish. This is because there are two words that are normally associated with “for”: por and para. When to use por vs para in Spanish is something that many of our Coffee Break learners ask us about. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a series ... <a title="‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish: how to translate &#8216;for&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/" aria-label="More on ‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish: how to translate &#8216;for&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/">‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish: how to translate &#8216;for&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The English word “for” can be tricky to translate into Spanish. This is because there are two words that are normally associated with “for”: <strong>por</strong> and <strong>para</strong>. When to use <strong>por</strong> vs <strong>para</strong> in Spanish is something that many of our Coffee Break learners ask us about.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of short, informal podcast episodes, in which we discuss tricky but useful topics for Spanish learners. In the latest episode, Concha and Mark discuss the uses of <strong>por</strong> and <strong>para</strong>, and how to translate “for” into Spanish.</p>
<p>Listen along to the audio episode, or watch the video version while you read this article. Once you reach the end, don’t miss your free worksheet, which you can download to put what you’ve learned to the test. <strong>¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with a quick exercise. Try to translate these sentences into Spanish. Think about how to translate “for” in each one. Then, once we’ve gone through the uses of <strong>por</strong> and <strong>para</strong>, we’ll reveal the answers at the end.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I am going to change my phone for a new one.</em></li>
<li><em>This bus is for Medellín.</em></li>
<li><em>Sofía cooked for me yesterday.</em></li>
</ol>
<h2>Uses of ‘por’ and ‘para’</h2>
<p>In each of those translation sentences, you will have been choosing between the prepositions <strong>por</strong> and <strong>para</strong> to translate “for”. Don’t worry if you weren’t sure which to choose each time, as it’s now time to get into when to use <strong>por</strong> vs <strong>para</strong> in Spanish.</p>
<h3>Uses of ‘para’</h3>
<p>The preposition <strong>para</strong> has two main uses.</p>
<h4>“for” the recipient of an action or object</h4>
<p><strong>Para</strong> is used when we are talking about the recipient or receiver of an action or an object. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Compraré esta camiseta para ti.</strong><br />
<em>I will buy this T-shirt for you.</em></p>
<p>In this sentence, “you” are the recipient of the T-shirt, which is why “for you” is translated as <strong>para ti</strong>.</p>
<p>Here’s another example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Escribí este poema para mi madre.</strong><br />
<em>I wrote this poem for my mum.</em></p>
<p>Even though it is not a physical object, we use <strong>para</strong> here, too, because “my mum” is the person for whom the poem is being written.</p>
<h4>“for” a destination</h4>
<p><strong>Para</strong> is also used to convey a sense of direction towards a destination. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Voy para el gimnasio.</strong><br />
<em>I am headed for the gym.</em></p>
<p>The gym is the destination, which is why we translate “for” as <strong>para</strong>.</p>
<p>Wondering what the difference is between this sentence and <strong>voy al gimnasio</strong>? In the podcast episode, Mark and Concha explain this subtle difference, so make sure to find that point in the episode.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Pronunciation point: watch out for <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the pronunciation of the single R sound in <strong>para</strong>, which is different to the stronger R sound</a> in <strong>parra</strong> (meaning “vine”).</p>
<h3>Uses of ‘por’</h3>
<p>The preposition <strong>por</strong> is a little more complicated than <strong>para</strong>, because it doesn’t always mean “for”. However, today, we’re focusing on the situations where <strong>por</strong> can be translated as “for” in English.</p>
<p>Like <strong>para</strong>, <strong>por</strong> has two main uses.</p>
<h4>“for” a reason</h4>
<p><strong>Por</strong> is used when we are talking about the reason for something.</p>
<p>Think of the question<strong> ¿por qué?</strong>, which we use to ask “why?” in Spanish. This literally means “for what (reason)?”</p>
<p>Let’s see an example of <strong>por</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No trabajo por el dinero; lo hago porque me gusta.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t work for the money; I do it because I like it.</em></p>
<p>Here, <strong>por</strong> is used to introduce the reason for working.</p>
<p>In a similar sense, <strong>por</strong> is also used to talk about doing an action “for” someone, in the sense of “on behalf of” them. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi hermana lava los platos. Hoy yo lo hago por ella.</strong><br />
<em>My sister washes the dishes. Today I’m doing it for her.</em></p>
<h4>Exchanging something “for” something else</h4>
<p>Another use of <strong>por</strong> is to talk about exchanges. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Compré este coche por 15.000 euros.</strong><br />
<em>I bought this car for 15,000 euros.</em></p>
<p>Here, <strong>por</strong> is used to express the exchange of money for the car.</p>
<h2>Time to test what you’ve learned about &#8216;por&#8217; vs &#8216;para&#8217; in Spanish</h2>
<p>Now, keeping in mind everything we’ve learned about when to use <strong>por</strong> vs <strong>para</strong> in Spanish, have another look at your translations from the beginning and see if you’d make any changes.</p>
<p>When you’re ready, keep reading as we reveal the answers.</p>
<h3>Answers</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I am going to change my phone for a new one.</em><br />
<strong>Voy a cambiar mi teléfono por uno nuevo.</strong></p>
<p>Here, &#8220;for&#8221; indicates an exchange – your old phone for a new one.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>This bus is for Medellín.</em><br />
<strong>Este autobús es para Medellín.</strong></p>
<p>The bus is headed towards Medellín, making it a destination, which is therefore introduced by <strong>para</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Sofía cooked for me yesterday.</em><br />
<strong>Sofía cocinó por mí ayer.</strong><br />
<strong>Sofía cocinó para mí ayer.</strong></p>
<p>Both <strong>por</strong> and <strong>para</strong> are possible here, depending on the context.</p>
<p>If you usually do the cooking, but Sofía is doing you a favour and making you dinner so that you don’t have to cook, we use <strong>por</strong> in this sentence.</p>
<p>However, <strong>¡ojo!</strong> If Sofía is simply treating you to a nice meal she’s cooked, you are the recipient of Sofía&#8217;s cooking, and so, we use <strong>para</strong> instead.</p>
<h2>A visual summary of ‘por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34071 size-large" title="por vs para in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-204-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-204-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-204-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-204-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-204-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>For further explanation of <strong>por</strong> vs <strong>para</strong> in Spanish, join Concha and Mark in the podcast episode associated with this article. And to keep up to date with the latest episodes of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>, you can subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> and to our podcast feed.</p>
<p>Plus, for more Coffee Break learning, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons which will help you improve your Spanish directly from your inbox. Look out for the sign-up box below, and we hope that you enjoy your lessons.</p>
<p>We hope that you now feel more confident knowing the difference between <strong>por</strong> vs <strong>para</strong> in Spanish. Until next time, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/66740600c63ebb0013d31a51" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/">‘Por’ vs ‘para’ in Spanish: how to translate &#8216;for&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/por-vs-para-in-spanish-how-to-translate-for/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.30 &#124; End-of-unit review &#8211; The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1-29</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-29/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-29/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 15:15:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34085</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached Lesson 30 of our Coffee Break Gaelic course for beginners! This means that it&#8217;s time to put our learning into practice with a Gaelic dialogue. Join Susanna and Mark in this lesson and revise key vocabulary from the last 29 lessons.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-29/">CBGa 1.30 | End-of-unit review &#8211; The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1-29</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached Lesson 30 of our Coffee Break Gaelic course for beginners! This means that it&#8217;s time to put our learning into practice with a Gaelic dialogue. Join Susanna and Mark in this lesson and revise key vocabulary from the last 29 lessons.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66718a21aaaf802da8414eaa" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-29/">CBGa 1.30 | End-of-unit review &#8211; The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1-29</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-29/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Making sense of German separable verbs: a guide for learners</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2024 11:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33856</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>If you&#8217;ve ever found yourself scratching your head over why a verb suddenly splits in half, fear not! Because today we&#8217;re looking at German separable verbs, and we&#8217;re here to shed some light on this special category of verbs that can be confusing for learners.   The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of ... <a title="Making sense of German separable verbs: a guide for learners" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/" aria-label="More on Making sense of German separable verbs: a guide for learners">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/">Making sense of German separable verbs: a guide for learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you&#8217;ve ever found yourself scratching your head over why a verb suddenly splits in half, fear not! Because today we&#8217;re looking at German separable verbs, and we&#8217;re here to shed some light on this special category of verbs that can be confusing for learners.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of short discussions in which we chat about interesting topics for German learners. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas talk about separable verbs, and about which prefixes are separable, inseparable, or can be either!</p>
<p>Watch the video version of this episode, or listen to the podcast as you read along, and look out for your free worksheet download at the bottom of this article, which will allow you to practise what you learn.</p>
<h2>German separable verbs</h2>
<p>So, what exactly are separable verbs? Well, put simply, they&#8217;re verbs where the prefix, often a preposition, is split from the main verb and placed at the end of the sentence when used as the main verb. Let&#8217;s take a look at some examples to make things clearer.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Martin macht jedes Mal, sobald er vom Fußballtraining heimkommt, erstmal alle Fenster im ganzen Haus auf/zu.</strong><br />
<em>Every time, as soon as he comes home from football training, Martin opens/closes all the windows in the whole house.</em></p>
<p>In the example above, <strong>auf </strong>or <strong>zu</strong> is separated from the main part of the verb <strong>macht</strong> and placed at the end of the sentence. The infinitive form of the verb is <strong>aufmachen/zumachen</strong>.</p>
<h2>The power of the prefix</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s break down some key points about German separable verbs.</p>
<p>Some prefixes always form separable verbs, such as <strong>ab</strong>, <strong>an</strong>, <strong>auf</strong>, <strong>aus</strong>, <strong>ein</strong>, <strong>mit</strong>, <strong>nach</strong>, <strong>vor</strong>, and <strong>zu</strong>. Each of these prefixes has a different meaning and each can change the meaning of a verb when added to it. Let&#8217;s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Meine Freunde kommen morgen früh an.</strong><br />
<em>My friends are arriving early tomorrow</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie denkt oft über die Zukunft nach.</strong><br />
<em>She often thinks about the future.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir haben das Paket abgegeben.</strong><br />
<em>We delivered the package.</em></p>
<p>Note with this last example in the perfect tense in German, the prefix is separated from the rest of the past participle by the <strong>-ge-</strong> in the middle: <strong>abgeben</strong> &gt; <strong>ab + ge + geben</strong>.</p>
<h3>Separable verbs in um&#8230;zu constructions</h3>
<p>With infinitive constructions, such as <strong>um…zu</strong>, meaning “in order to”, note how <strong>zu</strong> comes between the prefix and the main part of the verb. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir warten, um uns einen besseren Plan auszudenken.</strong><br />
<em>We are waiting in order to come up with a better plan.</em></p>
<h2>Prefixes that don’t separate</h2>
<p>Conversely, some prefixes never form German separable verbs, including <strong>be</strong>, <strong>emp</strong>, <strong>ent</strong>, <strong>er</strong>, <strong>ver</strong>, and <strong>zer</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er hat uns ein gutes Restaurant empfohlen.</strong><br />
<em>He recommended a very good restaurant to us.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dieses Gefühl ist nicht leicht zu beschreiben.</strong><br />
<em>This feeling is hard to describe.</em></p>
<h2>Prefixes that sometimes separate, and sometimes don&#8217;t</h2>
<p>And then, there are prefixes that can form both separable and inseparable verbs, such as <strong>durch</strong>, <strong>über</strong>, <strong>um</strong>, <strong>unter</strong>, and <strong>wieder</strong>.   The meaning of verbs can change depending on whether these prefixes separate or not. Hopefully, some examples will make this clearer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Das findest du nie wieder.<br />
</strong><em>You will never find that again.</em></p>
<p>This is the verb <strong>wiederfinden</strong> meaning “to find again”.</p>
<p>Yet, in other contexts, the prefix changes the meaning of the verb, as can be seen in the next example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Moderator wiederholt sich die ganze Zeit.</strong><br />
<em>The presenter is repeating himself all the time.</em></p>
<p>It’s the same prefix, <strong>wieder</strong>, but as part of the verb <strong>wiederholen</strong> and it doesn’t separate.</p>
<p>Let’s look at another:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich übersetze sehr gerne alte Kinderlieder.</strong><br />
<em>I really enjoy translating old children&#8217;s songs.</em></p>
<p>Note that it’s not a separable verb in that example. But here, the prefix <strong>über</strong> does separate from the main verb and has a different meaning:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das Boot kippte über.</strong><br />
<em>The boat tipped over.</em></p>
<h2>Stress that prefix</h2>
<p>When the prefix is separable you can hear the difference in the infinitive.</p>
<p>The prefix is stressed when it is spoken. If there is no stress on the prefix, then we know it is not separable.</p>
<h2>A visual summary of German separable verbs</h2>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34053 size-large" title="German separable verbs" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-204-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-204-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-204-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-204-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbg-show-blog-204.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<p>German separable verbs are incredibly common, and understanding them helps getting to grips with the language. Recognising them and knowing how to use them will undoubtedly help you improve your German.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons which will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p><strong>Bis bald</strong>, and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f4ffef6794001221fcdc" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/">Making sense of German separable verbs: a guide for learners</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/making-sense-of-german-separable-verbs-a-guide-for-learners/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.30 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–29</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 15:15:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=34088</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 30 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this episode we&#8217;re reviewing everything we&#8217;ve learned in our beginner&#8217;s course so far. We’ll be doing this by listening to and studying two short dialogues, which contain words and phrases on many of the topics we’ve covered. After this episode, we will be taking a break ... <a title="CBP 1.30 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–29" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.30 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–29">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/">CBP 1.30 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–29</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 30 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this episode we&#8217;re reviewing everything we&#8217;ve learned in our beginner&#8217;s course so far. We’ll be doing this by listening to and studying two short dialogues, which contain words and phrases on many of the topics we’ve covered. After this episode, we will be taking a break and will be back with episode 31 in a few weeks, so stay tuned!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66719e6aafdac9fcff15c099" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/">CBP 1.30 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–29</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-30-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-29/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>A guide to irregular plurals in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2024 11:00:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33833</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered why the plural of uovo (“egg”) is uova (“eggs”) in Italian? Or why “one man” is un uomo, but two men is due uomini? While plurals in Italian often follow regular patterns, there are a number of irregular plurals to watch out for. But don’t worry, as we&#8217;re here to guide ... <a title="A guide to irregular plurals in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/" aria-label="More on A guide to irregular plurals in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/">A guide to irregular plurals in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered why the plural of <strong>uovo</strong> (“egg”) is <strong>uova</strong> (“eggs”) in Italian? Or why “one man” is <strong>un uomo</strong>, but two men is <strong>due uomini</strong>? While plurals in Italian often follow regular patterns, there are a number of irregular plurals to watch out for. But don’t worry, as we&#8217;re here to guide you through some of the most common Italian irregular plurals.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of short but informative episodes, in which we discuss tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Francesca and Maurizio are here to explain how irregular plural nouns work in Italian.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>How to make nouns plural in Italian</h2>
<p>Before we get into the Italian irregular plurals, let’s quickly review the regular patterns for forming plural nouns in Italian.</p>
<h3>Regular patterns for plurals in Italian</h3>
<p>The following patterns are likely to be very familiar to you already.</p>
<h4>o &gt; i</h4>
<p>Singular words ending in<strong> -o</strong> change to<strong> -i</strong> in the plural. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un italiano</strong><br />
<em>one Italian (man)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>due italiani</strong><br />
<em>two Italians</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un ragazzo</strong><br />
<em>one boy</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>due ragazzi</strong><br />
<em>two boys</em></p>
<h4>a &gt; e</h4>
<p>Words ending in <strong>-a</strong> change to <strong>-e</strong> in the plural. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la matita</strong><br />
<em>the pencil</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le matite</strong><br />
<em>the pencils</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una ragazza</strong><br />
<em>one girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>due ragazze</strong><br />
<em>two girls</em></p>
<h4>e &gt; i</h4>
<p>Words ending in<strong> -e</strong> change to <strong>-i</strong> in the plural. Our first example is with a masculine noun ending in <strong>-e</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo studente</strong><br />
<em>the student</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli studenti</strong><br />
<em>the students</em></p>
<p>Now let’s see an example with a feminine noun ending in <strong>-e</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l&#8217;indicazione</strong><br />
<em>the indication</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le indicazioni</strong><br />
<em>the indications</em></p>
<h3>Italian irregular plurals</h3>
<p>Now, here&#8217;s where it gets interesting: irregular plurals. These are plural nouns that don&#8217;t conform to the rules above, so it&#8217;s essential to keep an eye out for them.</p>
<p>As Francesca mentions in the episode, there are many irregular plural nouns in Italian, so for now, we’re just going to focus on some of the most common ones to help you get used to looking out for and recognising irregularities.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Francesca’s top tip: check your dictionary if you’re unsure if a noun has an irregular plural form.</p>
<p>We can categorise the most common irregular plurals into three categories: words that change spelling or don’t follow the usual rules; words that change grammatical gender; and words that have a double plural – one of each gender.</p>
<p>Let’s start with the first category.</p>
<h4>Irregular plurals that change spelling</h4>
<p>Some nouns change their spelling entirely in the plural form. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l&#8217;uomo</strong><br />
<em>the man</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli uomini</strong><br />
<em> the men</em></p>
<p>This is a clear irregularity, as an extra syllable is added in the plural form.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il dio</strong><br />
<em>the god</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli dei / dèi</strong><br />
<em>the gods</em></p>
<p>Again, the singular noun <strong>dio</strong> changes quite drastically in its plural form.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’ala</strong><br />
<em>the wing</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le ali</strong><br />
<em>the wings</em></p>
<p>If <strong>ala</strong> was regular in its plural form, we would expect it to have an <strong>-e</strong> on the end, since it is a feminine noun, but instead it ends in <strong>-i</strong>.</p>
<h4>Irregular plurals that change gender</h4>
<p>Some irregular plurals in Italian have a different grammatical gender in their singular form than they do in their plural form. More specifically, they are masculine nouns when they are singular, but feminine nouns when they are plural. Let’s take a look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l&#8217;uovo</strong> (masculine singular)<br />
<em>the egg</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le uova</strong> (feminine plural)<br />
<em>the eggs</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il paio</strong> (masculine singular)<br />
<em>the pair</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le paia</strong> (feminine plural)<br />
<em>the pairs</em></p>
<p>Here, you can see that the feminine plural definite article is used with each of these nouns when they are in their plural form. However, the nouns themselves don’t have the usual feminine plural ending, <strong>-e</strong>, which we would expect.</p>
<h4>Irregular nouns with double plurals</h4>
<p>Taking this a stage further, let’s now turn our attention to the group of Italian nouns that have two possible options for their plural form. However, <strong>attenzione</strong>! This doesn’t mean that the two options are interchangeable – rather, the masculine plural version and the feminine plural version carry different meanings.</p>
<p>Let’s take a common example: <strong>il braccio</strong> (“the arm”). One of its plural forms follows the pattern we have just seen, giving us <strong>le braccia</strong> (“the arms”), but this is used exclusively to refer to your arms attached to your body.</p>
<p>We also have the masculine plural noun <strong>i bracci</strong>, which is not used to refer to human arms, but is instead a more technical term. <strong>I bracci</strong> is used to refer to the arms of an inanimate object, such as those of a set of scales, the boom of a crane, or the boom that a microphone would be attached to.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il braccio</strong> (masculine singular)<br />
<em>the arm</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le braccia</strong> (feminine plural)<br />
<em>the arms (of your body)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i bracci</strong> (masculine plural)<br />
<em>the arms (of an inanimate object), the booms</em></p>
<p>Another example that concerns a part of the body is the noun <strong>il dito</strong> (“the finger”), which uses its feminine plural form to refer to all of your fingers as a collective (<strong>le dita</strong>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il dito</strong> (masculine singular)<br />
<em>the finger</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le dita</strong> (feminine plural)<br />
<em>the fingers (of your hand)</em></p>
<p>However, if we talk about <strong>i diti</strong>, in the masculine plural form, we are describing more than one individual finger, rather than all of the fingers of a hand.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i diti indici</strong><br />
<em>the index fingers</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i diti mignoli</strong><br />
<em>the little fingers, the pinkies</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i diti pollici</strong><br />
<em>the thumbs</em></p>
<p>One last irregular plural noun in Italian that we’re going to look at concerns the word <strong>il muro</strong> (“the wall”). In its masculine plural form, <strong>i muri</strong> (“the walls”) refers to the structural walls of a house or any other building.</p>
<p>However, <strong>le mura</strong> also exists, which is a feminine plural noun. Here, we are talking about<strong> le mura domestiche</strong>.<strong> Le mura</strong> still refers to the concept of a house, but carries a connotation of home and emotional connection, perhaps evoking the family, friends and memories contained within the walls of the house. It’s a little like the difference between the words “house” and “home” in English.</p>
<p><strong>Le mura</strong> has a second meaning, too. For example, if you have ever visited the beautiful Italian city of Lucca, you may have seen <strong>le mura</strong>, which are the old protective walls of a city.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il muro</strong> (masculine singular)<br />
<em>the wall</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i muri</strong> (masculine plural)<br />
<em>the walls (structural)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le mura (domestiche) </strong>(feminine plural)<br />
<em>the home</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le mura</strong> (feminine plural)<br />
<em>the city walls</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33835 size-large" title="plurals in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-204-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-204-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-204-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-204-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-204.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Time to practise Italian irregular plurals</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s put your newfound knowledge of Italian irregular plurals to the test with a translation task. Translate the following sentences into Italian, then check your answers at the bottom of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>The walls of this house are very thick.</em></li>
<li><em>I would like two fried eggs for breakfast.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>That&#8217;s everything for today&#8217;s topic. We hope that you now feel more confident recognising and using some of the most common irregular plurals in Italian.</p>
<p>If you’re looking for ways to further improve your Italian little and often, you can sign up for our short, regular, free email lessons. We also send out tips and tricks for language learners. Sign up below!</p>
<p>And for the full Coffee Break Italian experience, make sure to watch the full episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. You can also subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to be notified when our next episode is available.</p>
<p>Keep your eye out for other irregular plural nouns as you read and listen to Italian and, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>I muri di questa casa sono molto spessi.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Vorrei due uova fritte per colazione.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f118fc6ae000132a97d7" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/">A guide to irregular plurals in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/a-guide-to-irregular-plurals-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Everything you need to know about the agreement of past participles in French</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2024 11:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33839</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The agreement of past participles in French is a key aspect of the perfect tense (or le passé composé). It’s a big topic for French learners and can seem confusing at times, which is why we’ve chosen it as the topic of our latest episode of The Coffee Break French Show. The Coffee Break French ... <a title="Everything you need to know about the agreement of past participles in French" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/" aria-label="More on Everything you need to know about the agreement of past participles in French">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/">Everything you need to know about the agreement of past participles in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The agreement of past participles in French is a key aspect of the perfect tense (or <strong>le passé composé</strong>). It’s a big topic for French learners and can seem confusing at times, which is why we’ve chosen it as the topic of our latest episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series, in which we help you improve your French with each episode. Join Pierre-Benoît and Mark in the latest one to find out everything you need to know about past participles in French.</p>
<p>We’ll clarify what is a past participle in French, then walk through the rules of past participle agreement, including what happens when you have a preceding direct object in French.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started, and we’d recommend listening along to the episode as you read.<strong> C’est parti !</strong></p>
<h2>What is a past participle in French?</h2>
<p>First things first, let’s clarify exactly what we mean by <span style="font-weight: 400;">past participles in French</span>. The past participle is a specific form of a verb, which is used to create compound tenses, such as the <strong>passé composé</strong> in French, or the present perfect in English.</p>
<p>For example, in the following sentence, in both English and French, we see the subject pronoun (<strong>je</strong> / “I”), followed by the auxiliary verb (<strong>ai</strong> / “have”), and finally the past participle (<strong>parlé</strong> / “spoken”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai parlé.</strong><br />
<em>I have spoken (or I spoke).</em></p>
<h3>Regular past participles in French</h3>
<p>As we’ve just seen with <strong>parlé</strong>, the past participle form of all regular <strong>-er</strong> verbs (such as <strong>parler</strong>) ends in <strong>-é</strong>.</p>
<p>For regular <strong>-ir</strong> verbs (such as <strong>finir</strong>), the ending is <strong>-i</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai fini.</strong><br />
<em>I have finished (or I finished).</em></p>
<p>And, finally, for regular <strong>-re</strong> verbs (such as <strong>vendre</strong>), the past participle ending is <strong>-u</strong>. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai vendu.</strong><br />
<em>I have sold (or I sold).</em></p>
<h2>When is there no past participle agreement?</h2>
<p>In all of the examples we’ve seen so far, <strong>avoir</strong> is the auxiliary verb. Remember that to form the perfect tense in French, the auxiliary verb required is either <strong>avoir</strong> (“to have”) or <strong>être</strong> (“to be”), and the decision depends on the verb, as well as the nature of it in the particular context.</p>
<p>When constructing sentences in the perfect tense with the auxiliary verb <strong>avoir</strong>, the general rule is that the past participle does not agree in gender or number with the subject. There is one significant exception to this general rule, which we will come to further on in this article, so stay tuned!</p>
<h2>When is there agreement of past participles in French?</h2>
<p>However, when the auxiliary verb being used to form the perfect tense of a verb is <strong>être</strong>, the general rule is that the past participle agrees in gender and number with the subject (that is to say the person or thing carrying out the action of the verb). For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pierre-Benoît est allé au supermarché.</strong><br />
<em>Pierre-Benoît went / has gone to the supermarket.</em></p>
<p><strong>Aller</strong> (“to go”) is a verb that takes the auxiliary <strong>être</strong> in the perfect tense, and the basic form of its past participle is <strong>allé</strong>. When the subject of the verb is masculine (in this case, a male person), the past participle does not change its form, because the default form is the same as the masculine singular form.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hélène est allée au supermarché.</strong><br />
<em>Hélène went / has gone to the supermarket.</em></p>
<p>Here, however, since the subject of the verb is feminine (in this case, a female person), we add an extra <strong>-e</strong> to the past participle <strong>allé</strong> so that it agrees: <strong>allée</strong>.</p>
<h3></h3>
<h3>Verbs that take ‘être’ in the perfect tense</h3>
<p>But which verbs use the auxiliary <strong>être</strong> in the <strong>passé composé</strong>?</p>
<p>There is a group of verbs in French that are known as verbs of movement or state. All of these verbs usually take <strong>être</strong> as their auxiliary verb. Again, there are some exceptions to this, which we’ll cover later on.</p>
<p>Here is the list of verbs of movement in French:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>entrer</strong> (“to enter”) &amp; <strong>rentrer</strong> (“to return&#8221;, &#8220;to come back in”)<br />
<strong>sortir</strong> (“to leave”)<br />
<strong>aller</strong> (“to go”)<br />
<strong>venir</strong> (“to come”) &amp; <strong>revenir</strong> (“to come back”)<br />
<strong>arriver</strong> (“to arrive”)<br />
<strong>partir</strong> (“to leave”)<br />
<strong>monter</strong> (“to go up”)<br />
<strong>descendre</strong> (“to go down”)<br />
<strong>tomber</strong> (“to fall”)<br />
<strong>rester</strong> (“to stay”)<br />
<strong>mourir</strong> (“to die”)<br />
<strong>naître</strong> (“to be born”)<br />
<strong>devenir</strong> (“to become”)<br />
<strong>retourner</strong> (“to return”, &#8220;to go back&#8221;)</p>
<p>Let’s see some examples using one of these verbs. Pay attention to how the past participle agrees in gender and number with the subject of the verb each time.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’avion est arrivé.</strong><br />
<em>The plane arrived / has arrived.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’ambulance est arrivée.</strong><br />
<em>The ambulance arrived / has arrived.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Les avions sont arrivés.</strong><br />
<em>The planes arrived / have arrived.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Les ambulances sont arrivées.</strong><br />
<em>The ambulances arrived / have arrived.</em></p>
<h3>Reflexive verbs in the perfect tense</h3>
<p>All reflexive verbs also take <strong>être</strong> as their auxiliary verb in the perfect tense. Let’s look at some examples, paying attention again to the agreement of the past participles in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Christophe s’est réveillé.</strong><br />
<em>Christophe woke up / has woken up.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lucie s’est réveillée.</strong><br />
<em>Lucie woke up / has woken up.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lucie et Christophe se sont réveillés.</strong><br />
<em>Lucie and Christophe woke up / have woken up.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lucie et Hélène se sont réveillées.</strong><br />
<em>Lucie and Hélène woke up / have woken up.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34042 size-large" title="past participles in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-204-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-204-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-204-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-204-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbf-show-blog-204-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>What is the preceding direct object rule in French?</h2>
<p>We saw earlier that, in general, when <strong>avoir</strong> is the auxiliary verb used, there is no agreement of the past participle.</p>
<p>However, there are certain situations where there is past participle agreement when the auxiliary verb is <strong>avoir</strong>. This is where there is a preceding direct object in French, and where this is the case, the past participle agrees in gender and number with the direct object. Let’s see how it works.</p>
<p>The following sentence is a straightforward sentence in the perfect tense with the auxiliary verb <strong>avoir</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai mangé un biscuit.</strong><br />
<em>I ate a biscuit.</em></p>
<p>Next, let’s switch things around.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le biscuit que j’ai mangé</strong><br />
<em>the biscuit that I ate</em></p>
<p>This time, the direct object of the verb <strong>manger</strong> (i.e. what has been eaten – <strong>le biscuit</strong>) is coming before the whole verbal construction <strong>j’ai mangé</strong>. Here, the past participle <strong>mangé</strong> has to agree in gender and number with the direct object. However, because <strong>biscuit</strong> is a masculine singular noun, <strong>mangé</strong> remains in its default form.</p>
<p>What about if what has been eaten is a feminine noun? First of all, a straightforward construction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai mangé une pomme.</strong><br />
<em>I ate an apple.</em></p>
<p>This time, when the direct object comes before the verbal construction, we see that the past participle becomes <strong>mangée</strong>, with an extra<strong> -e</strong> added. This is because the past participle is now agreeing with a feminine singular noun, <strong>pomme</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la pomme que j’ai mangée</strong><br />
<em>the apple that I ate</em></p>
<p>Let’s try this with some plural nouns. See if you can follow the pattern.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai mangé deux biscuits.</strong><br />
<em>I ate two biscuits.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les deux biscuits que j’ai mangés</strong><br />
<em>the two biscuits that I ate</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai mangé deux pommes.</strong><br />
<em>I ate two apples.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les deux pommes que j’ai mangées</strong><br />
<em>the two apples that I ate</em></p>
<p>In all of these examples, where there is a preceding direct object in French, the past participle agrees with it in gender and number, even though the auxiliary verb being used is <strong>avoir</strong>.</p>
<h2>Typically ‘être’ verbs that sometimes take ‘avoir’</h2>
<p>There is one more aspect of the agreement of past participles in French to cover. Did you know that some verbs from our list of verbs that take <strong>être</strong> as their auxiliary can also take <strong>avoir</strong>? For example, it can be surprising when you first come across phrases such as<strong> j’ai monté</strong> or<strong> j’ai sorti</strong>, when we are used to thinking of these as <strong>être</strong> verbs.</p>
<p>This is because some verbs can use either <strong>avoir</strong> or <strong>être</strong> as the auxiliary verb in compound tenses, depending on the context. Let’s see how this works with some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je suis monté(e) dans le bus.</strong><br />
<em>I got on the bus.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai monté les cartons dans la chambre.</strong><br />
<em>I took the boxes up to the room.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je suis descendu(e) dans la cave.</strong><br />
<em>I went down to the cellar.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai descendu les cartons.</strong><br />
<em>I took the boxes down.</em></p>
<p>In these examples, when <strong>monter</strong> and <strong>descendre</strong> are used with the auxiliary verb <strong>avoir</strong>, this is because they involve a direct object – there is an object that is being brought up or down – and so follow the rule of no agreement of the past participle (unless there&#8217;s a preceding direct object). When used with <strong>être</strong> as the auxiliary, <strong>monter</strong> and <strong>descendre</strong> indicate movement of the subject itself and so require agreement with the subject.</p>
<h2>Practising the agreement of past participles in French</h2>
<p>Now, it’s over to you! Put your knowledge of <span style="font-weight: 400;">past participles in French</span> to the test by translating the following sentences. The answers are at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>Her little sister came down but did not want to eat.</em></li>
<li><em>The story which I have told you is not true.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>For more practice of the agreement of <span style="font-weight: 400;">past participles in French</span>, don’t forget to download your free worksheet, which you can find below.</p>
<p>We hope that this has helped with your understanding of past participles in French when forming the perfect tense, as well as what happens when you have a preceding direct object in French.</p>
<p>For more explanations and to get the most out of this article, join Pierre-Benoît and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. We have more episodes coming soon, so don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast feed wherever you get your podcasts, or to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>, so that you know when new episodes are available.</p>
<p>Finally, if you’d like more, regular, free help with your French, you should know that we send out mini email lessons. Find out how to sign up below.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Sa petite sœur est descendue mais n’a pas voulu manger.</strong></li>
<li><strong>L’histoire que je t’ai racontée n’est pas vraie.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6670044bd68641f6874fce67" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/">Everything you need to know about the agreement of past participles in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>3 ways to express obligation in Spanish: &#8216;deber&#8217;, ‘tener que&#8217; and &#8216;hay que&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2024 11:15:30 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33827</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to appropriately express obligation in Spanish is a useful aspect to get to grips with if you’re a learner of the language. In Spanish, there are three main phrases used to convey that someone must or has to do something: deber, tener que and hay que. Understanding these expressions is useful for many ... <a title="3 ways to express obligation in Spanish: &#8216;deber&#8217;, ‘tener que&#8217; and &#8216;hay que&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/" aria-label="More on 3 ways to express obligation in Spanish: &#8216;deber&#8217;, ‘tener que&#8217; and &#8216;hay que&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/">3 ways to express obligation in Spanish: &#8216;deber&#8217;, ‘tener que&#8217; and &#8216;hay que&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Knowing how to appropriately express obligation in Spanish is a useful aspect to get to grips with if you’re a learner of the language. In Spanish, there are three main phrases used to convey that someone must or has to do something: <strong>deber</strong>,<strong> tener que</strong> and <strong>hay que</strong>.</p>
<p>Understanding these expressions is useful for many everyday situations, but it’s also a topic that our Coffee Break community asks us about a lot, as it can be difficult to know when and how to use each expression.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a series of podcast episodes, in which we tackle tricky topics for Spanish learners. In this episode, join Anabel and Concha to learn how to express obligation in Spanish using these 3 main expressions.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started with looking at <strong>deber</strong>, <strong>tener que</strong> and<strong> hay que</strong> in Spanish, and we’d suggest you listen along to the podcast episode as you read.</p>
<p>Also, don’t forget to download your free worksheet at the end of this article so that you can test your knowledge.<strong> ¡Vamos allá!</strong></p>
<h2>1. ‘deber’ + infinitive</h2>
<p>The verb <strong>deber</strong> in Spanish is used to express a strong sense of obligation and it is the equivalent of the English word &#8220;must&#8221;.</p>
<p>Let’s start by reviewing the conjugation of <strong>deber</strong>. The good news is that it is a regular verb in the present tense.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>deber</strong> conjugation &#8211; present tense<br />
<strong>(yo) debo</strong><br />
<strong>(tú) debes</strong><br />
<strong>(él/ella/usted) debe</strong><br />
<strong>(nosotros/nosotras) debemos</strong><br />
<strong>(vosotros/vosotras) debéis</strong><br />
<strong>(ellos/ellas/ustedes) deben</strong></p>
<p>To say that someone must do something, we conjugate <strong>deber</strong> according to the person, then add the second verb in its infinitive form. Let’s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Debemos hacer los deberes.</strong><br />
<em>We must do our homework.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Debes aprender idiomas.</strong><br />
<em>You must learn languages (addressing one person, a specific “you”).</em></p>
<p>Pay attention to the next example, which is slightly different.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Se debe reciclar.</strong><br />
<em>You / one / everyone must recycle (addressing a general “you”).</em></p>
<p>While <strong>deber</strong> + infinitive can be used to say what an individual person or group of people must do, the construction <strong>se debe</strong> + infinitive expresses a more general obligation in Spanish – something that everyone, or people in general must do.</p>
<h2>2. ‘tener que’ + infinitive</h2>
<p>The phrase <strong>tener que</strong> in Spanish conveys a slightly less strong sense of obligation compared to <strong>deber</strong>. It translates as &#8220;to have to&#8221; in English and is commonly used in everyday situations.</p>
<p>The verb <strong>tener</strong> was the focus of <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/">the previous episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>, in which we learned 10 other everyday phrases that use <strong>tener</strong></a>. So, in this episode we’re adding an 11th common, everyday <strong>tener</strong> expression: <strong>tener que</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Tener</strong> is an irregular verb in the present tense, so let’s start by reviewing its conjugation:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener</strong> conjugation &#8211; present tense<br />
<strong>(yo) tengo</strong><br />
<strong>(tú) tienes</strong><br />
<strong>(él/ella/usted) tiene</strong><br />
<strong>(nosotros/nosotras) tenemos</strong><br />
<strong>(vosotros/vosotras) tenéis</strong><br />
<strong>(ellos/ellas/ustedes) tienen</strong></p>
<p>To say that someone has to do something, we conjugate <strong>tener</strong> according to the person, then add <strong>que</strong>, followed by the second verb in its infinitive form. Let’s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo que repasar los verbos irregulares.</strong><br />
<em>I have to review / go over the irregular verbs.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tenéis que llamar a mamá.</strong><br />
<em>You (plural) have to call mum.</em></p>
<p>As we just saw with <strong>deber</strong>, <strong>tener que</strong> also has an alternative construction using <strong>se</strong>. Like <strong>se debe</strong> + infinitive, <strong>se tiene que</strong> + infinitive is used to express a wider obligation in Spanish – addressing people in general, rather than one specific person or group of people. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Se tiene que cuidar el planeta.</strong><br />
<em>You / one / everyone has to take care of the planet (addressing a general “you”).</em></p>
<p>In many contexts, <strong>tener que</strong> and <strong>deber</strong> are roughly interchangeable, so don’t worry too much about using one over the other to express obligation in Spanish. Just remember that<strong> tener que</strong> uses <strong>que</strong> after the conjugated verb, while <strong>deber</strong> does not.</p>
<h2>3. ‘hay que’</h2>
<p>The third expression we’re going to look at for expressing obligation in Spanish is <strong>hay que</strong>. <strong>Hay que</strong> + infinitive is only used to indicate a general obligation, just like <strong>se debe</strong> or <strong>se tiene que</strong>, and it conveys a similar idea to &#8220;one must&#8221; or &#8220;it is necessary to&#8221; in English.</p>
<p>And the good news with <strong>hay que</strong> is that we don’t have to think about conjugating the verb – it is a set expression that is simply followed by the infinitive. Let’s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hay que limpiar la casa.</strong><br />
<em>One has to clean the house. / You (general) have to clean the house. / The house has to be cleaned.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hay que ser puntual.</strong><br />
<em>One has to be punctual. / You (general) have to be punctual.</em></p>
<p>Using<strong> hay que</strong> in Spanish is particularly useful when you want to express an obligation without targeting anyone specifically, by turning a direct suggestion into a more general statement.</p>
<p>In the podcast episode, Anabel gives us a great example: imagine you&#8217;ve been the one cleaning the house every time for the last while, and you think it’s time others helped out. In this situation, you might say <strong>hay que limpiar la casa</strong> to make the statement more general and less direct than if you were to say <strong>debes limpiar la casa</strong> or<strong> tienes que limpiar la casa</strong>.</p>
<h2>A visual summary of expressions of obligation in Spanish</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33830 size-large" title="obligation in Spanish" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-203-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-203-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-203-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-203-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbs-show-203-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>That’s it for our 3 expressions of obligation in Spanish: <strong>deber</strong>, <strong>tener que</strong> and<strong> hay que</strong>. We hope that you’ll now feel confident saying what someone must or has to do clearly and appropriately in various contexts.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this lesson, watch the video or listen to the audio podcast episode with Anabel and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. We regularly publish new episodes to help our Coffee Break community improve their Spanish, so make sure to subscribe to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our YouTube channel</a> and podcast feed so that you never miss an episode.</p>
<p>Looking for more help with your Spanish? You should also know that we send out regular, free mini email lessons. To sign up, look out for the box below, and we hope that you enjoy the first lesson that arrives in your inbox.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/66682c2b2868cb0011d89e80" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/">3 ways to express obligation in Spanish: &#8216;deber&#8217;, ‘tener que&#8217; and &#8216;hay que&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>German past tenses: when to use the imperfect tense in spoken German</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 Jun 2024 11:00:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33791</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When talking about events in the past in German, we often have to make the choice between using the perfect tense and the imperfect tense, also known as the preterite (Präteritum). While both tenses are grammatically correct in most situations, there&#8217;s a clear favourite in spoken German: the perfect tense. However, there are some verbs ... <a title="German past tenses: when to use the imperfect tense in spoken German" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/" aria-label="More on German past tenses: when to use the imperfect tense in spoken German">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/">German past tenses: when to use the imperfect tense in spoken German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When talking about events in the past in German, we often have to make the choice between using the perfect tense and the imperfect tense, also known as the preterite (<strong>Präteritum</strong>).</p>
<p>While both tenses are grammatically correct in most situations, there&#8217;s a clear favourite in spoken German: the perfect tense. However, there are some verbs that German speakers tend to use almost exclusively in the imperfect tense, even in casual conversation.</p>
<p><em>  The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we chat through interesting German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas talk about how to sound more like a native speaker by using particular past tenses when speaking in German. Join them as they go through a list of verbs that are usually used in the imperfect (rather than the perfect) when talking about the past in German.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>&#8216;sein&#8217; (to be) in the imperfect tense</h2>
<p>First up, we have <strong>sein</strong> (&#8220;to be&#8221;), which becomes <strong>ich </strong><strong>war</strong> in the <strong>ich </strong>form. Let&#8217;s see an example of <b>sein</b> in the imperfect tense.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Gestern war sie im Museum und hat sich die neue Ausstellung angeschaut.</strong><br />
<em>Yesterday she was at the museum and checked out the new exhibition.</em></p>
<p>Here, <strong>war</strong>, the imperfect tense, is used in the first part, while the perfect tense, <strong>hat &#8230; angeschaut</strong>, is used in the second part. This mixture of tenses is very common in German since the choice often depends more on the verb than on the context of the situation, especially in spoken German.</p>
<h2>&#8216;haben&#8217; (to have) in the imperfect tense</h2>
<p>Next, let&#8217;s talk about <strong>haben</strong> (&#8220;to have&#8221;), which becomes <strong>ich </strong><strong>hatte</strong> in the <strong>ich </strong>form. Here&#8217;s an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir hatten leider kein gutes Wetter und haben die meiste Zeit im Hotel verbracht.</strong><br />
<em>Unfortunately, we didn&#8217;t have good weather and spent most of the time in the hotel.</em></p>
<p>Again, the imperfect tense, <strong>wir hatten</strong>, is used here because the perfect tense alternative, <strong>wir haben gehabt</strong>, would sound almost unnecessarily complicated and long to a native speaker.</p>
<h2>&#8216;wissen&#8217; (to know) in the imperfect tense</h2>
<p>Then, there&#8217;s <strong>wissen</strong> (&#8220;to know&#8221;), which becomes <strong>ich </strong><strong>wusste</strong> in the <strong>ich </strong>form. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich wusste nicht, was ich machen sollte.</strong><br />
<em>I didn&#8217;t know what I should have done.</em></p>
<p>Using <strong>wusste</strong> sounds much more natural in the imperfect than the perfect tense form of the verb.</p>
<h2>Modal verbs in the imperfect tense</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s not forget about modal verbs. Modal verbs like <strong>müssen</strong> and <strong>können</strong> are often used in the imperfect tense in German to express necessity, ability, or desire in the past.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>wollen &gt; wollten </strong><br />
<strong>können &gt; konnten </strong><br />
<strong>müssen &gt; mussten </strong><br />
<strong>dürfen &gt; durften </strong><br />
<strong>mögen &gt; mochten</strong><br />
<strong> sollen &gt; sollten</strong></p>
<p>Have a look at the following examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Du musstest nur den Knopf drücken.</strong><br />
<em>You only had to press the button.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie konnten gestern nicht kommen, obwohl sie wollten.</strong><br />
<em>They couldn&#8217;t come yesterday, even though they wanted to.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;es gab&#8217; (there was/were)</h2>
<p>Moving on to expressions such as <strong>es gab</strong> (“there was/were&#8221;), <strong>e</strong><strong>s gibt</strong> is commonly used to say “there is&#8221; or &#8220;there are”. In the past in German this is always seen in the imperfect. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir haben gestern meine Freunde besucht und es gab Kuchen.</strong><br />
<em>Yesterday, we visited my friends and there was cake.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;etwas ging/lief&#8217; (something went)</h2>
<p>And finally, we have <strong>etwas ging/lief</strong> (&#8220;something went&#8221;). <strong>Es geht </strong>and <strong>es läuft</strong> are also expressions used frequently in German. However, in the past, the imperfect is the past tense of choice. Take a look at these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Vortrag ging viel zu lang.</strong><br />
<em>The lecture went on for way too long.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Das Training lief sehr gut.<br />
</strong><em>Training went really well</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das Interview lief sehr gut.</strong><br />
<em>The interview went very well.</em></p>
<p>Verbs such as <strong>ging</strong> and <strong>lief</strong> are commonly used in the imperfect tense to describe how something unfolded in the past.</p>
<h2>A visual summary of when to use the imperfect in German</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33794 size-large" title="imperfect tense German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-203-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-203-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-203-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-203-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-203.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>So, the next time you find yourself recounting past events in German, we hope that everything you&#8217;ve learned here comes in useful.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> where they talk more about past tenses in German. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below, and we hope that you enjoy the first lesson that arrives in your inbox.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f4d1fc6ae000132b81f2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/">German past tenses: when to use the imperfect tense in spoken German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/german-past-tenses-when-to-use-the-imperfect-tense-in-spoken-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian: learn how to pronounce these letters</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 11:00:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33810</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>If you’re an Italian learner, you’ll know that there are some interesting pronunciation points that take a little getting used to. One of the key ones is understanding how to pronounce the letters C and G. This is because Italian has both a hard and soft C and G sound. The Coffee Break Italian Show ... <a title="Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian: learn how to pronounce these letters" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/" aria-label="More on Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian: learn how to pronounce these letters">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/">Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian: learn how to pronounce these letters</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’re an Italian learner, you’ll know that there are some interesting pronunciation points that take a little getting used to. One of the key ones is understanding how to pronounce the letters C and G. This is because Italian has both a hard and soft C and G sound.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is an audio and video podcast series of short, informal discussions about interesting topics for Italian learners. In our latest episode, we’re looking at an interesting aspect of Italian alphabet pronunciation, as Francesca and Mark explain all about hard and soft C and G sounds.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen along to the podcast episode as you read this article, in order to hear how each of the sounds is pronounced.</p>
<p>When you reach the end of this article, you’ll also have the chance for some further practice in our free worksheet. So, don’t forget to look out for the download button. <strong>Cominciamo!</strong></p>
<h2>Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian</h2>
<p>In Italian, the letters C and G can be pronounced in two different ways, depending on the letters that follow.</p>
<p>Each of these consonants has a hard sound and a soft sound. In the podcast episode, Francesca starts with a few examples of the soft and hard C and G sounds. Make sure to listen to the audio version or watch the video to hear how she pronounces the following words.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">hard C sound:<br />
<strong>casa</strong><br />
<em>house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">hard G sound:<br />
<strong>gatto</strong><br />
<em>cat</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">soft G sound:<br />
<strong>gelato</strong><br />
<em>ice cream</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">soft C sound:<br />
<strong>cibo</strong><br />
<em>food</em></p>
<p>Let’s look into this in more detail and learn the letter combinations that determine the hard and soft C and G sounds.</p>
<h3>Hard sounds</h3>
<p>The hard sound of the letter C in Italian is similar to the English K, or the C in “cat”.</p>
<p>The hard sound of the letter G in Italian is similar to the English G in &#8220;go&#8221;.</p>
<p>In Italian, you will hear the hard sound when C or G is followed by the vowels A, O or U. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>correre</strong><br />
<em>to run</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>curioso</strong><br />
<em>curious, nosey</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gola</strong><br />
<em>throat</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lingua</strong><br />
<em>tongue, language</em></p>
<h4>How to pronounce CH and GH in Italian</h4>
<p>As we’ve seen, the letters C and G are usually followed by a vowel in Italian. However, the common exception is the letter H.</p>
<p>The letter combinations CH and GH can be a little confusing for learners. This is because the letter H is often used in other languages to create a soft sound (consider, for example, the English sounds “ch” and “sh”).</p>
<p>In Italian, however, the presence of the letter H after a C or a G makes it a hard sound. For example, in the following words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>occhi</strong><br />
<em>eyes</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>unghia</strong><br />
<em>(finger/toe)nail</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">In summary, when the letter C or G is followed by A, O, U or H, it makes a hard sound (as in “cat” or “go”).</p>
<h3>Soft sounds</h3>
<p>The soft sound of the letter C in Italian is similar to the English “ch” in &#8220;church&#8221;.</p>
<p>The soft sound of the letter G in Italian is similar to the English J in &#8220;jam&#8221;.</p>
<p>You will hear the soft sound when C or G is followed by the vowels E or I in Italian. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cena</strong><br />
<em>dinner</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gelato</strong><br />
<em>ice cream</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>undici</strong><br />
<em>eleven</em></p>
<p>In the following example, the G + I produces a soft G sound. However, pay attention to the hard C sound created by the combination of C + U.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cugini</strong><br />
<em>cousins</em></p>
<p>As we saw previously, if there is a letter H between the C/G and the E or I, the H takes over and determines that this will be a hard sound instead. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>chiedere</strong><br />
<em>to ask</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">In summary, when the letter C or G is followed by E or I, it makes a soft sound (as in “church” or “jam”).</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-34001 size-large" title="hard and soft C and G" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-203-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-203-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-203-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-203-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/cbi-show-blog-203.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>A common pronunciation mistake in Italian</h2>
<p>Now that we’ve covered hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian, there’s one extra pronunciation point to pay attention to. This common mistake concerns over-emphasising the letter I in certain words.</p>
<p>There are many words in Italian where the letter I is present, but is not strongly pronounced. Instead, it signals that the preceding C or G has a soft sound.</p>
<p>For example, consider the following word:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ciao</strong><br />
<em>hi</em></p>
<p>We don’t really hear the letter I itself, as its function is simply to change the sound of the consonant (from the hard C sound we would hear if the word were <strong>cao</strong>, to the soft C sound).</p>
<p>Another commonly mispronounced word is the name Giovanni, in which the first three letters make up only one syllable, rather than two. This is because the I is only there to make the G into a soft sound. Make sure to listen to the episode to hear how Francesca and Mark pronounce this name correctly.</p>
<p>There are situations, however, where the letter I is pronounced more fully, where the stress of the word falls on that syllable. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>farmacia</strong><br />
<em>pharmacy, chemist’s</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bugia</strong><br />
<em>lie</em></p>
<p>In these two words, the I is more prominent because the stress of the word falls on that syllable. In the name Giovanni, on the other hand, the stress of the word falls on <strong>-va-</strong>.</p>
<h2>Regional differences in soft C and G sounds</h2>
<p>There is one interesting regional difference to note when it comes to the soft C and G sounds in Italian.</p>
<p>In some parts of central and southern Italy, you may hear these pronounced slightly differently to the J (as in “jam”) and “ch” (as in “church”) sounds we have learned. In this case, the C sound is like a “sh” in English (as in “sheep”), and the G sound is similar to the sound of the “su” or “si” in “treasure” or “decision”.</p>
<p>Watch out for this moment in the video or the audio version of the episode to hear Francesca give an example of these sounds.</p>
<h2>The role of S before C in Italian</h2>
<p>Before we finish, let’s take a look at another common letter combination in Italian – S + C – and see what this means for our soft or hard C sounds.</p>
<p>Here’s an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scuola</strong><br />
<em>school</em></p>
<p>In <strong>scuola</strong>, the hard sound of the C remains, as it is followed by the letter U.</p>
<p>In the following words, however, the soft sound that you would expect from a C + I becomes a “sh” sound (as in “sheep”) because of the presence of the S.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sciare</strong><br />
<em>to ski</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>asciutto</strong><br />
<em>dry</em></p>
<p>Finally, what happens when we have the combination SCH in Italian? For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scherzo</strong><br />
<em>joke, prank</em></p>
<p>In this case, we are back to the hard C sound we are familiar with, just with the addition of the S before it.</p>
<h2>Practising hard and soft C and G sounds</h2>
<p>Now, it’s over to you! In the podcast episode, Francesca tests our spelling of some words containing soft and hard C and G sounds. Listen to the episode to have a go yourself, or look at the words in the list below and see if you can pronounce them correctly. <strong>Forza!</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>acciuga</strong> (“anchovy”)</li>
<li><strong>scena</strong> (“scene&#8221;, &#8220;stage”)</li>
<li><strong>schiena</strong> (“back”)</li>
<li><strong>magia</strong> (“magic”)</li>
<li><strong>chiacchierare</strong> (“to chat”)</li>
</ol>
<p>In the podcast episode, Francesca and Mark also draw our attention to the <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">double consonants</a> in words such as <strong>acciuga</strong>, so watch out for this pronunciation point too.</p>
<h3>Tips to keep practising soft and hard C and G sounds</h3>
<p>We hope that you now feel more comfortable knowing when to pronounce hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian.</p>
<p>In order to keep practising, pay attention both to what you’re hearing and what you’re seeing every time you hear Italian out loud while seeing the words written down. One good way to do this is by turning on Italian subtitles if you’re watching a TV show or film in Italian.</p>
<p>To hear all of the hard and soft C and G sounds pronounced in this episode, watch the video or listen to the audio version with Francesca and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. By subscribing to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> or to our podcast feed, you’ll be notified when the next episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is available, to help you improve more aspects of your Italian.</p>
<p>And for more help with your Italian on a whole range of topics, you can sign up for our free email lessons. Find out how to do this below, and we hope that you enjoy the first lesson that arrives in your inbox.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the pronunciation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>acciuga</strong> (soft C sound)</li>
<li><strong>scena</strong> (soft C sound pronounced as &#8220;sh&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>schiena</strong> (hard C sound)</li>
<li><strong>magia</strong> (soft G sound)</li>
<li><strong>chiacchierare</strong> (both hard C sounds)</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f0e7fc6ae000132a8c65" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/">Hard and soft C and G sounds in Italian: learn how to pronounce these letters</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/hard-and-soft-c-and-g-sounds-in-italian-learn-how-to-pronounce-these-letters/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘Jouer à&#8217; or &#8216;jouer de&#8217;? The verb &#8216;to play&#8217; in French</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 11:33:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33819</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Saying “to play” in French initially seems straightforward: jouer. However, do you know the difference between jouer à and jouer de? We receive many questions from our Coffee Break community about French verbs with prepositions, such as jouer, as these can be challenging to get to grips with as a French learner. The tricky part ... <a title="‘Jouer à&#8217; or &#8216;jouer de&#8217;? The verb &#8216;to play&#8217; in French" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/" aria-label="More on ‘Jouer à&#8217; or &#8216;jouer de&#8217;? The verb &#8216;to play&#8217; in French">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/">‘Jouer à&#8217; or &#8216;jouer de&#8217;? The verb &#8216;to play&#8217; in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Saying “to play” in French initially seems straightforward: <strong>jouer</strong>. However, do you know the difference between <strong>jouer à</strong> and<strong> jouer de</strong>? We receive many questions from our Coffee Break community about French verbs with prepositions, such as <strong>jouer</strong>, as these can be challenging to get to grips with as a French learner.</p>
<p>The tricky part of translating “to play” in French is that we need to take into consideration what it is you are playing. This is because if you are talking about playing a sport or a game, you are going to use one preposition, whereas if you are talking about playing a musical instrument, you are going to use a different preposition.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series for learners of French, in which we cover a whole variety of topics. If French verbs with prepositions is a topic that you find tricky, don’t worry, as in our latest episode, Pierre-Benoît and Max talk about how to translate “to play” in French and choose the correct preposition every time.</p>
<p>So, let’s get into the topic for today, and why not listen along to the podcast episode while you read? At the end of this article, you will also find a free worksheet which will allow you to practise what you learn. <strong>C’est parti !</strong></p>
<h2>How to say “to play” in French</h2>
<p>The verb “to play” in French is <strong>jouer</strong>. Before we get into prepositions, let’s start by reviewing the conjugation of <strong>jouer</strong> in the present tense, so that you can use the verb in all its forms.</p>
<p>The good news is that <strong>jouer</strong> is a regular <strong>-er</strong> verb in the present tense, which means that it follows the usual pattern of other <strong>-er</strong> verbs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>jouer</strong> conjugation &#8211; present tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>je joue</strong> &#8211; “I play”<br />
<strong>tu joues</strong> &#8211; “you play” (informal singular)<br />
<strong>il/elle/on joue</strong> &#8211; “he/she/we* play”<br />
<strong>nous jouons</strong> &#8211; “we play”<br />
<strong>vous jouez</strong> &#8211; “you play” (formal singular or informal/formal plural)<br />
<strong>ils/elles jouent</strong> &#8211; “they play”</p>
<p>*The different uses of the <strong>on</strong> form of verbs is a whole other topic in itself. If you’d like to know more about how to translate <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the subject pronoun <strong>on</strong>, you can find another episode of<em> The Coffee Break French Show</em> here</a>.</p>
<h2>French verbs with prepositions: ‘jouer à’ vs ‘jouer de’</h2>
<p>As we said earlier, getting used to French verbs with prepositions can be challenging. This is because there are many verbs in French that require a preposition following the verb, and that preposition can change the meaning of the verb.</p>
<p>When it comes to the verb <strong>jouer</strong>, this means that we need to understand the difference between<strong> jouer à</strong> and<strong> jouer de</strong>.</p>
<h3>Translating “to play” in French: sports and games</h3>
<p>When you’re talking about playing a sport or a game in French, you use<strong> jouer à</strong>. That is to say that we conjugate the verb <strong>jouer</strong>, add the preposition <strong>à</strong>, then add the word for the sport or game.</p>
<p>However, we saw in our previous episode of<em> The Coffee Break French Show</em> that prepositions and certain definite articles (<strong>le</strong> or <strong>les</strong>) have to undergo changes when they appear side by side. Look out for this as you read through the examples. To review <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to combine <strong>à</strong> + <strong>le</strong> or <strong>à</strong> + <strong>les</strong> you can find that episode here</a>.</p>
<p>Let’s look at some examples of “to play” in French, followed by the preposition <strong>à</strong> and a sport or game.</p>
<p>First of all, let’s see <strong>jouer à</strong> followed by sports or games that are feminine singular nouns:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue à la marelle.</strong><br />
<em>I play hopscotch.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue à la pétanque.</strong><br />
<em>I play pétanque.</em></p>
<p>Next, with sports that are masculine singular nouns:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue au foot.</strong><br />
<em>I play football / soccer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue au rugby.</strong><br />
<em>I play rugby.</em></p>
<p>Now, with sports or games that are plural nouns:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue aux fléchettes.</strong><br />
<em>I play darts.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue aux cartes.</strong><br />
<em>I play cards.</em></p>
<p>Finally, here’s an example with a sport that starts with a vowel. We will therefore see <strong>à</strong> +<strong> l’</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue à l’ultimate frisbee.</strong><br />
<em>I play ultimate frisbee.</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">In summary, to say “to play” in French, followed by a sport or a game, use <strong>jouer à</strong>.</p>
<h3>Translating “to play” in French: musical instruments</h3>
<p>What about playing a musical instrument, rather than a sport or a game? In this case, we’re not going to use <strong>jouer à</strong>, but <strong>jouer de</strong>.</p>
<p>Pay attention to how the preposition <strong>de</strong> combines with the definite articles <strong>le</strong> and <strong>les</strong> as you look at the next examples.</p>
<p>Let’s start with<strong> jouer de</strong> followed by a musical instrument that is a feminine singular noun:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue de la guitare.</strong><br />
<em>I play the guitar.</em></p>
<p>Now, with a musical instrument that is a masculine singular noun:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue du piano.</strong><br />
<em>I play the piano.</em></p>
<p>An example of a plural noun for a musical instrument could be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue des maracas.</strong><br />
<em>I play the maracas.</em></p>
<p>And one that starts with a vowel:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue de l’accordéon.</strong><br />
<em>I play the accordion.</em></p>
<p>Remember that nouns that start with a silent <strong>h-</strong> are treated the same as nouns that start with a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue de l’harmonica.</strong><br />
<em>I play the harmonica.</em></p>
<p>However, if a noun starts with an aspirated <strong>h-</strong>, it is treated the same as nouns that start with a consonant. Here, therefore, we will see the combination of <strong>de</strong> + <strong>le</strong> = <strong>du</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je joue du hautbois.</strong><br />
<em>I play the oboe.</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">To summarise, to say “to play” in French, followed by a musical instrument, use <strong>jouer de</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33823 size-large" title="to play in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-203-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-203-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-203-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-203-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-203.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Practising using “to play” in French</h2>
<p>Now it’s time to put into practice what we’ve learned about <strong>jouer à</strong> vs<strong> jouer de</strong>, as well as about French verbs with prepositions in general, and what happens when the <strong>à</strong> or <strong>de</strong> is combined with the definite articles.</p>
<p>Translate the following sentences from English into French to test your knowledge. The answers are at the bottom of this article. <strong>Bon courage !</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>My sister plays golf on Saturdays.</li>
<li>I play the trombone.</li>
<li>My parents play dominoes every night.</li>
<li>My friend Paul played drums for six years.</li>
</ol>
<p>We hope that you found this useful and now know exactly when to use <strong>jouer à</strong> and when to use <strong>jouer de</strong> to say “to play” in French.</p>
<p>For further explanation, don’t forget to listen to the podcast version of this lesson with Pierre-Benoît and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. We’ll be releasing more episodes soon, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> for more help with your French.</p>
<p>What’s more, if you’d like to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your French, you can sign up below. Your next French lesson will arrive straight to your inbox very soon.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Ma sœur joue au golf le samedi.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Je joue du trombone.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Mes parents jouent aux dominos tous les soirs.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Mon ami Paul a joué de la batterie pendant six ans.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/66661b41b6f3d9001242f596" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/">‘Jouer à&#8217; or &#8216;jouer de&#8217;? The verb &#8216;to play&#8217; in French</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/jouer-a-or-jouer-de-the-verb-to-play-in-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>10 essential Spanish expressions with ‘tener’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2024 11:10:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33742</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Tener is likely one of the very first verbs that you came across in your Spanish-learning journey. As you’ll know, the basic meaning of tener in English is “to have”. However, there are many useful expressions with tener in Spanish in which the verb does not translate as “to have”. The Coffee Break Spanish Show ... <a title="10 essential Spanish expressions with ‘tener’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/" aria-label="More on 10 essential Spanish expressions with ‘tener’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/">10 essential Spanish expressions with ‘tener’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Tener</strong> is likely one of the very first verbs that you came across in your Spanish-learning journey. As you’ll know, the basic meaning of <strong>tener</strong> in English is “to have”. However, there are many useful expressions with <strong>tener</strong> in Spanish in which the verb does not translate as “to have”.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series of short, informal discussions about interesting topics for Spanish learners. In our latest episode, Concha and Mark talk about useful, everyday expressions with <strong>tener</strong>, and in particular, ones in which “to be” would be used instead in English.</p>
<p>Keep reading to learn more about these expressions, and we’d recommend listening to the podcast as you read. Plus, look out for our free worksheet at the end of the article, which will help you practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>The verb ‘tener’</h2>
<p>As you may know, <strong>tener</strong> is an irregular verb in the present tense. So, let’s start by doing a quick review of its conjugation in the present tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>(yo) tengo</strong><br />
<strong>(tú) tienes</strong><br />
<strong>(él/ella/usted) tiene</strong><br />
<strong>(nosotros/nosotras) tenemos</strong><br />
<strong>(vosotros/vosotras) tenéis</strong><br />
<strong>(ellos/ellas/ustedes) tienen</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33747 size-large" title="Spanish tener verb conjugation" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>In its most basic meaning, the verb <strong>tener</strong> is used to talk about possession – the things that you have. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo una familia maravillosa.</strong><br />
<em>I have a wonderful family.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tenemos una casa preciosa.</strong><br />
<em>We have a beautiful house.</em></p>
<h3>‘Tener’ in English</h3>
<p>However, <strong>tener</strong> is not always used for possession and, what’s more, <strong>tener</strong> doesn’t always translate as “to have” in English.</p>
<p>In fact, there are many occasions when we use <strong>tener</strong>, when in English we would use the verb “to be” instead.</p>
<h2>Expressions with ‘tener’</h2>
<p>The first example we&#8217;ll look at is one you&#8217;ll already be very familiar with, and this is when you&#8217;re talking about age.</p>
<h3>Tener &#8230; años</h3>
<p>Remember that we talk about &#8220;having&#8221; years in Spanish, when giving someone&#8217;s age. For example, we would say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuántos años tienes?</strong><br />
<em>How old are you?</em></p>
<p>Literally, this means “how many years do you have?” The answer to this may be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo dieciocho años.</strong><br />
<em>I am 18 years old. (Literally, “I have 18 years.”)</em></p>
<p>This is our first example of a <strong>tener</strong> expression, where <strong>tener</strong> is used in Spanish where “to be” would be used in its English equivalent.</p>
<h2>9 more expressions with &#8216;tener&#8217;</h2>
<p>There are many other expressions with <strong>tener</strong> that work in a similar way.</p>
<p>In the podcast episode, Concha gives us a great example sentence that contains some very common, everyday <strong>tener</strong> expressions. Here it is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tienes razón: Juan Pablo siempre tiene frío cuando tiene hambre y, si tiene sueño, no tiene paciencia.</strong><br />
<em>You are right – Juan Pablo is always cold when he is hungry, and if he is sleepy, he isn’t patient.</em></p>
<p>Let’s talk through each of these expressions with <strong>tener</strong> one by one.</p>
<h3>Tener razón</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener razón</strong><br />
<em>to be right</em></p>
<p><strong>Razón</strong> is a noun and it translates as “reason” or “correctness” in English. <strong>Tener razón</strong> therefore literally means “to have reason / correctness”, but this <strong>tener</strong> expression would translate into English as “to be right”. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo razón.</strong><br />
<em>I am right.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tienes razón.</strong><br />
<em>You are right.</em></p>
<h3>Tener frío / calor</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener frío</strong><br />
<em>to be cold</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener calor</strong><br />
<em>to be hot</em></p>
<p>In Spanish, we also express the feeling of being cold or warm using expressions with <strong>tener</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo mucho calor.</strong><br />
<em>I am very hot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Juan Pablo siempre tiene frío.</strong><br />
<em>Juan Pablo is always cold.</em></p>
<h3>Tener hambre / sed</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener hambre</strong><br />
<em>to be hungry</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener sed</strong><br />
<em>to be thirsty</em></p>
<p>These two <strong>tener</strong> expressions are used to talk about feeling hungry or thirsty. In Spanish, you literally say that you “have hunger” or “have thirst”. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tiene hambre.</strong><br />
<em>He / She is hungry.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo mucha sed.</strong><br />
<em>I am very thirsty.</em></p>
<p>Note in this example that we have used <strong>mucha</strong> to describe being “very” thirsty. This is because we are literally saying “I have a lot of thirst”, which means we have to use <strong>mucha</strong> (agreeing with the feminine noun <strong>sed</strong>), instead of <strong>muy</strong>.</p>
<h3>Tener sueño</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener sueño</strong><br />
<em>to be sleepy</em></p>
<p>In Spanish, we use another of our expressions with <strong>tener</strong> to talk about feeling sleepy. We are therefore literally saying something like “to have sleepiness”. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Juan Pablo tiene sueño.</strong><br />
<em>Juan Pablo is sleepy.</em></p>
<h3>Tener paciencia / prisa</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener paciencia</strong><br />
<em>to be patient</em></p>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener prisa</strong><br />
<em>to be in a hurry</em></p>
<p>Whether you&#8217;re waiting in line or rushing to catch a train, we’ll be using more expressions with <strong>tener</strong> in Spanish. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No tiene paciencia.</strong><br />
<em>He / She isn’t patient.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo prisa: necesito irme.</strong><br />
<em>I’m in a hurry – I need to go.</em></p>
<h3>Tener ganas</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tener ganas de</strong><br />
<em>to feel like / fancy, to look forward to</em></p>
<p>One very useful expression with <strong>tener</strong> is<strong> tener ganas de</strong>. This expression can either be followed by a noun or a verb in the infinitive form.</p>
<p><strong>Tener ganas de</strong> has two related meanings. First of all, this <strong>tener</strong> expression is used when you fancy or feel like something. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo ganas de cantar.</strong><br />
<em>I feel like singing.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tengo ganas de un café.</strong><br />
<em>I fancy a coffee.</em></p>
<p>The second meaning of this expression with <strong>tener</strong> is “to look forward to”. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mark y yo tenemos muchas ganas de grabar el próximo episodio de <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show.</em></strong><br />
<em>Mark and I are really looking forward to filming the next episode of </em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show.</p>
<p>This <strong>tener</strong> expression is also used in the sense of “can’t wait” in English.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Tengo muchas ganas! / ¡Qué ganas tengo!</strong><br />
<em>I can’t wait!</em></p>
<p>If you want to say that you can’t wait for something in Spanish, you can therefore use this one of our expressions with <strong>tener</strong>, rather than saying <strong>no puedo esperar</strong>, which wouldn’t make sense in this context.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33748 size-large" title="expressions with tener" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-202-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Practising expressions with &#8216;tener&#8217;</h2>
<p>Now that we’ve learned 10 new <strong>tener</strong> expressions, it’s time to put your knowledge to the test!</p>
<p>Try translating the following sentences from Spanish into English or from English into Spanish. The answers are at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Julia siempre tiene razón.</strong></li>
<li><strong>No vamos a comer ahora porque no tenemos hambre.</strong></li>
<li><em>I’m looking forward to your birthday party.</em></li>
<li><em>You must be patient when you work with children.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>We hope that you now feel more confident using some of the most common, everyday expressions with <strong>tener</strong> – particularly those where “to be” would be used in English.</p>
<p>Are you also a learner of French or Italian? If so, we have an episode in each of these languages on a very similar topic. <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Learn more about <strong>avoir</strong> expressions in this episode</a> of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, or <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">for help with your <strong>avere</strong> expressions, check out this episode</a> of<em> The Coffee Break Italian Show.</em></p>
<p>If you enjoyed this lesson, don’t forget to watch or listen to the full podcast episode with Concha and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. And make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when new episodes are available.</p>
<p>Finally, if you’d like more help with your Spanish, we regularly send out free, bite-sized email lessons. You can sign up for these for free below.</p>
<p>For now, good luck as you continue practising your <strong>tener </strong>expressions and, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>Julia is always right.</em></li>
<li><em>We aren’t going to eat now because we’re not hungry.</em></li>
<li><strong>Tengo ganas de tu fiesta de cumpleaños.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Debes tener paciencia / Hay que tener paciencia / Tienes que tener paciencia cuando trabajas con niños.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>For more information about <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/ways-to-express-obligation-in-spanish-deber-tener-que-and-hay-que/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">how to use <strong>deber</strong>, <strong>hay que </strong>and <strong>t</strong><strong>ener que </strong>to express obligation in Spanish, you can find another episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show </em>here</a>.</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<h2><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/666043d5e177f10012814706" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></h2>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/">10 essential Spanish expressions with ‘tener’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/essential-spanish-expressions-with-tener/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.29 &#124; Talking about the future in Gaelic &#8211; The future tense using the verb ‘to be’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-29-talking-about-the-future-in-gaelic-the-future-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-29-talking-about-the-future-in-gaelic-the-future-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Jun 2024 15:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33859</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Last time we spoke about the past tense of the verb &#8220;to be&#8221;, and in this lesson we&#8217;re looking at the future tense so you can talk about future events. Take your conversation skills to the next level with this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-29-talking-about-the-future-in-gaelic-the-future-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/">CBGa 1.29 | Talking about the future in Gaelic &#8211; The future tense using the verb ‘to be’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last time we spoke about the past tense of the verb &#8220;to be&#8221;, and in this lesson we&#8217;re looking at the future tense so you can talk about future events. Take your conversation skills to the next level with this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/665ed5144ea51f0012e52a48" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-29-talking-about-the-future-in-gaelic-the-future-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/">CBGa 1.29 | Talking about the future in Gaelic &#8211; The future tense using the verb ‘to be’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbga-1-29-talking-about-the-future-in-gaelic-the-future-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering prepositions of location in German: a handy guide  </title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Jun 2024 11:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33693</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Today, we&#8217;re diving into the fascinating world of prepositions of location in German.   So, whether you&#8217;re a beginner just starting your German journey, or a seasoned learner looking to polish your skills, understanding how to identify and use these prepositions with confidence will let you take your German to the next level. The Coffee Break ... <a title="Mastering prepositions of location in German: a handy guide  " class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/" aria-label="More on Mastering prepositions of location in German: a handy guide  ">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/">Mastering prepositions of location in German: a handy guide  </a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today, we&#8217;re diving into the fascinating world of prepositions of location in German.   So, whether you&#8217;re a beginner just starting your German journey, or a seasoned learner looking to polish your skills, understanding how to identify and use these prepositions with confidence will let you take your German to the next level.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we chat through interesting German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas explore the world of German prepositions, following on from <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the previous episode looking at when certain prepositions take the accusative or the dative</a>. They look at each preposition in turn, the case it uses and provide loads of examples to accompany their explanations.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>It’s all about the location</h2>
<p>Prepositions of location in German will vary according to (believe or not) the type of location you are talking about. If you are confused with this explanation so far, fear not! We will explain everything you need to know about the subject below.</p>
<h3>Let’s get on top of &#8216;auf&#8217;</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s kick things off with <strong>auf</strong>. In German, <strong>auf</strong> is your go-to preposition when talking about being “on top of” something. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er legt sich auf die Couch</strong>.<br />
<em>He’s lying down on the couch.</em></p>
<p>There’s movement involved in the action of moving to the couch and starting to lie down on it, so the accusative is used. An open space to consider is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Auf dem Marktplatz ist viel los.</strong><br />
<em>Lots is happening on the market square.</em></p>
<p>Or, another context in which we can use <strong>auf </strong>is the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Meine Freunde gehen alle auf das Festival.<br />
</strong><em>My friends are all going to the festival.</em></p>
<p>Plus, it&#8217;s perfect for describing places like islands, roofs, or even mountains. Remember, don’t try to translate directly from English because it could hinder you in choosing the correct preposition in German. So, next time you&#8217;re chilling on a rooftop terrace, remember: you&#8217;re <strong>auf</strong> the roof!</p>
<h2>To say where you’re at, &#8216;an&#8217; does the job</h2>
<p>Next up, we have <strong>an</strong> on your list of prepositions in German. This versatile word comes in handy when you&#8217;re talking about being “close to” something and, interestingly, all things related to water.   Here are a few examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Im Sommer fahren wir an das Meer.<br />
</strong><em>In the summer we’re going to the sea.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir sind an dem Meer.<br />
</strong><em>We’re at the sea.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich stehe an der Haltestelle.<br />
</strong><em>I am standing at the bus stop.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich sitze am Computer.<br />
</strong><em>I sit at the computer.</em></p>
<p>In all of these contexts, the preposition <strong>an</strong> is the one to use.</p>
<h3>Let’s get &#8216;in&#8217; to this</h3>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s talk about the preposition <strong>in</strong> in German – a small word with a lot of power. It’s used to describe being “inside” something – any building, for example.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir sitzen im Café.<br />
</strong><em>We are sitting in the café.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir laufen in das Einkaufszentrum.<br />
</strong><em>We’re going into the shopping centre.</em></p>
<p><strong>In</strong> is also used for exploring when we’re out and about, surrounded by something. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir gehen im Wald spazieren.<br />
</strong><em>We’re going walking in the forest.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Die Kinder wollen in den Park.<br />
</strong><em>The children want to go to the park.</em></p>
<p>Regions, countries and cities which have an article use <strong>in</strong>. So, if you&#8217;re planning a trip to the Black Forest or Switzerland, you know which preposition to use!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir machen einen Ausflug in den Schwarzwald.<br />
</strong><em>We are going on a trip to the Black Forest. </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren in die Schweiz.<br />
</strong><em>We are going to Switzerland.</em></p>
<p>But beware! It’s been the same preposition for destination or location until now. However, when talking about countries and cities that don’t use an article, there’s a difference. For example, in the following sentence, the country is a destination, and we have to use <strong>nach</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Ich fliege nach Schottland.<br />
</strong><em>I am flying to Scotland.</em></p>
<p>However, here, the country is a location, and we have to use <strong>in</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Ich wohne in Deutschland.<br />
</strong><em>I live in Germany.</em></p>
<h4>A handy flowchart: noun &gt; preposition &gt; case</h4>
<p>As promised in the podcast episode, we&#8217;ve put together a flowchart to help you with your choice of German prepositions and cases when it comes to countries.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33802 size-large" title="German prepositions" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart-1024x724.png" alt="" width="1024" height="724" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart-1024x724.png 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart-300x212.png 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart-768x543.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart-1536x1086.png 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-202-flowchart.png 2000w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p>Click on the image to download your own PDF copy of the flowchart.</p>
<h3>Dative destinations only &#8211; &#8216;zu&#8217;</h3>
<p>What about the use of <strong>zu</strong> in German?</p>
<p>This preposition is exclusively used for destinations, when a question is asked using <strong>wohin</strong>. But there&#8217;s a catch: it&#8217;s always followed by the dative case.   Let&#8217;s look at an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir gehen zu dem Konzert.<br />
</strong><em>We are going to the concert.</em></p>
<p>It’s also used for all people, professions and institutions. So, whether you&#8217;re visiting family or heading to the bank, <strong>zu</strong> is the preposition to choose.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zu meinen Eltern.<br />
</strong><em>I am going to my parents’ (house).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zu einem Freund.<br />
</strong><em>I am going to a friend’s house.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zu der Bank.<br />
</strong><em>I am going to the bank.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zum Arzt.<br />
</strong><em>I am going to the doctor’s.</em></p>
<h3>&#8216;Bei’ is your ‘zu’ for locations</h3>
<p>As just mentioned, <strong>zu</strong> is only used for destinations – places you haven&#8217;t reached yet. Once you are there and it is now your location, <strong>bei</strong> is used. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir sind bei meinen Eltern.<br />
</strong><em>We are at my parents’ (house).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich bin beim Arzt.<br />
</strong><em>I am at the doctor’s.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33708 size-large" title="prepositions in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-202-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-202-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-202-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-202-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-202.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>So, there you have it, a swift introduction to prepositions of location in German. Whether you&#8217;re lounging <strong>auf</strong> the couch, chilling <strong>an</strong> the beach, exploring <strong>in</strong> the park, or heading <strong>zu</strong> grandma&#8217;s house, these prepositions have got you covered.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, go ahead, get practising, and soon enough, you&#8217;ll be a pro at navigating German prepositions of location like a native speaker. Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f478fc6ae000132b6a87" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/">Mastering prepositions of location in German: a handy guide  </a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.29 &#124; Making a phone call – How to answer the phone in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-29-making-a-phone-call-how-to-answer-the-phone-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-29-making-a-phone-call-how-to-answer-the-phone-in-portuguese/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 15:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33878</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 29 of Coffee Break Portuguese, we&#8217;re learning how to make a phone call in Portuguese. Join Rafael and Ava to find out what to say when you answer the phone in Portuguese, learn other useful phrases you&#8217;ll need for a telephone conversation, and hear everything in context in a practice dialogue.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-29-making-a-phone-call-how-to-answer-the-phone-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.29 | Making a phone call – How to answer the phone in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 29 of Coffee Break Portuguese, we&#8217;re learning how to make a phone call in Portuguese. Join Rafael and Ava to find out what to say when you answer the phone in Portuguese, learn other useful phrases you&#8217;ll need for a telephone conversation, and hear everything in context in a practice dialogue.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/665eec97525960001246ac57" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-29-making-a-phone-call-how-to-answer-the-phone-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.29 | Making a phone call – How to answer the phone in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/cbp-1-29-making-a-phone-call-how-to-answer-the-phone-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da’: Italian prepositions</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 11:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33735</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between di and da? These two Italian prepositions are easily confused by learners of the language, but in this article we’re going to look at the most common uses of each of these prepositions in Italian so that you never confuse them again! The Coffee Break Italian Show is a ... <a title="When to use &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da’: Italian prepositions" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/" aria-label="More on When to use &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da’: Italian prepositions">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/">When to use &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da’: Italian prepositions</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>? These two Italian prepositions are easily confused by learners of the language, but in this article we’re going to look at the most common uses of each of these prepositions in Italian so that you never confuse them again!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a series of bite-sized, friendly podcast episodes, in which we unpack and explain tricky topics for Italian learners. Join Francesca and Maurizio in our latest episode to find out more about the Italian prepositions <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>, and to learn when to use each of them.</p>
<p>So, let’s get into the topic, and we’d recommend listening to the podcast episode as you go. Plus, make sure to look out for your free worksheet at the end, to help you test your knowledge!</p>
<h2>The Italian preposition ‘di’</h2>
<p>First up, let&#8217;s talk about <strong>di</strong>. When it comes to prepositions in Italian, <strong>di</strong> often expresses origin, ownership, or composition. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Questa è la bici di Matteo.</strong><br />
<em>This is Matteo&#8217;s bike. (Ownership)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho comprato una cravatta di seta.</strong><br />
<em>I bought a silk tie. (Composition)</em></p>
<p>When you were learning how to ask someone where they come from, you may have learned something along the lines of the following phrases:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Di dove sei?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you from?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono di Torino.</strong><br />
<em>I am from Turin.</em></p>
<p>Here, we’re using the preposition <strong>di</strong> to indicate your place of origin.</p>
<h2>The Italian preposition ‘da’</h2>
<p>Now, let’s turn our attention to the preposition <strong>da</strong>. <strong>Da</strong> typically expresses movement from a location.</p>
<p>You may have come across another possibility when learning how to talk about where you come from:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Da dove vieni?</strong><br />
<em>Where do you come from?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vengo da Torino.</strong><br />
<em>I come from Turin.</em></p>
<p>So, when it comes to choosing between prepositions in Italian to say where you come from, just remember the following:</p>
<p class="newtextbox"><strong>essere</strong> + <strong>di</strong> or<strong> venire</strong> + <strong>da</strong></p>
<p>If you’re giving the name of your country, we need to remember to include the article, and in this case we can only use <strong>venire da</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vengo dall’Italia.</strong><br />
<em>I come from Italy.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vengo dalla Scozia.</strong><br />
<em>I come from Scotland.</em></p>
<p>Here, we’re using the articulated form of the preposition <strong>da</strong>, where it is combined with the definite article.</p>
<h3>Using the preposition ‘da’ with a person’s place</h3>
<p>However, <strong>da</strong> doesn’t always mean “from”. In fact, this Italian preposition can be used in various contexts.</p>
<p><strong>Da</strong> can also indicate movement towards or location at a person’s house, or a professional’s shop or office.</p>
<p>For instance, if you had been at a doctor’s appointment, you would say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono andato dal dottore.</strong><br />
<em>I went to the doctor&#8217;s.</em></p>
<p>But we would also use <strong>da</strong> to indicate your current location, rather than destination. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono dal dottore adesso.</strong><br />
<em>I’m at the doctor’s just now.</em></p>
<p>As you can see, <strong>da</strong> can be translated in different ways in English, depending on the context. So, remember that it is important not to associate Italian prepositions with just one meaning in English.</p>
<p>When it is used with a person’s name, the Italian preposition <strong>da</strong> is used to talk about going to or being at someone’s place or house. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vado da Francesca.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to Francesca’s (house).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono da Francesca.</strong><br />
<em>I’m at Francesca’s (house).</em></p>
<h2>Choosing between the Italian prepositions ‘di’ and ‘da’</h2>
<p>In this podcast episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>, Francesca and Maurizio mention a particularly interesting use of <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>, where the choice of preposition can quite drastically change the meaning.</p>
<p>Imagine you&#8217;re enjoying a nice cup of coffee. To refer to what you’re drinking, you’d use the following phrase:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una tazza di caffè</strong><br />
<em>a cup of coffee</em></p>
<p>Here, we know that it is a cup that contains coffee.</p>
<p>However, if you&#8217;re in a shop and looking to buy some new coffee cups for your house, what you are looking for is the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una tazza da caffè</strong><br />
<em>a coffee cup</em></p>
<p>When the preposition <strong>da</strong> is used in this phrase, it introduces the purpose or function of the cup, but there isn’t necessarily currently any coffee in it.</p>
<p>Let’s see two more examples of this difference in full sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vorrei sei tazze di caffè.</strong><br />
<em>I would like six cups of coffee.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vorrei sei tazze da caffè.</strong><br />
<em>I would like six coffee cups.</em></p>
<p>You will come across the same difference between these two prepositions in Italian in other contexts. For example, compare the following phrases:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un bicchiere di vino</strong><br />
<em>a glass of wine</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un bicchiere da vino</strong><br />
<em>a wine glass</em></p>
<h3>A final, subtle difference between &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da&#8217;</h3>
<p>Let’s look at one more common context in which it can be tricky to choose between the Italian prepositions <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>.</p>
<p>Consider the distinction between the following phrases:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un libro di Italo Calvino</strong><br />
<em>an Italo Calvino book</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un libro scritto da Italo Calvino</strong><br />
<em>a book written by Italo Calvino</em></p>
<p>You may recognise that the second phrase is using a passive structure. In the passive voice, the preposition <strong>da</strong> is used to introduce what is known grammatically as the agent – the person by whom the action has been performed. In a full sentence, our example would be as follows:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Questo libro è stato scritto da Italo Calvino.</strong><br />
<em>This book was written by Italo Calvino.</em></p>
<p>Francesca and Maurizio mention in the podcast episode that Calvino’s books are some of their favourites. If you’re not already familiar with his works, we have another <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2019/06/cbi-mag-1-04-leggiamo-un-po/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Coffee Break Italian podcast episode all about Calvino</a>.</p>
<p>Let’s look at two final examples – this time comparing the use of the prepositions <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong> when talking about a film.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un film di Federico Fellini</strong><br />
<em>a Federico Fellini film</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un film che è stato diretto da Federico Fellini</strong><br />
<em>a film that was directed by Federico Fellini</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary of the Italian prepositions ‘di’ and ‘da’</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33736 size-large" title="Italian prepositions" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-202-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-202-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-202-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-202-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-202.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope that you now feel more confident choosing between <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>. However, these two prepositions in Italian can be easily mixed up by anyone, so don’t worry if you make mistakes, as native speakers will still understand what you mean.</p>
<p>To get the most out of this article, we’d recommend watching or listening to the full podcast episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Sho</em>w. And don’t forget to <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">subscribe on YouTube</a> or wherever you get your podcasts so that you always know when there’s a new episode available.</p>
<p>Finally, if you’d like more help with your Italian, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons, which will arrive straight to your inbox. Just sign up at the bottom of this article.</p>
<p>Keep listening out for uses of <strong>di</strong> and <strong>da</strong>, so that you become more familiar with these two Italian prepositions. In the meantime, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639f05f04f9df00128a6aca" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/">When to use &#8216;di&#8217; and &#8216;da’: Italian prepositions</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/when-to-use-di-and-da-italian-prepositions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>‘Du&#8217;, &#8216;des&#8217;, &#8216;au&#8217; and &#8216;aux&#8217;: a guide to French contractions</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 11:15:10 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33718</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>As French learners, you have probably come across many words in French that may be short, but which can be tricky to get your head around. This is because there are many French contractions – words that are the combined form of two words. Today we’re going to focus on some of the most common ... <a title="‘Du&#8217;, &#8216;des&#8217;, &#8216;au&#8217; and &#8216;aux&#8217;: a guide to French contractions" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/" aria-label="More on ‘Du&#8217;, &#8216;des&#8217;, &#8216;au&#8217; and &#8216;aux&#8217;: a guide to French contractions">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/">‘Du&#8217;, &#8216;des&#8217;, &#8216;au&#8217; and &#8216;aux&#8217;: a guide to French contractions</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As French learners, you have probably come across many words in French that may be short, but which can be tricky to get your head around. This is because there are many French contractions – words that are the combined form of two words.</p>
<p>Today we’re going to focus on some of the most common French contractions: <strong>du</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>au</strong> and <strong>aux</strong>. These are called contracted articles in French and if you’ve previously been confused by them, don’t worry!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a video and audio podcast series, in which we discuss and explain interesting French language topics for learners. In our most recent episode, Pierre-Benoît and Max are here to equip you with the knowledge to use French contractions confidently in your conversations.</p>
<p>If you’re ready, let’s get into our topic for today and learn more about <span style="font-weight: 400;">French contractions</span>, and we’d suggest listening along to the podcast as you read.</p>
<p>Plus, look out for your free worksheet at the bottom of this article, which will help you put what you’ve learned to the test. <strong>C’est parti !</strong></p>
<h2>Definite articles in French</h2>
<p>Before we look at how to form and use French contractions, do you know what <strong>du</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>au</strong> and <strong>aux</strong> all have in common?</p>
<p>All four of these French contractions incorporate a definite article. Like in English, there are both definite and indefinite articles in French, and when we talk about definite articles, we are referring to the words for “the”.</p>
<p>As you probably already know, in French there are four words for “the”. Let’s do a quick review of these.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le</strong><br />
<em>the (masculine singular)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la</strong><br />
<em>the (feminine singular)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les</strong><br />
<em>the (masculine and feminine plural)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’</strong><br />
<em>the (masculine and feminine singular when the noun starts with a vowel or silent <strong>h-</strong>)</em></p>
<p><strong>L’</strong> is used with both masculine and feminine singular nouns that start with a vowel or a silent <strong>h-</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’université</strong><br />
<em>the university</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’homme</strong><br />
<em>the man</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’heure</strong><br />
<em>the hour, the time</em></p>
<h2>Understanding French contractions</h2>
<p>When the definite articles in French meet prepositions, some of them undergo contraction, resulting in the words we&#8217;re exploring today: <strong>du</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>au</strong> and <strong>aux</strong>.</p>
<h3>Contracted articles in French with the preposition &#8216;de&#8217;</h3>
<p>So, what happens when we use <strong>de</strong> in front of these definite articles?</p>
<h4>du</h4>
<p>Let’s start by looking at what happens when the preposition <strong>de</strong> meets the masculine singular definite article, <strong>le</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de + le = du</strong></p>
<p>In contexts where <strong>le</strong> means “the”, it is not possible to have <strong>de le</strong> together – they always merge to become <strong>du</strong>. <strong>Du</strong> is therefore an example of a contracted article in French.</p>
<p>Watch out for the pronunciation of the <strong>u</strong> vowel sound in <strong>du</strong>, as it is a very commonly used word, which is easily confused with <strong>doux</strong> (“soft”) or <strong>d’où</strong> (“from where” or &#8220;hence&#8221;). <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">For help with the difference between the vowel sounds <strong>u</strong> and <strong>ou</strong> in French, you can find our podcast episode and article here</a>.</p>
<h4>de la</h4>
<p>Now, let’s look at what happens when the preposition <strong>de</strong> meets the feminine singular definite article, <strong>la</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de + la = de la</strong></p>
<p>This one is straightforward, as <strong>de</strong> and <strong>la</strong> can always exist side by side and there is therefore no contraction.</p>
<h4>des</h4>
<p>When <strong>de</strong> is followed by the plural definite article, <strong>les</strong>, this becomes another contracted article in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de + les = des</strong></p>
<p>It is not possible to have <strong>de les</strong> together in this context – it always changes to <strong>des</strong>.</p>
<h4>de l’</h4>
<p>Finally, when <strong>de</strong> is followed by the definite article <strong>l’</strong>, like <strong>de la</strong>, it is straightforward and there is no contraction.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de + l’ = de l’</strong></p>
<h3>Partitive articles in French</h3>
<p>But what do the <span style="font-weight: 400;">French contractions </span><strong>du</strong>, <strong>de la</strong>, <strong>des</strong> and <strong>de l’</strong> mean? These four forms of <strong>de</strong> + definite article often translate as “of the” or “from the”.</p>
<p>However, in other contexts, they function as partitive articles in French. Partitive articles are used to express unspecified quantities of a noun and are used where in English we would use “some” or simply no article at all.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du pain</strong><br />
<em>some bread (or simply “bread”)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de la confiture</strong><br />
<em>jam, some jam</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>des fruits</strong><br />
<em>fruit, some fruit</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>de l’alcool</strong><br />
<em>alcohol, some alcohol</em></p>
<h3>The preposition &#8216;de&#8217; with verbs</h3>
<p>Another situation in which we commonly see the combination of <strong>de</strong> and the French definite articles is when we have a verb that requires the preposition <strong>de</strong>, which is then followed by a definite article and a noun.</p>
<p>For instance, we can take the following verbal phrase, which requires the preposition <strong>de</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir besoin de</strong><br />
<em>to need</em></p>
<p>If you want to say that you need the phone, we’re going to see a contracted article in French. This is because <strong>le téléphone</strong> is a masculine singular noun, and the <strong>de</strong> will merge with the <strong>le</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai besoin du téléphone.</strong><br />
<em>I need the phone.</em></p>
<p>Another verb that is sometimes followed by the preposition <strong>de</strong> is <strong>parler</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>parler de</strong><br />
<em>to talk about</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>parler de la pluie et du beau temps</strong><br />
<em>to chit-chat, to make small talk, to talk about trivial things</em></p>
<p>This French idiom literally means “to talk about the rain and the good weather”.</p>
<p>Now an example with a plural noun:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nous parlons des vacances.</strong><br />
<em>We’re talking about the holiday / vacation.</em></p>
<p>Finally, let’s see some examples of contracted articles with <strong>de</strong> following the verb <strong>penser</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>penser de</strong><br />
<em>to think of (in the sense of having an opinion on something)</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Qu&#8217;est-ce que tu penses du film ?</strong><br />
<em>What do you think of the movie?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Qu’est-ce que tu penses de l’histoire ?</strong><br />
<em>What do you think of the story?</em></p>
<h3>Contracted articles in French with the preposition &#8216;à&#8217;</h3>
<p>Now, let’s see what happens when we use <strong>à</strong> in front of the definite articles in French.</p>
<h4>au</h4>
<p>When the preposition <strong>à</strong> meets the masculine singular definite article, <strong>le</strong>, there is a contraction.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>à + le = au</strong></p>
<p>Just as we saw before with <strong>du</strong>, in contexts where <strong>le</strong> means “the”, it is not possible to have <strong>à le</strong> together – they always merge together to form the <span style="font-weight: 400;">French contraction</span> <strong>au</strong>. <strong>Au</strong> is therefore another example of a contracted article in French.</p>
<h4>à la</h4>
<p>Similarly, just as<strong> de la</strong> is possible in all contexts, <strong>à</strong> and<strong> la</strong> can also always exist side by side and there is therefore no contraction in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>à + la = à la</strong></p>
<h4>aux</h4>
<p>When <strong>à</strong> is followed by the plural definite article, <strong>les</strong>, this becomes another contracted article in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>à + les = aux</strong></p>
<h4>à l’</h4>
<p>Finally, when <strong>à</strong> is followed by the definite article <strong>l’</strong>, like <strong>de l’</strong>, it is straightforward and there is no contraction in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>à + l’ = à l’</strong></p>
<h3>The preposition &#8216;à&#8217; with verbs</h3>
<p>There are many verbs that require the preposition <strong>à</strong> after them, when they are followed by a noun. This means that we often come across <strong>à</strong> followed by a definite article in French.</p>
<p>Let’s take a look at some examples, starting with the verb <strong>aller</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>aller à</strong><br />
<em>to go to</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je vais au cinéma.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to the cinema.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je vais à la piscine.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to the swimming pool.</em></p>
<p>Earlier, we mentioned<strong> penser de</strong>. However, the verb <strong>penser</strong> is also sometimes used with the preposition <strong>à</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>penser à</strong><br />
<em>to think about (in the sense of having something on your mind)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je pense aux films qu’on a vus ensemble.</strong><br />
<em>I’m thinking about the movies we watched together.</em></p>
<p>Did you notice the spelling of <strong>vus</strong>? If you’re wondering about that extra <strong>-s</strong> on the end, you can <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-agreement-of-past-participles-in-french/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">find out more about the preceding direct object rule in French</a>.</p>
<h2>When do we not use French contractions with &#8216;de&#8217; and &#8216;à&#8217;?</h2>
<p>The final point to mention on the topic of contracted articles in French is that there are some situations where <strong>de le</strong>,<strong> de les</strong>,<strong> à le</strong> and<strong> à les</strong> do exist side by side, and don’t merge into the French contractions <strong>du</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>au</strong> and <strong>aux</strong>.</p>
<p>This happens when the <strong>le</strong> or <strong>les</strong> is not functioning as a definite article, but instead as a direct object pronoun. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai besoin de le contacter.</strong><br />
<em>I need to contact him.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai peur de les déranger.</strong><br />
<em>I’m afraid to disturb them.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Pense à le rappeler !</strong><br />
<em>Think about calling him back!</em></p>
<p>In these three sentences, the <strong>le</strong> or <strong>les</strong> are direct object pronouns, which means that they don’t form contracted articles with the preposition <strong>de</strong> or <strong>à</strong>.</p>
<h2>A visual summary of contracted articles in French</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33721 size-large" title="French contractions" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-202-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-202-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-202-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-202-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-202.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope that you now have a better understanding of French contractions and, in particular, that you feel equipped to use the tricky words <strong>du</strong>, <strong>des</strong>, <strong>au</strong> and <strong>aux</strong> with confidence.</p>
<p>If you haven’t already, join Pierre-Benoît and Max in the podcast version of this lesson on <em>The Coffee Break French Show </em>to learn more about <span style="font-weight: 400;">French contractions</span>. And don’t forget to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is released, which will be on another useful topic for French learners.</p>
<p>Looking for further help with your French? You should also know that we send out regular, free lessons by email, which will help you improve your French in short, coffee-break-length lessons. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6655ee31fca2190012e58e55" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/">‘Du&#8217;, &#8216;des&#8217;, &#8216;au&#8217; and &#8216;aux&#8217;: a guide to French contractions</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/du-des-au-and-aux-a-guide-to-french-contractions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Spanish question words: with or without an accent?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 11:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33429</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>With accent marks and upside-down question marks, there is a lot to think about when it comes to using Spanish question words. This is why forming questions in Spanish is something our Coffee Break language learners regularly ask us about. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a podcast series of short but useful conversations, in ... <a title="Spanish question words: with or without an accent?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/" aria-label="More on Spanish question words: with or without an accent?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/">Spanish question words: with or without an accent?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>With accent marks and upside-down question marks, there is a lot to think about when it comes to using Spanish question words. This is why forming questions in Spanish is something our Coffee Break language learners regularly ask us about.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short but useful conversations, in which we talk about interesting Spanish language topics. In the latest episode, Concha and Mark are here to explain all about Spanish questions and, in particular, Spanish question words.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>Common Spanish question words</h2>
<p>First of all, let’s start with a reminder of some of the most common Spanish question words. For each question word, we’ll include a short example. <strong>¡Vamos a ello!</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cómo?</strong><br />
<em>How?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cómo te llamas?</strong><br />
<em>What&#8217;s your name? (literally, “how do you call yourself?”)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Dónde?</strong><br />
<em>Where?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Dónde está la biblioteca?</strong><br />
<em>Where is the library?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuándo?</strong><br />
<em>When?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuándo es tu cumpleaños?</strong><br />
<em>When is your birthday?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Qué?</strong><br />
<em>What?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Qué estás haciendo ahora?</strong><br />
<em>What are you doing just now?</em></p>
<p>Here are some bonus question words in Spanish that Concha and Mark didn’t mention in the podcast episode.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Quién? / ¿Quiénes?</strong><br />
<em>Who?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Quién es tu madre?</strong><br />
<em>Who is your mother?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuál? / ¿Cuáles?</strong><br />
<em>Which?, What?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuál es tu color favorito?</strong><br />
<em>What’s your favourite colour?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuánto/a?</strong><br />
<em>How much?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuánta agua bebes al día?</strong><br />
<em>How much water do you drink daily?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuántos/as?</strong><br />
<em>How many?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cuántas veces haces ejercicio a la semana?</strong><br />
<em>How many times a week do you exercise?</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33704 size-large" title="Spanish question words" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<p>Straight away, there are two really interesting things to note about all of these questions: each of the question words has an accent, and the sentences start with an upside-down question mark. Let’s talk about that question mark first.</p>
<h2>Opening question marks in Spanish</h2>
<p>When using Spanish question words to ask a question in Spanish, remember that you always need an opening question mark at the start of the question.</p>
<p>However, the start of the question doesn’t necessarily mean the start of the sentence. For example, an opening question mark can come after another form of punctuation or midway through a sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sé que ya me lo has dicho, pero ¿me puedes decir otra vez dónde está tu casa?</strong><br />
<em>I know you have already told me, but can you tell me again where your house is?</em></p>
<p>However, we could also simply ask:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Me puedes decir dónde está tu casa?</strong><br />
<em>Can you tell me where your house is?</em></p>
<p>Because these questions are structured slightly differently, they therefore require the opening question mark in different parts of the sentence.</p>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s turn our attention to the accents on Spanish question words.</p>
<h2>Accents on Spanish question words</h2>
<p>As you’ll have noticed in the earlier examples, all of the Spanish question words contain an accent. This is a straightforward rule: within a direct question, the question word must have an accent on it.</p>
<h3>Spanish question words in indirect questions</h3>
<p>However, Spanish question words can also be used in indirect questions.</p>
<p>This means that in situations in which we don’t have a direct question, but the question is implied within the statement, we still use a Spanish question word (and therefore an accent appears on the word). We can think of these as “indirect questions”.</p>
<p><strong>Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me pregunto dónde está María.</strong><br />
<em>I wonder where María is.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No sé cómo lo hace.</strong><br />
<em>I don&#8217;t know how he / she does it.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No sé cuándo va a llegar Marta, dijo que iba a llegar a las doce.</strong><br />
<em>I don&#8217;t know when Marta is going to arrive. She said she was going to arrive at 12 o’clock.</em></p>
<p>In all of these statements, although there are no question marks, there is still an element of questioning implied. To illustrate this, we can easily restructure the statements to form questions. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me pregunto: ¿dónde está María?</strong><br />
<em>I wonder: where is María?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¿Cómo lo hace? No sé.</strong><br />
<em>How does he / she do it? I don’t know.</em></p>
<p>Therefore, because the question is implied within the statement, we are still using a Spanish question word and therefore still an accent.</p>
<h3><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33705 size-large" title="Spanish indirect questions" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbs-show-201-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h3>
<h3>Similar Spanish words without accents</h3>
<p>You may have come across the same words from our list of question words above, but without an accent.</p>
<p>If so, you’ll know that it can sometimes be tricky to know when to include the accent or not. For example, do you know the difference between <strong>que</strong> and <strong>qué</strong>, or <strong>como</strong> and <strong>cómo</strong>?</p>
<p>As we’ve just seen, Spanish question words can be used in either direct or indirect questions, and the question words always contain an accent.</p>
<p>However, there are words similar to our Spanish question words that don’t have an accent. In this case, the words are not question words, and they are instead serving a different function.</p>
<p>Let’s take a look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Esta chaqueta es como la que tenía cuando era pequeña.</strong><br />
<em>This jacket is like the one I had when I was little.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Estoy donde me dijiste.</strong><br />
<em>I am where you told me (to be).</em></p>
<p>In these two examples, <strong>como</strong> and <strong>donde</strong> have a different function to <strong>cómo</strong> and <strong>dónde</strong>, and since there is no question implied, there is no accent on them.</p>
<p>Here’s another interesting example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Veremos qué pasa.</strong><br />
<em>We&#8217;ll see what happens.</em></p>
<p>In this example, <strong>qué</strong> is our question word (within an indirect question). We’re wondering what is going to happen and there is an element of doubt about what that might be.</p>
<p>However, this sentence would also be correct without the accent on the <strong>qué</strong>, but it would have a subtle difference in meaning.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Veremos que pasa.</strong><br />
<em>We’ll see it happen. / We’ll see that it happens.</em></p>
<p>This time, we’re not wondering about what is actually going to happen, but rather simply stating that whatever that is, we’ll see it.</p>
<h2>Test yourself on Spanish question words: accent or no accent?</h2>
<p>Now that you’ve learned more about question words in Spanish, it’s time to put your knowledge to the test! We have a short quiz to help you put into practice what you’ve learned.</p>
<p>Read the following sentences and decide if the word in brackets should include an accent or not. The answers are at the end of this article. <strong>¡Buena </strong><b>suerte!</b></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Ese es el profesor (que / qué) te comenté.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Dime (cuando / cuándo) aterriza tu vuelo y voy a recogerte.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>¡Eso es todo!</strong> We hope you now feel more comfortable knowing how to form questions in Spanish and how to tell the difference between <strong>que</strong> and <strong>qué</strong>, <strong>donde</strong> and <strong>dónde</strong>, and <strong>como</strong> and <strong>cómo</strong>!</p>
<p>If you found this article useful, why not listen to the full episode with Concha and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. For more episodes for Spanish learners, make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>As well as this, you can sign up to receive regular, free email lessons to help you improve your Spanish. You will also receive language-learning tips and tricks from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages. Sign up below, and we hope that you enjoy the first lesson that arrives in your inbox.</p>
<p>In the meantime, pay attention to these question words in Spanish the next time you’re reading. Or, when you’re listening aloud, try to visualise where the accents would be included. Good luck as you keep practising your Spanish and, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the test:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Ese es el profesor que te comenté.</strong> (“That is the teacher that I mentioned to you.”)</li>
<li><strong>Dime cuándo aterriza tu vuelo y voy a recogerte.</strong> (“Tell me when your flight lands and I’ll go and pick you up.”)</li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/66460bd1e6c730001313cb53" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/">Spanish question words: with or without an accent?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/spanish-question-words-with-or-without-an-accent/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Deciphering the dative and accusative cases: exploring two-way prepositions in German</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 11:00:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33453</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Understanding which case to use when talking about locations and destinations can be a game-changer in your German-learning journey. Today we&#8217;re focusing on prepositions of location in German. So, let&#8217;s decipher the dative and accusative cases in German and unravel whether it’s a location or destination together! The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast ... <a title="Deciphering the dative and accusative cases: exploring two-way prepositions in German" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/" aria-label="More on Deciphering the dative and accusative cases: exploring two-way prepositions in German">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/">Deciphering the dative and accusative cases: exploring two-way prepositions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Understanding which case to use when talking about locations and destinations can be a game-changer in your German-learning journey.</p>
<p>Today we&#8217;re focusing on prepositions of location in German. So, let&#8217;s decipher the dative and accusative cases in German and unravel whether it’s a location or destination together!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of short, friendly conversations in which we discuss tricky topics for German language learners. In the latest episode, Thomas and Mark talk about locations and destinations in German, and which case to use with each.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>&#8216;Wo&#8217; or &#8216;wohin&#8217;?</h2>
<p>First things first, let&#8217;s talk about the key distinction between <strong>wo</strong>, “where”, and <strong>wohin</strong>, “where to”. In English, we might not be accustomed to such a clear differentiation, but in German, it&#8217;s crucial. Here&#8217;s a quick comparison:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo bist du?<br />
</strong><em>Where are you?</em></p>
<p>Here, we&#8217;re asking for a static location, which requires the dative case.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wohin gehst du?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you going?</em></p>
<p>In this case, we&#8217;re asking about movement or direction, which calls for the accusative case in German.</p>
<p>We&#8217;re going to be talking about the dative and accusative cases a lot in this article, so if you need a reminder of what cases are in German and how they work, you can read our <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">introduction to German cases</a>.</p>
<h2>Location using the dative, or destination with the accusative?</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s focus on some examples.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dein Schlüssel liegt <em>auf dem</em> Küchentisch.</strong><br />
<em>Your key is on the kitchen table.</em></p>
<p>Here, we&#8217;re describing a static location, so we use the dative case in German with <strong>dem Küchentisch</strong>. Note that <strong>d</strong><strong>er</strong> changes to <strong>dem</strong> in the dative.</p>
<h2>The clue’s in the question: &#8216;wo&#8217; or &#8216;wohin&#8217;?</h2>
<p>Consider the following sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich lege die sauberen Klamotten <em>auf das</em> Bett.</strong><br />
<em>I&#8217;m putting the clean clothes on the bed.</em></p>
<p>Since we&#8217;re indicating movement towards a destination (the bed), we use the accusative case with <strong>das Bett</strong>. This involves the question:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo legst du die sauberen Klamotten hin?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you putting the clean clothes?</em></p>
<p>The suffix <strong>-hin</strong> at the end shows there is movement involved – a change of location – and therefore, the need for the accusative case.</p>
<p>Here’s another example to consider:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Die Rehe leben <em>im</em> Wald.</strong><br />
<em>The deer live in the forest.</em></p>
<p>Again, we&#8217;re describing a static location (the forest), so we use the dative case with<strong> im Wald</strong>. And this involves the question word <strong>wo?</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo leben die Rehe?</strong><br />
<em>Where do the deer live?</em></p>
<h2>Dative or accusative case in German?</h2>
<p>In the following example, we&#8217;re indicating movement towards a destination (the burrow), so we use the accusative case in German with<strong> in seinen Bau</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Fuchs rennt <em>in seinen </em>Bau<em> unter der</em> Erde.</strong><br />
<em>The fox is running into its burrow underground.</em></p>
<p><strong>Unter der Erde</strong> is in the dative because that is the location of the burrow.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at another example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir treffen uns <em>bei meinen </em>Eltern.<br />
</strong><em>We&#8217;re meeting at my parents&#8217; house.</em></p>
<p>When we talk about meeting at a location, even if we are not there yet, we use the dative case with <strong>bei meinen Eltern</strong>.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s another example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Am Samstag gehen wir <em>auf ein</em> Konzert.</strong><br />
<em>We&#8217;re going to a concert on Saturday.</em></p>
<p>Since we&#8217;re indicating movement towards a destination (the concert), we use the accusative case with<strong> auf ein Konzert</strong>.</p>
<h2>There’s always an exception!</h2>
<p>But wait, there are a couple of prepositions in German that require special attention!</p>
<p><strong>Zu</strong> always takes the dative case in German, even when used in the context of a <strong>wohin</strong> question. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zum Arzt.</strong><br />
<em>I&#8217;m going to the doctor.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren zu meinen Eltern.</strong><br />
<em>We&#8217;re driving to my parents&#8217; place.</em></p>
<p><strong>Nach</strong> also always takes the dative case, although it&#8217;s typically used without an article, so it cannot be seen that it is in the dative case:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er fliegt morgen nach Spanien.<br />
</strong><em>He&#8217;s flying to Spain tomorrow.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Der Zug fährt nach Westen.</strong><br />
<em>The train is heading west.</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary of prepositions of location in German</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33702 size-large" title="accusative case in German" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-201-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-201-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-201-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-201-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbg-show-blog-201.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>So, there you have it – your guide to navigating prepositions of location in German! Understanding the nuances of cases and contexts will not only enhance your language skills, but also make you feel more confident in your German conversations.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So give it a go – use what we’ve covered today and you&#8217;ll gain confidence with using the dative and accusative cases in German with no problems at all! And if you&#8217;d like to take this topic a stage further, find out <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/06/mastering-prepositions-of-location-in-german-a-handy-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the differences between <strong>in</strong>, <strong>an</strong>, <strong>auf</strong>, <strong>nach</strong>, and <strong>zu</strong></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Bis bald </strong>and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6639f42e04f9df00128b55f1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/">Deciphering the dative and accusative cases: exploring two-way prepositions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/deciphering-the-dative-and-accusative-cases-exploring-two-way-prepositions-in-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How do you say &#8216;I like&#8217; in Italian: &#8216;mi piace&#8217; vs &#8216;mi piacciono&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 15:15:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33471</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>As a learner of Italian, you&#8217;ve probably already come across mi piace and mi piacciono. These are our two essential phrases for expressing likes and dislikes in Italian. However, these expressions work a little differently from the straightforward verb &#8220;to like&#8221; in English. This is why a common question we receive from our Coffee Break ... <a title="How do you say &#8216;I like&#8217; in Italian: &#8216;mi piace&#8217; vs &#8216;mi piacciono&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/" aria-label="More on How do you say &#8216;I like&#8217; in Italian: &#8216;mi piace&#8217; vs &#8216;mi piacciono&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/">How do you say &#8216;I like&#8217; in Italian: &#8216;mi piace&#8217; vs &#8216;mi piacciono&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As a learner of Italian, you&#8217;ve probably already come across <strong>mi piace</strong> and <strong>mi piacciono</strong>. These are our two essential phrases for expressing likes and dislikes in Italian. However, these expressions work a little differently from the straightforward verb &#8220;to like&#8221; in English. This is why a common question we receive from our Coffee Break community of language learners is: how do you say “I like” in Italian?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Maurizio and Mark discuss the phrases<strong> mi piace</strong> and<strong> mi piacciono</strong>, and how to use them to say “I like” in Italian.</p>
<p>So, let&#8217;s get started and unpack the intricacies of <strong>mi piace</strong> vs<strong> mi piacciono</strong> together.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn. <strong>Cominciamo!</strong></p>
<h2>How to use ‘piacere’ in Italian</h2>
<p>First of all, let&#8217;s make sure we understand the basic structure of the verb <strong>piacere</strong>.</p>
<p>In English, we say “I like” followed by the thing that we like. In Italian, however, it&#8217;s a little different. The idea is expressed as follows: “something is pleasing or appealing to me”. Or, if you want to flip it around: “to me is pleasing or appealing something”.</p>
<p>Now, using this idea, let&#8217;s explore how to use <strong>mi piace</strong> and<strong> mi piacciono</strong> in different scenarios.</p>
<h3>Expressing likes using ‘mi piace’ with singular nouns</h3>
<p>When you&#8217;re talking about liking singular nouns, we use <strong>mi piace</strong>. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace l’italiano.</strong><br />
<em>I like Italian.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace la zuppa di ceci.</strong><br />
<em>I like chickpea soup.</em></p>
<p>What if you don’t like something? Easy! We just add <strong>non</strong> in front of <strong>mi piace</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non mi piace lo sciroppo d’amarena.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t like sour cherry syrup.</em></p>
<p>Note that, as we explained in the previous section, it is the thing that you like (for example, Italian or chickpea soup) that is the subject of the sentence – in other words, what is carrying out the action of pleasing.</p>
<h3>Expressing likes using ‘mi piacciono’ with plural nouns</h3>
<p>Now, what if you&#8217;re a fan of multiple things?</p>
<p><strong>Mi piacciono</strong> in English also translates to “I like”. When the thing that you like is plural, you use this expression. Remember that this is because the subject of the verb is the thing that you like, or rather the thing that is pleasing to you. This means that the verb has to change to be in its plural form.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piacciono le verdure.</strong><br />
<em>I like vegetables.</em></p>
<p>Here, we are literally saying “vegetables are pleasing to me”.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piacciono le persone interessanti.</strong><br />
<em>I like interesting people.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non mi piacciono gli spaghetti all’amatriciana.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t like amatriciana spaghetti.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piacciono il salotto e il bagno di questa casa.</strong><br />
<em>I like this house’s living room and bathroom.</em></p>
<p>The two sentences above are both curious examples. First of all, we need to remember that spaghetti is a plural concept in Italian, even though it is usually considered a singular, uncountable noun in English.</p>
<p>In the final example, note that although<strong> il salotto</strong> and <strong>il bagno</strong> are, individually, singular nouns, here they are combined to form a plural subject, which is why we use<strong> mi piacciono</strong> instead of<strong> mi piace</strong>. Therefore, if you’re making lists of things you like (or don’t like), use <strong>piacciono</strong>, even if they are, individually, singular nouns.</p>
<p>That’s it for nouns… But how do you say “I like” in Italian if you are talking about an activity, rather than a thing?</p>
<h3>Expressing likes using ‘mi piace’ with verbs</h3>
<p>To express that you like doing something, we are going to use<strong> mi piace</strong> followed by the verb in its infinitive form. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace viaggiare.</strong><br />
<em>I like to travel / I like travelling.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace camminare.</strong><br />
<em>I like to walk / I like walking.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace correre e viaggiare.</strong><br />
<em>I like running and travelling.</em></p>
<p>Did you notice something interesting about our third example? That’s right – while we used<strong> mi piacciono</strong> with<strong> il salotto</strong> and <strong>il bagno</strong> combined, we always stick with <strong>mi piace</strong> for infinitives, which is why <strong>correre</strong> and <strong>viaggiare</strong> together are still used with <strong>mi piace</strong>.</p>
<h2>How to say what someone else likes</h2>
<p>To talk about someone else&#8217;s likes, simply swap out <strong>mi</strong> for the relevant pronoun. This is because in Italian we are literally saying “to you is pleasing …” or “to them is pleasing …” Let’s look at some example sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace guidare. Ti piace guidare?</strong><br />
<em>I like driving. Do you like driving?</em></p>
<p>The verb therefore stays the same and it is only the pronoun that changes (in this case from <strong>mi</strong> to <strong>ti</strong>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non gli piacciono le moto.</strong><br />
<em>He doesn’t like motorbikes. / They don’t like motorbikes.</em></p>
<p>Note that <strong>gli</strong> can either mean “to him” or “to them”.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le piace andare in palestra.</strong><br />
<em>She likes going to the gym.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ci piacciono le gite in montagna.</strong><br />
<em>We like mountain trips.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non vi piace il gelato al cioccolato?</strong><br />
<em>Don’t you (all) like chocolate ice cream?</em></p>
<p>Before we move on, here is a summary of all of the pronouns we are going to use with <strong>piacere</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mi</strong> &#8211; “to me”<br />
<strong>ti</strong> &#8211; “to you”<br />
<strong>gli</strong> &#8211; “to him”<br />
<strong>le</strong> &#8211; “to her”<br />
<strong>ci</strong> &#8211; “to us”<br />
<strong>vi</strong> &#8211; “to you (plural)”<br />
<strong>gli / a loro</strong> &#8211; “to them”</p>
<p>Note that you can use <strong>a loro</strong> with <strong>piace</strong> or <strong>piacciono</strong> instead of <strong>gli</strong>, when you want to say “they like”. If the verb is in the negative form,<strong> a loro</strong> comes before <strong>non</strong>, unlike other pronouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A loro non piacciono le moto.</strong><br />
<em>They don’t like motorbikes.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33898 size-large" title="how do you say I like in Italian" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-201-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-201-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-201-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-201-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbi-show-blog-201-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Using ‘piacere’ with names</h2>
<p>When you want to talk about specific people and what they like, use <strong>a</strong> followed by the person&#8217;s name. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A Mark piace insegnare le lingue.</strong><br />
<em>Mark likes teaching languages.</em></p>
<p>Here, the Italian structure is along the lines of “to Mark teaching languages is pleasing”.</p>
<p>Or, a negative example could be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A Francesca non piace il pollo sulla pizza.</strong><br />
<em>Francesca doesn’t like chicken on pizza.</em></p>
<h2>Practising ‘mi piace’ vs ‘mi piacciono’</h2>
<p>Now that you&#8217;ve got the hang of how to say “I like” in Italian, why not try a couple more on your own?</p>
<p>Have a go at translating the following sentences from English into Italian. The answers are at the end of the article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I don’t like writing emails.</em></li>
<li><em>Michela likes Swedish language and culture.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>That’s it for the basics on the verb <strong>piacere</strong> in Italian. Now, with a little practice, you&#8217;ll be effortlessly expressing your likes and dislikes in Italian like a native speaker!</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Maurizio and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for Italian learners, so subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular, free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice to language learners at any level. Sign up below, and we hope that you enjoy the first lesson that arrives in your inbox.</p>
<p>Good luck as you keep practising your Italian and, as always, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Non mi piace scrivere (le) email.</strong></li>
<li><strong>A Michela piacciono la lingua e la cultura svedese.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6639eff7fc6ae000132a58f4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/">How do you say &#8216;I like&#8217; in Italian: &#8216;mi piace&#8217; vs &#8216;mi piacciono&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/how-do-you-say-i-like-in-italian-mi-piace-vs-mi-piacciono/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What does ‘on’ mean in French? Find out the 3 meanings of this pronoun</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2024 15:15:53 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33478</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>You&#8217;ve probably come across the word on in French many times. It&#8217;s a very versatile word, but this means that it can be challenging to fully understand its meaning at times. In fact, a regular question we receive from our Coffee Break community of language learners is: what does on mean in French? The Coffee ... <a title="What does ‘on’ mean in French? Find out the 3 meanings of this pronoun" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/" aria-label="More on What does ‘on’ mean in French? Find out the 3 meanings of this pronoun">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/">What does ‘on’ mean in French? Find out the 3 meanings of this pronoun</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You&#8217;ve probably come across the word <strong>on</strong> in French many times. It&#8217;s a very versatile word, but this means that it can be challenging to fully understand its meaning at times. In fact, a regular question we receive from our Coffee Break community of language learners is: what does <strong>on</strong> mean in French?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we explain tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Max and Mark discuss the use of the <strong>on</strong> pronoun in French in everyday contexts.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go? Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>French subject pronouns</h2>
<p>First things first, let’s do a quick review of the French subject pronouns.</p>
<p>Typically, when you’re looking at a verb table or practising conjugations in French, the verb is divided up into its six forms, with the subject pronouns listed as follows:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>je</strong> &#8211; “I”<br />
<strong>tu</strong> &#8211; “you” (informal singular)<br />
<strong>il, elle, on</strong> &#8211; “he, she, one/you/we”<br />
<strong>nous</strong> &#8211; “we”<br />
<strong>vous</strong> &#8211; “you” (formal singular or informal/formal plural)<br />
<strong>ils, elles</strong> &#8211; “they”</p>
<p>As we look into the uses of <strong>on</strong>, remember that it is included on the same line as <strong>il</strong> and <strong>elle</strong> because it uses the same form of the conjugated verb. So, when conjugating verbs with <strong>on</strong>, you treat it like you would <strong>il</strong> or <strong>elle</strong> (for example, <strong>on mange</strong> or<strong> on parle</strong>).</p>
<p>The key thing to remember here is that the third line – <strong>il</strong>, <strong>elle</strong>, <strong>on </strong>– does not translate to “he, she, it”. The subject pronoun <strong>on</strong> can be translated in various ways, but it doesn’t mean “it”.</p>
<h2>What does ‘on’ mean in French?</h2>
<p>After this brief recap, the question remains: what does <strong>on</strong> mean in French? In fact, the versatile pronoun <strong>on</strong> has three main uses and meanings.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at them below!</p>
<h3>When ‘on’ means “we”</h3>
<p>In informal settings, <strong>on</strong> is very often used instead of the subject pronoun <strong>nous</strong>. In these situations, <strong>on</strong> therefore simply means “we”.</p>
<p><strong>On</strong> is less formal than <strong>nous</strong> and more commonly used in spoken French. For example, at the start of this podcast episode, Mark asked Max:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>De quoi parle-t-on aujourd’hui ?</strong><br />
<em>What are we talking about today?</em></p>
<p>It would have been equally correct to use <strong>nous</strong> and say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>De quoi parlons-nous aujourd’hui ?</strong><br />
<em>What are we talking about today?</em></p>
<p>This sounds much more formal to a native French speaker. In standard, written French, however, remember to use <strong>nous</strong> instead of <strong>on</strong>.</p>
<p>Let’s look at some more examples where <strong>on</strong> is used instead of <strong>nous </strong>to mean &#8220;we&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Si tu veux, on peut déjeuner ensemble.</strong><br />
<em>If you want, we can have lunch together.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On va au ciné samedi ?</strong><br />
<em>Shall we go to the cinema on Saturday?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On se voit demain soir ?</strong><br />
<em>Shall we see each other tomorrow evening?</em></p>
<p>In this example, note that the reflexive pronoun used (<strong>se</strong>) matches the third person singular form of the verb. Using the <strong>nous</strong> form instead, this sentence would be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nous nous voyons demain soir ?</strong><br />
<em>Shall we see each other tomorrow evening?</em></p>
<h3>When ‘on’ refers to people in general</h3>
<p>The second use of the French pronoun <strong>on</strong> is to refer to everyone. That is to say that <strong>on</strong> can be used to make generalisations about what groups of people do.</p>
<p>In this sense, <strong>on</strong> can be compared to “one” in English. However, although “one” is rarely used outside very formal situations in English, <strong>on</strong> is completely neutral and natural in French.</p>
<p>Let’s look at some examples and notice how <strong>on</strong> can be translated in various ways when it refers to people in general.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>En France, on mange beaucoup de fromage.</strong><br />
<em>In France, people eat a lot of cheese.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>En Italie, on parle italien.</strong><br />
<em>In Italy, everyone speaks Italian.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>En Écosse, on doit s’habituer à la pluie.</strong><br />
<em>In Scotland, you have to get used to the rain.</em></p>
<p>As a side note, notice that in all of these statements we are using the preposition <strong>en </strong>with the name of each country. If prepositions with cities and countries is something that you&#8217;re looking for more help with, we have <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">another episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show </em></a>all about this topic.</p>
<p>We’ve therefore seen how <strong>on </strong>can refer to “we” or to people in general. However, there is a third use of the pronoun <strong>on</strong> in French, so let’s look at this one now.</p>
<h3>When ‘on’ refers to an unidentified person</h3>
<p>The third use of this subject pronoun in French is when it refers to an unidentified or unspecified person. So, what does <strong>on</strong> mean in French in these contexts? Well, in this scenario, <strong>on</strong> is like saying &#8220;someone&#8221; in English.</p>
<p>Consider these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On a frappé à la porte.</strong><br />
<em>Someone knocked at the door. / There was a knock at the door.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On m’a volé mon portefeuille.</strong><br />
<em>Someone stole my wallet. / My wallet was stolen.</em></p>
<p>This is just like saying:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quelqu’un m’a volé mon portefeuille.</strong><br />
<em>Someone stole my wallet.</em></p>
<p>In the sentences above, since the identity of the subject is unknown, we can use <strong>on</strong> in French.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On nous* a demandé de sortir.</strong><br />
<em>We were asked to leave. / They asked us to leave.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On nous* a dit que le musée était fermé aujourd’hui.</strong><br />
<em>We were told that the museum is closed today. / They told us that the museum is closed today.</em></p>
<p>In these two examples, it is likely that the identity of the person or people is known, but it isn’t important to the conversation, which is why <strong>on</strong> is used.</p>
<p>*Watch out for the <strong>nous</strong> in these examples. This isn’t to be confused with the subject pronoun <strong>nous</strong>. Instead, this <strong>nous</strong> is an indirect object pronoun, indicating that it was “us” that they asked to leave.</p>
<p>That’s it for the three uses of the pronoun <strong>on</strong> in French. Before we finish, let’s focus on one final aspect of this interesting pronoun.</p>
<h2>Using possessive adjectives with ‘on’</h2>
<p>We’ve now answered our main question: what does <strong>on</strong> mean in French? But there are still a couple of interesting points to consider.</p>
<p>Earlier, we saw that when <strong>on</strong> is used with a reflexive verb, it uses the third person singular reflexive pronoun <strong>se</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>En Écosse, on doit s’habituer à la pluie.</strong><br />
<em>In Scotland, you have to get used to the rain.</em></p>
<p>However, there is another interesting aspect of agreement when using <strong>on</strong>, which we need to keep in mind, and that is with possessive adjectives.</p>
<p>Let’s start by looking at the following question using the subject pronoun <strong>nous</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Est-ce que nous avons fait nos valises ?</strong><br />
<em>Have we packed our suitcases?</em></p>
<p>If we replace <strong>nous</strong> with <strong>on</strong>, something interesting happens!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Est-ce qu’on a fait nos valises ?</strong><br />
<em>Have we packed our suitcases?</em></p>
<p>Did you expect <strong>nos</strong> to change to <strong>ses</strong>? In fact, because the possessive adjective means “our” here, we still use the adjective associated with <strong>nous</strong> (<strong>notre</strong> in the singular or <strong>nos</strong> in the plural), in order to follow the same meaning.</p>
<p>However, there are other situations in which we would use the possessive adjective <strong>son</strong>, <strong>sa</strong> or <strong>ses</strong> with <strong>on</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>On doit prendre son passeport pour voyager.</strong><br />
<em>One must take one&#8217;s passport to travel. / You must take your passport to travel.</em></p>
<p>In this situation, since <strong>on</strong> refers to people in general, rather than “us”, the correct possessive adjective to use is <strong>son</strong>, instead of <strong>notre</strong>.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">So, when <strong>on</strong> means “we”, use the possessive adjective <strong>notre</strong> or <strong>nos</strong>. When <strong>on</strong> means “everyone”, “one” or a general &#8220;you&#8221;, use the possessive adjective <strong>son</strong>, <strong>sa</strong> or <strong>ses</strong>.</p>
<h2>A summary of what ‘on’ means in French and when to use it</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33575 size-large" title="what does on mean in French" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-201-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-201-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-201-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-201-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/cbf-show-blog-201.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>The pronoun <strong>on</strong> is very commonly used in French, so we hope that you now understand when and why it is used, and that you feel you know how to incorporate it into your own speaking.</p>
<p>Don’t forget to listen to the full episode about the pronoun <strong>on</strong> with Max and Mark on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. For more episodes for French learners, you can subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>As well as this, we regularly send free email lessons that will help you improve your French. Sign up below to receive the next free lesson straight to your inbox, and we hope that you enjoy it.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Listen to the podcast</h2>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6630bcc73a18a60012226ae6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/">What does ‘on’ mean in French? Find out the 3 meanings of this pronoun</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/what-does-on-mean-in-french-find-out-the-3-meanings-of-this-pronoun/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.28 &#124; Talking about the past in Gaelic &#8211; The past tense using the verb ‘to be’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-28-talking-about-the-past-in-gaelic-the-past-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-28-talking-about-the-past-in-gaelic-the-past-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2024 15:15:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33728</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! Join teacher Susanna and learner Mark as they go through the past tense of the verb &#8220;to be&#8221;. In this lesson, you&#8217;ll also learn how to talk about events in the past in Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-28-talking-about-the-past-in-gaelic-the-past-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/">CBGa 1.28 | Talking about the past in Gaelic &#8211; The past tense using the verb ‘to be’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! Join teacher Susanna and learner Mark as they go through the past tense of the verb &#8220;to be&#8221;. In this lesson, you&#8217;ll also learn how to talk about events in the past in Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/664dc5c955f9a400110debf6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-28-talking-about-the-past-in-gaelic-the-past-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/">CBGa 1.28 | Talking about the past in Gaelic &#8211; The past tense using the verb ‘to be’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-28-talking-about-the-past-in-gaelic-the-past-tense-using-the-verb-to-be/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.28 &#124; Hobbies and free time – Talking about what you like doing in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 15:15:14 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33712</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 28 of Coffee Break Portuguese! The topic of this lesson is free time. We’re going to learn how to talk about your hobbies and the activities you enjoy doing, as well as how to say when and how often you do them, using adverbs of frequency in Portuguese. We&#8217;ll also be joined ... <a title="CBP 1.28 &#124; Hobbies and free time – Talking about what you like doing in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.28 &#124; Hobbies and free time – Talking about what you like doing in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.28 | Hobbies and free time – Talking about what you like doing in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 28 of Coffee Break Portuguese! The topic of this lesson is free time. We’re going to learn how to talk about your hobbies and the activities you enjoy doing, as well as how to say when and how often you do them, using adverbs of frequency in Portuguese. We&#8217;ll also be joined by Catarina in a <strong>Cafezinho com Catarina</strong> all about Portuguese food and cooking.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/664cb3939d6f810012a8a4d3" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.28 | Hobbies and free time – Talking about what you like doing in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-28-hobbies-and-free-time-talking-about-what-you-like-doing-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.27 &#124; How to ask ‘Why?’ &#8211; Forming and responding to questions in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-27-how-to-ask-why-forming-and-responding-to-questions-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-27-how-to-ask-why-forming-and-responding-to-questions-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2024 15:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33498</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time, Susanna and Mark are exploring how to ask the question &#8220;why?&#8221; in Gaelic. By the end of the lesson, you&#8217;ll be able to discuss the reasons why you&#8217;re learning Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-27-how-to-ask-why-forming-and-responding-to-questions-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.27 | How to ask ‘Why?’ &#8211; Forming and responding to questions in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time, Susanna and Mark are exploring how to ask the question &#8220;why?&#8221; in Gaelic. By the end of the lesson, you&#8217;ll be able to discuss the reasons why you&#8217;re learning Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/663a57e2c59e9100134c8d05" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-27-how-to-ask-why-forming-and-responding-to-questions-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.27 | How to ask ‘Why?’ &#8211; Forming and responding to questions in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbga-1-27-how-to-ask-why-forming-and-responding-to-questions-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.27 &#124; Telling the time – How to tell the time in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-27-telling-the-time-how-to-tell-the-time-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-27-telling-the-time-how-to-tell-the-time-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2024 15:15:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33493</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 27 of Coffee Break Portuguese, we’re covering another useful, everyday topic – telling the time. We’ll learn how to ask someone for the time, how to say what the time is in Portuguese, and how to say at what time events start and end. Vamos lá!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-27-telling-the-time-how-to-tell-the-time-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.27 | Telling the time – How to tell the time in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 27 of Coffee Break Portuguese, we’re covering another useful, everyday topic – telling the time. We’ll learn how to ask someone for the time, how to say what the time is in Portuguese, and how to say at what time events start and end. <strong>Vamos lá!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/663a41e41a65230012b469b4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-27-telling-the-time-how-to-tell-the-time-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.27 | Telling the time – How to tell the time in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/05/cbp-1-27-telling-the-time-how-to-tell-the-time-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.26 &#124; Describing people in Gaelic &#8211; Eye colour, hair, and other personal features</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-26-describing-people-in-gaelic-eye-colour-hair-and-other-personal-features/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-26-describing-people-in-gaelic-eye-colour-hair-and-other-personal-features/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 15:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33436</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we&#8217;re talking about descriptions so we can describe what people look like. Don&#8217;t miss this important lesson!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-26-describing-people-in-gaelic-eye-colour-hair-and-other-personal-features/">CBGa 1.26 | Describing people in Gaelic &#8211; Eye colour, hair, and other personal features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we&#8217;re talking about descriptions so we can describe what people look like. Don&#8217;t miss this important lesson!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66282efe33dbf400128e576c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-26-describing-people-in-gaelic-eye-colour-hair-and-other-personal-features/">CBGa 1.26 | Describing people in Gaelic &#8211; Eye colour, hair, and other personal features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-26-describing-people-in-gaelic-eye-colour-hair-and-other-personal-features/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.26 &#124; Talking about work – Jobs and professions in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-26-talking-about-work-jobs-and-professions-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-26-talking-about-work-jobs-and-professions-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2024 15:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33433</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Olá! The topic of today&#8217;s lesson is work. In this episode we&#8217;re learning new vocabulary to refer to different types of work and professions, as well as finding out how to ask someone what their job is and how to talk about what you do.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-26-talking-about-work-jobs-and-professions-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.26 | Talking about work – Jobs and professions in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-root="1" data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Olá! The topic of today's lesson is work. In this episode we're learning new vocabulary to refer to different types of work and professions, as well as finding out how to ask someone what their job is and how to talk about what you do.&quot;}" data-sheets-userformat="{&quot;2&quot;:8961,&quot;3&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:0},&quot;11&quot;:4,&quot;12&quot;:0,&quot;16&quot;:12}" data-sheets-textstyleruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:{&quot;5&quot;:1}}{&quot;1&quot;:5}"><em>Olá!</em> The topic of today&#8217;s lesson is work. In this episode we&#8217;re learning new vocabulary to refer to different types of work and professions, as well as finding out how to ask someone what their job is and how to talk about what you do.</span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/6627d359fd63ca00126afbf1" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-26-talking-about-work-jobs-and-professions-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.26 | Talking about work – Jobs and professions in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-26-talking-about-work-jobs-and-professions-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.25 &#124; Clothes and colours &#8211; Talking about what you are wearing</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-25-clothes-and-colours-talking-about-what-you-are-wearing/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-25-clothes-and-colours-talking-about-what-you-are-wearing/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 10 Apr 2024 15:15:49 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33416</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, we&#8217;re focusing on the topic of clothing and colours. We&#8217;ll learn some key vocabulary for items of clothing and how to describe what someone is wearing. This provides the perfect opportunity to revise adjective agreements in Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-25-clothes-and-colours-talking-about-what-you-are-wearing/">CBGa 1.25 | Clothes and colours &#8211; Talking about what you are wearing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, we&#8217;re focusing on the topic of clothing and colours. We&#8217;ll learn some key vocabulary for items of clothing and how to describe what someone is wearing. This provides the perfect opportunity to revise adjective agreements in Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/66154275dd3b8b001717de8a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-25-clothes-and-colours-talking-about-what-you-are-wearing/">CBGa 1.25 | Clothes and colours &#8211; Talking about what you are wearing</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbga-1-25-clothes-and-colours-talking-about-what-you-are-wearing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.25 &#124; Descriptions and appearances – How to describe people in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2024 15:15:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33419</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 25 of our course and today&#8217;s topic is describing people in Portuguese. We&#8217;ll be learning useful words and phrases to describe someone&#8217;s appearance and say what they are like. This means that we&#8217;ll also be reviewing the basics of adjective agreement in Portuguese. Finally, we&#8217;ll be joined by Catarina, who has a ... <a title="CBP 1.25 &#124; Descriptions and appearances – How to describe people in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.25 &#124; Descriptions and appearances – How to describe people in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.25 | Descriptions and appearances – How to describe people in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 25 of our course and today&#8217;s topic is describing people in Portuguese. We&#8217;ll be learning useful words and phrases to describe someone&#8217;s appearance and say what they are like. This means that we&#8217;ll also be reviewing the basics of adjective agreement in Portuguese. Finally, we&#8217;ll be joined by Catarina, who has a fascinating cultural segment about a very famous writer from the Portuguese-speaking world.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/66154866ecab3b00160efa43" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.25 | Descriptions and appearances – How to describe people in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/cbp-1-25-descriptions-and-appearances-how-to-describe-people-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Unlocking the language of loyalty: Coffee Break Dog</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2024 09:00:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog Specials]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33383</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In a world where communication transcends barriers, Coffee Break, renowned for its innovative language learning methods, introduces a groundbreaking addition to its repertoire: Coffee Break Dog. This initiative marks a significant leap in understanding and, starting 1st April 2024, will help to bridge the communication gap between humans and their beloved canine companions. A simple ... <a title="Unlocking the language of loyalty: Coffee Break Dog" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/" aria-label="More on Unlocking the language of loyalty: Coffee Break Dog">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/">Unlocking the language of loyalty: Coffee Break Dog</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In a world where communication transcends barriers, Coffee Break, renowned for its innovative language learning methods, introduces a groundbreaking addition to its repertoire: Coffee Break Dog. This initiative marks a significant leap in understanding and, starting 1st April 2024, will help to bridge the communication gap between humans and their beloved canine companions.</p>
<h2>A simple concept</h2>
<p>The concept is simple yet profound: to empower individuals with the ability to converse with their dogs in a language they understand. Mark, the founder of Coffee Break, encapsulates the essence of this venture, stating &#8220;imagine starting your day not just with your favourite coffee but with a conversation that goes beyond words, reaching out to your furry friend in a language they understand.&#8221;</p>
<h2>Groundbreaking techniques</h2>
<p>At the heart of Coffee Break Dog lies the fusion of Coffee Break&#8217;s proven language learning techniques with the pioneering research of renowned dog expert, Flora Lipos. Lipos&#8217; insights into canine behavior and communication serve as the cornerstone for this transformative experience. By applying the Coffee Break methodology to Lipos&#8217; research, learners embark on a journey to decipher the intricate nuances of dog language.</p>
<p>According to Lipos, &#8220;Dogs communicate through a complex interplay of vocalizations, body language, and subtle cues. Understanding these signals is key to forging a deeper bond with our canine companions.&#8221; This sentiment underscores the significance of Coffee Break Dog in facilitating meaningful connections between humans and dogs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignleft size-large wp-image-33386" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2-1024x576.jpg" alt="" width="1024" height="576" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2-1024x576.jpg 1024w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2-300x169.jpg 300w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2-768x432.jpg 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2-1536x864.jpg 1536w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/FloraLipos.png.001-lowres-2.jpg 1600w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Curriculum Outline</h2>
<p>The curriculum of Coffee Break Dog comprises twenty comprehensive video and audio lessons, meticulously crafted to equip learners with the skills to converse with their pets effectively. From interpreting barks to deciphering different types of tail wagging, each lesson delves into the intricacies of canine communication. What sets this program apart is its interactive nature, encouraging active participation from both learners and their furry counterparts.</p>
<p>As Mark emphasizes, &#8220;It&#8217;s Coffee Break style for canine communication.&#8221; This approach not only makes learning enjoyable but also fosters a sense of camaraderie between humans and their canine companions.</p>
<h2>Bone-us content</h2>
<p>Furthermore, Coffee Break Dog goes beyond solo learning experiences by offering a special bonus: a partner course tailored specifically for dogs. Through this complementary program, dogs are empowered to understand and respond to human cues, thereby facilitating seamless communication between the two species.</p>
<p>Whether you&#8217;re a seasoned dog lover, a devoted pet parent, or simply intrigued by the language of loyalty and love, Coffee Break Dog promises to be your gateway to a whole new world of connection. As Mark aptly puts it, &#8220;You&#8217;ll no longer be barking up the wrong tree.&#8221;</p>
<p>Coffee Break Dog represents a revolutionary approach to fostering communication and understanding between humans and dogs. By amalgamating cutting-edge research with innovative teaching methodologies, this initiative not only enriches the lives of individuals and their pets but also strengthens the bond that transcends species barriers. So why wait? Start learning the language of loyalty with Coffee Break Dog today and embark on a journey of unparalleled connection with your furry companion.</p>
<h2>April Fools!</h2>
<p>Yes, Coffee Break Dog is, of course, a special announcement for April Fools Day, but we do have 10 other human languages available. <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Click here to discover your next language today</a>!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/">Unlocking the language of loyalty: Coffee Break Dog</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/04/unlocking-the-language-of-loyalty-coffee-break-dog/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.24 &#124; Parts of the body and talking about your health</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-24-parts-of-the-body-and-talking-about-your-health/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-24-parts-of-the-body-and-talking-about-your-health/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 16:15:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33380</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Lesson 24 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we&#8217;re looking at the topic of health. Language expert Susanna teaches learner Mark the words for different parts of the body and how to describe aches and pains.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-24-parts-of-the-body-and-talking-about-your-health/">CBGa 1.24 | Parts of the body and talking about your health</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Lesson 24 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we&#8217;re looking at the topic of health. Language expert Susanna teaches learner Mark the words for different parts of the body and how to describe aches and pains.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/6603ebb4e0d075001629514c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-24-parts-of-the-body-and-talking-about-your-health/">CBGa 1.24 | Parts of the body and talking about your health</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-24-parts-of-the-body-and-talking-about-your-health/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.24 &#124; The present tense and the alphabet – Beginners&#8217; essentials to verbs and spelling in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-24-the-present-tense-and-the-alphabet-beginners-essentials-to-verbs-and-spelling-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-24-the-present-tense-and-the-alphabet-beginners-essentials-to-verbs-and-spelling-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 16:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33375</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 24 of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re covering two essential topics to help you take your beginner&#8217;s Portuguese further. Join Rafael and Ava to learn how to conjugate regular verbs in the present tense and learn the Portuguese alphabet. Vamos lá!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-24-the-present-tense-and-the-alphabet-beginners-essentials-to-verbs-and-spelling-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.24 | The present tense and the alphabet – Beginners&#8217; essentials to verbs and spelling in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 24 of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re covering two essential topics to help you take your beginner&#8217;s Portuguese further. Join Rafael and Ava to learn how to conjugate regular verbs in the present tense and learn the Portuguese alphabet. <em>Vamos lá!</em></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/6602ecea54612f001728d9f8" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-24-the-present-tense-and-the-alphabet-beginners-essentials-to-verbs-and-spelling-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.24 | The present tense and the alphabet – Beginners&#8217; essentials to verbs and spelling in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-24-the-present-tense-and-the-alphabet-beginners-essentials-to-verbs-and-spelling-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.23 &#124; Telling the time in Gaelic and numbers up to twenty</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-23-telling-the-time-in-gaelic-and-numbers-up-to-twenty/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-23-telling-the-time-in-gaelic-and-numbers-up-to-twenty/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2024 16:15:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33363</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re covering a very important topic in Lesson 23 of Coffee Break Gaelic &#8211; telling the time! This is a great opportunity to revise Gaelic numbers.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-23-telling-the-time-in-gaelic-and-numbers-up-to-twenty/">CBGa 1.23 | Telling the time in Gaelic and numbers up to twenty</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re covering a very important topic in Lesson 23 of Coffee Break Gaelic &#8211; telling the time! This is a great opportunity to revise Gaelic numbers.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65f077c127b93800168390b9" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-23-telling-the-time-in-gaelic-and-numbers-up-to-twenty/">CBGa 1.23 | Telling the time in Gaelic and numbers up to twenty</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbga-1-23-telling-the-time-in-gaelic-and-numbers-up-to-twenty/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.23 &#124; At the pharmacy – Health and medicine vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 16:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33359</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 23 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we&#8217;re covering the transactional language that you&#8217;ll need on a trip to the pharmacy in a Portuguese-speaking location. We&#8217;ll be learning how to ask for medicine and ask how to take it, as well as other useful words and phrases on the topic of ... <a title="CBP 1.23 &#124; At the pharmacy – Health and medicine vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.23 &#124; At the pharmacy – Health and medicine vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/">CBP 1.23 | At the pharmacy – Health and medicine vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 23 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we&#8217;re covering the transactional language that you&#8217;ll need on a trip to the pharmacy in a Portuguese-speaking location. We&#8217;ll be learning how to ask for medicine and ask how to take it, as well as other useful words and phrases on the topic of health. This episode expands on what we learned in the previous episode, so make sure to check out episode 22 wherever you’ve found this episode.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65f06efd7d344f0017b951bb" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/">CBP 1.23 | At the pharmacy – Health and medicine vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/03/cbp-1-23-at-the-pharmacy-health-and-medicine-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.22 &#124; How to say what you prefer in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-22-how-to-say-what-you-prefer-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-22-how-to-say-what-you-prefer-in-gaelic/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2024 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33354</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Now that we know how to talk about our hobbies, we can explore how word order can change when expressing likes and dislikes. We&#8217;ll also take this topic a step further and learn how to express preferences in Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-22-how-to-say-what-you-prefer-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.22 | How to say what you prefer in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Now that we know how to talk about our hobbies, we can explore how word order can change when expressing likes and dislikes. We&#8217;ll also take this topic a step further and learn how to express preferences in Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65df05025422320015f7a59c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-22-how-to-say-what-you-prefer-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.22 | How to say what you prefer in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-22-how-to-say-what-you-prefer-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.22 &#124; Aches and pains – Vocabulary for body parts, symptoms and illnesses</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 16:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33348</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 22 of our course, teacher Rafael and learner Ava are talking about aches and pains, and how to say that you’re not feeling well. We’ll be learning some parts of the body in Portuguese, how to say that we are experiencing a problem with one of these, the vocabulary for some other health ... <a title="CBP 1.22 &#124; Aches and pains – Vocabulary for body parts, symptoms and illnesses" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.22 &#124; Aches and pains – Vocabulary for body parts, symptoms and illnesses">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/">CBP 1.22 | Aches and pains – Vocabulary for body parts, symptoms and illnesses</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 22 of our course, teacher Rafael and learner Ava are talking about aches and pains, and how to say that you’re not feeling well. We’ll be learning some parts of the body in Portuguese, how to say that we are experiencing a problem with one of these, the vocabulary for some other health problems, and some other useful phrases that you can use if you’re visiting a doctor. We&#8217;ll also be joined by Catarina in today&#8217;s<strong> Cafezinho com Catarina</strong>, in which we&#8217;ll be learning all about <strong>fado</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65ddee2cacbfff001609d2a7" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/">CBP 1.22 | Aches and pains – Vocabulary for body parts, symptoms and illnesses</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-22-aches-and-pains-vocabulary-for-body-parts-symptoms-and-illnesses/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.21 &#124; How to talk about likes and dislikes and discuss your hobbies</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-21-how-to-talk-about-likes-and-dislikes-and-discuss-your-hobbies/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-21-how-to-talk-about-likes-and-dislikes-and-discuss-your-hobbies/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Feb 2024 16:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33344</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Susanna and Mark are back with another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! In lesson 21, we&#8217;re learning to talk about likes and dislikes in the language. By the end of this lesson, you&#8217;ll be able to discuss your hobbies with your Gaelic-speaking friends.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-21-how-to-talk-about-likes-and-dislikes-and-discuss-your-hobbies/">CBGa 1.21 | How to talk about likes and dislikes and discuss your hobbies</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Susanna and Mark are back with another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic! In lesson 21, we&#8217;re learning to talk about likes and dislikes in the language. By the end of this lesson, you&#8217;ll be able to discuss your hobbies with your Gaelic-speaking friends.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65cc87b70bc4c400165faf56" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-21-how-to-talk-about-likes-and-dislikes-and-discuss-your-hobbies/">CBGa 1.21 | How to talk about likes and dislikes and discuss your hobbies</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbga-1-21-how-to-talk-about-likes-and-dislikes-and-discuss-your-hobbies/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.21 &#124; The weather – How to talk about the weather in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 16:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33336</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Portuguese! We’re now halfway through our 40-lesson course and in lesson 21 we are talking about the weather. We’ll be learning how to ask what the weather is like today and what it is going to be like tomorrow, how to answer these questions to describe various ... <a title="CBP 1.21 &#124; The weather – How to talk about the weather in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.21 &#124; The weather – How to talk about the weather in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.21 | The weather – How to talk about the weather in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Portuguese! We’re now halfway through our 40-lesson course and in lesson 21 we are talking about the weather. We’ll be learning how to ask what the weather is like today and what it is going to be like tomorrow, how to answer these questions to describe various types of weather, and hear a weather forecast for Portugal in today’s <strong>Cafezinho com Catarina</strong><em>. </em>We’ll also have a more in-depth look at one particular aspect of Portuguese grammar – the difference between the verbs <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, which both translate as &#8220;to be”.<strong> Vamos lá</strong>!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65cb5386bf83190016476e40" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.21 | The weather – How to talk about the weather in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2024/02/cbp-1-21-the-weather-how-to-talk-about-the-weather-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What&#8217;s the difference between &#8216;how much&#8217; and &#8216;how many&#8217;?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2023 16:15:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33269</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use how much and how many in English? It can be confusing, but don’t worry &#8211; there are some clear rules to follow. In this episode of The Coffee Break English Show, we’ll help you understand when to use how much and how many to talk about countable and uncountable nouns. ... <a title="What&#8217;s the difference between &#8216;how much&#8217; and &#8216;how many&#8217;?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/" aria-label="More on What&#8217;s the difference between &#8216;how much&#8217; and &#8216;how many&#8217;?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/">What&#8217;s the difference between &#8216;how much&#8217; and &#8216;how many&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>how much</strong> and<strong> how many</strong> in English?</p>
<p>It can be confusing, but don’t worry &#8211; there are some clear rules to follow. <span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of <em>T</em></span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">he </span></em><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coffee Break English Show</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">, we’ll help you understand when to use <strong>how much</strong> and<strong> how many </strong>to talk about countable and uncountable nouns.</span></p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Maurizio talk about when to use <strong>how much</strong> and <strong>how many</strong> and look at a few examples.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started! Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>‘How much?’ and ‘how many?’ for questions</h2>
<p>To decide whether to use <strong>how many?</strong> or <strong>how much?</strong> you need to know if you are asking about a countable or uncountable noun.</p>
<h3>Use ‘how many?’ with countable nouns</h3>
<p>We use <strong>how many</strong> in questions with countable nouns. Countable nouns are things that we can count. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many siblings do you have?</em><br />
<em>A: I have one sister.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many microphones are in this room?</em><br />
<em>A: There are two microphones in this room.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many cakes did you bring?</em><br />
<em>A: I brought five cakes.</em></p>
<p>In these examples, we ask questions about <strong>siblings,</strong> <strong>microphones</strong>, and <strong>cakes</strong>. These are things that we can count &#8211; <strong>one sibling</strong>, <strong>two microphones</strong>, <strong>five cakes</strong>.</p>
<h3>Use ‘how much?’ with uncountable nouns</h3>
<p>We use <strong>how much</strong> in questions with uncountable nouns. Uncountable nouns are things that we don’t count, and we think of as one unit, or mass. Uncountable nouns do not exist in lots of languages.</p>
<p>In the episode, Josie and Maurizio talk about some common uncountable nouns, including <strong>water</strong>, <strong>milk</strong>, <strong>time</strong>, <strong>information</strong> and <strong>money</strong>. Here are some examples of questions with <strong>how much</strong> and these uncountable nouns:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much water is in your water bottle?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much information do you have about the project?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much time does it take you to get to work?</em><br />
<em>A: It takes me two hours to get to work.</em></p>
<p>This question uses <strong>how much</strong>, because <strong>time</strong> is an uncountable noun. However, the answer is with a number of hours. The word <strong>time</strong> is uncountable, but the words <strong>hours</strong>, <strong>minutes</strong>, and <strong>seconds</strong> are countable.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much money do you have in your pocket?</em><br />
<em>A: I have £20 in my pocket.</em></p>
<p>Again, this question is with <strong>how much</strong>, because <strong>money</strong> is an uncountable noun. But the answer is a number, because we can count words like <strong>pounds</strong>, <strong>euros</strong>, <strong>dollars</strong>, <strong>coins</strong>, and <strong>notes</strong>.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33280 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-110-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-110-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-110-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-110-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-110.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h3>Counting uncountable nouns</h3>
<p>There are lots of food words that are uncountable nouns, like <strong>bread</strong>, <strong>rice</strong>, <strong>pasta</strong>, and <strong>coffee</strong>. We can count these nouns by adding a word or phrase in front of them. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>a slice of bread</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>three bowls of pasta</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>200 grains of rice</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>two cups of coffee</em></p>
<p>We can also use <strong>coffee</strong> as a countable noun, to mean &#8220;a cup of coffee&#8221;. So, we can say <strong>two coffees</strong>. Maybe now is a good time to get a coffee, before we continue!</p>
<h2>‘Not much’ and ‘a lot of’ with uncountable nouns</h2>
<p>Is everything clear so far? We know that <strong>how much</strong> is for questions with uncountable nouns, but what happens when we answer these questions? It depends if the answer is affirmative or negative…</p>
<h3>‘Not much’ for negative statements</h3>
<p>When we want to answer a question with <strong>how much</strong> and an uncountable noun, we can use <strong>not much</strong> for a negative answer. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much ice cream do you have in your freezer?</em><br />
<em>A: I don’t have much ice cream in my freezer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much time do you have today?</em><br />
<em>A: I don’t have much time today.</em></p>
<h3>‘A lot of’ for affirmative statements</h3>
<p>When we want to answer a question with <strong>how much</strong> and an uncountable noun, we can use <strong>a lot of</strong> for an affirmative, or positive, answer. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much rain is there in Scotland?</em><br />
<em>A: There is a lot of rain in Scotland.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How much pizza did you eat last night?</em><br />
<em>A: I ate a lot of pizza last night.</em></p>
<h2>‘Not many’ and ‘a lot of’ with uncountable nouns</h2>
<p>What about questions with countable nouns? Well, to answer them we use <strong>not many</strong> or<strong> a lot of</strong>.</p>
<h3>‘A lot of’ or ‘many’ for affirmative statements</h3>
<p>When we want to answer a question with<strong> how many</strong> and a countable noun, we can give a number, as we saw earlier in the post. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many siblings do you have?<br />
</em><em>A: I have one sibling.</em></p>
<p>If we don’t want to give a precise number, we can use <strong>a lot of</strong> or<strong> many</strong> for an affirmative answer. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many siblings do you have?</em><br />
<em>A: I have twelve siblings.</em><br />
<em>A: I have a lot of siblings.</em><br />
<em>A: I have many siblings.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many cups are on the table?</em><br />
<em>A: There are twenty cups on the table.</em><br />
<em>A: There are a lot of cups on the table.</em><br />
<em>A: There are many cups on the table.</em></p>
<h3>‘Not many’ for negative statements</h3>
<p>When we want to answer a question with<strong> how many</strong> and a countable noun, we can use <strong>not many</strong> for a negative answer. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many books have you read this month?</em><br />
<em>A: I have read two books this month.</em><br />
<em>A: I haven’t read many books this month.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Q: How many people did you speak to yesterday?</em><br />
<em>A: I spoke to one person yesterday.</em><br />
<em>A: I didn’t speak to many people yesterday.</em></p>
<h2>It’s your turn!</h2>
<p>Now, let’s practise! Here are four answers to questions. Try to give a possible question, using <strong>how much</strong> or<strong> how many</strong>. Some possible questions are at the end of this blog post, but don’t look until you’ve thought about your answers!</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I have five dogs.</em></li>
<li><em>I don’t drink much tea during the day.</em></li>
<li><em>There aren’t many people in my office.</em></li>
<li><em>My brother has a lot of money.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>To help you remember the rules about <strong>how much</strong> and <strong>how many</strong>, why not start a list of countable and uncountable nouns that you learn?</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Josie and Maurizio on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find episodes about some other useful topics for English learners.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising <strong>how much</strong> and <strong>how many</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are some possible questions to the answers given above:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>How many dogs do you have?</em></li>
<li><em>How much tea do you drink during the day?</em></li>
<li><em>How many people are there in your office?</em></li>
<li><em>How much money does your brother have?</em></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65783a19cd374a0012b9be4c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/">What&#8217;s the difference between &#8216;how much&#8217; and &#8216;how many&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-how-much-and-how-many/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>3 suffixes to expand your Spanish vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2023 16:15:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33253</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning new vocabulary can seem like a daunting task for any language learner. This is why we&#8217;re going to look at some tips and tricks to help you expand your vocabulary in an easy and straightforward way, so that you can gain more confidence in your Spanish. To do this, we are going to be ... <a title="3 suffixes to expand your Spanish vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on 3 suffixes to expand your Spanish vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/">3 suffixes to expand your Spanish vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Learning new vocabulary can seem like a daunting task for any language learner.</p>
<p>This is why we&#8217;re going to look at some tips and tricks to help you expand your vocabulary in an easy and straightforward way, so that you can gain more confidence in your Spanish. To do this, we are going to be looking at three suffixes, or word endings.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Anabel and Concha dive into vocabulary and, in particular, how to form new words from words you already know by using three suffixes.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>1. -mente</h2>
<p>In English, one way to create adverbs is to take an adjective and adding &#8220;-ly&#8221;. For instance, we get &#8220;quickly&#8221; from &#8220;quick&#8221; and &#8220;positively&#8221; from &#8220;positive&#8221;. And the good news is that something very similar happens in Spanish!</p>
<p>In order to create our adverb, we need to take an adjective (for example <strong>rápido</strong> &#8211; &#8220;quick&#8221;) and use the feminine form (<strong>rápida</strong>) to add the ending <strong>-mente</strong>. In this way, we get <strong>rápidamente</strong>, which means &#8220;quickly&#8221;. If it’s an adjective that doesn’t change in gender (for example <strong>difícil</strong> &#8211; &#8220;difficult&#8221;), we just add the suffix to it (for example <strong>difícilmente </strong>&#8211; &#8220;with difficulty&#8221;). <strong>Fácil, ¿verdad?</strong></p>
<p>Now, we challenge you to give yourself 10–20 seconds to write as many Spanish adverbs ending in <strong>-mente</strong> as you can! You can find a list of some examples at the end of this article.<strong> ¡Buena suerte!</strong></p>
<h2>2. -dad</h2>
<p>Another tip that can help us learn new vocabulary is the fact that some words ending in &#8220;-ity&#8221; in English end in <strong>-dad</strong> in Spanish. For example, &#8220;positivity&#8221; is <strong>positividad</strong>. Note the <strong>i </strong>that comes before <strong>-dad </strong>in order to help the pronunciation.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Here’s a really handy tip for you: all words ending with the suffix <strong>-dad</strong> are feminine.</p>
<p>Now, try coming up with as many Spanish words ending in <strong>-dad</strong> as possible in 10–20 seconds. Again, you can find some examples at the end of the article. <strong>¡Mucho ánimo!</strong></p>
<h2>3. -ito/a</h2>
<p>One of the most common suffixes in Spanish is<strong> -ito</strong> or <strong>-ita</strong>. There are a couple of things we need to know about this suffix, however.</p>
<p>First of all, <strong>-ito</strong> can be interchanged with <strong>-illo</strong>, <strong>-ico</strong>, <strong>-iño</strong> or <strong>-ete</strong>, depending on the Spanish-speaking area. Moreover, some speakers may prefer one over another, so it may be personal preference. All of them work in the same way, though.</p>
<p>The second thing we need to know about these suffixes is that they are added to the end of a noun to show it is small, or adorable, or both.</p>
<p>For example, if you want to say &#8220;small house&#8221;, we say <strong>casita</strong> (<strong>casa</strong> + <strong>ita</strong>), but if you want to say &#8220;cosy / homey house&#8221;, we say <strong>casita</strong>, too.</p>
<p>As you can see in the example, we have taken a feminine noun (<strong>casa</strong>) and added<strong> -ita</strong>. When using a masculine noun (for example <strong>libro</strong> &#8211; &#8220;book&#8221;), we use <strong>-ito</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>librito</strong><br />
<em>small / cute book</em></p>
<p>Now, can you think of some more nouns and add this suffix to say it’s either small or adorable (or both)? Once you have taken 10–20 seconds to think of some<strong> -ito/</strong><b>an</b> examples, have a look at the examples we’ve provided at the end of the article. <strong>¡Mucha suerte!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33254 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-110-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-110-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-110-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-110-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-110-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Conclusion and answers</h2>
<p>We hope that you feel you&#8217;ve expanded your vocabulary and have learned a few ways to continue to do so.</p>
<p>If you found this article interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Anabel and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here is a selection of examples using each suffix.</p>
<p>Adverbs using <strong>-mente</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>ligero &gt; ligera &gt; ligeramente </strong>(&#8220;lightly&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>constante &gt; constantemente</strong> (&#8220;constantly&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>simple &gt; simplemente</strong> (&#8220;simply&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>alegre &gt; alegremente</strong> (&#8220;happily&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>triste &gt; tristemente</strong> (&#8220;sadly&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>afortunado &gt; afortunada &gt; afortunadamente</strong> (&#8220;fortunately&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>cortés &gt; cortésmente</strong> (&#8220;politely&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>cálido &gt; cálida &gt; cálidamente</strong> (&#8220;warmly&#8221;)</li>
</ul>
<p>Nouns ending in <strong>-dad</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>festividad</strong> (&#8220;festivity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>caridad</strong> (&#8220;charity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>natividad</strong> (&#8220;nativity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>negatividad</strong> (&#8220;negativity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>incompatibilidad</strong> (&#8220;incompatibility&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>familiaridad</strong> (&#8220;familiarity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>productividad</strong> (&#8220;productivity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>creatividad</strong> (&#8220;creativity&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>responsabilidad</strong> (&#8220;responsibility&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>intencionalidad</strong> (&#8220;intentionality&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>comunidad</strong> (&#8220;community&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>dignidad</strong> (&#8220;dignity&#8221;)</li>
</ul>
<p>Nouns using <strong>-ito/a</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>regalito &lt; regalo</strong> (&#8220;gift&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>arbolito &lt; árbol</strong> (&#8220;tree&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>cuadernito &lt; cuaderno</strong> (&#8220;notebook&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>comidita &lt; comida</strong> (&#8220;food / meal&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>tacita &lt; taza</strong> (&#8220;mug&#8221;) (Here, we can also see a change of spelling in the word, just to keep the pronunciation of the <strong>th</strong> or <strong>s</strong> sound.)</li>
<li><strong>videito &lt; video</strong> (&#8220;video&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>ropita &lt; ropa</strong> (&#8220;clothes&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>manzanita &lt; manzana</strong> (&#8220;apple&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>poquito &lt; poco</strong> (&#8220;a little bit&#8221;) (We change <strong>c &gt; qu</strong> to keep the hard <strong>k</strong> sound.)</li>
<li><strong>abriguito &lt; abrigo</strong> (&#8220;coat&#8221;) (Note the spelling change <strong>g &gt; gu</strong> to keep the same <strong>g</strong> sound.)</li>
<li><strong>agüita &gt; agua</strong> (&#8220;water&#8221;) (Note the spelling change to show that the <strong>u</strong> is pronounced.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Sometimes, we add <strong>ec</strong> between the base noun and the suffix (or just <strong>c</strong> if the noun ends in<strong> -e</strong>). Some examples are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>solecito &lt; sol</strong> (&#8220;sun&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>nubecita &lt; nube</strong> (&#8220;cloud&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>cochecito &lt; coche</strong> (&#8220;car&#8221;)</li>
<li><strong>cafecito &lt; café</strong> (&#8220;coffee&#8221;)</li>
</ul>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6582c5a60554b00017fd5096" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/">3 suffixes to expand your Spanish vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/3-suffixes-to-expand-your-spanish-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.20 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1–19</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-19/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-19/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2023 16:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33313</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Let’s put everything we’ve learned so far to the test in this special episode marking the end of the first half of our Coffee Break Gaelic course! Listen to an extended conversation featuring key vocabulary covered over the past 19 lessons. We&#8217;ll be back soon with lesson 21!</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-19/">CBGa 1.20 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1–19</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let’s put everything we’ve learned so far to the test in this special episode marking the end of the first half of our Coffee Break Gaelic course! Listen to an extended conversation featuring key vocabulary covered over the past 19 lessons. We&#8217;ll be back soon with lesson 21!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/6582bd16bbd71a001747c029" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-19/">CBGa 1.20 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Gaelic from Lessons 1–19</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-gaelic-from-lessons-1-19/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>A guide to German pronunciation: &#8216;sch’, ‘ei’, ‘ie’ and more</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2023 16:15:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33231</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>German pronunciation can, at times, seem daunting when you&#8217;re learning the language, but once you get the hang of some of the most common sounds and letter combinations, you&#8217;ll be speaking more confidently in no time. The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky German ... <a title="A guide to German pronunciation: &#8216;sch’, ‘ei’, ‘ie’ and more" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/" aria-label="More on A guide to German pronunciation: &#8216;sch’, ‘ei’, ‘ie’ and more">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/">A guide to German pronunciation: &#8216;sch’, ‘ei’, ‘ie’ and more</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>German pronunciation can, at times, seem daunting when you&#8217;re learning the language, but once you get the hang of some of the most common sounds and letter combinations, you&#8217;ll be speaking more confidently in no time.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Olivera discuss and practise the most challenging German sounds to pronounce, including the sounds created by the letter combinations <strong>sch</strong>, <strong>ei</strong> and <strong>ie</strong>, as well as others.</p>
<p>We will tackle these letter combinations one by one, so continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;sch&#8217;</h2>
<p>This sound is similar to &#8220;sh&#8221; in English. You can join in with Olivera and Mark in the podcast episode to practise pronouncing this sound and the others. Let&#8217;s see the combination <strong>sch </strong>in some examples. We&#8217;ve also taken the opportunity to practise some festive vocabulary, since this episode was first released during the holiday season, but the words and sounds are useful to practise all year round!</p>
<p>Try reading each word or phrase aloud:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> der Schnee</strong><br />
<em>snow</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Schokolade</strong><br />
<em>chocolate</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Schlittenfahren</strong><br />
<em>sledging</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schon</strong><br />
<em>already</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schön</strong>*<br />
<em>beautiful</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>es schneit</strong><br />
<em>it’s snowing</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schenken</strong><br />
<em>to give a present</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Geschenk</strong><br />
<em>present</em></p>
<p>*Note the difference the umlaut makes in the pronunciation of <strong>schon</strong> and <strong>schön</strong>, and how they have completely different meanings.</p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;ei&#8217;</h2>
<p>This is a common vowel sound in German words. The combination &#8220;ei&#8221; in English can be pronounced in different ways, such as in &#8220;height&#8221; or &#8220;eight&#8221;. However, in German <strong>ei</strong> always has the same sound, which is like &#8220;I&#8221; or &#8220;eye&#8221; in English.</p>
<p>Here are some examples of this letter combination. Remember to read each aloud and watch the video or listen to the podcast episode to hear Olivera and Mark pronounce them:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Eis</strong><br />
<em>ice cream</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>eins / zwei / drei<br />
</strong> <em>one / two / three</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mein / dein<br />
</strong> <em>my / your</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schreiben</strong><br />
<em>to write</em><br />
This word is also good practice of the <strong>sch </strong>sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Wein</strong> / <strong>Glühwein<br />
</strong><em>wine / mulled wine</em></p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;ie&#8217;</h2>
<p>This vowel sound is pronounced like &#8220;ee&#8221; in English. Again, in English &#8220;ie&#8221; can be pronounced in different ways (for example in &#8220;field&#8221; and &#8220;fried&#8221;), but in German it’s always pronounced as &#8220;ee&#8221;. Let&#8217;s see <strong>ie </strong>in some example words in German:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>vier</strong><br />
<em>four</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sieben</strong><br />
<em>seven</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Lied</strong><br />
<em>song</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>riechen</strong><br />
<em>to smell</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Die Plätzchen riechen gut.</strong><br />
<em>The biscuits smell good.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>wieder</strong><br />
<em>again</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Siehst du?</strong> (from <strong>sehen</strong>)<br />
<em>Do you see?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Spiegel</strong>*<br />
<em>mirror</em></p>
<p>*Note the pronunciation of <strong>Spiegel</strong>. It begins with a sound similar to <strong>sch</strong>, but this is caused by an <strong>s</strong> at the beginning of the word, followed by the letter <strong>p</strong>. <span style="font-weight: 400;">It is because it is followed by a <strong>p</strong></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that it does not require <strong>s</strong></span><b>ch</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the start.</span></p>
<p>For a more challenging pronunciation practice, we can combine the <strong>ei</strong> and <strong>ie</strong> sounds:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mein Lied</strong><br />
<em>my song</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich rieche den Wein.</strong><br />
<em>I smell the wine.</em></p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;au&#8217;</h2>
<p>This vowel sound is like the &#8220;ou&#8221; sound in &#8220;about&#8221; in English. Examples of the <strong>au</strong> sound in German include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Baum</strong><br />
<em>tree</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Auto</strong><br />
<em>car</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>auf</strong><br />
<em>on</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Haus</strong><br />
<em>house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich klettere auf das Haus.</strong><br />
<em>I am climbing onto the house.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Brauch</strong><br />
<em>tradition</em></p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;eu&#8217;</h2>
<p>This vowel sound combination is pronounced &#8220;oi&#8221; or &#8220;oy&#8221;, as in &#8220;oyster&#8221; or &#8220;boy&#8221; in English. Let&#8217;s see this sound in some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>heute<br />
</strong> <em>today</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Leute</strong><br />
<em>people</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>euch</strong><br />
<em>all of you</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ich freue mich auf</strong> (from <strong>sich freuen auf</strong>)<strong><br />
</strong><em>I am looking forward to </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Neujahr</strong><br />
<em>the New Year</em></p>
<h2>How to pronounce &#8216;ch&#8217;</h2>
<p>The <strong>ch</strong> sound can have different pronunciations in different words. It is a little like the &#8220;ch&#8221; in the Scottish pronunciation of the word &#8220;loch&#8221;, as Mark demonstrates in the episode.</p>
<p>Let’s compare some examples of how it features in different German words. After <strong>a</strong>, <strong>o</strong>, <strong>u</strong> there is a hard <strong>h</strong> sound. For example, in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>machen</strong><br />
<em>to make, to do</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hoch</strong><br />
<em>high</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>suchen</strong><br />
<em>to search for</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Weihnachten</strong><br />
<em>Christmas</em><br />
This word is also good practice of the <strong>ei</strong> sound and features the word <strong>die Nacht</strong>, meaning &#8220;night&#8221;.</p>
<p>After all other vowels and consonants, not listed in the examples above, the <strong>ch</strong> sound is pronounced differently, as we see in the examples below. In the episode, Mark gives some tips for pronouncing this sound. He goes to make a <strong>c</strong> sound, then brings his tongue to the top of his mouth, but then down a little before it reaches the top of his mouth, and then breathes through that. After that, he adds the <strong>y</strong> sound. Olivera suggests breathing through a very wide grin to get the <strong>ch</strong> sound correct. Remember to listen to the episode to hear Mark and Olivera discuss how to pronounce this sound, as it is difficult to describe in words.</p>
<p>Here are some examples of words that contain this <strong>ch </strong>sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lächeln</strong><br />
<em>to smile</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Mädchen</strong><br />
<em>girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Kirche</strong><br />
<em>church</em></p>
<p>There are some exceptions, where the <strong>ch</strong> is pronounced like a <strong>k</strong>. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Chor</strong><br />
<em>choir</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Chemie</strong><br />
<em>chemistry<br />
</em>This can also have some regional differences in pronunciation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Chiemsee</strong><br />
<em>the name of a Bavarian lake, sometimes known as the &#8220;Bavarian sea&#8221;</em></p>
<h2>Sounding great in German!</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33238 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-110-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-110-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-110-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-110-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-110-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Remember that it’s normal for language learners to have difficulties with pronunciation &#8211; the important thing, at first, is that you can be understood. However, keep practising these sounds and use them in conversations, and over time you will sound more like a native speaker.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Olivera on <em>The Coffee Break German Show.</em> This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/657838e13f126e0012dae330" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/">A guide to German pronunciation: &#8216;sch’, ‘ei’, ‘ie’ and more</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-german-pronunciation-sch-ei-ie-and-more/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.20 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–19</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 16:20:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33272</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 20 of Coffee Break Portuguese, which marks the halfway point in our beginners&#8217; course. In this episode we’re reviewing what we’ve learned throughout the first 19 lessons. We’ll be doing this by listening to a dialogue that incorporates many of the topics we’ve covered so far. We hope you enjoy seeing how ... <a title="CBP 1.20 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–19" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.20 &#124; End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–19">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/">CBP 1.20 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–19</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;ve reached lesson 20 of Coffee Break Portuguese, which marks the halfway point in our beginners&#8217; course. In this episode we’re reviewing what we’ve learned throughout the first 19 lessons. We’ll be doing this by listening to a dialogue that incorporates many of the topics we’ve covered so far. We hope you enjoy seeing how much you’ve learned over the past 19 lessons and we&#8217;ll be back soon with lesson 21!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65815f150285250017b058f2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/">CBP 1.20 | End-of-unit review – The basics in Portuguese from Lessons 1–19</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-20-end-of-unit-review-the-basics-in-portuguese-from-lessons-1-19/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How do you know if a noun is masculine or feminine in Italian?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 16:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33214</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Is there an easy way to know the gender of a noun in Italian? You probably already know from your experience with Italian that it is a language that has grammatical gender. Every noun in Italian is either masculine or feminine. Over time, you get to know what gender nouns are, the more you practise ... <a title="How do you know if a noun is masculine or feminine in Italian?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/" aria-label="More on How do you know if a noun is masculine or feminine in Italian?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/">How do you know if a noun is masculine or feminine in Italian?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Is there an easy way to know the gender of a noun in Italian?</p>
<p>You probably already know from your experience with Italian that it is a language that has grammatical gender. Every noun in Italian is either masculine or feminine.</p>
<p>Over time, you get to know what gender nouns are, the more you practise and use the words, and often you simply have to memorise the gender of the noun as you&#8217;re learning the word itself. However, the good news is that there are some shortcuts that you can learn!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Francesca and Maurizio share some tips and tricks to help you figure out the gender of a noun in Italian.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>How a dictionary can help you</h2>
<p>The best way to know the gender of nouns is to look them up in a dictionary. Next to any noun you will see either <strong>(m)</strong> for masculine or<strong> (f)</strong> for feminine.</p>
<p>However, we don’t always carry around a dictionary and sometimes our online dictionary app might not be loading, so let&#8217;s take a look at some other ways you can work out the gender of nouns in Italian.</p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -o &amp; -a</h2>
<p>Our first rule is one that you&#8217;re likely to already be very familiar with. This is that the majority of nouns ending in<strong> -o</strong> are masculine, while the majority of those ending in<strong> &#8211;</strong><b>a</b> are feminine. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ragazzo</strong> (m)<br />
<em>boy</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ragazza</strong> (f)<br />
<em>girl</em></p>
<p>The correct articles to use with <strong>ragazzo </strong>are therefore <strong>il </strong>and <strong>un</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il ragazzo<br />
</strong><em>the boy</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un ragazzo<br />
</strong><em>a boy</em></p>
<p>And the correct articles to use with <strong>ragazza </strong>are therefore <strong>la </strong>and <strong>una</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la ragazza<br />
</strong><em>the girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>una ragazza<br />
</strong><em>a girl</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>Some other examples are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mondo</strong> (m)<br />
<em>world</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>natura</strong> (f)<br />
<em>nature</em></p>
<p>This is quite straightforward, but Francesca and Maurizio mention an exception to this rule. Let&#8217;s move onto this now.</p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -ma</h2>
<p>There are a number of nouns ending in<strong> -ma</strong>, which might lead you to think they are feminine because of their final <strong>-a</strong>, but they are actually masculine. These masculine nouns have a Greek origin, hence their unusual ending. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>problema</strong> (m)<br />
<em>problem</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sistema</strong> (m)<br />
<em>system</em></p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -si</h2>
<p>There are also some nouns that end in <strong>-si</strong> and they also have a Greek origin. Usually, these nouns are feminine in Italian. Let&#8217;s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>crisi</strong> (f)<br />
<em>crisis</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>analisi</strong> (f)<br />
<em>analysis</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tesi</strong> (f)<br />
<em>dissertation, thesis</em></p>
<p>Notice that the English equivalent is often a word ending in <strong>-is</strong>.</p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -ore</h2>
<p>You may know that there are some singular nouns in Italian ending in <strong>-e</strong>. These nouns can be either masculine or feminine. So, how can we determine their gender? For some nouns ending in <strong>-e</strong>, only the dictionary will tell you if they are masculine or feminine, but for many others the extended ending will be a useful indicator.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with nouns ending in<strong> -ore</strong>. These are generally masculine. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cuore</strong> (m)<br />
<em>heart</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>amore</strong> (m)<br />
<em>love</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>colore</strong> (m)<br />
<em>colour</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>attore</strong> (m)<br />
<em>(male) actor</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scrittore</strong> (m)<br />
<em>(male) writer</em></p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -trice</h2>
<p>Pay attention to the previous two examples, <strong>attore</strong> and <strong>scrittore</strong>, which are both professions ending in<strong> -tore</strong>. When the masculine version of a profession ends in <strong>-tore</strong>, its feminine counterpart will end in<strong> -trice</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>attrice</strong> (f)<br />
<em>(female) actor</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scrittrice</strong> (f)<br />
<em>(female) writer</em></p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -ale &amp; -ile</h2>
<p>If a noun ends in <strong>-ale</strong> or &#8211;<strong>ile</strong>, it is most likely to be masculine. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>canale</strong> (m)<br />
<em>canal, channel</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>campanile</strong> (m)<br />
<em>bell tower</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cortile</strong> (m)<br />
<em>backyard, courtyard</em></p>
<h2>Nouns ending in -zione &amp; -sione</h2>
<p>If a noun ends in<strong> -zione</strong> or <strong>-sione</strong>, it is most likely to be feminine. Notice that the English equivalents of these nouns usually have the &#8220;-tion&#8221; ending. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>emozione</strong> (f)<br />
<em>emotion</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>stazione</strong> (f)<br />
<em>station</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>creazione</strong> (f)<br />
<em>creation</em></p>
<h2>Nouns of foreign origin</h2>
<p>What about nouns that are borrowed into Italian from other languages? Most of the time, these are considered masculine, especially if they end in a consonant. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>film</strong> (m)<br />
<em>film</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>computer</strong> (m)<br />
<em>computer</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gossip</strong> (m)<br />
<em>gossip</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>meeting</strong> (m)<br />
<em>meeting</em></p>
<p>However, there are some exceptions here, as well, and some foreign nouns can be feminine. This can happen when the foreign noun is more strongly associated with its Italian equivalent and when the Italian equivalent is a feminine noun. Let&#8217;s see some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>call</strong> (f) / <strong>chiamata</strong> (f)<br />
<em>call</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mail</strong> (f) / <strong>posta elettronica</strong> (f)<br />
<em>email</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>band</strong> (f) / <strong>banda</strong> (f)<br />
<em>band</em></p>
<p>If you&#8217;re in doubt, remember that the dictionary will always guide you in this process!</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33218 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33219 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-110-blog2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Over to you!</h2>
<p>At the end of this episode, Francesca and Maurizio invite you to participate in a practice activity.</p>
<p>Can you determine the gender of the following nouns, based on what we have learned today? We&#8217;ve also taken the opportunity to practise some festive vocabulary, since this episode was first released during the holiday season!</p>
<p>The answers can be found at the end of the article.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>vigilia</strong></li>
<li><strong>regalo</strong></li>
<li><strong>decorazione</strong></li>
<li><strong>panettone</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>If you found this article interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We have many more episodes on useful topics for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find others.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>vigilia </strong>(f) &#8211; eve, for example in <strong>vigilia di Natale</strong> (Christmas Eve)</li>
<li><strong>regalo </strong>(m) &#8211; present, gift</li>
<li><strong>decorazione </strong>(f) &#8211; decoration</li>
<li><strong>panettone </strong>(m) &#8211; traditional Italian Christmas cake</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com//657835e659a098001234a713" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/">How do you know if a noun is masculine or feminine in Italian?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-do-you-know-if-a-noun-is-masculine-or-feminine-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What&#8217;s the difference between ‘à cause de’ and ‘grâce à’?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2023 16:18:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33205</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>À cause de and grâce à are easy to get mixed up. This is because, depending on the context, both phrases can be translated as &#8220;because of&#8221; in English. However, while both phrases link a cause to a consequence, they paint distinct pictures of the outcome! We&#8217;re going to explore the subtleties of these phrases, unravelling ... <a title="What&#8217;s the difference between ‘à cause de’ and ‘grâce à’?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/" aria-label="More on What&#8217;s the difference between ‘à cause de’ and ‘grâce à’?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/">What&#8217;s the difference between ‘à cause de’ and ‘grâce à’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>À cause de </strong>and<strong> grâce à </strong>are easy to get mixed up. This is because, depending on the context, both phrases can be translated as &#8220;because of&#8221; in English.</p>
<p>However, while both phrases link a cause to a consequence, they paint distinct pictures of the outcome!</p>
<p>We&#8217;re going to explore the subtleties of these phrases, unravelling the positive and negative nuances they bring to expressions in French.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max look into when and how to use <strong>à cause de</strong> and <strong>grâce à</strong>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>‘à cause de’ for negative outcomes</h2>
<p><strong>À cause de</strong> conveys negativity in French expressions. It translates to &#8220;because of&#8221; in English, but is exclusively reserved for situations with negative consequences. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai perdu une heure à cause de tes mauvais conseils.</strong><br />
<em>I lost an hour because of your bad advice.</em></p>
<p>It’s a phrase that signals setbacks – attributing an undesirable result to a specific cause.</p>
<p>Note that<strong> à cause de</strong> ends with the preposition <strong>de</strong>. This <strong>de</strong> points to the origin or source of the negative consequence.</p>
<p>As always happens with the preposition <strong>de</strong>, it connects and merges with some articles. When we have <strong>de </strong>+ <strong>le</strong>, it becomes <strong>du</strong>, and <strong>de </strong>+ <strong>les</strong> becomes <strong>des</strong>. When preceding a vowel, <strong>de</strong> transforms into <strong>d’</strong> for smoother pronunciation.</p>
<h2>‘grâce à’ for positive outcomes</h2>
<p>On the other hand, <strong>grâce à</strong> radiates positivity &#8211; signifying a favourable outcome due to a particular cause. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Grâce à ton aide, j’ai réussi à monter ce meuble.</strong><br />
<em>Thanks to your help, I managed to assemble this piece of furniture.</em></p>
<p>It’s a phrase that highlights the contribution of a positive factor leading to a successful or beneficial result.</p>
<p>Since <strong>grâce à</strong> ends with the preposition <strong>à</strong>, it also undergoes transformations. For example, <strong>à</strong> + <strong>le</strong> becomes <strong>au</strong>, and <strong>à</strong> + <strong>les</strong> transforms into <strong>aux</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33209 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-110-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-110-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-110-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-110-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-110.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s practise!</h2>
<p>Here are some sentences in English. Your challenge is to translate them into French, choosing between <strong>grâce à</strong> and <strong>à cause de</strong>. The answers are at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>It is because of the wind.</em></li>
<li><em>It is thanks to them.</em></li>
<li><em>We lost because of one mistake.</em></li>
<li><em>I learned Spanish thanks to Coffee Break podcasts.</em></li>
<li><em>You passed your exams because of me.</em></li>
<li><em>I couldn’t travel because of the strikes.</em></li>
<li><em>It is thanks to your brother that I know which gift to buy you for Christmas.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>We hope that you found this post interesting. These two expressions will not only help you understand situations better, but if you can use them in your conversations you will articulate yourself more clearly.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>It is because of the wind. &#8211; </em><strong>C’est à cause du vent.</strong></li>
<li><em>It is thanks to them. </em><em>&#8211; </em><strong>C’est grâce à eux / elles.</strong></li>
<li><em>We lost because of one mistake. &#8211; </em><strong>Nous avons / On a perdu à cause d’une erreur.</strong></li>
<li><em>I learned Spanish thanks to Coffee Break podcasts. &#8211; </em><strong>J’ai appris l’espagnol grâce aux podcasts Coffee Break.</strong></li>
<li><em>You passed your exams because of me. &#8211; </em><strong>Tu as réussi tes examens grâce à moi.</strong></li>
<li><em>I couldn’t travel because of the strikes. &#8211; </em><strong>Je n’ai pas pu voyager à cause des grèves.</strong></li>
<li><em>It is thanks to your brother that I know which gift to buy you for Christmas. &#8211; </em><strong>C’est grâce à ton frère que je sais quel cadeau t’acheter pour Noël.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/65801a995e36a6001655fb6a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/">What&#8217;s the difference between ‘à cause de’ and ‘grâce à’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/whats-the-difference-between-a-cause-de-and-grace-a/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce ‘Tuesday’ and ‘Thursday’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 15 Dec 2023 16:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33184</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how to say the words Tuesday and Thursday correctly in English? These two words can be confusing when it comes to pronunciation. This is because the sounds at the beginning of the words (tu and th) can be difficult to pronounce. There are lots of other words that contain these sounds, so ... <a title="How to pronounce ‘Tuesday’ and ‘Thursday’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce ‘Tuesday’ and ‘Thursday’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/">How to pronounce ‘Tuesday’ and ‘Thursday’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how to say the words <strong>Tuesday</strong> and <strong>Thursday</strong> correctly in English?</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These two words can be confusing when it comes to pronunciation. This is because the sounds at the beginning of the words (</span><b>tu</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>th</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">) can be difficult to pronounce.</span></p>
<p>There are lots of other words that contain these sounds, so if you can pronounce the words <strong>Tuesday</strong> and <strong>Thursday</strong> correctly then you will be able to pronounce many more.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Mark talk about how to pronounce <strong>Tuesday</strong> and <strong>Thursday </strong>correctly.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Because this episode focuses on pronunciation, it’s best to watch the video or listen to the podcast episode while you read this article, to hear Josie and Mark making the sounds.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, let’s get started and look at the words </span><b>Tuesday </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Thursday</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Why not get a cup of coffee or tea to enjoy while you read and listen!</span></p>
<h2>Tuesday</h2>
<p>There are three different ways to pronounce the letters <strong>tu</strong> at the beginning of <strong>Tuesday</strong>. But don’t worry, they are all quite similar! The best way to understand the sounds is to watch the video, but here are the written versions to help you:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tuesday</strong> = [chewz-day]<br />
This is how Josie pronounces it in the episode.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tuesday </strong>= [tee-ooz-day]<br />
This is how Mark pronounces it in the episode.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tuesday</strong> = [tooz-day]<br />
This is the North American English pronunciation.</p>
<h2>The letters ‘tu’ in the middle of a word</h2>
<p>When the letters <strong>tu</strong> are in the middle of a word, most English speakers pronounce them as <strong>ch</strong>, like the first sound in the word <strong>cheese</strong>. Let’s look at some examples of these words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>culture</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>adventure</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>century</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>congratulations</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nature</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mature</strong></p>
<h2>The letters ‘tu’ at the start of a word</h2>
<p>When the letters <strong>tu</strong> are at the start of a word, we can pronounce them as <strong>ch</strong>, like in the words above. We can also pronounce them in two other ways. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tune</strong><br />
[choon] or [tee-oon] or [toon]</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tube</strong><br />
[choob] or [tee-oob] or [toob]</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>stupid</strong><br />
[s-choo-pid] or [stee-oo-pid] or [stoo-pid]</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tutor</strong><br />
[choo-tor] or [tee-oo-tor] or [too-tor]</p>
<p>Be careful! There are lots of words that begin with <strong>tu</strong> that have a different sound. For example, in the words <strong>tunnel</strong>, <strong>turn</strong>, and <strong>turtle</strong>, the letter <strong>t</strong> is always pronounced like the letter of the alphabet <strong>T</strong>.</p>
<h2>Thursday</h2>
<p>Is everything clear so far? Let’s move onto the word <strong>Thursday</strong>. To make the <strong>th</strong> at the beginning of this word, we put our tongue between our teeth and blow out air. There are actually two ways to pronounce <strong>th</strong> in English.</p>
<h3>Unvoiced ‘th’</h3>
<p>The <strong>th</strong> sound at the beginning of <strong>Thursday</strong> is unvoiced. This means that we don’t use our voice when we make this sound.</p>
<p>To practise, put your hand on your neck, just under your chin, and say the sound <strong>th</strong> at the beginning of <strong>Thursday</strong>. You should not feel any vibrations or movement in your neck. Here are some other words with the unvoiced <strong>th</strong> sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>think</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>three</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>thanks</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bath</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nothing</strong></p>
<h3>Voiced ‘th’</h3>
<p>The <strong>th</strong> sound at the beginning of the word <strong>the</strong> is voiced. This means that we use our voice when we make this sound.</p>
<p>To practise, put your hand on your neck, just under your chin, and say the sound <strong>th</strong> at the beginning of <strong>the</strong>. You should feel your throat (inside your neck) moving and vibrating. Here are some other words with the voiced <strong>th</strong> sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>this</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>that</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>although</strong> (can be pronounced voiced or unvoiced)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>weather</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>other</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33187 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-109-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-109-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-109-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-109-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-109.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>It’s your turn!</h2>
<p>Now, let’s practise! Here are three sentences. If you want, you can listen to Josie saying them in the video, and repeat them after her.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>1. On <strong>Tuesday</strong>, we’re going on an <strong>adventure</strong>.</em><br />
<em>2. Let’s play a <strong>tune</strong> on <strong>Thursday</strong>.</em><br />
<em>3. <strong>There</strong> is <strong>nature</strong> and <strong>culture</strong> on <strong>Tuesday</strong> and <strong>Thursday</strong>.</em></p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. In this series, we talk about useful topics for English learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Keep practising the sounds at the beginning of <strong>Tuesday</strong> and <strong>Thursday</strong>. We recommend that you make a list of all the words with these sounds that you find difficult to pronounce and practise them every day.</p>
<p>Remember that it’s ok if you don’t sound like a native speaker when you’re speaking English! It’s more important that you are confident when you’re speaking, and people can understand you.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65783943b83dd0001220db6d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/">How to pronounce ‘Tuesday’ and ‘Thursday’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-tuesday-and-thursday/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>A guide to making negative statements in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 16:15:29 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33170</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Making negative statements in Spanish can be challenging for learners. The negative in Spanish works differently from English which can mean it’s easy to make mistakes. However, there are some simple rules that can help us correctly use negative structures when we are speaking in Spanish. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a podcast series ... <a title="A guide to making negative statements in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on A guide to making negative statements in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/">A guide to making negative statements in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Making negative statements in Spanish can be challenging for learners. The negative in Spanish works differently from English which can mean it’s easy to make mistakes.</p>
<p>However, there are some simple rules that can help us correctly use negative structures when we are speaking in Spanish.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Mark and Anabel talk about how to use negatives in Spanish.</p>
<p>We hope that you find this guide to negation useful and we recommend listening along to the podcast or video episode as you read!</p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>How to form a negative statement in Spanish</h2>
<p>To turn a positive statement into a negative statement in Spanish, the first rule to know is that we use <strong>no</strong> before any verb, compound verb, or verb with its pronouns. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>no tengo<br />
</strong><em>I don’t have</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>no soy escocés</strong><br />
<em>I am not Scottish</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>no lo sé</strong><br />
<em>I don’t know (it)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>no me desperté</strong><br />
<em>I didn’t wake up</em></p>
<p>It can get a bit more challenging when we add another negative word into the sentence. This is because it creates what we call &#8220;double negation&#8221;.</p>
<p>In English (in most varieties), we say &#8220;I have nothing&#8221; or &#8220;I don’t have anything&#8221;, where only one negative word is possible in the sentence to negate the statement &#8211; either &#8220;nothing&#8221; or &#8220;don&#8217;t&#8221;.</p>
<p>This works differently in Spanish, however. In Spanish, this double negation often appears, when we have two of these negative words to create a negative statement.</p>
<h2>Words used to negate in Spanish</h2>
<p>We&#8217;ve already looked at <strong>no</strong> (&#8220;not&#8221;), so let’s now see some other negative words in Spanish:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nunca / jamás</strong><br />
<em>never</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nunca jamás</strong><br />
<em>never ever</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tampoco</strong><br />
<em>neither</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nadie</strong><br />
<em>no one / nobody</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ningún / ninguno / ninguna</strong><br />
<em>any</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nada</strong><br />
<em>nothing</em></p>
<p>If we are using one of these words in a statement, we have two options in how to structure the statement:</p>
<h3>1. &#8216;no&#8217; + verb + negative word</h3>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No vimos nada.<br />
</strong><em>We didn’t see anything. / We saw nothing.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No me ha llamado nadie.</strong><br />
<em>No one has called me.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No he desayunado tampoco.</strong><br />
<em>I haven’t had breakfast either.</em></p>
<h3>2. negative word + verb</h3>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nada vimos.</strong><br />
<em>We didn’t see anything. / We saw nothing.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nadie me ha llamado.</strong><br />
<em>No one has called me.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tampoco he desayunado.</strong><br />
<em>I haven’t had breakfast either.</em></p>
<p>This second construction, where the negative word comes before the verb, creates a more emphatic statement. Let’s use one of our examples in context to see this emphasis:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>A: ¿Te han llamado esta tarde?</strong><br />
<strong>B: No me ha llamado nadie.</strong><br />
<strong>A: Dime la verdad. ¿Te ha llamado Juan? ¿Alberto? ¿Tal vez Clara?</strong><br />
<strong>B: No, nadie me ha llamado.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>A: Did anyone call you this afternoon?</em><br />
<em>B: No one has called me.</em><br />
<em>A: Tell me the truth. Did Juan call you? Alberto? Maybe Clara?</em><br />
<em>B: No, no one has called me.</em></p>
<p>To summarise, in Spanish, we must have a negative word before the verb. This is <span style="font-weight: 400;">why we may have double negation, in cases where a negative word such as <strong>nada </strong>or <strong>nunca</strong> goes after the verb.</span></p>
<h2>A visual summary of making negative statements in Spanish</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33172 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-109-blog-922x1024.png" alt="Coffee Break Spanish Show - Negative in Spanish" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-109-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-109-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-109-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-109-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s practise making negative statements in Spanish</h2>
<p>Now it’s your turn to practise the negative in Spanish! Your challenge is to write down the two possible Spanish translations of each of the following sentences.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I don’t know anything.</em></li>
<li><em>No one buys there.</em></li>
<li><em>No client has it.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>You will find the answers at the end of this article, and for a little more practice download the free worksheet below to see how much you’ve learned about making negative statements in Spanish.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Anabel on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>We hope that you now know enough about negation in Spanish to feel positive when you are using your Spanish negatives!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>I don’t know anything. &#8211; <strong>No sé nada. / Nada sé.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>No one buys there. &#8211; <strong>No compra nadie allí. / Nadie compra allí.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>No client has it. &#8211; <strong>No lo tiene ningún cliente. / Ningún cliente lo tiene.</strong></em></li>
</ol>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/657af386a479fb0016ec23d4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/">A guide to making negative statements in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/a-guide-to-negation-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Negation in German: ‘nein’, ‘nicht’ and ‘kein’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 13 Dec 2023 16:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33156</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Making negative sentences in German does not have to be a negative experience! If you understand how to use nein, nicht and kein then you will have no problem negating sentences in German. The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In ... <a title="Negation in German: ‘nein’, ‘nicht’ and ‘kein’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/" aria-label="More on Negation in German: ‘nein’, ‘nicht’ and ‘kein’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/">Negation in German: ‘nein’, ‘nicht’ and ‘kein’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Making negative sentences in German does not have to be a negative experience!</p>
<p>If you understand how to use <strong>nein</strong>, <strong>nicht</strong> and <strong>kein</strong> then you will have no problem negating sentences in German.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas discuss how negation works in German using <strong>nein</strong>, <strong>nicht</strong> and <strong>kein</strong>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Nein</h2>
<p><strong>Nein</strong> is used as an answer to a closed question. In all cases, it simply means &#8220;no&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>&#8211; Möchtest du ein Stück Kuchen? &#8211; Nein, danke.</strong><br />
<em>&#8211; Would you like a piece of cake? &#8211; No, thanks.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>&#8211; Besuchen wir morgen deine Eltern? &#8211; Nein, am Freitag.</strong><br />
<em>&#8211; Are we visiting your parents tomorrow? &#8211; No, on Friday.</em></p>
<h2>Nicht</h2>
<p><strong>Nicht</strong> is used to negate different parts of a sentence, including prepositions, adverbs, adjectives and verbs. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dieser Salat ist nicht frisch.</strong><br />
<em>This salad is not fresh.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren heute nicht nach Berlin.</strong><br />
<em>We are not travelling to Berlin today.</em></p>
<p>The position of <strong>nicht</strong> emphasises the part of the sentence you are negating.  In the sentence above the position of <strong>nicht</strong> negates the piece of information <strong>nach Berlin </strong>(&#8220;to Berlin&#8221;). It emphasises that Berlin is not the destination today.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren nicht heute nach Berlin.</strong><br />
<em>We are not travelling to Berlin today.</em></p>
<p>As the sentence is now worded, the adverb <strong>heute</strong> is negated, meaning that maybe another day they will travel to Berlin, but not today.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das weiß ich nicht.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t know that.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich tanze nicht.</strong><br />
<em>I am not dancing.</em></p>
<p>In the examples above, the <strong>nicht</strong> is placed at the end, negating the whole sentence.</p>
<h3>Negating with modal verbs</h3>
<p>In German, how do you negate a sentence when you are using modal verbs? This is possibly best demonstrated with examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich kann nicht schwimmen.</strong><br />
<em>I cannot swim.</em></p>
<p>Note that <strong>nicht</strong> is placed before the infinitive.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich möchte diese Hose nicht anziehen.</strong><br />
<em>I would not like to put on these trousers.</em></p>
<p>There is further information in this sentence, but <strong>nicht</strong> is still placed before the infinitive.</p>
<h2>Kein</h2>
<p><strong>Kein</strong> is used to negate nouns.</p>
<p><strong>Kein</strong> can be seen as the negative of the indefinite article &#8211; the opposite of &#8220;a&#8221;. It is therefore placed before the noun it is negating. Take a look at the examples below to demonstrate its use:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe einen Hund.<br />
</strong><em>I have a dog. </em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe keinen Hund.</strong><br />
<em>I don’t have a dog. / I have no dog.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe heute Lust ins Kino zu gehen.</strong><br />
<em>I want to go to the cinema today.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich habe heute keine Lust ins Kino zu gehen.<br />
</strong><em>I don’t want to go to the cinema today.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p> One important point to remember when using <strong>kein</strong> is that it has to agree with the noun it is negating. This means it has to take account of the noun’s gender, whether it is plural or singular, and the case being used.</p>
<h2>Other forms of negating</h2>
<p>There are two other ways to negate your sentences that are worth mentioning:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nichts</strong><br />
<em>nothing</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>niemand</strong><br />
<em>nobody</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie will heute nichts machen.</strong><br />
<em> She wants to do nothing today. / She doesn’t want to do anything today.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Leider ist niemand auf die Party gekommen.<br />
</strong><em>Unfortunately, nobody came to the party. </em></p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33158 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-109-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-109-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-109-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-109-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-109-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Once you have a good grasp of forming negative phrases and sentences in German you will be more comfortable in conversation. Of course, it is easy to make mistakes with this and it is all part of the learning process &#8211; keep practising and you will improve.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6578388ccd374a0012b95401" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/">Negation in German: ‘nein’, ‘nicht’ and ‘kein’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/negation-in-german-nein-nicht-and-kein/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to apologise and ask for permission in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Dec 2023 16:15:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33135</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>“I’m sorry!” – a very common phrase in any conversation, but what is the best way to say sorry in Italian? There are many ways to say sorry, excuse yourself and ask for permission in Italian, and the one to choose will depend on the context. Not only is it useful to know what they ... <a title="How to apologise and ask for permission in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/" aria-label="More on How to apologise and ask for permission in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/">How to apologise and ask for permission in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>“I’m sorry!” – a very common phrase in any conversation, but what is the best way to say sorry in Italian?</p>
<p>There are many ways to say sorry, excuse yourself and ask for permission in Italian, and the one to choose will depend on the context. Not only is it useful to know what they mean, but also the subtleties of each phrase.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Maurizio dive into the world of Italian apologies. They explore different expressions for saying &#8220;I&#8217;m sorry&#8221; or &#8220;excuse me&#8221; politely and appropriately in various situations.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise what you learn!</p>
<h2>How to say you&#8217;re sorry in Italian</h2>
<p>Let’s begin with four ways to say &#8220;I’m sorry&#8221; in Italian.</p>
<h3>1. mi dispiace</h3>
<p>One of the most common ways to say sorry is to use the phrase <strong>mi dispiace</strong>, or its shortened version, <strong>mi spiace</strong>. It literally means &#8220;it displeases me&#8221; and it is used to apologise for something you have done.</p>
<h3>2. <strong>scusa / scusi</strong></h3>
<p>Another common way to apologise is <strong>scusa</strong> or <strong>scusi</strong> (the former being used in informal contexts and the latter in formal contexts).</p>
<p>This phrase is also used to attract someone’s attention, for example if you want to stop someone in the street to ask for information:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Scusi, dov’è la piazza?</strong><br />
<em>Excuse me, where’s the square?</em></p>
<p>You can also say <strong>scusami </strong>(informal) or <strong>mi scusi</strong> (formal) &#8211; notice the different placement of the pronoun <strong>mi</strong> in the two versions.</p>
<h3>3. perdonami / mi perdoni</h3>
<p>If you have done something very serious and you want to say &#8220;I’m sorry&#8221;, you should probably say <strong>perdonami</strong> (more literally &#8220;forgive me&#8221; or &#8220;pardon me&#8221;). The formal version would be <strong>mi perdoni</strong>.</p>
<p>In the podcast episode, Maurizio also shares something funny about the use of <strong>perdonami</strong> or <strong>mi perdoni</strong>. You can sometimes use it to introduce something that might sound harsh to your interlocutor (similar to the English &#8220;I’m sorry, but…&#8221;). For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Perdonami, ma non sei simpatico.</strong><br />
<em>I’m sorry, but you’re not nice.</em></p>
<h3>4. è colpa mia</h3>
<p>What about taking the blame in Italian? In this case, you can say <strong>è colpa mia</strong> (&#8220;it’s my fault&#8221;). You can, of course, replace the possessive adjective and use <strong>tua</strong>, <strong>sua</strong>, <strong>nostra</strong>, <strong>vostra</strong>, <strong>loro</strong> depending on who you are blaming.</p>
<p>Notice the position of the possessive adjective in this expression. It is, unusually, placed after the noun. Normally in Italian possessive adjectives are placed before the noun and they are introduced by a definite article.</p>
<h2>How to ask for permission in Italian</h2>
<p>Again, there are a few ways to ask for permission in Italian. Let&#8217;s look at the three most common ones.</p>
<h3>1. permesso?</h3>
<p>When you are in a crowded place and someone wants to pass through, you might hear: <strong>è</strong> <strong>permesso?</strong>, or simply <strong>permesso?</strong> This phrase is used to ask for permission and used especially for these kinds of situations, when you want to go through or enter a room.</p>
<h3>2. posso?</h3>
<p>You can use the versatile phrase <strong>posso…?</strong> (&#8220;may I…?&#8221;) in many different contexts. Remember that the verb to use after this phrase must be in the infinitive. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Posso fare una telefonata?</strong><br />
<em>May I make a phone call?</em></p>
<h3>3. chiedo scusa</h3>
<p>In the episode, Mark tells us a story to give some background to this expression. He was recently in the process of checking out of a hotel when the receptionist had to pause to answer the phone. To apologise and explain her brief absence, she said:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Chiedo scusa, devo rispondere al telefono.</strong><br />
<em>Excuse me, I have to answer the phone.</em></p>
<p>Maurizio explains that <strong>chiedo scusa</strong> is used to politely excuse yourself from a situation.</p>
<p>Let’s imagine you’re at a party and you’re talking to a group of people. You see someone you meant to talk to and you want to go and chat with them. In this situation you can say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Chiedo scusa, devo andare a parlare con Antonio.</strong><br />
<em>Excuse me, I need to go and speak to Antonio.</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary of apologising &amp; asking permission in Italian</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33139 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-109-blog-922x1024.png" alt="Coffee Break Italian Show - Apologising and asking permission in Italian" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-109-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-109-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-109-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-109-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Now you can apologise in Italian!</h2>
<p><strong>Ecco qui!</strong> That was a glimpse into the various ways to apologise in Italian.</p>
<p>Remember that the Italian language is rich in nuances, and choosing the right expression can make a difference in your daily interactions. We hope this information has been helpful, and you can put it into practice in your next Italian adventures.</p>
<p>For a little extra practice, download the free worksheet below, and see how much you’ve learned about a<span style="font-weight: 400;">pologising and asking permission in Italian.</span></p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We will be regularly uploading more episodes for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/657830bd1585de00123d4ee2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/">How to apologise and ask for permission in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-apologise-and-ask-for-permission-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Which prepositions are used with cities and countries?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2023 16:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>As a French learner, deciding which preposition to use with locations, such as cities and countries, can be frustrating. Getting to grips with why we make these choices will help us make the correct decision. The Coffee Break French Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language ... <a title="Which prepositions are used with cities and countries?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/" aria-label="More on Which prepositions are used with cities and countries?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/">Which prepositions are used with cities and countries?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As a French learner, deciding which preposition to use with locations, such as cities and countries, can be frustrating. Getting to grips with why we make these choices will help us make the correct decision.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max explore the nuances of using prepositions before cities, countries, islands and continents.</p>
<p>We hope that you find this article useful as your roadmap to prepositions for cities and countries in French. Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Cities</h2>
<p>In French, cities generally take the preposition <strong>à</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tu habites à Paris ?</strong><br />
<em>Do you live in Paris?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je veux aller à New York.</strong><br />
<em>I want to go to New York.</em></p>
<p>However, there are a few points to remember. As you may know, <strong>à</strong> + <strong>le</strong> becomes <strong>au</strong>, so cities starting with <strong>Le</strong> (for example <strong>Le Caire</strong> &#8211; Cairo) require a contraction after <strong>à</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’habite au Caire.</strong><br />
<em>I live in Cairo.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je vais au Mans.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to Le Mans.</em></p>
<p>These contractions apply exclusively to cities that begin with <strong>Le</strong>. Other well-known examples are <strong>Le Cap</strong> (Cape Town) and the French port town of<strong> Le Havre</strong>.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">You may have noticed something crucial from all of these examples: <strong>à</strong> can translate as &#8220;in&#8221; or &#8220;to&#8221;. There is only one option for the preposition in French, covering the idea of both being &#8220;in&#8221; and going &#8220;to&#8221; a city.</p>
<h2>Countries</h2>
<p>Describing countries in French involves a bit more nuance.</p>
<h3>Feminine countries</h3>
<p>For feminine countries (usually these can be spotted because they end in <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>e</strong>), the preposition <strong>en</strong> is used. These include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en France</strong><br />
<em>in / to France</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Espagne</strong><br />
<em>in / to Spain</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Argentine</strong><br />
<em>in / to Argentina</em></p>
<h3>Masculine countries</h3>
<p>On the other hand, masculine countries (generally those not ending in <strong>-e</strong>) typically take the preposition <strong>au</strong>. Examples include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>au Portugal</strong><br />
<em>in / to Portugal</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>au Canada</strong><br />
<em>in / to Canada</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>au Chili</strong><br />
<em>in / to Chile</em></p>
<p>Note that some countries’ names end with an <strong>-e</strong> but they are masculine. These all use <strong>au</strong>, similar to other masculine countries. There are six of these exceptions, and they are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Mexique</strong><br />
<em>Mexico</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Bélize</strong><br />
<em>Belize</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Cambodge</strong><br />
<em>Cambodia</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Mozambique</strong><br />
<em>Mozambique</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Suriname</strong><br />
<em>Suriname</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Zimbabwe</strong><br />
<em>Zimbabwe</em></p>
<h3>Countries starting with a vowel</h3>
<p>There is another exception for countries starting with a vowel. Regardless of gender, <strong>en</strong> is used. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Uruguay</strong><br />
<em>in / to Uruguay</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Afghanistan</strong><br />
<em>in / to Afghanistan</em></p>
<h3>Plural countries</h3>
<p>When it comes to plural forms, gender becomes irrelevant, and the preposition <strong>aux</strong> is applied. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>aux États-Unis</strong><br />
<em>in / to the USA</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>aux Philippines</strong><br />
<em>in / to the Philippines</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>aux Pays-Bas</strong><br />
<em>in / to the Netherlands</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33118 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-109-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-109-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-109-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-109-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-109.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Islands</h2>
<p>The rule for islands is straightforward. Singular islands take <strong>à</strong>, while plural islands take <strong>aux</strong>. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>à Madagascar</strong><br />
<em>in / to Madagascar</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>aux Maldives</strong><br />
<em>in / to the Maldives</em></p>
<h2>Continents</h2>
<p>Finally, continents in French take the preposition <strong>en</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Europe</strong><br />
<em>in / to Europe</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Afrique</strong><br />
<em>in / to Africa</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>en Asie</strong><br />
<em>in / to Asia</em></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p>We hope that you now feel more confident using prepositions with place names in French.</p>
<p>Remember these key points and you will have a good start:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>à</strong> for cities and islands</li>
<li><strong>en</strong> for feminine countries, all countries starting with a vowel, and continents</li>
<li><strong>au</strong> for masculine countries (except those that begin with a vowel)</li>
<li><strong>aux</strong> for plural countries and islands</li>
</ul>
<p>Remember, we all make mistakes, and French speakers will still understand you if you get this wrong. However, the more you master using prepositions with places, the more comfortable you will be and the more natural you will sound when you speak French.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p><strong>Bonne chance et bon voyage !</strong></p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6576e67932da91001252b35a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/">Which prepositions are used with cities and countries?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/which-prepositions-are-used-with-cities-and-countries/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use &#8216;a&#8217; and &#8216;the&#8217; in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Dec 2023 16:15:13 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33093</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use a and the in English? These little words are called articles. They can be difficult to use correctly, because they are used in different ways in different languages, and in some languages they don’t exist at all! The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly ... <a title="When to use &#8216;a&#8217; and &#8216;the&#8217; in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/" aria-label="More on When to use &#8216;a&#8217; and &#8216;the&#8217; in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/">When to use &#8216;a&#8217; and &#8216;the&#8217; in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>a</strong> and <strong>the</strong> in English?</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These little words are called </span>articles<span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span>They can be difficult to use correctly, because they are used in different ways in different languages, and in some languages they don’t exist at all!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Mark talk about when to use <strong>a</strong> and <strong>the</strong> to talk about general and specific things.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at <strong>a</strong> and <strong>the</strong>. Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>‘A’ and ‘the’ for singular nouns</h2>
<h3>‘A’ for singular, non-specific things</h3>
<p>We use the article <strong>a</strong> in front of singular nouns. <strong>A</strong> is an indefinite article, and we use it to describe something that is not specific, or something general. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I saw a dog yesterday.</em><br />
= this is not a specific dog, and it’s the first time I have mentioned it</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Can you give me a pen, please?</em><br />
= I am not asking for a specific pen, I just need any pen available to write something</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>A cheetah can run very fast.</em><br />
= we are not talking about one specific cheetah, we are saying that, in general, cheetahs can run fast</p>
<p>Watch out! If the noun begins with a vowel (<strong>a, e, i, o, u</strong>) we use <strong>an</strong> instead of <strong>a</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She picked an apple from the tree.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You have to take an aeroplane to get to the USA.</em></p>
<h3>‘The’ for singular, specific things</h3>
<p>We can also use the article <strong>the</strong> in front of singular nouns. <strong>The</strong> is a definite article, and we use it to describe something specific, instead of something general. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I saw a dog yesterday. The dog was cute.</em><br />
= the second time I mention the dog, I use <strong>the</strong>, because we know which specific dog I am talking about &#8211; it’s the dog that I saw yesterday</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Did you watch the match last night?</em><br />
= Mark and Josie both follow the same sport or team, so when Josie asks this, they both know which specific match she is talking about</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The restaurant next to my apartment is really good.</em><br />
= I am talking about a specific restaurant &#8211; I know exactly where it is</p>
<h3>‘The’ for unique things</h3>
<p>We also use <strong>the</strong> for things of which there is only one. These things are unique:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>the sky</strong><br />
e.g. <em>The sky is blue.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>the Internet</strong><br />
<em>e.g. I’ll look it up on the Internet.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>the Earth</strong><br />
<em>e.g. The Earth orbits the sun.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>the sun</strong><br />
<em>e.g. The sun rises in the east.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>the moon</strong><br />
<em>e.g. The moon is beautiful tonight.</em></p>
<h3>‘A’ for jobs and professions</h3>
<p>We use <strong>a</strong> when we talk about someone’s job. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m a teacher.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He is a doctor.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Are you a nurse?</em></p>
<h2>‘The’ or no article for plural nouns</h2>
<p>How’s it going so far? Get some more tea or coffee if you need to! Remember, in front of plural nouns we never use <strong>a</strong>. <strong>A</strong> is only for singular nouns. For plural nouns we use <strong>the</strong> or no article at all.</p>
<h3>No article for plural, general things</h3>
<p>When we talk about general or non-specific things in the plural form, we don’t use an article. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I love horror films.</em><br />
= I love horror films in general, all horror films</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Do you have pets?</em><br />
= Josie doesn’t know if Mark has pets, so she can’t be specific when she asks this question</p>
<h3>No article for uncountable, general things</h3>
<p>Uncountable nouns are things that we don’t count individually, and which we think of as one mass. Some examples are <strong>water</strong>, <strong>rice</strong>, <strong>pasta</strong>, <strong>time</strong> and <strong>information</strong>. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m thirsty, I need to drink water.</em><br />
= I don’t want some specific water, I just want any available water</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I need information about the project.</em><br />
= I’m not asking for some specific information, I just want to know something about the project</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Pasta tastes delicious with tomato sauce.</em><br />
= I am saying that all pasta tastes delicious with tomato sauce, and I am not talking about a specific pasta dish that I have eaten</p>
<h3>‘The’ for specific things (plural and uncountable)</h3>
<p>As we mentioned earlier, when we talk about specific, singular things, we use the article <strong>the</strong>. We also use <strong>the</strong> for specific things when they are plural or uncountable. These examples are all connected to previous examples in this blog post, so you can scroll up and compare them if you need to:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The horror films that I watched last week were very scary.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The dogs that I know are friendly.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The information that you gave me is clear.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The water that comes from my tap is delicious.</em></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33103 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-108-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-108-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-108-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-108-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-108.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising <strong>the</strong> and <strong>a</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6570a03ae8850f0011aaa373" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/">When to use &#8216;a&#8217; and &#8216;the&#8217; in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-a-and-the-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>6 Spanish words that change meaning with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 16:15:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33061</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>¿Está bueno o es bueno? Are both of these phrases correct? Do they mean the same thing? As a Spanish learner, at times, it can be difficult to know when to use ser and when to use estar to translate &#8220;to be&#8221;. And did you know that there are some adjectives that have a different meaning depending on ... <a title="6 Spanish words that change meaning with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/" aria-label="More on 6 Spanish words that change meaning with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/">6 Spanish words that change meaning with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>¿Está bueno o es bueno?</strong> Are both of these phrases correct? Do they mean the same thing?</p>
<p>As a Spanish learner, at times, it can be difficult to know when to use <strong>ser </strong>and when to use <strong>estar </strong>to translate &#8220;to be&#8221;. And did you know that there are some adjectives that have a different meaning depending on whether they are used with <strong>ser</strong> or <strong>estar</strong>?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Mark and Concha continue to look at the verbs <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, but this time discussing how the choice of verb can change the meaning of some words.</p>
<p>This episode is the second part of a double episode all about these two verbs, and in our previous episode we discussed how and when to use <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong> in Spanish. So, before we start, if you haven’t already watched that episode, or read its accompanying blog article, you can find it <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p><strong>Si está todo preparado, ¡vamos a ello!</strong></p>
<h2>What changes with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;?</h2>
<p>There are some adjectives in Spanish whose meaning changes a little bit when we use <strong>ser</strong> instead of <strong>estar</strong>. That is to say, although we would translate <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong> as &#8220;to be&#8221; in English in both cases, the adjective that accompanies them changes its meaning.</p>
<p>As we begin this discussion, we need to keep two things in mind:</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all adjectives have this <strong>ser/estar </strong>change in meaning.</li>
<li>For adjectives that don&#8217;t fall into this category, it’s helpful to remember the <strong>ser </strong>and <strong>estar</strong> rules that Mark and Concha taught us in <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the previous episode</a>, so that you know whether to use the adjective with <strong>ser </strong>or <strong>estar</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>So, what are these adjectives? One of our personal favourites is <strong>aburrido/a</strong>. <strong>Ser aburrido/a</strong> means &#8220;to be boring&#8221;, but <strong>estar aburrido/a</strong> is &#8220;to be bored&#8221;. So, be careful next time you want to say you are bored! Let&#8217;s see this in an example sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La película es muy aburrida y ahora estamos aburridos.</strong><br />
<em>The film is very boring and now we are bored.</em></p>
<p>However, it&#8217;s not quite as simple as equating English -ing vs -ed adjectives with <strong>ser</strong> vs <strong>estar</strong>, so let&#8217;s look at some further examples and see what happens when some other adjectives are used with <strong>ser </strong>and <strong>estar</strong>.</p>
<h2>Abierto/a</h2>
<p><strong>Ser abierto/a </strong>and <strong>estar abierto/a </strong>can both be translated as &#8220;to be open&#8221;, but in two different senses. Let&#8217;s look at this in some example sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar abierto/a</strong><br />
<em>to be open</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La tienda está abierta hasta las once.</strong><br />
<em>The store is open until eleven.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser abierto/a</strong><br />
<em>to be open / outgoing</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi padre es muy abierto: puede hablar con todo tipo de personas.</strong><br />
<em>My father is very open, he can talk to all kinds of people.</em></p>
<h2>Listo/a</h2>
<p>The adjective <strong>listo/a </strong>can carry two very different meanings, depending on whether it is used with <strong>ser </strong>or <strong>estar</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar listo/a</strong><br />
<em>to be ready</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>En cinco minutos estaré lista.</strong><br />
<em>In five minutes, I’ll be ready.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser listo/a</strong><br />
<em>to be witty / clever</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Es muy lista y por eso aprende muy rápido.</strong><br />
<em>She is very smart and that is why she learns very quickly.</em></p>
<h2>Bueno/a</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s turn our attention to one very commonly used adjective.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar bueno/a</strong><br />
<em>to be delicious</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Esta paella está muy buena, ¿quién la ha hecho?</strong><br />
<em>This paella is very tasty. Who made it?</em></p>
<p>Note that in Latin America, if we are talking about an experience such as a show, film or trip, we use <strong>estar bueno/a</strong>, too. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Las vacaciones pasadas estuvieron buenas.</strong><br />
<em>Our last holiday was good.</em></p>
<p><strong>Bueno/a </strong>is used with <strong>ser </strong>in slightly different contexts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser bueno/a</strong><br />
<em>to be good quality, to be good for you</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Este ordenador es muy bueno. Tiene cinco años y aún funciona perfectamente.</strong><br />
<em>This computer is very good. It&#8217;s five years old and still works perfectly.</em></p>
<p><strong>¡Ojo!</strong> Don&#8217;t confuse the adjective <strong>bueno</strong> (&#8220;good&#8221;) with the adverb <strong>bien</strong> (&#8220;well&#8221;). While we can use <strong>bueno/a</strong> with both <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, we can only use <strong>bien</strong> with <strong>estar</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Estoy muy bien.</strong><br />
<em>I’m very well.</em></p>
<h2>Malo/a</h2>
<p>Now for the opposite of <strong>bueno/a</strong>: <strong>malo/a</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar malo/a</strong><br />
<em>to be in bad condition</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Creo que este queso está malo, huele muy fuerte.<br />
</strong> <em>I think this cheese is off – it smells very strong.</em></p>
<p><strong>Estar malo/a</strong> can also mean &#8220;to be sick&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hugo no fue a clase porque estaba malo.</strong><br />
<em>Hugo didn&#8217;t go to class because he was sick.</em></p>
<p>Like with <strong>bueno/a</strong>, in Latin America, if we are talking about an experience such as a show, film or trip, we use <strong>estar malo/a</strong>, too. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>No estuvo malo, ¿no creen?</strong><br />
<em>It wasn&#8217;t bad, don&#8217;t you think?</em></p>
<p><strong>Ser malo/a</strong>, on the other hand, is used in different contexts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser malo/a</strong><br />
<em>to be bad</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Espero que el tiempo mañana no sea malo.</strong><br />
<em>I hope the weather tomorrow isn&#8217;t bad.</em></p>
<p><strong>¡Ojo!</strong> Pay special attention to one difference between the adjective <strong>malo/a</strong> (&#8220;bad&#8221;) and the adverb <strong>mal</strong> (&#8220;badly / wrong&#8221;). While we can use <strong>malo/a</strong> with both <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, we can only use <strong>mal</strong> with <strong>estar</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Este ejercicio está mal.</strong><br />
<em>This exercise is wrong.</em></p>
<h2>Orgulloso/a</h2>
<p>When <strong>orgulloso/a</strong> is used with <strong>estar</strong>, it generally has a positive connotation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar orgulloso/a</strong><br />
<em>to be proud</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hijo, ¡qué orgullosos estamos de ti, no tienes ni idea!</strong><br />
<em>Son, we are so proud of you, you have no idea!</em></p>
<p>When <strong>orgulloso/a</strong> is used with <strong>ser</strong>, however, it generally has a negative connotation, and can convey arrogance or feeling full of yourself.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser orgulloso/a</strong><br />
<em>to be prideful</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>¡Ay, Pepa, no seas tan orgullosa y dame un abrazo!</strong><br />
<em>Oh, Pepa, don&#8217;t be so proud and give me a hug!</em></p>
<h2>Reservado/a</h2>
<p><strong>Reservado/a </strong>can be translated as &#8220;reserved&#8221;, whether it&#8217;s used with <strong>ser </strong>or <strong>estar</strong>. However, in English we used &#8220;reserved&#8221; in two quite different contexts. In Spanish, this difference is shown through the choice of verb. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estar reservado/a</strong><br />
<em>to be booked / reserved</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lo siento señora, esta mesa está reservada. Puede sentarse en esta otra.</strong><br />
<em>Sorry ma&#8217;am, this table is reserved. You can sit at this other one.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser reservado/a</strong><br />
<em>to be discreet / reserved (in personality)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Luis es muy reservado, nunca nos cuenta nada.</strong><br />
<em>Luis is very reserved, he never tells us anything.</em></p>
<h2>Here’s something interesting</h2>
<p>There are some adjectives that can be equally used with <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, and their meaning doesn’t change. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>soltero/a</strong><br />
<em>single</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>casado/a</strong><br />
<em>married</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>divorciado/a</strong><br />
<em>divorced</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>viudo/a</strong><br />
<em>widowed</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>jubilado/a</strong><br />
<em>retired</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33088 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-108-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-108-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-108-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-108-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbs-show-108-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p>Pay special attention to how you use <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong> and you will be well on your way to fixing one of the most common mistakes made by Spanish learners.</p>
<p>We hope you found this post interesting. Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6571b29ee8850f001114b5dc" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/">6 Spanish words that change meaning with &#8216;ser&#8217; and &#8216;estar&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/6-spanish-words-that-change-meaning-with-ser-and-estar/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.19 &#124; Offering drinks in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-19-offering-drinks-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-19-offering-drinks-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2023 16:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33064</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we’re moving on to the topic of drinks so you can enjoy a Gaelic coffee break! You’ll learn the words for different types of drinks in Gaelic and how to ask and answer the question “what do you want?”</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-19-offering-drinks-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.19 | Offering drinks in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we’re moving on to the topic of drinks so you can enjoy a Gaelic coffee break! You’ll learn the words for different types of drinks in Gaelic and how to ask and answer the question “what do you want?”</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65706772e8cbf30012120fc5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-19-offering-drinks-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.19 | Offering drinks in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbga-1-19-offering-drinks-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; constructions in German</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2023 16:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33047</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>There are various ways the infinitive form of verbs can be used in German: on their own as an infinitive, with zu, or with um &#8230; zu. Remember that the infinitive form of a verb is the base form that you would find in a dictionary. The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of ... <a title="&#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; constructions in German" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/" aria-label="More on &#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; constructions in German">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/">&#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; constructions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There are various ways the infinitive form of verbs can be used in German: on their own as an infinitive, with <strong>zu</strong>, or with <strong>um &#8230; zu</strong>.</p>
<p>Remember that the infinitive form of a verb is the base form that you would find in a dictionary.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas discuss how to use the infinitive form of verbs in German sentences.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>How do you use the infinitive in German?</h2>
<p>Using the correct form of verbs in German will ensure that you are understood. There are several occasions when you would want to use the verb in the infinitive, but what are they?</p>
<p>There are three ways to use the infinitive form of verbs in sentences in German:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use the infinitive on its own</li>
<li>Use <strong>zu</strong> + the infinitive</li>
<li>Use <strong>um … zu</strong> + the infinitive</li>
</ul>
<p>Let’s look at these one by one.</p>
<h2>Infinitive verbs on their own</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s take the following verb as our example infinitive:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>verbessern</strong><br />
<em>to improve</em></p>
<p>This is the infinitive form on its own and it is the form you will see in a dictionary. It remains in this form, no matter what the tense is.</p>
<p>We would see the verb used in this form with auxiliary verbs, for example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir werden unser Deutsch verbessern.</strong><br />
<em>We will improve our German.</em></p>
<p>You also see this when the infinitive form of a verb is combined with a modal verb. They don’t require a <strong>zu</strong> clause, as they operate as auxiliary verbs combined with an infinitive. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir müssen üben.</strong><br />
<em>We have to practise.</em></p>
<h2>The infinitive with &#8216;zu&#8217;</h2>
<p>Sometimes when the infinitive form of the verb is in a sentence, we need <strong>zu</strong> with the infinitive. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir vergessen jedes mal, die Fenster zu schließen.</strong><br />
<em>We forget to close the windows every time.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Du hast mir versprochen, dein Zimmer aufzuräumen.</strong><br />
<em>You promised me that you would tidy your room.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er freut sich dich wieder zu sehen.</strong><br />
<em>He is looking forward to seeing you again.</em></p>
<p>In the podcast episode, Thomas points out that in these sentences there is usually a comma separating the two parts of the sentence &#8211; the part containing the <strong>zu</strong> + infinitive is in a &#8220;separate clause&#8221; from the main clause.</p>
<p>A great way to think about this is that the sentences that need <strong>zu</strong> with the infinitive ask &#8220;what?&#8221;.</p>
<p>From the examples above, think about the question &#8220;what did we forget?&#8221;, &#8220;what did you promise?&#8221;, and &#8220;what is he looking forward to?&#8221;. The answer always involves &#8220;to…&#8221;, so in the above examples, the answers will be &#8220;to close the windows&#8221;, &#8220;to tidy the room&#8221;, and &#8220;to see you again&#8221;.</p>
<h2>Sentences with ‘um … zu’</h2>
<p>If the <strong>zu</strong> + infinitive construction answers the question &#8220;what?&#8221;, the <strong>um … zu</strong> + infinitive construction answers the question &#8220;why?&#8221; or &#8220;for what purpose?&#8221;. This construction is often translated as &#8220;in order to&#8221; in English. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie fahren nach München, um ihre Oma zu besuchen.</strong><br />
<em>They are travelling to Munich to see their granny.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe Tomaten kaufen, um einen Salat zu machen.</strong><br />
<em>I am going to buy tomatoes to make a salad.</em></p>
<p>Note that there is a comma between the two parts of the sentence, just as we saw with the <strong>zu</strong> + infinitive construction.</p>
<h2>&#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; combined</h2>
<p>In the episode, Thomas points out that both <strong>zu</strong> + infinitive and <strong>um … zu</strong> + infinitive can appear in one sentence. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Heute lernen wir, Infinitivsätze zu benutzen, um unser Deutsch noch zu verbessern.</strong><br />
<em>Today, we are learning to use infinitive sentences to improve our German.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Morgen werden wir noch mehr Infinitivsätze benutzen, um unser Deutsch noch mehr zu verbessern.</strong><br />
<em>Tomorrow, we will use even more infinitive sentences to improve our German even more.</em></p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33051 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-108-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-108-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-108-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-108-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbg-show-108-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope this has helped you become more confident in knowing when to use the infinitive in your German conversations.</p>
<p>Don’t be afraid to make mistakes &#8211; it’s all part of the language-learning journey and the more you practise using these constructions in German, the more natural they will become.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show.</em> This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/65708b1bee848100122ecabe" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/">&#8216;Zu&#8217; and &#8216;um &#8230; zu&#8217; constructions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/zu-and-um-zu-constructions-in-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce ‘gli’ in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 16:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33025</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever found yourself tongue-tied when trying to pronounce the Italian sound gli? You&#8217;re not alone! Gli is considered one of the trickiest sounds to master in Italian, mainly because it&#8217;s not commonly found in many other languages. But there&#8217;s no need to worry, as there are some techniques that you can learn to help ... <a title="How to pronounce ‘gli’ in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce ‘gli’ in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/">How to pronounce ‘gli’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever found yourself tongue-tied when trying to pronounce the Italian sound <strong>gli</strong>?</p>
<p>You&#8217;re not alone! <strong>Gli </strong>is considered one of the trickiest sounds to master in Italian, mainly because it&#8217;s not commonly found in many other languages. But there&#8217;s no need to worry, as there are some techniques that you can learn to help you pronounce this sound, which we&#8217;re going to look at today.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Francesca unravel the mystery of how to pronounce <strong>gli</strong>.</p>
<p>This sound is not confined to the definite article <strong>gli</strong>, as you will also find it in other words like <strong>figlio</strong> (&#8220;son&#8221;), <strong>scoglio</strong> (&#8220;rock / cliff&#8221;), <strong>maniglia</strong> (&#8220;handle&#8221;) and, yes, even<strong> tagliatelle</strong>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>What&#8217;s the difference between ‘GLI’ and &#8216;L&#8217;?</h2>
<p>If you want to perfect your pronunciation, you’ll have to do some tongue gymnastics. Just like when you are serious about going to the gym, for example, you need to train your mind to understand what is going on and the muscles that you are moving.</p>
<p>Let’s learn how to pronounce the sound <strong>gli</strong> by looking at a similar sound: <strong>l</strong>. Try to pronounce the following words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>filo<br />
</strong> <em>thread</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>pala</strong><br />
<em>shovel, spade</em></p>
<p>Be conscious of what is happening in your mouth. Your tongue is behind your teeth and to the front of the palate.</p>
<p>Now let’s try to pronounce <strong>gli</strong>. Focus on the movement we’ve observed when saying<strong> l</strong>. Try to spread your tongue across the palate, taking up more space, and push it a little bit more towards your front teeth. You should feel a little bit of breath coming from the sides of your mouth.</p>
<p>In the podcast episode, Francesca shares a useful tip to help you pronounce <strong>gli</strong>: try to smile!</p>
<h2>Let’s practise &#8216;gli&#8217;</h2>
<p>Now let’s practise by reading these words out loud:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>figli</strong><br />
<em>children, sons</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mogli</strong><br />
<em>wives</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scogli</strong><br />
<em>rocks, cliffs</em></p>
<p>Note that you can have another vowel after the sound <strong>gli</strong>. In these cases, the letter <strong>i</strong> is there for phonetic reasons, so you shouldn’t emphasise the <strong>i</strong> while pronouncing these words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>figlio</strong><br />
<em>child, son</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>coniglio</strong><br />
<em>rabbit</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>moglie</strong><br />
<em>wife</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>foglie</strong><br />
<em>leaves</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tovaglia</strong><br />
<em>tablecloth</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>voglia</strong><br />
<em>desire, want</em></p>
<p>You should now feel the difference between words containing <strong>gli</strong> or<strong> l</strong>. For example, try pronouncing the following pairs of words to feel the difference:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fili<br />
</strong><em>threads</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>figli</strong><br />
<em>children, sons</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scoli</strong><br />
<em>you drain</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>scogli</strong><br />
<em>rocks, cliffs</em></p>
<h2><strong>&#8216;Gli&#8217; at the start of a word </strong></h2>
<p>Francesca and Mark also mention that the sound <strong>gli</strong> is never at the start of a word, unless it’s the definite article or the pronoun <strong>gli</strong>. (Speaking of the article <strong>gli</strong>, our previous episode of <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show </em>was all about Italian definite articles, so if you&#8217;d like more information on this, you can find the episode by clicking <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.)</p>
<p>When the letters <strong>gli </strong>come at the beginning of a word, we pronounce a hard <strong>g </strong>sound. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>glicine</strong><br />
<em>wisteria</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>glissare</strong><br />
<em>to skirt (an issue), to move forward, to gloss over</em></p>
<p>In these examples, the combination of the letters <strong>gl</strong> (without an <strong>i</strong>) is pronounced with a hard <strong>g </strong>sound, just like in the following words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>inglese</strong><br />
<em>English</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gladiatore</strong><br />
<em>gladiator</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>glutine</strong><br />
<em>gluten</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>globo</strong><br />
<em>globe</em></p>
<h2>Regional differences</h2>
<p>One more point to note: in certain regions of Italy, for example in the Marche region, people pronounce <strong>gli</strong> differently, similar to the sound of &#8220;y&#8221; at the beginning of words in English.</p>
<h2>Ecco fatto</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33028 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-108-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-108-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-108-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-108-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbi-show-108-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>There you have it, our crash course on mastering the Italian <strong>gli</strong> sound.</p>
<p>We hope you found this lesson informative and helpful as you embark on your Italian pronunciation journey. Remember, while it may seem challenging at first, with practice and a keen ear, you&#8217;ll soon find yourself pronouncing <strong>gli</strong> like a native speaker.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Francesca on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We will be regularly uploading more episodes for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/656efb43de25a00012d04790" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/">How to pronounce ‘gli’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/how-to-pronounce-gli-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.19 &#124; Travelling by public transport</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2023 16:15:46 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33042</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>This lesson of Coffee Break Portuguese is all about travel. Join Rafael and Ava to learn the phrases you need to know when dealing with travel situations in a Portuguese-speaking country, including using public transport and buying travel tickets. We&#8217;ll also listen to a practice dialogue set in a train station and hear from Catarina ... <a title="CBP 1.19 &#124; Travelling by public transport" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.19 &#124; Travelling by public transport">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/">CBP 1.19 | Travelling by public transport</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This lesson of Coffee Break Portuguese is all about travel. Join Rafael and Ava to learn the phrases you need to know when dealing with travel situations in a Portuguese-speaking country, including using public transport and buying travel tickets. We&#8217;ll also listen to a practice dialogue set in a train station and hear from Catarina in today&#8217;s <strong>Cafezinho com Catarina</strong>, in which she tells us a little more about the Azores.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/656f270ff43b7c001140622d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/">CBP 1.19 | Travelling by public transport</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/cbp-1-19-travelling-by-public-transport/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Practising relative pronouns: &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2023 16:15:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=33003</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing when to use qui and when to use que is a tricky topic for many French learners. In this article we&#8217;re going to practise qui and que to help you know when to use each of them. The Coffee Break French Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, ... <a title="Practising relative pronouns: &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/" aria-label="More on Practising relative pronouns: &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/">Practising relative pronouns: &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Knowing when to use <strong>qui </strong>and when to use <strong>que </strong>is a tricky topic for many French learners.</p>
<p>In this article we&#8217;re going to practise <strong>qui </strong>and <strong>que </strong>to help you know when to use each of them.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max continue their discussion of <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> and how to choose between them when speaking French. This episode is the second part of a double episode on this topic. So, before we start, if you haven’t already watched our other episode on this topic, or read its accompanying blog article, you can find it <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>Let’s start with a quick recap.</p>
<h2>‘Qui’ replaces a subject</h2>
<p>When replacing a subject, <strong>qui</strong> connects actions to the subject. For instance, pay attention to how <strong>qui </strong>is used to connect the following sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je téléphone à mon ami. Mon ami habite à Londres.</strong><br />
<em>I’m phoning my friend. My friend lives in London.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je téléphone à mon ami qui habite à Londres.</strong><br />
<em>I’m phoning my friend who lives in London.</em></p>
<h2>‘Que’ replaces a direct object</h2>
<p><strong>Que</strong>, on the other hand, replaces a direct object. Let&#8217;s compare the following sentences to see how <strong>que </strong>can be introduced in order to link two sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai mangé un gâteau. Le gâteau est au chocolat.</strong><br />
<em>I’ve eaten a cake. The cake is a chocolate cake.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le gâteau que j’ai mangé est au chocolat.</strong><br />
<em>The cake that I’ve eaten is a chocolate cake.</em></p>
<p>And remember, when the word following <strong>que</strong> starts with a vowel, <strong>que</strong> becomes <strong>qu’</strong>.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-33006 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-108-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-108-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-108-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-108-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbf-show-blog-108.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Let’s practise ‘qui’ and ‘que’</h2>
<p>In this podcast episode, Mark and Max put theory into practice with a fill-in-the-gaps exercise. Let’s have a look at the text they tackle:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">J&#8217;ai un ami _ habite dans une petite maison _ j&#8217;adore visiter. Il a un chien _ je trouve très mignon. Le chien, _ j&#8217;ai rencontré hier, est très joueur. Mon ami, _ est passionné par la musique, joue du piano _ ses parents lui ont offert. Il a une sœur _ je connais depuis l&#8217;enfance. Sa sœur, _ est médecin, travaille dans un hôpital _ je n&#8217;ai jamais visité. Mon ami et sa sœur ont des parents _ sont très sympathiques. Les parents, _ j&#8217;ai rencontrés hier soir, m&#8217;ont invité à dîner ce week-end. C&#8217;est une famille _ j&#8217;apprécie énormément.</p>
<p>Our tip is that when you find yourself in a situation where you have to pick between <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong>, the very next word can help you make your choice. If the word that follows is a subject (e.g. <strong>je</strong>, <strong>tu</strong>, <strong>il</strong>, <strong>mon frère</strong>, <strong>Jeanne et Serge</strong>), choose <strong>que</strong>. If the next word is a conjugated verb or a pronoun, it is most likely to be <strong>qui</strong>.</p>
<p>Have a go at making the paragraph flow more naturally by using <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong>. You can check your answers at the end of this blog article, along with the English translation.</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p>Remember, when faced with the choice between <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong>, let the context guide you. It may help you to memorise pairs of examples, like the ones used in this episode.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Don’t worry if you make mistakes with <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong>, French speakers will still understand you. The important thing is to practise and you will improve. Embrace the learning process, practise regularly, and soon, the distinctions between <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> will become second nature.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here is the full paragraph with the gaps completed with <strong>qui </strong>and <strong>que</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">J&#8217;ai un ami <strong>qui</strong> habite dans une petite maison <strong>que</strong> j&#8217;adore visiter. Il a un chien <strong>que</strong> je trouve très mignon. Le chien, <strong>que</strong> j&#8217;ai rencontré hier, est très joueur. Mon ami, <strong>qui</strong> est passionné par la musique, joue du piano <strong>que</strong> ses parents lui ont offert. Il a une sœur <strong>que</strong> je connais depuis l&#8217;enfance. Sa sœur, <strong>qui</strong> est médecin, travaille dans un hôpital <strong>que</strong> je n&#8217;ai jamais visité. Mon ami et sa sœur ont des parents <strong>qui</strong> sont très sympathiques. Les parents, <strong>que</strong> j&#8217;ai rencontrés hier soir, m&#8217;ont invité à dîner ce week-end. C&#8217;est une famille <strong>que</strong> j&#8217;apprécie énormément.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s an English translation:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I have a friend who lives in a small house that I love to visit. He has a dog whom* I find very cute. The dog, whom I met yesterday, is very playful. My friend, who is passionate about music, plays the piano that his parents gave him. He has a sister whom I have known since childhood. His sister, who is a doctor, works in a hospital that I have never visited. My friend and his sister have parents who are very friendly. The parents, whom I met last night, invited me to dinner this weekend. It&#8217;s a family that I greatly appreciate.</em></p>
<p>*Note that while “whom” is strictly the correct word to use when referring to the object of the sentence in English, outside formal contexts we very often hear “who” being used instead nowadays.</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/656dcbec4af87f0012e02eea" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/">Practising relative pronouns: &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/practising-relative-pronouns-qui-and-que/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use ‘in’, ‘on’ or ‘at’ with time</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 01 Dec 2023 16:15:53 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32983</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use in, on, and at in English? These little words are called prepositions. They can be difficult to use correctly, because they appear very often, and there aren’t many rules to follow! The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some ... <a title="When to use ‘in’, ‘on’ or ‘at’ with time" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/" aria-label="More on When to use ‘in’, ‘on’ or ‘at’ with time">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/">When to use ‘in’, ‘on’ or ‘at’ with time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>in</strong>, <strong>on</strong>, and <strong>at</strong> in English?</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These little words are called </span>prepositions<span style="font-weight: 400;">. They can be difficult to use correctly, because they appear very often, and there aren’t many rules to follow!</span></p>
<p><em>The</em> <i>Coffee Break English Show</i> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Maurizio talk about the rules for when to use <b>in</b>, <b>on</b>, and <b>at </b>when we talk about time, and they give examples to help you understand.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at <strong>in</strong>, <strong>on</strong>, and <strong>at</strong>!</p>
<h2>‘In’ for general time periods</h2>
<p>We use the preposition <strong>in</strong> to talk about general, or &#8220;big&#8221; time periods. Here are some examples of these time periods.</p>
<h3>‘In’ for years</h3>
<p>We use <strong>in</strong> with years. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I went on holiday in 2023.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He was born in 1995.</em></p>
<h3>‘In’ for decades and centuries</h3>
<p>We also use <strong>in</strong> to talk about decades (groups of 10 years) and centuries (groups of 100 years). Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I was born in the 1990s.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The Beatles became popular in the 1960s.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are in the 21st century.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The first man walked on the moon in the 20th century.</em></p>
<h3>‘In’ for months and seasons</h3>
<p>When we are talking about months and seasons in the year, we also use <strong>in</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We usually go on holiday in June.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>School starts in September.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>My birthday is in the summer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>It sometimes snows in the winter.</em></p>
<h3>‘In’ for times of the day</h3>
<p>We also use <strong>in</strong> when we are talking generally about times of the day. Let&#8217;s see some more examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The sun rises in the morning.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I usually exercise in the afternoon.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He always takes a shower in the evening.</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">Watch out! We say <strong>in the morning</strong>, <strong>in the evening</strong>, and <strong>in the afternoon</strong>. But we don’t say <strong><del>in the night</del></strong>, we say <strong>at night</strong>.</p>
<h2>‘On’ for more specific periods of time</h2>
<p>Are you following so far? Maybe you need a refill of tea or coffee! Let&#8217;s continue…</p>
<p>We use the preposition <strong>on</strong> to talk about time periods that are less general than those with <strong>in</strong>. Here are some examples of these time periods.</p>
<h3>‘On’ for days of the week and times within days of the week</h3>
<p>We use <strong>on</strong> to talk about days of the week. We also use <strong>on</strong> when we mention times of the day within a specific day of the week.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">A good rule to follow is: if we use the name of the day, we must use <strong>on</strong>.</p>
<p>Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I do yoga on Mondays.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Let’s meet up on Saturday.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>On Sunday mornings she gets up late.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are going out on Friday night.</em></p>
<h3>‘On’ for special days</h3>
<p>We also use <strong>on</strong> to talk about special days, like holidays and festivals. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I eat lots of food on Christmas Day.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>On Valentine’s Day, lots of people send cards and flowers.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We always have a big party on New Year’s Eve.</em></p>
<p>Watch out! We only use <strong>on</strong> with special days when the name includes the words <strong>day</strong> or <strong>eve</strong>. For holiday periods, we use <strong>at</strong>. This is explained in more detail later in the article.</p>
<h3>‘On’ for dates</h3>
<p>We use <strong>on</strong> for dates. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>My birthday is on June the 10th.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The election will be on the 21st of October.</em></p>
<h2>‘At’ for the most specific periods of time</h2>
<p>So far, we have looked at <strong>in</strong> for general periods of time, and <strong>on</strong> for more specific periods of time. Finally, let’s focus on <strong>at</strong>. We use <strong>at</strong> for periods of time that are even more specific, and &#8220;smaller&#8221; than those with <strong>in</strong> and <strong>on</strong>.</p>
<h3>‘At’ for times</h3>
<p>We use <strong>at</strong> to talk about precise times. Let&#8217;s see some more examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I finish work at 4 o’clock.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>My nephew was born at 10.32 am.</em></p>
<p>We also use <strong>at</strong> to talk about specific points in the day. These may happen at different times. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He always gets up at sunrise.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The beach is beautiful at sunset.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I talk to my colleagues at lunchtime.</em></p>
<h3>‘At’ for holiday and festival periods</h3>
<p>Earlier in this article, we learned about using <strong>on</strong> for holidays and special days, like <strong>on Christmas Day</strong>. But when we talk about holidays and festival periods, without using the words <strong>day</strong> or <strong>eve</strong>, we use <strong>at</strong>. Let’s look at a few examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We always take time off work at Christmas.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>At Diwali, lots of people decorate their homes with lights.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m visiting my family at Ramadan this year.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32986 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-107-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-107-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-107-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-107-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/cbe-show-blog-107.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>It’s your turn!</h2>
<p>Now, let’s practise! Here are three questions. Answer them so that they are true for you, using <strong>in</strong>, <strong>on</strong>, or <strong>at</strong>. Some possible answers are at the end of this blog post, but don’t look until you’ve thought about your answers!</p>
<ol>
<li>What time do you start work?</li>
<li>When is your birthday?</li>
<li>When do you watch TV during the day?</li>
</ol>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Josie and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising <strong>in</strong>, <strong>on</strong>, and <strong>at</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are some possible answers to the test.</p>
<ol>
<li>I usually start work at about 8.30 am, but on Fridays I start at 9 am.</li>
<li>My birthday is on the 10th of May. I was born in 1995.</li>
<li>I usually watch TV in the evenings or at night, and I never watch TV in the mornings.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6568b6049bd5d3001318e5aa" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/">When to use ‘in’, ‘on’ or ‘at’ with time</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/12/when-to-use-in-on-or-at-with-time/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use ‘ser’ and ‘estar’ in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 16:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32964</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>¿Ser o estar? That is the question. As you may already know, in Spanish there are two verbs that translate as &#8220;to be&#8221;, and knowing which to choose in each situation can be one of the biggest challenges for Spanish learners. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to ... <a title="When to use ‘ser’ and ‘estar’ in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on When to use ‘ser’ and ‘estar’ in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/">When to use ‘ser’ and ‘estar’ in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>¿Ser o estar?</strong> That is the question.</p>
<p>As you may already know, in Spanish there are two verbs that translate as &#8220;to be&#8221;, and knowing which to choose in each situation can be one of the biggest challenges for Spanish learners.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Mark and Concha help us to better understand these two verbs and decide in which moments to use <strong>ser</strong> and when to choose <strong>estar</strong>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Identity and circumstance</h2>
<p>It is often taught that <strong>ser</strong> is used to describe something that is permanent and <strong>estar</strong> is for something that is temporary. In the episode, Concha proposes a different way to think about this:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ser</strong> &#8211; identity (as opposed to permanent)<br />
<strong>estar</strong> &#8211; circumstance (as opposed to temporary)</p>
<h2>Ser</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the following description of Concha’s cousin and consider why we use <strong>ser</strong> in this situation:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi prima es española, es rubia, es guapa y es estudiante.<br />
</strong><em>My cousin is Spanish, blonde, pretty and she&#8217;s a student.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>Here, <strong>ser</strong> is used because we are identifying Concha’s cousin. Not only are we describing her nationality (<strong>es española</strong>) and her physical traits (<strong>es rubia, es guapa</strong>), but we are also saying what she does (<strong>es estudiante</strong>). It’s like playing ‘Guess who?’.</p>
<p>However, let’s focus on <strong>es estudiante</strong>, because here is where things get interesting. At the time we are describing Concha’s cousin, she is a student, but she will become a lawyer in a couple of years. <strong>Entonces</strong>, if it’s not something permanent, <strong>¿por qué usamos ser?</strong> Well, we use <strong>ser </strong>because at the time of the description, she identifies herself as a student &#8211; she is not a lawyer yet!</p>
<p>This is a great example of why saying that <strong>ser</strong> is ‘identity’ can sometimes be a more useful way of thinking about it than ‘permanent’.</p>
<h2>Estar</h2>
<p>Another example will help us here, so that we can compare <strong>ser</strong> with <strong>estar</strong>. Let’s imagine Mark has a friend called Roberta, and he tells us:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Roberta es alta, es rubia y es simpática.</strong><br />
<em>Roberta is tall, blonde and friendly.</em></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s say the same Roberta decided to change her hair, and when Concha saw her for the first time, she was not very friendly with her. Then, Concha would tell us:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Roberta es alta, es pelirroja y es antipática.</strong><br />
<em>Roberta is tall, red-haired and unfriendly.</em></p>
<p>Mark saw her that very same day, but his description would be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Roberta es alta, está pelirroja y está antipática.</strong><br />
<em>Roberta is tall, red-haired and unfriendly.</em></p>
<p>As we can see, Mark has changed <strong>ser</strong> for <strong>estar</strong>. He says <strong>está pelirroja</strong> because he knows she used to be blonde, and he says <strong>está antipática</strong> because Roberta is a nice person, but that day she wasn’t as nice as usual.</p>
<p>These two changes in the verb are because the circumstances have changed for Mark (but not for Concha) and now Roberta has red hair and is unfriendly.</p>
<p>We can clearly see this contrast in these sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>El cielo es azul pero hoy está gris.</strong><br />
<em>The sky is blue but today it&#8217;s grey.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La sala es grande y hoy está llena.</strong><br />
<em>The room is big but today it’s full.</em></p>
<p>You might notice that <strong>hoy</strong> (&#8220;today&#8221;) helps to show that the meaning of something is circumstantial and may change.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32969 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-107-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-107-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-107-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-107-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-107-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>¡Hora de practicar!</h2>
<p>Now it&#8217;s time to test yourself!<strong> ¡Vamos a ponernos a prueba!</strong> Translate the following sentences into Spanish. You’ll find the answers at the end of the article.<strong> ¡Mucha suerte!</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><em>Pedro is a healthy boy, but today he is sick.</em></li>
<li><em>Normally, you are serious, but today you are funny. </em>(Use either <strong>tú</strong> or <strong>usted</strong>.)</li>
</ol>
<p>We hope that you found this article useful. Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. In our next episode, we&#8217;ll be continuing with this topic and we&#8217;ll be exploring situations in which the choice of <strong>ser </strong>or <strong>estar </strong>changes the meaning of a phrase. Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> so that you know when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Keep practising using <strong>ser</strong> and <strong>estar</strong>, and whenever you&#8217;re unsure which to use, just think about whether it&#8217;s a question of identity or circumstance.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>Pedro is a healthy boy, but today he is sick. &#8211; </em><strong>Pedro es un chico sano pero hoy está enfermo.</strong></li>
<li><em>Normally, you are serious, but today you are funny. &#8211; </em><strong>Normalmente, eres serio, pero hoy estás gracioso. / Normalmente, es serio, pero hoy está gracioso.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/6568a2176e8b4c0012787e09" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/">When to use ‘ser’ and ‘estar’ in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-ser-and-estar-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Compound nouns &#8211; breaking down long German words</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 Nov 2023 16:15:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32947</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>You may have already come across some long German words in your experience as a German learner &#8211; and they can be very long! Why does this happen? It’s mostly because German allows us to join different words together to form a new one, called a compound word. The Coffee Break German Show is a ... <a title="Compound nouns &#8211; breaking down long German words" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/" aria-label="More on Compound nouns &#8211; breaking down long German words">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/">Compound nouns &#8211; breaking down long German words</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You may have already come across some long German words in your experience as a German learner &#8211; and they can be very long!</p>
<p>Why does this happen? It’s mostly because German allows us to join different words together to form a new one, called a compound word.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Thomas and Olivera discuss how to construct and understand German compound words.</p>
<p>They discuss the rules for forming these words by looking at the most common group of them – the compound nouns.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>What are compound nouns?</h2>
<p>Let’s start off with a couple of examples of compound nouns, so that you can see what they are and how they work:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Stachelschwein (der Stachel + das Schwein)<br />
</strong><em>porcupine</em><em> </em> (<em>spike + pig)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Bahnhof (die Bahn + der Hof)</strong><br />
<em>the railway station  (railway + yard)</em></p>
<p>An important tip is to start by looking at the last word in the chain of words. This is useful for a number of reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>This last part determines the gender of the noun.</li>
<li>It also determines how you would form the plural.</li>
<li>It gives the greatest clue as to what you are talking about (often the words before it just narrow down details or qualify that last part).</li>
</ul>
<p>Let’s take a few compound nouns that have the same ending. You can see how the first part of each word gives the details that differentiate the nouns from one another:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Sprachschule</strong><br />
<em>language school</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Grundschule</strong><br />
<em>primary school</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Hauptschule</strong><br />
<em>high school</em></p>
<p>Note that compound nouns can contain other elements than just nouns. This includes verbs, adjectives, and prepositions. However, the last element is always a noun.</p>
<p>Let’s look at some examples of these.</p>
<h2>Nouns formed with adjectives</h2>
<p>Here are some examples of compound nouns formed with an adjective:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Hochhaus</strong><br />
<em>skyscraper (literally, &#8220;high house&#8221;)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Feinschmecker</strong><br />
<em>gourmet (literally, &#8220;fine taster&#8221;)</em></p>
<h2>Nouns formed with verbs</h2>
<p>The following compound nouns are formed using a verb:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Schwimmunterricht</strong><br />
<em>swimming lesson</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Sprechblase</strong><br />
<em>speech bubble</em></p>
<h2>Nouns formed with more than two words</h2>
<p>It is also common to have compound nouns formed with more than two words. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Geburtstagsgeschenk  (Geburt + Tag + Geschenk)</strong><br />
<em>birthday present  (birth + day + present)</em></p>
<p>To make the compound noun plural, you only have to make the last word plural. So, in the case of the previous example, it would be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Geburtstagsgeschenke</strong><br />
<em>birthday presents</em></p>
<p>There are also some compound nouns that are made up of two or more individual parts and which don’t make sense if you translate them literally, but instead are used as metaphors. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>die Saukälte</strong><br />
<em>really cold</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der Mordsspaß</strong><br />
<em>a lot of fun</em></p>
<h2>Time to test yourself</h2>
<p>Let’s work out the meaning of the following compound nouns. When you&#8217;re ready, scroll down to the bottom of the article to find the answers.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>der Marmeladenglasverschluss</strong></li>
<li><strong>der Haustürschlüssel</strong></li>
<li><strong>die Donaudampfschiffahrtselektrizitätenhauptbetriebswerkbauunterbeamtengesellschaft</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32955 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-107-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-107-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-107-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-107-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-107-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Although they can seem daunting, once you get the hang of compound nouns in German, you will find them quite natural. It’s all about practice!</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Thomas and Olivera on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to our challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>der Marmeladenglasverschluss </strong>&#8211; <em>jam jar lid</em></li>
<li><strong>der Haustürschlüssel </strong>&#8211; <em>house / front door key</em></li>
<li><strong>die Donaudampfschiffahrtselektrizitätenhauptbetriebswerkbauunterbeamtengesellschaft</strong> &#8211; <em>Association for subordinate officials of the main maintenance building of the Danube steam shipping electrical services<br />
</em>This one was even a challenge for Thomas and Olivera, so well done if you managed to piece together even some of the elements. This word is a great example of just how long German compound nouns can be!</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to our podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/6567487a46897a00135433a4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/">Compound nouns &#8211; breaking down long German words</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/compound-nouns-breaking-down-long-german-words/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How do you say &#8220;the&#8221; in Italian?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 16:15:36 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32932</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How do we translate &#8220;the&#8221; into Italian? There are, in fact, seven options, and it depends on the grammatical gender (masculine or feminine) and the number (singular or plural) of the noun. The Coffee Break Italian Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the ... <a title="How do you say &#8220;the&#8221; in Italian?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/" aria-label="More on How do you say &#8220;the&#8221; in Italian?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/">How do you say &#8220;the&#8221; in Italian?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do we translate &#8220;the&#8221; into Italian?</p>
<p>There are, in fact, seven options, and it depends on the grammatical gender (masculine or feminine) and the number (singular or plural) of the noun.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Francesca talk about everything you need to know about Italian definite articles.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>Let’s see the rules to follow to choose the right definite article in Italian every time!</p>
<h2>&#8220;The&#8221; with singular Italian nouns</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with singular nouns.</p>
<p>We have to take into account whether the grammatical gender of the noun is masculine or feminine. Then, when it comes to masculine nouns, the first letter or letters of the word also play into which definite article to choose.</p>
<h3>Masculine singular</h3>
<h3>il</h3>
<p>We use <strong>il</strong> for most masculine singular nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> il ragazzo</strong><br />
<em>the boy</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il libro</strong><br />
<em>the book</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il pesce<br />
</strong><em>the fish</em></p>
<h3>lo</h3>
<p>We use <strong>lo</strong> for masculine singular nouns starting with <strong>s</strong>+consonant, <strong>z</strong>, <strong>y</strong>, <strong>x</strong>, <strong>ps</strong>, <strong>pn</strong>, <strong>gn</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> lo studente</strong><br />
<em>the student</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo spettacolo</strong><br />
<em>the show</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo scatolone</strong><br />
<em>the big box</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo gnocco</strong><br />
<em>the potato dumpling</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo gnomo<br />
</strong><em>the gnome</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo psicologo<br />
</strong><em>the psychologist</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo zaino</strong><br />
<em>the rucksack</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo zucchero</strong><br />
<em>the sugar</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo yogurt</strong><br />
<em>the yoghurt</em></p>
<h3>l&#8217;</h3>
<p>We use <strong>l’</strong> for masculine singular nouns starting with a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> l’amico</strong><br />
<em>the (male) friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’elefante</strong><br />
<em>the elephant</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’ombrello</strong><br />
<em>the umbrella</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’uomo</strong><br />
<em>the man</em></p>
<h3>Feminine singular</h3>
<h3>la</h3>
<p>We use <strong>la</strong> for most feminine singular nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la ragazza</strong><br />
<em>the girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la penna</strong><br />
<em>the pen</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la stazione</strong><br />
<em>the station</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la zia</strong><br />
<em>the aunt</em></p>
<h3>l&#8217;</h3>
<p>We also use <strong>l’</strong> for feminine singular nouns starting with a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> l’amica</strong><br />
<em>the (female) friend</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’Italia</strong><br />
<em>Italy</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’uva</strong><br />
<em>the grape</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’emozione</strong><br />
<em>the emotion</em></p>
<h2>&#8220;The&#8221; with plural Italian nouns</h2>
<p>With plural nouns, we also have to take into account whether they are masculine or feminine, and the letter with which they begin.</p>
<h3>Masculine plural</h3>
<h3>i</h3>
<p>We use <strong>i</strong> (plural of <strong>il</strong>) for most masculine plural nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> i ragazzi</strong><br />
<em>the boys</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>i libri</strong><br />
<em>the books</em></p>
<h3>gli</h3>
<p>We use <strong>gli</strong> (plural of <strong>lo</strong> and<strong> l’</strong>) for masculine plural nouns starting with <strong>s</strong>+consonant, <strong>z</strong>, <strong>y</strong>, <strong>x</strong>, <strong>ps</strong>, <strong>pn</strong>, <strong>gn</strong>, or a vowel. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> gli studenti</strong><br />
<em>the students</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli zaini</strong><br />
<em>the rucksacks</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli gnocchi</strong><br />
<em>the potato dumplings</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli psicologici</strong><br />
<em>the psychologists</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli amici</strong><br />
<em>the friends (male or mixed group)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli elefanti</strong><br />
<em>the elephants</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli ombrelli</strong><br />
<em>the umbrellas</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli uomini</strong><br />
<em>the men</em></p>
<h3><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32936 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h3>
<h3>Feminine plural</h3>
<h3>le</h3>
<p>We use <strong>le</strong> (plural of<strong> la</strong> and <strong>l’</strong>) for all feminine plural nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> le ragazze</strong><br />
<em>the girls</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le penne</strong><br />
<em>the pens</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le amiche<br />
</strong><em>the (female) friends</em></p>
<h3><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32937 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-107-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h3>
<h2>When to use the definite article in Italian</h2>
<p>Let’s look at some situations in which the definite article is used in Italian but not in English.</p>
<p>In Italian, you use the article with:</p>
<h3>Continents, countries, states, nations, regions</h3>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Francia</strong><br />
<em>France</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Regno Unito</strong><br />
<em>the UK</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>gli Stati Uniti</strong><br />
<em>the USA</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lo Sri Lanka</strong><br />
<em>Sri Lanka</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Toscana</strong><br />
<em>Tuscany</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Sicilia</strong><br />
<em>Sicily</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Piemonte</strong><br />
<em>Piedmont</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le Marche</strong><br />
<em>Marche</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Texas</strong><br />
<em>Texas</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Devon</strong><br />
<em>Devon</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Cornovaglia</strong><br />
<em>Cornwall</em></p>
<h3>Rivers, mountains, seas, lakes, volcanoes, islands</h3>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Po</strong><br />
<em>the Po</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Tamigi</strong><br />
<em>the Thames</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la Senna</strong><br />
<em>the Seine</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>il Monte Bianco</strong><br />
<em>Mont Blanc</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>l’Everest</strong><br />
<em>Everest</em></p>
<p>We would see the definite article being used in the following sentence, for example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L’Italia è un bellissimo paese.</strong><br />
<em>Italy is a beautiful country.</em></p>
<p>However, in Italian, you don’t use the article with cities. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Roma</strong><br />
<em>Rome</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Torino</strong><br />
<em>Turin</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Napoli</strong><br />
<em>Naples</em></p>
<p>Note that there are some exceptions. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La Spezia</strong><br />
<em>La Spezia</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Il Cairo</strong><br />
<em>Cairo</em></p>
<p>It’s worth noting that you do use the definite article before a city when you want to talk about its football club. For example: <strong>la Roma</strong>, <strong>il Torino</strong>, <strong>il Napoli</strong>.</p>
<h2>È tutto per oggi!</h2>
<p>While this might seem like a lot of information, these little words are used all the time in Italian, so you will gradually get used to seeing and using them.</p>
<p>The best way to improve is to try to put them into practice and remember: if you make mistakes, that&#8217;s a normal part of learning. Italian speakers will be likely to still understand you, anyway.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full podcast episode that accompanies this blog article with Mark and Francesca on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6565fcd1f7e6aa001266ec8f" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/">How do you say &#8220;the&#8221; in Italian?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-do-you-say-the-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use ‘qui’ and ‘que’: French relative pronouns</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 Nov 2023 16:41:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32892</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between qui and que? Both qui and que are relative pronouns &#8211; designed to replace a noun in a sentence &#8211; yet, each has its distinct role. When to use qui and when to use que is one of the questions we get asked the most by our Coffee Break French community. So, let’s explore both ... <a title="When to use ‘qui’ and ‘que’: French relative pronouns" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/" aria-label="More on When to use ‘qui’ and ‘que’: French relative pronouns">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/">When to use ‘qui’ and ‘que’: French relative pronouns</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between <strong>qui </strong>and <strong>que</strong>?</p>
<p>Both <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> are relative pronouns &#8211; designed to replace a noun in a sentence &#8211; yet, each has its distinct role.</p>
<p>When to use <strong>qui </strong>and when to use <strong>que </strong>is one of the questions we get asked the most by our Coffee Break French community. So, let’s explore both words so that we can better understand when to use each of them.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max discuss the meaning of <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> and how to choose between them when speaking French.</p>
<p>Grasping the subtle differences between <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> is a key step towards mastering French grammar. Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Using ‘qui’ to replace a subject</h2>
<p>Starting with <strong>qui</strong>, this relative pronoun comes into play when replacing a subject &#8211; the thing that is carrying out the action of a verb. <strong>Qui </strong>can mean &#8220;who&#8221;, &#8220;which&#8221; or &#8220;that&#8221;.</p>
<p>For example, consider the following sentences.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je parle à mon frère. Mon frère habite à Toulouse.</strong><br />
<em>I am speaking to my brother. My brother lives in Toulouse.</em></p>
<p>By combining them, you get:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je parle à mon frère qui habite à Toulouse.</strong><br />
<em>I’m speaking to my brother who lives in Toulouse.</em></p>
<div class="c-scrollbar__hider" role="presentation" data-qa="slack_kit_scrollbar">
<div class="c-scrollbar__child" role="presentation">
<div class="c-virtual_list__scroll_container" role="list" data-qa="slack_kit_list" aria-label="max (direct message, away)">
<div id="1701083871.786929" class="c-virtual_list__item" tabindex="0" role="listitem" aria-setsize="-1" data-qa="virtual-list-item" data-item-key="1701083871.786929">
<div class="c-message_kit__background c-message_kit__background--hovered p-message_pane_message__message c-message_kit__message p-message_pane_message__message--last" role="presentation" data-qa="message_container" data-qa-unprocessed="false" data-qa-placeholder="false">
<div class="c-message_kit__hover c-message_kit__hover--hovered" role="document" aria-roledescription="message" data-qa-hover="true">
<div class="c-message_kit__actions c-message_kit__actions--above">
<div class="c-message_kit__gutter">
<div class="c-message_kit__gutter__right" role="presentation" data-qa="message_content">
<div class="c-message_kit__blocks c-message_kit__blocks--rich_text">
<div class="c-message__message_blocks c-message__message_blocks--rich_text" data-qa="message-text">
<div class="p-block_kit_renderer" data-qa="block-kit-renderer">
<div class="p-block_kit_renderer__block_wrapper p-block_kit_renderer__block_wrapper--first">
<div class="p-rich_text_block" dir="auto">
<div class="p-rich_text_section">
<p>The use of <b data-stringify-type="bold">qui</b> helps to link the two sentences together. The brother is the person carrying out the action that follows in the next part of the sentence (in this case, living). This means that he is the subject of the verb <strong>habiter</strong>. So, when <strong>mon </strong><strong>frère</strong> is replaced by a relative pronoun (to replace &#8220;my brother&#8221; with &#8220;who&#8221;) the relative pronoun has to be <strong>qui</strong>.</p>
<h2>Using ‘que’ to replace a direct object</h2>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s turn our attention to <strong>que</strong>, which replaces a direct object &#8211; the thing that is receiving the action of a verb. <strong>Que </strong>can mean &#8220;which&#8221;, &#8220;that&#8221; or &#8220;whom&#8221;.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the following sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai acheté un manteau. Le manteau est blanc.</strong><br />
<em>I bought a coat. The coat is white.</em></p>
<p>When merged, you get:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Le manteau que j’ai acheté est blanc.</strong><br />
<em>The coat that I bought is white.</em></p>
<p>Here, <strong>que</strong> replaces the direct object <strong>le manteau</strong>. This helps with clarity and conciseness.</p>
<p>The coat is the thing that is being bought. This means that it is the object of the verb <strong>acheter</strong>. So, when <b>le manteau</b> is replaced by a relative pronoun (to replace &#8220;the coat&#8221; with &#8220;that&#8221; or &#8220;which&#8221;) the relative pronoun has to be <strong>que</strong>.</p>
<p>Note that when preceding a vowel, <strong>que</strong> transforms into<strong> qu&#8217;</strong>. <strong>Qui</strong>, on the other hand, never changes when preceding a vowel.</p>
<h2>A useful tip</h2>
<p>In the episode, Mark shares a useful tip to help you know when to use <strong>qui </strong>and when to use <strong>que</strong>.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">If the relative pronoun is followed immediately by a verb or a pronoun (for example, <strong>habiter</strong>, <strong>être </strong>or <strong>me</strong>, <strong>lui</strong>, <strong>y</strong>) then it is most likely to be <strong>qui</strong>. If the relative pronoun is followed immediately by a subject (for example, <strong>Jean</strong>, <strong>mon frère</strong>, <strong>je</strong>) then it has to be <strong>que</strong>.</p>
<h2>More examples of &#8216;qui&#8217; and &#8216;que&#8217;</h2>
<p>To solidify our understanding, let’s explore a couple of additional examples.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai un ami qui parle allemand et qui habite à Berlin.</strong><br />
<em>I have a friend who speaks German and lives in Berlin.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est le film que j’ai regardé hier et que j’ai adoré.<br />
</strong><em>It&#8217;s the film that I watched yesterday and loved.</em></p>
<p>These examples highlight the versatility of <strong>qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> in constructing meaningful and precise sentences.</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32905 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-107-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-107-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-107-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-107-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-107.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Sho</em>w. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p><strong>Qui</strong> and <strong>que</strong> are linguistic tools that will help you sound more confident when communicating in French. Keep exploring, keep learning, and enjoy the journey of mastering the French language!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6564784385f70b001224e21d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
</div>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/">When to use ‘qui’ and ‘que’: French relative pronouns</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-to-use-qui-and-que-french-relative-pronouns/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Question tags: when to say ‘is it?’ at the end of a sentence</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 24 Nov 2023 16:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32708</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use is it? at the end of a phrase in English? Is it? is a question tag. Question tags can be a little difficult to use in English, but once you understand the rules, they are very useful. The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly ... <a title="Question tags: when to say ‘is it?’ at the end of a sentence" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/" aria-label="More on Question tags: when to say ‘is it?’ at the end of a sentence">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/">Question tags: when to say ‘is it?’ at the end of a sentence</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>is it?</strong> at the end of a phrase in English?</p>
<p><strong>Is it?</strong> is a question tag. Question tags can be a little difficult to use in English, but once you understand the rules, they are very useful.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Mark talk about the rules for how to use question tags, and give some examples to practise.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>So, now we can start looking at question tags, <em>can’t we</em>?</p>
<h2>How to use question tags</h2>
<p>Question tags are like &#8220;mini-questions&#8221;, which we add onto the end of phrases or sentences to check that the information we are giving is correct.</p>
<p>For example, if I think it is not raining outside, but I want to check that I am right, I can say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>It’s not raining, is it?</em></p>
<p><strong>Is it?</strong> is a question tag. All question tags are made of a verb and the subject from the main sentence.</p>
<p>When the first verb in the sentence is in the negative form, the question tag is in the affirmative form, like in the example above. However, when the first verb is in the affirmative form, the question tag is in the negative form, like this:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>It’s raining outside, isn&#8217;t it?</em></p>
<p>Now, let’s talk about how to make question tags. The rules depend on the first verb in the main sentence.</p>
<h2>Question tags with the verb ‘be’</h2>
<p>When the first verb in the main sentence is <strong>be</strong>, this is the verb that we use in the question tag. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She is a doctor, isn’t she?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are not late, are we?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You’re going running this evening, aren’t you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m not wrong, am I?</em></p>
<h2>Question tags with modal verbs and auxiliary verbs</h2>
<p>When the first verb in the main sentence is a modal verb or an auxiliary verb, we use this verb in the question tag.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Remember, modal verbs are verbs that we put before the main verb, to add a &#8220;flavour&#8221; of meaning, like possibility, obligation, or probability. Some examples are <strong>must</strong>, <strong>should</strong>, <strong>can</strong>, <strong>would</strong> and <strong>will</strong>.</p>
<p>Auxiliary verbs are verbs that we use to build verb tenses, like <strong>have</strong>.</p>
<p>Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You can speak Spanish, can’t you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You can’t tap dance, can you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We should shut the door, shouldn’t we?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I shouldn’t go to bed late, should I?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You have been to Paris, haven’t you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We haven’t seen that movie, have we?</em></p>
<h2>Question tags with present simple verbs</h2>
<p>When the first verb in the main sentence is in the present simple, we use <strong>do</strong>, <strong>does</strong>, <strong>don’t</strong> or <strong>doesn’t</strong> in the question tag. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You like pizza, don’t you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He doesn’t play the piano, does he?</em></p>
<h2>Question tags with past simple verbs</h2>
<p>When the first verb in the main sentence is in the past simple, we use <strong>did</strong> or <strong>didn’t</strong> in the question tag. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You read that book, didn’t you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You didn’t go to Spain, did you?</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32874 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-106-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-106-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-106-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-106-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-106.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>It’s your turn, isn’t it?</h2>
<p>Now, let’s practise! Here are five sentences. Complete each of them with a question tag. The answers are at the end of this blog post, but don’t look until you’ve thought about the answers!</p>
<ol>
<li>Mark is from Scotland, &#8230; ?</li>
<li>You don&#8217;t like fish, &#8230; ?</li>
<li>You can speak ten languages, &#8230; ?</li>
<li>Josie has never been skiing, &#8230; ?</li>
<li>They went to Manchester at the weekend, &#8230; ?</li>
</ol>
<h2>We’ve not finished already, have we?</h2>
<p>Question tags can be difficult to think of fast when you are speaking, so why not review the rules and write your own example sentences using question tags?</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising question tags! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the test.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">1. Mark is from Scotland, <strong>isn’t he</strong>?<br />
2. You don&#8217;t like fish, <strong>do you</strong>?<br />
3. You can speak ten languages, <strong>can’t you</strong>?<br />
4. Josie has never been skiing, <strong>has she</strong>?<br />
5. They went to Manchester at the weekend, <strong>didn’t they</strong>?</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/6560c540a0ec7100126e1395" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/">Question tags: when to say ‘is it?’ at the end of a sentence</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/question-tags-when-to-say-is-it-at-the-end-of-a-sentence/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to know which syllable to stress in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2023 16:15:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32705</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When it comes to Spanish pronunciation, some aspects of it are relatively easy to get your head around. However, at times, things can get a little tricky when it comes to knowing which syllable to stress when pronouncing a word in Spanish. Like in English, the stress of words is not always on the same ... <a title="How to know which syllable to stress in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on How to know which syllable to stress in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/">How to know which syllable to stress in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When it comes to Spanish pronunciation, some aspects of it are relatively easy to get your head around. However, at times, things can get a little tricky when it comes to knowing which syllable to stress when pronouncing a word in Spanish.</p>
<p>Like in English, the stress of words is not always on the same syllable. On top of this, what happens with the accents when written? Have you ever wondered why some words have an accent on the stressed vowel and why other words don’t?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Mark and Concha look at where the stress can be in a Spanish word and learn when to use accent marks on vowels.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>To make this easier, we can divide all Spanish words into four categories, depending on which syllable of a word is stressed.</p>
<h2>1 &#8211; aguda</h2>
<p>When a word has the stress on the final syllable, it is called <strong>aguda</strong>. <strong>Agudas</strong> have an accent on the vowel of the final syllable when the word ends in <strong>-n</strong>, <strong>-s</strong> or a vowel. Here are some examples of <strong>agudas</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mujer<br />
</strong><em>woman<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>muJER</strong>, but there’s no accent because it ends in <strong>-r</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ajedrez<br />
</strong><em>chess<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>ajeDREZ</strong>, but there’s no accent because the word ends in <strong>-z</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>televisión<br />
</strong><em>television</em><br />
The stress is <strong>televiSIÓN</strong>, and there’s an accent because it ends in <strong>-n</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>interés<br />
</strong><em>interest<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>inteRÉS</strong>, and there’s an accent because it ends in <strong>-s</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>café<br />
</strong><em>coffee<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>caFÉ</strong>, and there’s an accent because it ends in a vowel.</p>
<h2>2 &#8211; llana</h2>
<p>When a word has the stress on the second-last syllable, it is called <strong>llana</strong>. <strong>Llanas</strong> have an accent on the penultimate syllable when the word doesn’t end in <strong>-n</strong>, <strong>-s</strong> or a vowel. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>volumen<br />
</strong><em>volume<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>voLUmen</strong>, and there’s no accent because the word ends in <strong>-n</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>estatuas<br />
</strong><em>statues</em><br />
The stress is <strong>esTAtuas</strong>, and there’s no accent because the word ends in <strong>-s</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>caja<br />
</strong><em>box<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>CAja</strong>, and there’s no accent because the word ends in a vowel.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>dólar<br />
</strong><em>dollar<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>DÓlar</strong>, and there’s an accent because the word ends in <strong>-r</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>móvil<br />
</strong><em>mobile<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>MÓvil</strong>, and there’s an accent because the word ends in <strong>-l</strong>.</p>
<h2>3 &#8211; esdrújula</h2>
<p>When a word is stressed in the third-to-last syllable, it is called <strong>esdrújula</strong>. <strong>Esdrújulas</strong> always have an accent showing the stressed syllable. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>música<br />
</strong><em>music<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>MÚsica</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>América<br />
</strong><em>America<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>aMÉrica</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>miércoles<br />
</strong><em>Wednesday<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>MIÉRcoles</strong>.</p>
<p class="newtextbox"><strong>¡Cuidado!</strong> Sometimes, forming the plural of a word can add another syllable, making the word require an accent when before it didn’t need one.</p>
<p>Here’s an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>examen<br />
</strong><em>exam<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>eXAmen</strong>, so it’s <strong>llana</strong> and it doesn’t have an accent because it ends in <strong>-n</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>exámenes</strong><br />
<em>exams<br />
</em>The stress is <strong>eXÁmenes</strong>, so it’s <strong>esdrújula</strong> and so it does have an accent.</p>
<p>Something similar happens with an infinitive form of the verb when we use more than one pronoun:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>dártelo</strong> (<strong>dar</strong> + <strong>te</strong> + <strong>lo</strong>)<br />
<em>to give it to you</em></p>
<h2>4 &#8211; sobresdrújula</h2>
<p>Occasionally, we are going to find words that are stressed on the fourth-to-last syllable. This type of stress is called <strong>sobresdrújula</strong>. These types of words always have an accent mark and they are often found in verbs with pronouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>devuélvemelo</strong> (<strong>devolver</strong> in the imperative form + <strong>me</strong> + <strong>lo</strong>)<br />
<em>give it back to me</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>comprándotelo</strong> (<strong>comprar</strong> in the gerund form + <strong>te</strong> + <strong>lo</strong>)<br />
<em>buying it for you</em></p>
<p>The other situation where we find this stress pattern is in adverbs ending in <strong>-mente</strong>. When forming adverbs in <strong>-mente</strong>, the adjective retains the same accented syllable as before and so we don’t ever need to add or take away an accent when written. So, that’s why we have:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fácilmente</strong> (<strong>fácil</strong> + <strong>mente</strong>)<br />
<em>easily</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>difícilmente</strong> (<strong>difícil</strong> + <strong>mente</strong>)<br />
<em>with difficulty</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>lentamente</strong> (<strong>lento</strong> + <strong>mente</strong>)<br />
<em>slowly </em></p>
<p><strong>¡Un consejo!</strong> With a very long word, we recommend practising by splitting it into chunks of two or three syllables and saying them out loud individually until you can combine them. <strong>Por ejemplo</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>devuélvemelo</strong> &gt; <strong>devuelve-melo</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>comprándotelo</strong> &gt; <strong>comprando-telo</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32853 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-106-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-106-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-106-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-106-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-106-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>¡Hora de practicar!</h2>
<p>Now it&#8217;s time to put your knowledge to the test! Translate the following phrases into Spanish. Think carefully about where to place any accents and which syllable to stress when saying each word out loud. You&#8217;ll find the answers at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>immediately</em></li>
<li><em>write it (</em><strong>la carta</strong><em>) to me</em></li>
<li><em>say it (</em><strong>el mensaje</strong><em>) to him</em></li>
</ol>
<p>We hope that you found this article useful. Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Scroll down for the answers to the translation challenge. Next time you read a Spanish text pay special attention to the accents and ask yourself: is it <strong>aguda</strong>, <strong>llana</strong>, <strong>esdrújula</strong> or <strong>sobresdrújula</strong>?</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>inmediatamente</strong> (<strong>inmediata</strong> + <strong>mente</strong>)<br />
The adjective<strong> inmediato/a</strong> is <strong>llana</strong> ending in a vowel, so there’s no accent.</li>
<li><strong>escríbemela</strong> (<strong>escribe</strong> + <strong>me</strong> + <strong>la</strong>)</li>
<li><strong>dímelo</strong> (<strong>di</strong> + <strong>me</strong> + <strong>lo</strong>)</li>
</ol>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/655f5b7dc091260012a42f5b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/">How to know which syllable to stress in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-know-which-syllable-to-stress-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>An introduction to German cases</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 16:15:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32774</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When we start to learn German, one of the most important steps is to get our heads around cases of nouns and pronouns. For that reason, it’s time for a crash course on cases in German! The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German ... <a title="An introduction to German cases" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/" aria-label="More on An introduction to German cases">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/">An introduction to German cases</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When we start to learn German, one of the most important steps is to get our heads around cases of nouns and pronouns.</p>
<p>For that reason, it’s time for a crash course on cases in German!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Olivera discuss the four German cases and how to identify and use them.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>What do cases do?</h2>
<p class="newtextbox">Each case serves a different grammatical function and indicates the role a noun or pronoun plays in a sentence.</p>
<p>Let’s look at the four German cases, one by one.</p>
<h2>Nominative case: ‘Nominativ’</h2>
<p>The nominative is used for the subject of a sentence. It represents the &#8220;doer&#8221; or the one performing the action. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><em>Der Lehrer</em> unterrichtet.</strong><br />
<em>The teacher teaches.</em></p>
<p>It&#8217;s also used for predicate nouns (that means nouns that come directly after verbs, for example <strong>sein </strong>and <strong>werden</strong>), indicating a state of being. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><em>Sie</em> ist <em>Lehrerin</em>.</strong><br />
<em>She is a teacher.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><em>Mario</em> ist <em>ein guter Schüler</em>.</strong><br />
<em>Mario is a good student.</em></p>
<h2>Accusative case: ‘Akkusativ’</h2>
<p>The accusative is used for the direct object of a sentence. It represents the noun or pronoun that receives the action of the verb. Let&#8217;s look at some examples. The noun or pronoun that is in the accusative in each German sentence is in italics.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich mag <em>dich</em>.</strong><br />
<em>I like you.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich esse <em>den leckeren Apfel.</em></strong><br />
<em>I am eating the delicious apple.</em></p>
<p>It’s also used after certain prepositions indicating motion or direction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fliegen in <em>den Urlaub.</em></strong><br />
<em>We are flying away on holiday / vacation.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir gehen zu <em>unserer Oma.</em></strong><br />
<em>We are going to our grandma&#8217;s.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren an <em>den See.</em></strong><br />
<em>We are going to the lake.</em></p>
<h2>Dative case: ‘Dativ’</h2>
<p>The dative case is used for the indirect object of a sentence. It represents the noun or pronoun that benefits from the action of the verb. Take a look at the following sentences, where the examples of the dative are in italics:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich helfe <em>dir</em>.</strong><br />
<em>I am helping you.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich schenke <em>meiner Schwester</em> einen Apfel.</strong><br />
<em>I give an apple to my sister.</em> (Note that the direct object, &#8220;apple&#8221;, is in the accusative.)</p>
<p>It’s also used after certain prepositions indicating location, time or direction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das Essen ist <em>im Kühlschrank.</em></strong><br />
<em>The food is in the fridge.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das Buch liegt auf <em>dem Tisch.</em></strong><br />
<em>The book is lying on the table.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir sind<em> im Theater.</em></strong><br />
<em>We are in the theatre.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Die Kinder sind bei <em>den Nachbarn.</em></strong><br />
<em>The children are at the neighbours&#8217; house.</em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Note that in the dative case we add an</span><strong> -n</strong> or <strong>-en</strong> to the end of<span style="font-weight: 400;"> plural nouns, as can be seen in </span><b>Nachbarn</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<h2>Genitive case: ‘Genitiv’</h2>
<p>The genitive case is used to indicate possession, origin or relationships between nouns. This will become clear with some more examples. Again, we&#8217;ve put the nouns that are in the genitive in the German sentences in italics:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Foto <em>des Mädchens</em></strong><br />
<em>the girl&#8217;s photo</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Das ist das Hemd <em>meines Vaters.</em></strong><br />
<em>That is my father&#8217;s shirt.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>der schönste Ort <em>der Welt</em></strong><br />
<em>the most beautiful place in the world</em></p>
<p>Note that when using the genitive case an <strong>-es</strong> or <strong>-s</strong> is added to the end of masculine and neuter nouns, as seen in the examples above: <strong>des Mädchens, meines Vaters</strong>.</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32817 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-106-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-106-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-106-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-106-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-106-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>There is a lot more to discover about cases, but we hope that this article and episode have given you a brief overview to help you get started.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Olivera on <em>The Coffee Break German Show.</em> This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, and we&#8217;ll certainly cover German cases in more detail in future episodes, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/655e1c4fa418810012bfc857" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/">An introduction to German cases</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/an-introduction-to-german-cases/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.18 &#124; What are you doing? &#8211; How to talk about what you are doing in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Nov 2023 16:15:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32864</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time, Susanna and Mark are focusing on how to ask “what are you doing?” in Gaelic. By the end of this lesson, you&#8217;ll not only know how to ask this question, you&#8217;ll also be able to provide a range of answers. You&#8217;ll be one step ... <a title="CBGa 1.18 &#124; What are you doing? &#8211; How to talk about what you are doing in Gaelic" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/" aria-label="More on CBGa 1.18 &#124; What are you doing? &#8211; How to talk about what you are doing in Gaelic">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.18 | What are you doing? &#8211; How to talk about what you are doing in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic! This time, Susanna and Mark are focusing on how to ask “what are you doing?” in Gaelic. By the end of this lesson, you&#8217;ll not only know how to ask this question, you&#8217;ll also be able to provide a range of answers. You&#8217;ll be one step closer to becoming a fluent Gaelic speaker!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/655e0e74a418810012ba94a4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.18 | What are you doing? &#8211; How to talk about what you are doing in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-18-what-are-you-doing-how-to-talk-about-what-you-are-doing-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.18 &#124; Understanding and giving directions – How to give directions in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 17:08:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32847</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 18 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we are talking about how to ask for directions and how to give directions in town. If you haven&#8217;t already listened to episode 8 of our course, we would recommend finding it wherever you&#8217;re listening to this episode, as we&#8217;ll be expanding on what ... <a title="CBP 1.18 &#124; Understanding and giving directions – How to give directions in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.18 &#124; Understanding and giving directions – How to give directions in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.18 | Understanding and giving directions – How to give directions in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 18 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson we are talking about how to ask for directions and how to give directions in town. If you haven&#8217;t already listened to episode 8 of our course, we would recommend finding it wherever you&#8217;re listening to this episode, as we&#8217;ll be expanding on what we learned in that lesson. <strong>Vamos lá!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/655cd2e1571d6b0012af0d15" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.18 | Understanding and giving directions – How to give directions in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-18-understanding-and-giving-directions-how-to-give-directions-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8216;Avere&#8217; expressions practice</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2023 16:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32793</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>There are many expressions in Italian that are used very often, but which you may have to think twice about before translating directly from English. If you want to say that you&#8217;re hungry, for example, it may take a while before it feels natural not to use the verb essere (&#8220;to be&#8221;). In this article ... <a title="&#8216;Avere&#8217; expressions practice" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/" aria-label="More on &#8216;Avere&#8217; expressions practice">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/">&#8216;Avere&#8217; expressions practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There are many expressions in Italian that are used very often, but which you may have to think twice about before translating directly from English. If you want to say that you&#8217;re hungry, for example, it may take a while before it feels natural not to use the verb <strong>essere </strong>(&#8220;to be&#8221;).</p>
<p>In this article we are looking at everyday <strong>avere </strong>expressions. These are expressions that use the verb <strong>avere</strong> in Italian, but whose English equivalent doesn&#8217;t contain the verb &#8220;to have&#8221;.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Francesca and Maurizio discuss the verb <strong>avere</strong> and some of the most common expressions featuring this verb, which don’t translate using &#8220;to have&#8221; in English. This episode is the second part of a double episode on this topic. So, before we start, if you haven’t already watched our other episode on this topic, or read its accompanying blog article, you can find it <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p>When you&#8217;re ready, continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Everyday &#8216;avere&#8217; expressions: a quick recap</h2>
<p>To help you review the expressions we discussed in <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our previous episode and blog article</a>, let’s do a quick recap – <strong>cominciamo con un ripassino!</strong></p>
<p>While in English you use the verb &#8220;to be&#8221; to talk about how old you are, in Italian you have to use the verb <strong>avere</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere _ anni</strong><br />
<em>to be _ years old</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho diciotto anni.<br />
</strong> <em>I’m eighteen years old.</em></p>
<p>The same happens with other expressions, such as:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere caldo<br />
</strong> <em>to be warm / hot</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere freddo</strong><br />
<em>to be cold</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">Remember that you don’t need to worry about gender agreement with these expressions because we are using <strong>avere</strong> and not <strong>essere</strong>. For example, both Francesca and Maurizio would say <strong>ho freddo</strong> or <strong>ho caldo</strong> to say that they&#8217;re feeling cold or warm.</p>
<p>The following expressions also use <strong>avere</strong>, whereas in English they are translated using the verb &#8220;to be&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere fame</strong><br />
<em>to be hungry</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere sete</strong><br />
<em>to be thirsty</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere sonno<br />
</strong> <em>to be sleepy</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Abbiamo sempre sonno.</strong><br />
<em>We are always sleepy.</em></p>
<p>Francesca and Maurizio also mention some other expressions, such as:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere ragione<br />
</strong><em>to be right</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere torto<br />
</strong><em>to be wrong</em></p>
<p>Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tu hai ragione.</strong><br />
<em>You’re right.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Francesca non ha mai torto.</strong><br />
<em>Francesca is never wrong.</em></p>
<p>We also use <strong>avere </strong>to express being in a hurry.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere fretta<br />
</strong><em>to be in a hurry</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho fretta!</strong><br />
<em> I’m in a hurry!</em></p>
<p>To say that you are scared of something, in Italian we literally say that you &#8220;have fear of&#8221; something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere paura (di)</strong><br />
<em>to be scared (of)</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho paura del buio.<br />
</strong><em> I’m scared of the dark.</em></p>
<p>Finally, to say that you need or feel like something, in Italian you literally &#8220;have need of&#8221; or &#8220;have desire of&#8221; something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere bisogno di</strong><br />
<em>to need</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere voglia di</strong><br />
<em>to feel like, to want, to fancy, to crave</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho bisogno di aiuto.</strong><br />
<em>I need help.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho voglia di un gelato.</strong><br />
I’m craving ice cream.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho voglia di leggere un libro.</strong><br />
I feel like reading a book.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32797 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-106-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-106-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-106-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-106-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-106-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Let&#8217;s practise!</h2>
<p>Now it&#8217;s time for <strong>una piccola sfida</strong>, &#8220;a little challenge&#8221;. In the second part of the podcast episode, Francesca and Maurizio challenge each other to use as many <strong>avere </strong>expressions as possible to describe how they feel in each of the scenarios they give each other.</p>
<p>Below are the written versions of the short paragraphs Francesca and Maurizio come up with. Why not have a go yourself and write down your own paragraph for each of the situations presented, fitting in as many <strong>avere </strong>expressions as you can?</p>
<p><strong>Cominciamo!</strong></p>
<h3>Situation 1</h3>
<p><em>It’s a snowy day and you have to go to work.</em></p>
<p>Take a few minutes to write down your own answer, then take a look at what Francesca comes up with below.</p>
<p>Francesca&#8217;s answer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho freddo. Ho voglia di un caffè / tè bollente. Ho bisogno di una giacca pesante. Ho sonno.</strong><br />
<em> I’m cold. I fancy a hot coffee / tea. I need a heavy jacket. I’m sleepy.</em></p>
<h3>Situation 2</h3>
<p><em>You’ve just come back from a hard day at work and you haven’t had your dinner yet.</em></p>
<p>How many <strong>avere </strong>expressions can you use to describe how you feel in this scenario?</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s Maurizio&#8217;s answer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho molta fame. Ho famissima! Ho sonno perché ho lavorato. Ho voglia di una pizza. Ho bisogno di rilassarmi.<br />
</strong><em>I’m very hungry. I’m super hungry! I’m sleepy because I&#8217;ve worked. I’m craving a pizza. I need to relax.</em></p>
<h3>Situation 3</h3>
<p><em>You’re on holiday on a tropical island and the sun is shining.</em></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s what Francesca comes up with:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho caldo. Ho bisogno della crema solare. Ho voglia di uno spritz. E anche probabilmente ho paura di scottarmi.<br />
</strong><em>I’m warm. I need sunscreen. I feel like a spritz. And I’m also probably afraid of getting sunburned.</em></p>
<h3>Situation 4</h3>
<p><em>You’re moving to a new house with a friend of yours.</em></p>
<p>Have a go at writing your answer to this final challenge before looking at Maurizio&#8217;s answer below.</p>
<p>Maurizio&#8217;s answer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho sete. Ho voglia di un bicchiere d’acqua. Devo avere pazienza perché il trasloco è stancante. Ho voglia di fare una festa.<br />
</strong><em> I’m thirsty. I want a glass of water. I have to be patient because moving is tiring. I want to have a party.</em></p>
<h2>È tutto per oggi</h2>
<p><strong>Ed eccoci alla fine!</strong> We hope you enjoyed practising these expressions with <strong>avere</strong>. We&#8217;re sure that they will come in handy in many conversations you&#8217;ll have in Italian.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full podcast episode that accompanies this blog article with Francesca and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to find out when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/655cb6f50020990012e16705" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/">&#8216;Avere&#8217; expressions practice</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/avere-expressions-practice/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering French pronunciation: a comprehensive guide to the letter ‘e’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 16:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32727</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>French pronunciation can be a challenge, but understanding the rules regarding certain vowels and consonant combinations can make all the difference in your language-learning journey. In this article, we&#8217;ll focus on one very common letter than can have different pronunciations, depending on accents and the letters that follow &#8211; the letter e.  The Coffee Break ... <a title="Mastering French pronunciation: a comprehensive guide to the letter ‘e’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/" aria-label="More on Mastering French pronunciation: a comprehensive guide to the letter ‘e’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/">Mastering French pronunciation: a comprehensive guide to the letter ‘e’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">French pronunciation can be a challenge, but understanding the rules regarding certain vowels and consonant combinations can make all the difference in your language-learning journey. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this article, we&#8217;ll focus on one very common letter than can have different pronunciations, depending on accents and the letters that follow &#8211; the letter <strong>e</strong></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max discuss how to pronounce the letter <strong>e</strong> with no accent and how to pronounce <strong>é </strong>and <strong>è</strong>, as well as looking at other letter combinations that create the same sounds.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and be sure to listen along to the podcast episode &#8211; hearing Max’s pronunciation will be essential for you to get the most from this article.</p>
<h2>The sound ‘é’</h2>
<p>The French letter <strong>é</strong>, with an acute accent, maintains a consistent pronunciation &#8211; the sound you hear in the word <strong>café</strong>. This sound is always the same when you encounter the letter <strong>é</strong>. Here are some examples of words containing <strong>é</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>été</strong><br />
<em>summer</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>météo</strong><br />
<em>weather</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>déjeuner</strong><br />
<em>lunch</em></p>
<p>Note, however, that there are other combinations of letters that produce exactly the same sound as the <strong>é</strong>.</p>
<p>We find the <strong>é</strong> sound in infinitive verbs ending in <strong>-er</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>parler</strong><br />
<em>to speak</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>manger</strong><br />
<em>to eat</em></p>
<p>When verbs are conjugated in the <strong>vous</strong> form, the <strong>-ez</strong> ending is also pronounced <strong>é</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>parlez</strong><br />
<em>you speak</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>donnez</strong><br />
<em>you give</em></p>
<p>In three-letter words, the combination <strong>-es</strong> also produces the <strong>é</strong> sound.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>les</strong><br />
<em>the</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>des</strong><br />
<em>of the, some</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mes</strong><br />
<em>my</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tes<br />
</strong><em>your</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ses</strong><br />
<em>his, her</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ces</strong><br />
<em>these, those</em></p>
<h2>The sound ‘è’</h2>
<p>The French letter <strong>è</strong>, with a grave accent, also remains consistent in terms of pronunciation. Make sure to listen to the audio or video version of this episode to tune into how <strong>è </strong>sounds. Here are some common nouns containing this letter and sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>frère</strong><br />
<em>brother</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>père</strong><br />
<em>father</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bière</strong><br />
<em>beer</em></p>
<p>The same sound can be obtained with the two-letter combination <strong>ai</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>français</strong><br />
<em>French</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>paix</strong><br />
<em>peace</em></p>
<p>Another way to obtain the sound <strong>è</strong> is when the letter <strong>e</strong> is followed by two consonants. Let&#8217;s see some more examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>merci</strong><br />
<em>thanks</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>respect</strong><br />
<em>respect</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>appelle</strong><br />
<em>call</em></p>
<p>In addition, the letters <strong>ei</strong> are also pronounced <strong>è</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>neige</strong><br />
<em>snow</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>beige</strong><br />
<em>beige</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>peine</strong><br />
<em>sorrow</em></p>
<p>Max mentions an important point in the episode: as with many pronunciation points, there are regional differences and you may hear these letters and letter combinations pronounced in different ways, depending on where you are in the French-speaking world. So, listen out for slight differences in these vowel sounds and remember that there isn’t one specific regional variety of French to learn or copy – all accents and pronunciations are correct.</p>
<h2>The sound ‘e’</h2>
<p>The letter <strong>e</strong>, with no accent and when not part of the previously mentioned combinations, is pronounced something like an <strong>euh</strong> &#8211; exactly as it is pronounced in the French alphabet. Here are some common words that contain this sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>petit</strong><br />
<em>small</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ce</strong><br />
<em>this, that</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le</strong><br />
<em>the</em></p>
<p>Again, remember to listen to the podcast and practise this sound with Max and Mark.</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32825 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-106-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-106-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-106-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-106-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-106.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p><strong>Voilà pour ce mini-guide de la lettre ‘e’ !</strong></p>
<p>Mastering French pronunciation takes time and practice, but understanding these rules can significantly improve your language skills. Don’t worry if you find these sounds difficult to master &#8211; French speakers will love that you are making an effort to pronounce them correctly.</p>
<p>Make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Sho</em>w. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;d like more help with your pronunciation of French vowel sounds, you can watch a previous episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Sho</em>w in which Max and Mark discussed the tricky sounds <strong>u </strong>and <strong>ou</strong>. Click <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a> to find the episode and the accompanying blog article.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Keep practising your <strong>e </strong>sounds and you&#8217;ll become more confident in your ability to speak and be understood in French. <strong>Bonne chance !</strong></p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/655b76db6c95960012624827" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/">Mastering French pronunciation: a comprehensive guide to the letter ‘e’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/mastering-french-pronunciation-a-comprehensive-guide-to-the-letter-e/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What’s the difference between ‘like’ and ‘as’?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Nov 2023 16:15:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32558</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between like and as when you’re speaking English? Using like and as can be a difficult topic for English learners, because these words can be used in similar ways. The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in ... <a title="What’s the difference between ‘like’ and ‘as’?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/" aria-label="More on What’s the difference between ‘like’ and ‘as’?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/">What’s the difference between ‘like’ and ‘as’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong> when you’re speaking English?</p>
<p>Using <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong> can be a difficult topic for English learners, because these words can be used in similar ways.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Mark talk about the rules for when to use <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong>, and they give examples to help you to remember them.</p>
<p>Plus, don’t miss our free worksheet at the end to practise deciding between <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong> in English!</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at the rules for <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong>. Why not get a cup of coffee or tea to enjoy while you read and listen to the podcast episode?</p>
<h2>Making comparisons using &#8216;like&#8217; and &#8216;as&#8217;</h2>
<p>We use <strong>like</strong> + noun to compare two or more real things, and say that they are similar. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She’s like my mother.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>My shirt is like your shirt.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>My perfume smells like flowers.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He looks like a famous actor.</em></p>
<p>We use <strong>like</strong> + subject + verb, or <strong>as if</strong> + subject + verb to compare something real to something imaginary, or not real. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Mark, you look like you’ve seen a ghost!</em><br />
<em>Mark, you look as if you’ve seen a ghost!</em><br />
= Mark looks very scared, but he hasn’t really seen a ghost.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>It feels like it’s 50 degrees in this studio.</em><br />
<em>It feels as if it’s 50 degrees in this studio.</em><br />
= The temperature in the studio is very hot, but it isn’t 50 degrees.</p>
<p>There’s just one more comparison to talk about now. We use <strong>as</strong> + adjective/adverb + <strong>as</strong> to compare two things, and say that they are equal. Here are some examples of this:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I can run as fast as you.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>This pizza is as delicious as the pizza I ate in Italy.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He is not as tired as he was yesterday.</em></p>
<h2>Giving examples using &#8216;like&#8217; and &#8216;such as&#8217;</h2>
<p>We use both <strong>like</strong> and <strong>such as</strong> to give examples of things. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Why don’t you try a new hobby, like tennis?</em><br />
<em>Why don’t you try a new hobby, such as tennis?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’ll bring some snacks, like popcorn.</em><br />
<em>I’ll bring some snacks, such as popcorn.</em></p>
<h2>Saying something is part of a group using &#8216;like&#8217;</h2>
<p>We use <strong>like</strong> when we’re talking about a group of people or things, and we want to mention something which is part of that group. Here, <strong>like</strong> means &#8220;including&#8221;. Here are a few examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Lots of young people, like my cousin, go to university after they finish school.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Like many cities, Paris has a metro system.</em></p>
<h2>Describing a job or function using &#8216;as&#8217;</h2>
<p>We use <strong>as</strong> to describe the job or the function of something. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>He works as an architect.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I didn’t have a knife, so I used my spoon as a knife.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She wears an old t-shirt as pyjamas.</em></p>
<h2>Using ‘as’ to mean ‘because’</h2>
<p><strong>As</strong> can also mean “because”. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I didn’t go to the beach as the weather wasn’t very good.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>As I had a doctor’s appointment, I arrived late to work.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She has lots of work to catch up on, as she was on holiday last week.</em></p>
<h2>Using ‘as’ to mean ‘while’ or ‘during’</h2>
<p>Finally, <strong>as</strong> can also mean &#8220;while&#8221; or &#8220;during&#8221;, so we use it when two actions happen at the same time. Here are the final examples that Josie and Mark mention in this episode:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She called her husband as she left work.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>It started raining as I got home.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>As we got to the station, the train was leaving.</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary of when to use &#8216;like&#8217; and &#8216;as&#8217;</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32759 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-105-922x1024.png" alt="Coffee Break English Show - When to use like and as" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-105-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-105-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-105-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-blog-105.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Keep practising using &#8216;like&#8217; and &#8216;as&#8217;</h2>
<p>These little words can be confusing, so why not review the rules and write your own example sentences with <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong>?</p>
<p>For a little more practice, download the free worksheet below and see how much you’ve learned about using ‘like’ and ‘as’.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising <strong>like</strong> and <strong>as</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65267c5ecf8c4b0012b3e40e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/">What’s the difference between ‘like’ and ‘as’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-like-and-as/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How flexible are Spanish adverbs?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 16:15:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32556</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Spanish is a very flexible language, in the sense that we can often move things around in the sentence and change the word order. However, sometimes a different word order can result in a difference in emphasis or in meaning. This is especially important to remember with some adverbs. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is ... <a title="How flexible are Spanish adverbs?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/" aria-label="More on How flexible are Spanish adverbs?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/">How flexible are Spanish adverbs?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Spanish is a very flexible language, in the sense that we can often move things around in the sentence and change the word order. However, sometimes a different word order can result in a difference in emphasis or in meaning.</p>
<p>This is especially important to remember with some adverbs.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of short, informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in Spanish. In the latest episode, Mark and Anabel talk about where you can place adverbs in your sentences when you are speaking Spanish and how it affects what you are saying.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>What is an adverb?</h2>
<p>First of all, let’s refresh our memory. What are adverbs and how do we use them?</p>
<p>Adverbs are words that modify verbs (and occasionally adjectives and other adverbs). Some examples are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>muy<br />
</strong><em>very</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>simplemente</strong><br />
<em>simply</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>siempre<br />
</strong><em>always</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>a veces</strong><br />
<em>sometimes</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fácilmente</strong><br />
<em>easily</em></p>
<h2>Adverbs of quantity and manner</h2>
<p>Adverbs of quantity and manner usually go after the verb. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me gusta mucho.</strong><br />
<em>I like it a lot.<br />
</em>(<strong>Mucho</strong> is an adverb of quantity.)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hablas bien español.</strong><br />
<em>You speak Spanish well.</em><br />
(<strong>Bien</strong> is an adverb of manner.)</p>
<p>In certain cases, you could use the adverb before the verb, but this results in a strong emphasis. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me gustan mucho los cacahuetes, pero mucho me gustan.</strong><br />
<em>I like peanuts a lot – I really like them.</em></p>
<p>Some adverbs that go with a direct object could have three different placements:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Leo un libro despacio.</strong><br />
<strong>Leo despacio un libro.</strong><br />
<strong>Despacio leo un libro.<br />
</strong><em>I read a book slowly.</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p><strong>¡Ojo!</strong> All three versions mean &#8220;I read a book slowly&#8221;, but the third one places more emphasis on the fact that we are reading the book slowly (rather than quickly). When this adverb placement is used it gives dramatic effect.</p>
<p>It’s also important to keep in mind that if you&#8217;re placing an adverb before the verb, it has to come before any auxiliary verb or pronoun used with the verb. An adverb cannot go between an auxiliary verb and a past participle, or between an object pronoun and a conjugated verb, for example. Let&#8217;s see the following examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Despacio lo leo.</strong><br />
<em>I read it slowly.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Despacio he leído.</strong><br />
<em>I have read slowly.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Despacio lo he leído.</strong><br />
<em>I have read it slowly.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32749 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Adverbs of place and frequency</h2>
<p>Adverbs of place and frequency – such as<strong> a veces </strong>(&#8220;sometimes&#8221;), <strong>frecuentemente </strong>(&#8220;frequently&#8221;) and <strong>cerca </strong>(&#8220;nearby&#8221;) – also allow you to use the adverb in the same three places. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Allí vi a Juan.</strong><br />
<strong>Vi allí a Juan.</strong><br />
<strong>Vi a Juan allí.</strong><br />
<em>I saw Juan there.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Siempre ve la tele.</strong><br />
<strong>Ve siempre la tele.</strong><br />
<strong>Ve la tele siempre.</strong><br />
<em>He always watches TV.</em></p>
<h2>Adverbs of time</h2>
<p>Adverbs or phrases of time – such as <strong>hoy </strong>(&#8220;today&#8221;),<strong> esta mañana</strong> (&#8220;this morning&#8221;) and <strong>el verano pasado</strong> (&#8220;last summer&#8221;) – have a fourth placement option, as they can also go at the beginning of the sentence. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ayer Rafa ganó el campeonato.</strong><br />
<strong>Rafa ayer ganó el campeonato.</strong><br />
<strong>Rafa ganó ayer el campeonato.</strong><br />
<strong>Rafa ganó el campeonato ayer.<br />
</strong><em>Yesterday, Rafa won the competition.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32750 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-105-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Let’s practise!</h2>
<p>Now, how could we say &#8220;I quickly finished my breakfast&#8221; in Spanish? Try to write down all the possible options and we&#8217;ll tell you the answers at the end of this article.</p>
<p>If you want an extra challenge, also try writing down all the possible options if you translate the sentence using the perfect tense (i.e. <strong>he terminado</strong>) in Spanish.</p>
<h2>¿Lo aprendiste rápidamente?</h2>
<p>Listen out for native speakers using adverbs in conversation and on TV and see if you can notice how the meaning subtly changes depending on the placement. The more exposure you have to the language, the more natural things like adverb placement will feel when you are speaking Spanish.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Anabel on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the translation challenge.</p>
<p>First of all, using the preterite tense:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Terminé mi desayuno rápidamente.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Terminé rápidamente mi desayuno.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Rápidamente terminé mi desayuno. </strong>(Remember that this is the emphatic structure, so can only be used in certain contexts.)</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, using the present perfect tense:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>He terminado mi desayuno rápidamente.</strong></li>
<li><strong>He terminado rápidamente mi desayuno.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Rápidamente he terminado mi desayuno. </strong>(Remember that this is the emphatic structure, so can only be used in certain contexts.)</li>
</ol>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/65562e7e50cd070012fa0d46" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/">How flexible are Spanish adverbs?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-flexible-are-spanish-adverbs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to use the formal &#8216;you&#8217; in German</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Nov 2023 16:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32710</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>It’s time to get to know &#8220;you&#8221;! Saying &#8220;you&#8221; in German is slightly more complicated than in English, but what an important word it is. It won’t surprise you that the word &#8220;you&#8221;’ is one of the most commonly used words in English. It’s equally as common in German, but there are seven different ways ... <a title="How to use the formal &#8216;you&#8217; in German" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/" aria-label="More on How to use the formal &#8216;you&#8217; in German">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/">How to use the formal &#8216;you&#8217; in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s time to get to know &#8220;you&#8221;! Saying &#8220;you&#8221; in German is slightly more complicated than in English, but what an important word it is.</p>
<p>It won’t surprise you that the word &#8220;you&#8221;’ is one of the most commonly used words in English. It’s equally as common in German, but there are seven different ways to say &#8220;you&#8221;.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas look at how to say &#8220;you&#8221; when you are in conversation with a German speaker.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>The 7 ways to say &#8220;you&#8221;</h2>
<p>First things first, what are the seven forms of &#8220;you&#8221; in German?</p>
<p>You might know about <strong>du</strong>, <strong>Sie</strong> and <strong>ihr</strong>. However, another four arise because of the different cases in German. These are: <strong>dir</strong>, <strong>dich</strong>, <strong>euch</strong> and <strong>Ihnen</strong>.</p>
<h2>What is the formal &#8220;you&#8221; in German?</h2>
<p>The formal forms of &#8220;you&#8221; are <strong>Sie</strong> (nominative), <strong>Sie</strong> (accusative) and <strong>Ihnen</strong>.</p>
<p>Note that this formal form of &#8220;you&#8221; always has a capital <strong>S-</strong>, or capital <strong>I-</strong> for <strong>Ihnen</strong>. It can be distinguished from the word for &#8220;she&#8221; and &#8220;they&#8221;,<strong> sie</strong>, which always has a lower case <strong>s-</strong> (apart from at the beginning of a sentence).</p>
<h2>Sie &#8211; nominative</h2>
<p><strong>Sie</strong> can be used as the subject of a sentence, in the nominative case. Here are some example sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Möchten Sie etwas trinken?</strong><br />
<em>Would you like to have something to drink?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie sprechen sehr gut Deutsch.</strong><br />
<em>You speak German very well.</em></p>
<h2>Sie &#8211; accusative</h2>
<p><strong>Sie</strong> is also used as an object of a sentence, in the accusative case. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich kann Sie gut verstehen.</strong><br />
<em>I can understand you well.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Darf ich Sie etwas fragen?</strong><br />
<em>Can I ask you something?</em></p>
<h2>Ihnen &#8211; dative</h2>
<p><strong>Ihnen</strong> is used as an indirect object, in the dative case. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wie geht es Ihnen?</strong><br />
<em>How are you?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Kann ich Ihnen helfen?</strong><br />
<em>Can I help you?</em></p>
<h2>When to use the formal &#8220;you&#8221;</h2>
<p>There are general rules you can follow so you know when to use the correct form of &#8220;you&#8221; with German speakers (<strong>du</strong>, <strong>Sie </strong>or <strong>ihr</strong>).</p>
<p>The formal form of &#8220;you&#8221; should be used with:</p>
<ul>
<li>people you don’t know very well</li>
<li>people in the workplace</li>
<li>people in a position of authority, such as the police</li>
<li>people who are older than you</li>
</ul>
<p>Note that there can be some regional differences. Thomas explains in the podcast that in Austria and in southern Germany the <strong>du</strong> form is more commonly used.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at an example context. Imagine you go into an ice cream shop and ask for help. The correct and polite way to address someone in that situation is with the formal form:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Können Sie mir helfen?<br />
</strong><em>Can you help me?</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p>However, if the shop assistant was clearly younger than you, and since it is a relatively informal setting, it would be normal to use <strong>du</strong> when speaking to the assistant. Indeed, it can be seen as a compliment to someone to address them as <strong>du</strong>, depending on the setting.</p>
<h2>Moving from formal to informal</h2>
<p>Once you’ve known someone a little while or the situation has changed to become less formal, you may use the following expression in the transition from <strong>Sie </strong>to <strong>du</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>das Du anbieten<br />
</strong><em>to offer the informal &#8220;you&#8221;</em></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see this phrase in context in some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mein Chef hat mir das Du angeboten.</strong><br />
<em>My boss offered that I call him by the informal &#8220;you&#8221;.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich biete dir das Du an. Wir sind gute Freunde.</strong><br />
<em>I am offering that you call me by the informal &#8220;you&#8221;. We are good friends.</em></p>
<h2>Duzen and siezen</h2>
<p>The verb <strong>duzen</strong> can also be used after <strong>das Du anbieten</strong>. <strong>Duzen</strong> means &#8220;to use the <strong>du </strong>form of &#8220;you&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir duzen uns.</strong><br />
<em>We are using the informal &#8220;you&#8221;.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir können uns duzen.</strong><br />
<em>We can use the informal &#8220;you&#8221; with one another.</em></p>
<p>There is also the verb <strong>siezen</strong>, which means &#8220;to use the <strong>Sie</strong> form of &#8220;you&#8221;. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie siezen sich.</strong><br />
<em>They use the formal form of &#8220;you&#8221;.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hier in der Arbeit siezen sich alle.</strong><br />
<em>Here at work, everyone uses the formal form of &#8220;you&#8221;.</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32713 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-105-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-105-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-105-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-105-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-105-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope that you found this short overview of how and when to use the formal &#8220;you&#8221; in German useful. If you still have any doubts, the most important thing is not to worry about this &#8211; German speakers will still understand you regardless of which form of &#8220;you&#8221; you use and you will be sure to get more used to this cultural nuance the more you speak the language.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show.</em> This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/652677c32646e800123ff1e2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/">How to use the formal &#8216;you&#8217; in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-the-formal-you-in-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Useful expressions with &#8216;avere&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 16:15:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32560</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The verb avere was probably one of the first verbs you came across in Italian. Of course, its basic meaning is &#8220;to have&#8221;, but there are many useful everyday expressions that use avere in which the verb doesn&#8217;t translate as &#8220;to have&#8221;. The Coffee Break Italian Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify ... <a title="Useful expressions with &#8216;avere&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/" aria-label="More on Useful expressions with &#8216;avere&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/">Useful expressions with &#8216;avere&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The verb <strong>avere </strong>was probably one of the first verbs you came across in Italian. Of course, its basic meaning is &#8220;to have&#8221;, but there are many useful everyday expressions that use <strong>avere</strong> in which the verb doesn&#8217;t translate as &#8220;to have&#8221;.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest Italian episode, Mark and Maurizio discuss the verb <strong>avere</strong> and many useful expressions featuring this verb.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>A review of the verb &#8216;avere&#8217;</h2>
<p>First of all, let&#8217;s take a second to review the conjugation of <strong>avere</strong> in the present tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere</strong> &#8211; present tense:<br />
<strong>  ho</strong><br />
<strong>hai</strong><br />
<strong>ha</strong><br />
<strong>abbiamo</strong><br />
<strong>avete</strong><br />
<strong>hanno</strong></p>
<p>As you can see, it’s an irregular verb, but it is also one of the most useful verbs to understand in Italian.</p>
<p>Let’s examine how we use <strong>avere</strong>, when it doesn’t mean &#8220;to have&#8221;.</p>
<h2>‘Avere’ expressions where &#8220;to be&#8221; is used in English</h2>
<p>As mentioned above, there are some Italian expressions using <strong>avere</strong> that take the verb &#8220;to be&#8221; when translated into English. Let&#8217;s take a look at these one by one, or in logical pairs.</p>
<h3>Age</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere _ anni</strong><br />
<em>to be _ years old</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho quarantatré anni.<br />
</strong> <em>I’m forty-three years old.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Quanti anni hai?</strong><br />
<em>How old are you?</em></p>
<h3>To be cold or hot</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere freddo</strong><br />
<em>to be cold</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere caldo<br />
</strong> <em>to be warm / hot</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Martino ha freddo mentre Arianna ha caldo.<br />
</strong> <em>Martino is (feeling) cold while Arianna is (feeling) hot.</em></p>
<h3>To be thirsty or hungry</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere sete</strong><br />
<em>to be thirsty</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere fame</strong><br />
<em>to be hungry</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hai sete?</strong><br />
<em>Are you thirsty?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho sempre fame!</strong><br />
<em>I’m always hungry!</em></p>
<h3>To be sleepy</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere sonno<br />
</strong> <em>to be sleepy</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hai sonno?</strong><br />
<em>Are you sleepy?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono stanco e ho sonno.</strong><br />
<em>I’m tired and I’m (feeling) sleepy.</em></p>
<p>As a side note, Maurizio and Mark also mention the very Italian expression<strong> avere l’abbiocco</strong>, which means &#8220;to be sleepy from eating too much&#8221; and describes the feeling of tiredness after having a hearty meal like, for example, a delicious Sunday lunch with your Italian family!</p>
<h3>To be patient</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere pazienza</strong><br />
<em>to be patient</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bisogna avere pazienza con i bambini.</strong><br />
<em>You need to be patient with children.</em></p>
<h3>To be right or wrong</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere ragione<br />
</strong><em>to be right</em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere torto<br />
</strong><em>to be wrong</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Paola ha ragione, ma Maurizio ha torto.</strong><br />
<em>Paola is right, but Maurizio is wrong.</em></p>
<h3><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32695 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-105-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-105-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-105-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-105-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-105-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h3>
<h3>To be in a hurry</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere fretta<br />
</strong><em>to be in a hurry</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non ho fretta, possiamo prendere un caffè e parlare.</strong><br />
<em>I’m not in a hurry, we can have a coffee and have a chat.</em></p>
<h3>To be scared</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere paura (di)</strong><br />
<em>to be scared (of)</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Avevo paura del buio quando ero un bambino / da bambino.<br />
</strong><em>I used to be scared of the dark when I was a child / as a child.</em></p>
<h3>To need</h3>
<p>There are also other expressions with <strong>avere</strong> that are translated using neither &#8220;to be&#8221; nor &#8220;to have&#8221; in English. The first of these is:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere bisogno di</strong><br />
<em>to need</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho bisogno di quel libro.</strong><br />
<em>I need that book. </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho bisogno di una mano.</strong><br />
<em>I need a hand / help.</em></p>
<h3>To want or feel like something</h3>
<p>Finally, let&#8217;s look at:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avere voglia di</strong><br />
<em>to feel like, to want</em></p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ho voglia di andare in discoteca.</strong><br />
<em>I feel like going to a nightclub.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong> Ho sempre voglia di un gelato.</strong><br />
<em>I’m always craving an ice cream.</em></p>
<h2>È tutto per oggi</h2>
<p>These expressions with <strong>avere</strong> will come in useful in many everyday Italian conversations, so keep up your practice and listen out for them.</p>
<p>If you found this interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. We will regularly be uploading more episodes for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/652679a42646e8001240a727" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/">Useful expressions with &#8216;avere&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avere/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>What’s the difference between ‘jour’ and ‘journée’ in French?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 16:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32659</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Why does French have two words for &#8220;day&#8221;? The distinction between jour and journée can be confusing for French learners and can seem subtle, but we&#8217;re going to look at the nuances of each word to help you know when to translate &#8220;day&#8221; as jour and when it should be journée. The Coffee Break French ... <a title="What’s the difference between ‘jour’ and ‘journée’ in French?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/" aria-label="More on What’s the difference between ‘jour’ and ‘journée’ in French?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/">What’s the difference between ‘jour’ and ‘journée’ in French?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Why does French have two words for &#8220;day&#8221;? The distinction between <strong>jour</strong> and <strong>journée</strong> can be confusing for French learners and can seem subtle, but we&#8217;re going to look at the nuances of each word to help you know when to translate &#8220;day&#8221; as <strong>jour </strong>and when it should be <strong>journée</strong>.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max explore the distinction between <strong>jour</strong> and <strong>journée</strong> in French, and similar word pairs like <strong>soir</strong> and <strong>soirée</strong>, <strong>an </strong>and <strong>année</strong> or <strong>matin </strong>and<strong> matinée</strong>.</p>
<p>These pairs of words are often used interchangeably by learners, but they have subtle differences in their meanings that deserve exploration, as using the right one will be an extra step towards feeling more confident in French.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>‘Jour’ and ‘journée’: what’s the difference?</h2>
<p>First and foremost, it&#8217;s important to understand that <strong>jour</strong> (a masculine noun) refers to a 24-hour period, as in one calendar day. On the other hand, <strong>journée</strong> (a feminine noun) refers to the time during the day when the sun is shining, as in from sunrise to sunset.</p>
<p>When we use <strong>un jour</strong>, it encompasses all the different parts of the day, including <strong>la matinée</strong> (&#8220;the morning&#8221;), <strong>la journée</strong> (&#8220;the day&#8221;), <strong>la soirée</strong> (&#8220;the evening&#8221;) and <strong>la nuit</strong> (&#8220;the night&#8221;). Let&#8217;s compare <strong>jour </strong>and <strong>journée </strong>by looking at the following examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nous avons passé trois jours à Paris.</strong><br />
<em>We spent three days in Paris</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Nous avons passé la journée à Paris.</strong><br />
<em>We spent the day in Paris.</em></p>
<h2>&#8216;Tous les jours&#8217; and &#8216;toute la journée&#8217;</h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It&#8217;s also important to note that <strong>tous les jours</strong> means &#8220;every day&#8221;, while <strong>toute la journée</strong> means &#8220;all day long&#8221;. So, while these two phrases may appear to be similar at first glance, t</span>his distinction is crucial to understand when conveying the duration of an activity or event.</p>
<h2>‘Matin’ and ‘matinée’, ‘soir’ and ‘soirée’</h2>
<p>The same pattern applies to <strong>matin</strong> (a masculine noun) and <strong>matinée</strong> (a feminine noun). <strong>Le matin</strong> describes the time of day, whereas <strong>la matinée</strong> describes a length of time during which an action takes place.</p>
<p>Similarly, we can differentiate between <strong>soir</strong> and <strong>soirée</strong>.<strong> Soir</strong> refers to a period between sunset and the beginning of the night &#8211; the evening as a period in time. It is often used as context for something else that happens within that timeframe. This is different from the word <strong>soirée</strong>, which indicates the duration of the evening.</p>
<p>This is perhaps easiest to understand with two examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ce soir, je vais chez mon ami Nicolas.</strong><br />
<em>Tonight, I&#8217;m going to my friend Nicolas’s house (i.e. at some point this evening or tonight, I will travel to Nicolas’s house).</em></p>
<p>On the other hand:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je vais passer la soirée chez Nicolas.</strong><br />
<em>I&#8217;m going to spend the evening at Nicolas’s (i.e. I will be at Nicolas’s for the duration of the evening).</em></p>
<p>It&#8217;s worth noting that <strong>soirée</strong> can also mean a &#8220;party&#8221; or &#8220;gathering&#8221; held at night, adding another layer to its usage.</p>
<h2>‘An’ and ‘année’</h2>
<p>Lastly, let&#8217;s touch on the difference between <strong>an</strong> and <strong>année</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>An</strong> primarily denotes a year as a unit of time and it is mostly used with numbers (for example, when talking about age or dates) or with expressions like<strong> tous les ans</strong> (&#8220;every year&#8221;).</p>
<p>On the other hand, <strong>année</strong> is used with adjectives (for example, <strong>bonne</strong>, <strong>longue</strong>, <strong>magnifique</strong>) and with quantifiers (for example, <strong>chaque</strong>, <strong>quelques</strong>, <strong>combien</strong>).</p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32697 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-105-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-105-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-105-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-105-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-blog-105.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>To finish off, if you have watched or listened to this episode of <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>, you will have heard some examples to think about. Here they are in writing:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Katia va au supermarché tous les matins.</strong><br />
<em>Katia goes to the supermarket every morning.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Qu&#8217;est-ce que tu fais ce soir ?</strong><br />
<em>What are you doing this evening?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Passe une bonne soirée chez Louis.</strong><br />
<em>Have a good evening at Louis’s.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>L&#8217;année prochaine nous allons à Tokyo.</strong><br />
<em>Next year, we’re going to Tokyo.</em></p>
<p>The nuances between <strong>jour</strong> and <strong>journée</strong>, <strong>soir</strong> and <strong>soirée</strong>, as well as <strong>matin</strong> and <strong>matinée</strong> and <strong>an</strong> and <strong>année</strong> may seem subtle, but they play a crucial role in conveying precise meanings. By understanding these differences, you can enhance your communication skills in the French language and express yourself more accurately.</p>
<p>Of course, don’t worry if you do mix these words up &#8211; French speakers will have no problem understanding what you mean and the more you use the language, the more natural this will become.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, whether you’re planning a <strong>soirée</strong> or looking forward to an <strong>année</strong> filled with adventures, remember the distinctions and you’ll master the art of using these words effectively.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/654d085607e8cd001210385c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/">What’s the difference between ‘jour’ and ‘journée’ in French?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/whats-the-difference-between-jour-and-journee-in-french/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce ‘eat’ and ‘it’ correctly</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Nov 2023 16:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32554</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how to pronounce the words eat and it correctly in English? These two words sound very similar, and it can be difficult to understand the difference between them, when it comes to pronunciation. This is because the vowel (vowel = the letters a, e, i, o, u) sounds are very similar. There ... <a title="How to pronounce ‘eat’ and ‘it’ correctly" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce ‘eat’ and ‘it’ correctly">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/">How to pronounce ‘eat’ and ‘it’ correctly</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know how to pronounce the words <strong>eat</strong> and <strong>it</strong> correctly in English?</p>
<p>These two words sound very similar, and it can be difficult to understand the difference between them, when it comes to pronunciation.</p>
<p>This is because the vowel (<strong>vowel</strong> = the letters a, e, i, o, u) sounds are very similar. There are lots of pairs of words that people often mix up, because they contain these sounds.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Josie and Maurizio talk about the difference between these vowel sounds and how to pronounce <strong>eat</strong> and <strong>it</strong> correctly.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and, because this episode focuses on pronunciation, it’s best to watch the video or listen to the episode before you read this blog, to hear Josie and Maurizio making the sounds.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at these two vowel sounds. Why not get a cup of coffee or tea to enjoy while you read and listen?</p>
<h2>The vowel sound in &#8216;eat&#8217;</h2>
<p>The vowel sound in the word <strong>eat</strong> is a long sound. To make it, your jaw should be tense (<strong>tense</strong> = not relaxed), and you should look like you are smiling. The symbol for this sound in the International Phonetic Alphabet is /i:/. Other words that contain this sound are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>feet<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>He has small feet.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sheep<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>There are nine sheep in that field.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>beat<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>My team beat your team in the football match last night.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>these<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>These microphones are powerful.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cheap<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>My new bike was very cheap.</em></p>
<h2>The vowel sound in &#8216;it&#8217;</h2>
<p>The vowel sound in the word <strong>it</strong> is a short sound. To make it, your jaw and mouth should be relaxed, and the tip of your tongue should be behind your bottom teeth. The symbol for this sound in the International Phonetic Alphabet is /ɪ/. Other words that contain this sound are:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fit<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>I go running to keep fit.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ship</strong><br />
e.g. <em>They travelled by ship to America.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bit<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>I speak a bit of German.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>this</strong><br />
e.g.<em> This table is big.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>chip<br />
</strong>e.g. <em>My favourite meal is fish and chips.</em></p>
<h2>Example sentences with /i:/ and /ɪ/</h2>
<p>Is everything clear so far? We hope you are ready for a challenge! Here are some example sentences containing the vowel sounds /i:/ and /ɪ/. Try to say them several times to practise your pronunciation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I sit on the seat.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Can I eat it?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>The shoes fit on my feet.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Is that a ship or a sheep?</em></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32635 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-104-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-104-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-104-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-104-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-104-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>It’s a good idea to practise the sounds /i:/ and /ɪ/ because they are very similar, and it’s possible that people could misunderstand you if you don’t pronounce them correctly. Try making a list of all the words with these sounds that you find difficult to pronounce, and practise them every day.</p>
<p>However, remember that it’s OK if you don’t sound like a native speaker when you’re speaking English. It’s more important that you are confident when you’re speaking, and that people can understand you.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, listen to the full episode with Josie and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break English Show</em>. In this series we look at lots of useful topics for English learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65267c202646e8001241abb5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/">How to pronounce ‘eat’ and ‘it’ correctly</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-pronounce-eat-and-it-correctly/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Converse in Spanish like a native: choosing ‘tú’ or ‘usted’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 16:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32552</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Knowing when to use tú and when to use usted can be challenging for any learner of Spanish, especially because it depends on the location where you are speaking Spanish. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky Spanish language topics. In the latest episode, ... <a title="Converse in Spanish like a native: choosing ‘tú’ or ‘usted’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/" aria-label="More on Converse in Spanish like a native: choosing ‘tú’ or ‘usted’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/">Converse in Spanish like a native: choosing ‘tú’ or ‘usted’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Knowing when to use <strong>tú</strong> and when to use <strong>usted</strong> can be challenging for any learner of Spanish, especially because it depends on the location where you are speaking Spanish.</span></p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky Spanish language topics. In the latest episode, Anabel and Concha look into how to use <strong>tú</strong> and <strong>usted</strong> like native speakers in Spanish and sound natural in any part of the Spanish-speaking world.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Should I say ‘tú’ or ‘usted’?</h2>
<p>In European Spanish, in general, we use both <strong>tú</strong> and <strong>usted</strong>, and there are actually verbs to describe both of these actions:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tutear<br />
</strong><em>to use the <strong>tú </strong>form with </em><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ustedear<br />
</strong><em>to use the <strong>usted </strong>form with</em></p>
<p>The use of one or the other will be determined by the context and how formal or informal the situation is. For example, we use <strong>tú</strong> when talking to people close to our age and with friends and family. We use <strong>usted</strong> when talking to strangers, especially if they are older than us, in order to show respect.</p>
<p>However, the lines aren’t always clear, so don’t worry! Here are some key points to remember:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use<strong> tú</strong> with your colleagues and maybe managers if the relationship is informal.</li>
<li>With strangers, use <strong>tú</strong> with people younger or around your age.</li>
<li>In customer service we can find both <strong>tú</strong> and <strong>usted</strong>. <strong>Tú</strong> is used when the brand looks for a more relaxed and friendly tone with their customers and <strong>usted</strong> if they prefer to show professionalism. Both are correct and it depends mainly on the company ethos.</li>
<li>As for the plural forms, to address more than one person, we use <strong>vosotros/as </strong>in all the situations where you would use <strong>tú </strong>with an individual, and we use <strong>ustedes </strong>in the situations where you would use <strong>usted</strong> with an individual.</li>
</ul>
<h2>What about in Latin America?</h2>
<p>In Latin American Spanish, the diversity in usage is greater and it will depend on the country.</p>
<p>In some countries, the use of <strong>vos</strong> instead of <strong>tú</strong> is the preferred option, while in other countries Spanish speakers prefer <strong>usted</strong> over <strong>tú</strong>.</p>
<p>One thing all Latin American countries have in common is that the plural form tends to always be <strong>ustedes</strong>, and not <strong>vosotros/as </strong>in informal contexts.</p>
<p>Another specific usage to note is that in Colombia, we can use <strong>usted</strong> to ask for a favour or to talk dearly to someone:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Anabel, ¿puede llevarme a la estación de tren en coche, por favor?</strong><br />
<em>Anabel, can you take me to the train station by car, please?</em></p>
<h2>Another regional difference</h2>
<p>If you have enjoyed learning about the local differences and uses of <strong>tú</strong>, <strong>usted</strong> and<strong> vos</strong>, you may like this!</p>
<p>In the west of Andalucía, Concha says in the episode that she uses <strong>ustedes</strong> instead of <strong>vosotros</strong>, but using the <strong>vosotros </strong>conjugation of verbs. This means that Concha would naturally say <strong>ustedes tenéis</strong> for &#8220;you have&#8221;.<strong> Qué interesante, ¿verdad?</strong></p>
<h2>Keep practising ‘tuteando’ and ‘ustedeando’</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32623 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-104-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-104-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-104-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-104-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-104-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>One important thing to keep in mind is that we don’t need to stress too much about all these differences. Native speakers will be able to understand what you mean! However, it’s always nice to learn about the cultural differences and the diversity we can find in the Spanish language.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Concha and Anabel on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Remember to keep practising using <strong>tú</strong> and <strong>usted</strong> when you are in a Spanish-speaking country, and listen out to hear how others do so. This is something you will get the hang of little by little and we&#8217;re sure that it will start to feel more instinctive in no time.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/65382bc48299010011b598ab" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/">Converse in Spanish like a native: choosing ‘tú’ or ‘usted’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/converse-in-spanish-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-usted/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.17 &#124; What&#8217;s your job? &#8211; How to talk about jobs in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-17-whats-your-job-how-to-talk-about-jobs-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-17-whats-your-job-how-to-talk-about-jobs-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 Nov 2023 16:15:55 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32276</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re talking about work. Join our Gaelic language expert Susanna as she teaches learner Mark how to ask someone about their job and where they work.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-17-whats-your-job-how-to-talk-about-jobs-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.17 | What&#8217;s your job? &#8211; How to talk about jobs in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re talking about work. Join our Gaelic language expert Susanna as she teaches learner Mark how to ask someone about their job and where they work.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/6538151d8299010011ace79a" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-17-whats-your-job-how-to-talk-about-jobs-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.17 | What&#8217;s your job? &#8211; How to talk about jobs in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbga-1-17-whats-your-job-how-to-talk-about-jobs-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>A guide to forming questions in German</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 Nov 2023 16:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32601</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How do you ask questions in German? Questions are essential to every conversation and will always be part of your interactions when visiting a German-speaking country. So, read on, as we’re going to answer all your questions about forming questions in German! The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, ... <a title="A guide to forming questions in German" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/" aria-label="More on A guide to forming questions in German">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/">A guide to forming questions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How do you ask questions in German?</p>
<p>Questions are essential to every conversation and will always be part of your interactions when visiting a German-speaking country.</p>
<p>So, read on, as we’re going to answer all your questions about forming questions in German!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations, in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas look at how to form questions in German, focusing on the different question words, as well as sentence structure.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>Die W-Wörter</h2>
<p>All question words in German begin with the letter <strong>w</strong>. We’ll look at each of these in turn.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32608 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Wann?</h2>
<p><strong>Wann? </strong>means &#8220;when?&#8221;. Let&#8217;s start by looking at some examples using this question word.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wann öffnet das Museum?</strong><br />
<em>When does the museum open?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wann fährst du nach Slowenien?</strong><br />
<em>When are you going to Slovenia?</em></p>
<p>You’ll notice that the question word, <strong>wann?</strong>, starts the sentence, then the verb is next to it, in second position. The subject is in the third position, after the verb:</p>
<p class="newtextbox">question word &gt; verb &gt; subject</p>
<h2>Was?</h2>
<p><strong>Was? </strong>means &#8220;what?&#8221;. For questions with <strong>was?</strong>, we follow a similar structure.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Was denkst du?</strong><br />
<em>What do you think?</em></p>
<h2>Wer?</h2>
<p><strong>Wer? </strong>means &#8220;who?&#8221;. This question word looks and sounds a little like &#8220;where&#8221; in English, but it means &#8220;who&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wer kommt zur Party?</strong><br />
<em>Who is coming to the party?</em></p>
<p>In the above example the pattern is:</p>
<p class="newtextbox">question word &gt; verb &gt; object (location)</p>
<p>Note that <b>wer </b>is functioning as the subject of the sentence in this case.</p>
<h2>Wo?</h2>
<p><strong>Wo? </strong>means &#8220;where?&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo liegt die Kirche?</strong><br />
<em>Where is the church?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo ist die Bäckerei?</strong><br />
<em>Where is the bakery?</em></p>
<h2>Woher?</h2>
<p><strong>Woher? </strong>means &#8220;from where?&#8221; or &#8220;where from?&#8221;. Let&#8217;s see an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Woher kommst du?</strong><br />
<em>Where do you come from?</em></p>
<p>&#8220;Where&#8221; can sometimes be used in English where <strong>woher</strong> would be needed in German. The suffix <strong>-her</strong> can be detached and be placed at the end of a question. This does not change the meaning of the question at all:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo kommst du her?</strong><br />
<em>Where do you come from?</em></p>
<h2>Wohin?</h2>
<p><strong>Wohin? </strong>means &#8220;where to?&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wohin fährst du?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you going to?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wohin fährst du in den Ferien?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you going to in the holidays?</em></p>
<p><strong>Wo</strong> cannot be used where <strong>wohin</strong> would be needed in German. As Thomas mentions in the podcast, there’s a handy trick. The suffix <strong>-hin</strong> can be detached and added at the end of a question:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wo fährst du morgen hin?</strong><br />
<em>Where are you travelling to tomorrow?</em></p>
<h2>Wie?</h2>
<p><strong>Wie? </strong>means &#8220;how?&#8221;. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wie viel kostet das?</strong><br />
<em>How much does that cost?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wie geht’s dir?</strong><br />
<em>How are you?</em></p>
<p>As Thomas mentions, <strong>wie</strong> can be combined with other words to form other questions besides &#8220;how&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wie spät ist es?</strong><br />
<em>What time is it? (literally, &#8220;how late is it?&#8221;)</em></p>
<h2>Warum?</h2>
<p><strong>Warum? </strong>means &#8220;why?&#8221;. Let&#8217;s see this in an example sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Warum lernen wir Fragewörter?</strong><br />
<em>Why are we learning question words?</em></p>
<p><strong>Wieso</strong> can also be used to mean &#8220;why&#8221;, as can <strong>weshalb</strong>. There can be regional differences in which question words are used. For example, <strong>wieso</strong> is more common in the south of Germany.</p>
<h2>Forming yes/no or closed questions</h2>
<p>The word order changes slightly for this type of question, but there is no question word. The verb comes first, so the subject is next. For example, here&#8217;s a question that Coffee Break German learners will be very familiar with from the start of our lessons!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bist du bereit?</strong><br />
<em>Are you ready?</em></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see how a previous example question can be altered to become a yes/no question:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wann fährst du nach Slowenien?</strong> <strong>&gt; Fährst du nach Slowenien? </strong><br />
<em>When are you going to Slovenia? &gt; Are you going to Slovenia?</em></p>
<p>Here, the sentence structure is:</p>
<p class="newtextbox">verb &gt; subject &gt; object (location)</p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32607 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbg-show-104-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Getting used to forming questions in German can take some time, but don’t worry, the more you practise and hear people having conversations the more natural questions will become.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/652676dc2646e800123f99ec" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/">A guide to forming questions in German</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/a-guide-to-forming-questions-in-german/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.17 &#124; Shopping at the market – Portuguese fruits and vegetables vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 16:15:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32279</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 17 of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re taking what we learned in our previous lesson a stage further and continuing with the topic of shopping. This time, we&#8217;re at the market, and we&#8217;re applying some of the same language to a new context, as well as learning lots of new words for the food ... <a title="CBP 1.17 &#124; Shopping at the market – Portuguese fruits and vegetables vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.17 &#124; Shopping at the market – Portuguese fruits and vegetables vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/">CBP 1.17 | Shopping at the market – Portuguese fruits and vegetables vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In lesson 17 of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re taking what we learned in our previous lesson a stage further and continuing with the topic of shopping. This time, we&#8217;re at the market, and we&#8217;re applying some of the same language to a new context, as well as learning lots of new words for the food items you might find there and how to express quantities in Portuguese. We&#8217;ll also be joined by Catarina in today&#8217;s Cafezinho com Catarina, in which she tells us about a famous market in Lisbon.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65381bce9ee7430012c0270e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/">CBP 1.17 | Shopping at the market – Portuguese fruits and vegetables vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/cbp-1-17-shopping-at-the-market-portuguese-fruits-and-vegetables-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to say ‘can’ in Italian: potere, sapere, riuscire</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 16:15:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32549</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Did you know that the English verb &#8220;can&#8221; can be translated into Italian in three different ways? Each of the three verbs brings its own twist to the concept of &#8220;can&#8221; &#8211; creating a painter’s palette of nuanced expressions! The Coffee Break Italian Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify ... <a title="How to say ‘can’ in Italian: potere, sapere, riuscire" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/" aria-label="More on How to say ‘can’ in Italian: potere, sapere, riuscire">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/">How to say ‘can’ in Italian: potere, sapere, riuscire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Did you know that the English verb &#8220;can&#8221; can be translated into Italian in three different ways? Each of the three verbs brings its own twist to the concept of &#8220;can&#8221; &#8211; creating a painter’s palette of nuanced expressions!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Francesca and Mark guide us through this topic to understand these three verbs and discover how they transform the simple idea of &#8220;can&#8221;. They discuss the different uses of the three verbs and also their irregular conjugations.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go!</p>
<h2>sapere</h2>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sapere</strong> &#8211; present tense:<br />
<strong>so</strong><br />
<strong>sai</strong><br />
<strong>sa</strong><br />
<strong>sappiamo</strong><br />
<strong>sapete</strong><br />
<strong>sanno</strong></p>
<p>This verb is used to talk about our abilities and skills that you have acquired. The idea is that there has been a learning process that has allowed you to know how to do something. Here are some examples to clarify this point:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Luca sa suonare il violino.</strong><br />
<em>Luca can / knows how to play the violin.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>So giocare a golf.</strong><br />
<em>I can / know how to play golf.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>I miei amici non sanno cucinare.</strong><br />
<em>My friends can’t / don&#8217;t know how to cook.</em></p>
<h2>potere</h2>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>potere</strong> &#8211; present tense:<br />
<strong>posso</strong><br />
<strong>puoi</strong><br />
<strong>può</strong><br />
<strong>possiamo</strong><br />
<strong>potete</strong><br />
<strong>possono</strong></p>
<p>You should use this verb when you have the possibility of doing something or the permission to do something. As Francesca explains, the idea is that other people or some external factors affect your ability to do something. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Questa sera Anna può uscire perché non lavora.</strong><br />
<em>Tonight, Anna can go out because she is not working.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non posso mangiare i crostacei.</strong><br />
<em>I can’t eat shellfish.</em></p>
<p>Notice the difference if we decide to use <strong>sapere</strong> for this last sentence:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non so mangiare i crostacei.</strong><br />
<em>I can’t eat shellfish (because I don’t know how to clean them, for example, rather than because of an allergy).</em></p>
<p><strong>Potere</strong> is also a verb of politeness and it is used to make requests. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Puoi prestarmi il motorino, per favore?</strong><br />
<em>Can you lend me your moped, please?</em></p>
<h2>riuscire</h2>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>riuscire</strong> &#8211; present tense:<br />
<strong>riesco<br />
riesci<br />
riesce<br />
riusciamo<br />
riuscite<br />
riescono</strong></p>
<p>Our last verb for today is <strong>riuscire</strong>, which conveys the idea of succeeding in doing something or managing to do something. It indicates that the person has made an effort to do something. For example, we would say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>riuscire a fare qualcosa</strong><br />
<em>to manage to do something</em></p>
<p>As you can see there, when using this verb, it is important to remember that it is followed by <strong>a</strong> + an infinitive. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Non riesco a trovare le chiavi.</strong><br />
<em>I can’t find my keys (because I left them somewhere).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Luisa riesce sempre a sorprendermi.</strong><br />
<em>Luisa always succeeds in surprising me.</em></p>
<h2>Nuances of &#8216;sapere&#8217;, &#8216;potere&#8217; &amp; &#8216;riuscire&#8217;</h2>
<p>We can see the nuances of these three verbs in Italian by changing the verb in this example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Riesci ad aprire questa bottiglia?</strong><br />
<em>Can you manage to open this bottle?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Puoi aprire questa bottiglia?</strong><br />
<em>Can you / Are you allowed to open this bottle? (Maybe you’ve been saving it for some time for a specific occasion.)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sai aprire questa bottiglia?</strong><br />
<em>Can you / Do you know how to open this bottle? (Maybe it’s tricky to open because there is a specific way of opening it.)</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32586 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-104-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-104-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-104-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-104-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbi-show-104-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>A little test… <em>Can</em> you do it?</h2>
<p>Here’s a final test to check if you have understood the difference between <strong>sapere</strong>, <strong>potere</strong> and <strong>riuscire</strong>! Can you identify the subtle difference in meaning between each sentence below? Think about what the context may be in each situation, then scroll down to the end of the article to find the answers.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Non so guidare il camper.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Non posso guidare il camper.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Non riesco a guidare il camper.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Eccoci alla fine!</h2>
<p>The next time you&#8217;re in Italy or engaging in an Italian conversation, remember these three useful verbs. They will not only enrich your language skills but also open doors to a better understanding of the nuances of the Italian language.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to our test:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Non so guidare il camper.</strong> <em>I can’t / I don’t know how to drive the camper van. (I have never learned how to drive one.)</em></li>
<li><strong>Non posso guidare il camper.</strong><em> I can’t / I’m not allowed to drive the camper van. (I don’t have permission to do so, perhaps I don’t have the right licence or insurance policy to do so.)</em></li>
<li><strong>Non riesco a guidare il camper.</strong> <em>I can’t / I’m not able to drive the camper van. (No matter how hard I try &#8211; perhaps it feels too big).</em></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/652679801a58c900121bb885" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/">How to say ‘can’ in Italian: potere, sapere, riuscire</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-say-can-in-italian-potere-sapere-riuscire/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Useful expressions with &#8216;avoir&#8217;</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2023 16:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32563</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Which French expressions do you know that use the verb avoir? There are many to choose from! While avoir translates into English as &#8220;to have&#8221;, its use goes beyond possession and ownership, extending to sensations, emotions and age. The Coffee Break French Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify ... <a title="Useful expressions with &#8216;avoir&#8217;" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/" aria-label="More on Useful expressions with &#8216;avoir&#8217;">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/">Useful expressions with &#8216;avoir&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Which French expressions do you know that use the verb <strong>avoir</strong>? There are many to choose from! While <strong>avoir</strong> translates into English as &#8220;to have&#8221;, its use goes beyond possession and ownership, extending to sensations, emotions and age.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max chat about the verb <strong>avoir</strong> and look at some common expressions in which <strong>avoir</strong> is used differently from &#8220;to have&#8221; in English.</p>
<p>French’s linguistic quirks make it fascinating and, at times, tricky for learners, so using <strong>avoir</strong> correctly is an important learning point.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Common expressions that use ‘avoir’</h2>
<p>Let’s look at how <strong>avoir</strong> can be combined with various nouns to take on a variety of meanings that may not necessarily relate to possession or ownership.</p>
<h3>Age</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir _ ans<br />
</strong><em>to be _ years old</em></p>
<p>In French, your age is something you &#8220;have&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai 30 ans.</strong><br />
<em>I am 30 years old.</em></p>
<h3>To be hungry or thirsty</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir faim</strong><br />
<em>to be hungry </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir soif</strong><br />
<em>to be thirsty</em></p>
<p>When you&#8217;re hungry or thirsty, in French this is expressed as &#8220;having&#8221; the feeling of &#8220;hunger&#8221; or &#8220;thirst&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai faim.</strong><br />
<em>I am hungry.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai soif.</strong><br />
<em>I am thirsty.</em></p>
<h3>To be hot or cold</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir chaud</strong><br />
<em>to be hot</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir froid</strong><br />
<em>to be cold</em></p>
<p>French speakers also use <strong>avoir</strong> to express temperature sensations. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai chaud.</strong><br />
<em>I am hot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J&#8217;ai froid.</strong><br />
<em>I am cold.</em></p>
<h3>To be right or wrong</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir raison</strong><br />
<em>to be right</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir tort</strong><br />
<em>to be wrong</em></p>
<p>In French, you don&#8217;t say that &#8220;you are right or wrong&#8221;. Instead, &#8220;you have reason or wrong&#8221;. Here&#8217;s an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Je pense qu’il a raison.</strong><br />
<em>I think he is right.</em></p>
<h3>To be scared</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir peur de</strong><br />
<em>to be afraid of, to be scared of</em></p>
<p>When it comes to fear, we also express this using <strong>avoir </strong>in French. Let&#8217;s look at an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai peur des araignées.</strong><br />
<em>I am afraid of spiders.</em></p>
<h3>To be sleepy</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir sommeil</strong><br />
<em>to be sleepy</em></p>
<p>When you&#8217;re feeling sleepy, you don&#8217;t say that &#8220;you are sleepy&#8221; in French, rather, &#8220;you have sleepiness&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai sommeil ce soir.</strong><br />
<em>I’m sleepy tonight.</em></p>
<h3>To need something</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir besoin</strong> <strong>de</strong><br />
<em>to need</em></p>
<p>To express that you need something in French, we literally say that &#8220;you have need of&#8221; whatever it is. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>J’ai besoin de deux kilos de pommes.</strong><br />
<em>I need two kilograms of apples.</em></p>
<h3>To want or feel like something</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>avoir envie de</strong><br />
<em>to want, to feel like</em></p>
<p>We can also express a desire or craving for something using an <strong>avoir </strong>expression in French. Note that <strong>avoir envie de </strong>can be followed either by a verb (in the infinitive form) or a noun. Here&#8217;s an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tu as envie de manger une tarte aux pommes ?</strong><br />
<em>Do you feel like eating an apple pie?</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32570 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-104-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-104-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-104-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-104-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbf-show-104-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>A little challenge</h2>
<p>Let’s see if you can remember some of these expressions we’ve talked about. Here are three sentences for you to translate into French, using <strong>avoir </strong>expressions:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>My mother is always right.</em></li>
<li><em>I needed five more minutes.</em></li>
<li><em>It’s 3 am and I am not sleepy.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Once you have your answers, scroll down to the bottom of the page to see how you got on.</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p>As we&#8217;ve seen, the use of <strong>avoir</strong> in French very often cannot be translated into English as &#8220;to have&#8221;. Combined with different nouns, its meaning can range from sensations, to emotions and even age.</p>
<p>While these nuances may initially leave learners a little perplexed, don’t worry, you’ll get used to them. Ultimately, they add depth and character to the language, so the next time you encounter <strong>avoir</strong>, enjoy the thought that this little word can be used for expressing such a wide range of human experiences!</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenge:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>My mother is always right.</em> <strong>Ma mère a toujours raison.</strong></li>
<li><em>I needed five more minutes.</em><strong> J’avais besoin de cinq minutes de plus.</strong></li>
<li><em>It’s 3 am and I am not sleepy.</em><strong> Il est trois heures du matin et je n’ai pas sommeil.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/65382fab8299010011b71c75" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/">Useful expressions with &#8216;avoir&#8217;</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/useful-expressions-with-avoir/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When do I use &#8216;travel&#8217;, &#8216;trip&#8217; and &#8216;journey&#8217;?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 03 Nov 2023 16:15:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32505</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between the words travel, trip and journey? They all have similar meanings, so it’s easy to confuse them! The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Mark and Josie talk about when to ... <a title="When do I use &#8216;travel&#8217;, &#8216;trip&#8217; and &#8216;journey&#8217;?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/" aria-label="More on When do I use &#8216;travel&#8217;, &#8216;trip&#8217; and &#8216;journey&#8217;?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/">When do I use &#8216;travel&#8217;, &#8216;trip&#8217; and &#8216;journey&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between the words <strong>travel</strong>, <strong>trip</strong> and <strong>journey</strong>? They all have similar meanings, so it’s easy to confuse them!</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Mark and Josie talk about when to use <strong>travel</strong>, <strong>trip</strong> and <strong>journey</strong> correctly.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at the words <strong>travel</strong>, <strong>trip</strong> and <strong>journey</strong>.</p>
<h2>Travel</h2>
<p><strong>Travel</strong> is a verb. It describes the action of going to a place.</p>
<p>Here are some examples using <strong>travel</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>They travelled to London by train.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m going to travel to Australia this summer.</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">Top tip: we can often replace <strong>travel</strong> with <strong>go</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Travel</strong> is usually a verb, but not always. The word <strong>travels</strong> describes the action of visiting different places, and we can replace it with <strong>adventures</strong>. We use <strong>travels</strong> in the expressions <strong>go on your travels</strong> and <strong>be off on your travels</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Now that my daughter has finished high school, she’s off on her travels.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>When are you going on your travels in Europe?</em></p>
<h2>Journey</h2>
<p><strong>Journey</strong> is a noun. It describes the action of travelling from one place to another place. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Mark’s journey to work takes 20 minutes.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I am exhausted after my long bus journey.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Have a safe journey home!</em></p>
<h2>Trip</h2>
<p>Like <strong>journey</strong>, <strong>trip</strong> is also a noun. It describes the process of travelling to a place, doing things in that place, and travelling back home again. We use <strong>trip</strong> in the expressions <strong>take a trip</strong> and <strong>go on a trip</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She’s going on a business trip to Thailand.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We’re taking a trip to Greece this summer.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32529 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-103-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-103-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-103-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-103-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbe-show-103-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Let&#8217;s practise!</h2>
<p>Now, let’s practise! Here are five sentences. Complete the spaces with <strong>travel</strong>, <strong>trip</strong>, or <strong>journey</strong>. The answers are at the end of this blog post, but don’t look until you’ve thought about the answers!</p>
<ol>
<li>I ___ to work by train.</li>
<li>It was a really long car ___.</li>
<li>I’d love to go on a ___ around the world.</li>
<li>How long will the ___ to Rome take?</li>
<li>My brother is on a work ___ this week.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Happy Coffee Breaking!</h2>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising when to use <strong>travel</strong>, <strong>trip</strong>, and <strong>journey</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the questions:</p>
<ol>
<li>I <strong>travel</strong> to work by train.</li>
<li>It was a really long car <strong>journey</strong>.</li>
<li>I’d love to go on a <strong>trip</strong> around the world.</li>
<li>How long will the <strong>journey</strong> to Rome take?</li>
<li>My brother is on a work <strong>trip</strong> this week.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65267bf51a58c900121cba23" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/">When do I use &#8216;travel&#8217;, &#8216;trip&#8217; and &#8216;journey&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/when-do-i-use-travel-trip-and-journey/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to use ‘me gusta’ in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 16:15:39 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32494</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Me gusta el español may be one of the first sentences we learn when we start studying Spanish. However, gustar can be a tricky verb to use! In fact, &#8220;how do you say that you like something?&#8221; is one of the questions we get asked the most by our Coffee Break Spanish community. That&#8217;s why ... <a title="How to use ‘me gusta’ in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on How to use ‘me gusta’ in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/">How to use ‘me gusta’ in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Me gusta el español</strong> may be one of the first sentences we learn when we start studying Spanish. However, <strong>gustar</strong> can be a tricky verb to use!</p>
<p>In fact, &#8220;how do you say that you like something?&#8221; is one of the questions we get asked the most by our Coffee Break Spanish community. That&#8217;s why in the latest episode of <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show </em>Mark and Concha are chatting about how the structure <strong>me gusta</strong> works and teaching us how to use it in different tenses and situations.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Spanish language topics, and we hope that after listening to the episode and reading this article you&#8217;ll be confident using the verb <strong>gustar </strong>in many different situations.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Me gusta</h2>
<p>Verbs like <strong>gustar</strong> (used to talk about liking things) or <strong>encantar</strong> (used to talk about loving things) are back-to-front verbs when we compare the structure to English. Let’s take an example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Me gusta el café.</strong><br />
<em>I like coffee.</em></p>
<p>Yes, this means &#8220;I like coffee&#8221;, but its literal meaning is &#8220;to me (<strong>me</strong>) it pleases (<strong>gusta</strong>) the coffee (<strong>el café</strong>)&#8221;. Or, in other words, &#8220;coffee pleases me&#8221; = <strong>me gusta el café</strong>.</p>
<p>Understanding this structure is key to using the verb properly, because the verb is conjugated according to what is pleasing to us or what we like.</p>
<p>That might sound a bit obscure, so here are three examples where we can see how it is used in different situations:</p>
<h3 style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>me gusta</strong> + singular noun</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">e.g. <strong>Me gusta la manzana.</strong><br />
<em>I like the apple.</em></p>
<h3 style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>me gustan</strong> + plural noun</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">e.g. <strong>Me gustan las tazas.<br />
</strong><em>I like the mugs.</em></p>
<h3 style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>me gusta</strong> + verb (infinitive)</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">e.g. <strong>Me gusta estudiar español</strong>.<br />
<em>I like studying Spanish.</em></p>
<p>As you can see in the second structure, when we have a plural noun (<strong>tazas</strong> &#8211; &#8220;mugs&#8221;), instead of using <strong>me gusta</strong> (<strong>gustar </strong>in the third person singular form) we use <strong>me gustan</strong> (in the third person plural form). Remember that in Spanish we are saying “something pleases me”. When that something is a plural noun (as is the case with <strong>tazas</strong>), we are therefore saying &#8220;they please&#8221; (<strong>gustan</strong>), rather then &#8220;it pleases&#8221; (<strong>gusta</strong>).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32509 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>&#8216;Gustar&#8217; in different tenses</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s take this a stage further and try using <strong>gustar</strong> in different tenses. How would you say the following sentences in Spanish?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I have liked them a lot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I liked them a lot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You will like them.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You are going to like them.</em></p>
<p>Think about them for as long as you need to, then check the answers below:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I have liked them a lot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Here, we are using the perfect tense:<br />
<strong>Me han gustado mucho.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I liked them a lot.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Now, we are using the preterite tense.<br />
<strong>Me gustaron mucho.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You will like them.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Using the future tense, this would be:<br />
<strong>Te gustarán mucho.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>You are going to like them.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Here, we use the structure <strong>ir a</strong> + infinitive, and here we have two possible options. In the first option, the pronoun (<strong>te</strong>) goes before the <strong>van a gustar</strong> structure. In the second option, the pronoun goes after and is attached to the infinitive. Both are correct and there’s no difference in meaning:<br />
<strong>Te van a gustar mucho. / Van a gustarte mucho.</strong></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32510 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>How to say &#8220;I like you&#8221;</h2>
<p>We have seen how to use <strong>gustar</strong> in different tenses and structures, so now, can you guess how &#8220;I like you&#8221; is expressed in Spanish?</p>
<p>Since we are literally saying &#8220;you please me&#8221;, this would be <strong>me gustas (tú)</strong>, where the verb is conjugated according to the subject, <strong>tú</strong>. Remember that the subject pronoun is optional, as usual in Spanish.</p>
<p>To ask somebody “do you like me?”, you would say <strong>¿te gusto?</strong>, literally meaning &#8220;do I please you?&#8221;</p>
<p>Note that using <strong>gustar </strong>in this way suggests liking someone in a romantic way.</p>
<h2>&#8220;I like you&#8221; &#8211; with friends</h2>
<p>If you want to say you like someone, but not in a romantic way, we use <strong>caer bien</strong> in Spanish. <strong>¡Ojo!</strong> <strong>Caer</strong> is an irregular verb in some tenses. Let&#8217;s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La novia de mi hermano me cae bien.</strong><br />
<em>I like my brother’s girlfriend  (literally, &#8220;my brother’s girlfriend falls well to me&#8221;).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Los vecinos no me cayeron bien.</strong><br />
<em>I didn’t like the neighbours.</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32511 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-3-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-3-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/cbs-show-103-blog-3.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2>Translation challenge</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s put what we&#8217;ve learned to the test. How would you say the following sentence in Spanish? Try translating it using <strong>gustar </strong>first, then using <strong>caer bien</strong>, and think about how the meaning changes with each verb. You can find the answers at the end of this article. Here&#8217;s your translation challenge:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>At the beginning I didn’t like you, but now I like you very much.</em></p>
<h2>Conclusion and answers</h2>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Concha on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the translations of the sentence:</p>
<p>Using <strong>caer bien</strong>:<br />
<strong>Al principio no me caíste bien, pero ahora me caes muy bien.<br />
</strong>You would use this when talking to a friend or an acquaintance.</p>
<p>Using <strong>gustar</strong>:<br />
<strong>Al principio no me gustabas, pero ahora me gustas mucho.</strong><br />
You would use this when talking to somebody you are romantically interested in.</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/65382acef60f8700123350a2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/">How to use ‘me gusta’ in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/how-to-use-me-gusta-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Everything you need to know about the German umlaut</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2023 16:15:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32458</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>As you may already know, the umlaut in German is the two small dots that can be used above the letters a, o and u. But when and why do we use an umlaut? And how does the umlaut change the sound of the letter? The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in ... <a title="Everything you need to know about the German umlaut" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/" aria-label="More on Everything you need to know about the German umlaut">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/">Everything you need to know about the German umlaut</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As you may already know, the umlaut in German is the two small dots that can be used above the letters <strong>a</strong>, <strong>o </strong>and <strong>u</strong>. But when and why do we use an umlaut? And how does the umlaut change the sound of the letter?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas look at exactly how to pronounce letters with an umlaut and they chat about its different uses.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>How did umlauts evolve?</h2>
<p>It is said the umlaut came about through laziness! Thomas describes them as &#8220;vowel harmonies&#8221;. Basically, words that had an <strong>a</strong>, <strong>o</strong> or <strong>u</strong> alongside the letter <strong>i</strong> were difficult to pronounce and over time these letter combinations became <strong>ä</strong>, <strong>ö</strong> and <strong>ü</strong>.</p>
<p>One example of such an evolution in spelling is in the word for &#8220;goose&#8221;, <strong>Gansi</strong> <strong>&gt;</strong> <strong>Gänse</strong>.</p>
<h2>Pronunciation</h2>
<p>There are three letters that can be written with the umlaut in German. Let’s tackle them one by one.</p>
<h2>‘a’ with an umlaut: ä</h2>
<p>Let’s take a look at the <strong>ä</strong> sound. It is pronounced like the <strong>e</strong> sound in the English word &#8220;egg&#8221;. Though beware – different accents in English pronounce such words differently! Here are some examples of the umlaut in action:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Äpfel<br />
</strong><em>apples</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hände<br />
</strong><em>hands</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ähnlich<br />
</strong><em>similar</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Käfer</strong><br />
<em>bug, beetle</em></p>
<p>Of course, there are often exceptions to a rule. The <strong>ä</strong> sound in the following words has a slightly different pronunciation. To perfect these words, listen carefully to Thomas in the episode and really focus on the pronunciation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Käse</strong><br />
<em>cheese</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mädchen</strong><br />
<em>girl</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Allgäu</strong><br />
<em>an area in Germany</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mäuse</strong><br />
<em>mice</em></p>
<p>A little note about that last example: it is quite common in German to have a word of only one syllable in the singular, for example <strong>Maus </strong>(&#8220;mouse&#8221;), which adds an umlaut in the plural, as well as the <strong>-e</strong> at the end, in this case becoming <strong>Mäuse </strong>(&#8220;mice&#8221;).</p>
<h2>‘o’ with an umlaut: ö</h2>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s look at the sound created by <strong>ö</strong>. It can be pronounced as a short sound. You can hear these examples in the episode:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>öffnen</strong><br />
<em>to open</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>können</strong><br />
<em>to be able to</em></p>
<p>In some words, the <strong>ö</strong> sound is longer. This can be heard in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Öl</strong><br />
<em>oil</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>schön</strong><br />
<em>beautiful</em></p>
<h2>‘u’ with an umlaut: ü</h2>
<p>Next, we’ll look at <strong>ü</strong>, which you can pronounce by making an &#8220;ee&#8221; sound in English, but then pursing your lips. Thomas gives a great demonstration of this in the episode. Here are some examples of words containing <strong>ü</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>fünf</strong><br />
<em>five</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Müll</strong><br />
<em>rubbish</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tür</strong><br />
<em>door</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>üben</strong><br />
<em>to practise</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>übertrieben</strong><br />
<em>over the top</em></p>
<p>Note that in the first two examples above the <strong>ü</strong> has a short sound, but in the last three it has a longer sound.</p>
<p>By the way, the last word is one that Thomas used at the start of the episode to describe how excited he was about this topic!</p>
<h2>What else do we need to know about umlauts?</h2>
<p>It is essential to take note that where an umlaut is found can make a difference not only to the sound of a word, but its meaning, too.</p>
<p>One example is that the word <strong>schon</strong> means &#8220;already&#8221;, but<strong> schön</strong> means &#8220;beautiful&#8221;. It is only the addition of the umlaut that distinguishes the two words from one another, yet it changes the meaning significantly.</p>
<h2>Adding an umlaut can create a plural noun</h2>
<p>As we’ve seen, adding an umlaut is often how the plural of a noun is formed, particularly for single-syllable nouns. Here are some more examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Maus &gt; Mäuse</strong><br />
<em>mouse &gt; mice</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Haus &gt; Häuser</strong><br />
<em>house &gt; houses</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Hand &gt; Hände</strong><br />
<em>hand &gt; hands</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Zug &gt; Züge</strong><br />
<em>train &gt; trains</em></p>
<h2>Adding an umlaut to form the comparative</h2>
<p>When changing an adjective into the comparative form, an umlaut is often added to create that form. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>groß &gt; größer</strong><br />
<em>big &gt; bigger</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>arm &gt; ärmer</strong><br />
<em>poor &gt; poorer</em></p>
<p>It is often the case that one-syllable adjectives form the comparative by adding an umlaut (similar to one-syllable nouns). Obviously, the comparative adds the &#8211;<strong>er</strong> ending as well as adding the umlaut.</p>
<h2>Umlauts in conjugated verbs</h2>
<p>Often, when a verb is conjugated in the present tense, an umlaut is added. Thomas mentions the verb that was the focus of a previous episode in this series, <strong>fahren</strong>. Previously, we looked at <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">when to use <strong>fahren </strong>and when to use <strong>gehen </strong>to translate &#8220;to go&#8221;, </a>but now let&#8217;s see how different parts of the verb are spelled differently, involving an umlaut:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ich fahre</strong><br />
<strong>du fährst</strong><br />
<strong>er/sie/es fährt</strong><br />
<strong>wir fahren</strong><br />
<strong>ihr fahrt</strong><br />
<strong>Sie/sie fahren</strong></p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32467 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-103-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-103-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-103-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-103-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-103-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>We hope that you now know how and when to use an umlaut in German. If you&#8217;re unsure of how to type letters with umlauts on your keyboard, scroll down to take a look at our tips.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Remember to bookmark this article so that you can refer back to it for help with the pronunciation and uses of the umlaut. We&#8217;ll be back soon with another interesting German language topic.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2>How to type an umlaut on your keyboard</h2>
<p>Finally, here is our guide on how to type an umlaut when you are writing on a keyboard or phone.</p>
<p>This, of course, depends on which operating system you use. As Thomas says, if you have a German keyboard, it’s easy as there is an umlaut key on the keyboard.</p>
<p>If you are using a Mac:</p>
<ol>
<li>Hold down the option/alt key + u, which gives the umlaut.</li>
<li>Then release the keys and type the letter over which you want the umlaut (<strong>a</strong>, <strong>o</strong> or <strong>u</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<p>If you are using a PC, it’s a little more complicated. Different systems have their own shortcuts, but there is one fail-safe option:</p>
<ol>
<li>Hold down the Windows key + r to open the Run dialog box, then type in &#8220;charmap&#8221; and press enter. The character map box should appear.</li>
<li>Double click on the character you want to copy so that it appears in the text box.</li>
<li>Click on &#8220;copy&#8221; to copy the character, then you can paste it anywhere with the ctrl + v shortcut.</li>
</ol>
<p>With most smartphones, hold down the letter to which you want to add the umlaut and options will appear. Scroll or swipe along to select the one you want to use.</p>
<p>If you are unable to use any of these options, you can write the letter <strong>e</strong> after the <strong>a</strong>, <strong>o</strong> or <strong>u</strong>. This option will give the same sound as using an umlaut so it will be understood by readers.</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/652676b51a58c900121aaba4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/">Everything you need to know about the German umlaut</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/11/everything-you-need-to-know-about-the-german-umlaut/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>5 rules for when to use ‘a’ and ‘in’ in Italian</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 16:15:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32431</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Going to a café can be a great opportunity to sit down and listen to one of our Coffee Break Italian podcasts with a nice cup of coffee or tea. In this article we&#8217;re talking about prepositions, so do you know which preposition you&#8217;d use in Italian to talk about going to a café or being ... <a title="5 rules for when to use ‘a’ and ‘in’ in Italian" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/" aria-label="More on 5 rules for when to use ‘a’ and ‘in’ in Italian">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/">5 rules for when to use ‘a’ and ‘in’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Going to a café can be a great opportunity to sit down and listen to one of our <em>Coffee Break Italian</em> podcasts with a nice cup of coffee or tea. In this article we&#8217;re talking about prepositions, so do you know which preposition you&#8217;d use in Italian to talk about going <em>to</em> a café or being <em>in</em> a café?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode Mark and Maurizio talk about prepositions and, in particular, when to use <strong>a</strong> and when to use <strong>in</strong>.</p>
<p>These prepositions can describe both being in a location and motion towards a place. Depending on how they are used in a sentence, <strong>a</strong> and <strong>in</strong> could be translated into English as &#8220;in&#8221;, &#8220;at&#8221; or &#8220;to&#8221;.</p>
<p>If this sounds confusing just now, don&#8217;t worry! In the episode, Maurizio gives us five rules to help us remember when to use these prepositions.</p>
<p>Read on to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Rule 1: use &#8216;a&#8217; with cities</h2>
<p>In Italian, the preposition <strong>a</strong> is used to describe both being in a city and going to a city. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono a Londra.</strong><br />
<em>I’m in London.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vado a Londra.</strong><br />
<em>I go to London.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Abito a Roma.</strong><br />
<em>I live in Rome.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tommaso va spesso a Dublino.</strong><br />
<em>Tommaso often goes to Dublin.</em></p>
<h2>Rule 2: use &#8216;in&#8217; with countries</h2>
<p>The preposition <strong>in</strong> is used to talk about location and motion when it comes to bigger geographical areas, such as continents, countries, states, and regions. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tommaso va spesso in Irlanda.</strong><br />
<em>Tommaso often goes to Ireland.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Oggi ci troviamo in Oregon.</strong><br />
<em>Today, we are in Oregon (literally, &#8220;we find ourselves in Oregon’&#8221;</em><em>).</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mi piace viaggiare in Asia.</strong><br />
<em>I like travelling in Asia.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vivete in Piemonte o in Liguria?</strong><br />
<em>Do you (plural) live in Piedmont or in Liguria?</em></p>
<h2>Rule 3: use &#8216;in&#8217; with rooms</h2>
<p>We also use the preposition <strong>in</strong> with rooms. Again, it can mean either &#8220;in&#8221; or &#8220;to&#8221;, depending on the context. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sto andando in cucina per preparare il pranzo.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to the kitchen to make lunch.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Vado in bagno.</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to the bathroom.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Siamo in classe.</strong><br />
<em>We’re in class.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andiamo in cucina.</strong><br />
<em>We go to the kitchen.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dormiamo in camera da letto.</strong><br />
<em>We sleep in the bedroom.</em></p>
<h2>Rule 4: use &#8216;in&#8217; with buildings</h2>
<p>When you’re talking about being at or going to a building, you should use the preposition <strong>in</strong>. Let&#8217;s look at these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andiamo in chiesa.</strong><br />
<em>We go to church.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>I miei figli vanno in palestra.</strong><br />
<em>My children go to the gym.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ora sono in banca.</strong><br />
<em>I’m at the bank now.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lavorano in ufficio.</strong><br />
<em>They work at the office.</em></p>
<p>We also use <strong>in</strong> when talking about places ending in <strong>-ia</strong> or <strong>-teca</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andiamo in biblioteca.</strong><br />
<em>We go to the library.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mangiamo in pizzeria.</strong><br />
<em>We eat at the pizzeria.</em></p>
<h2>Rule 5: rules have exceptions!</h2>
<p>Mark and Maurizio also mention other phrases with <strong>a</strong> and <strong>in</strong> that don’t really follow the previous rules.</p>
<p>Despite being a building, we always use the preposition <strong>a</strong> when we are talking about a house or home. So, <strong>a casa</strong> can mean both &#8220;in the house&#8221; and &#8220;to the house&#8221;. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sei già a casa?</strong><br />
<em>Are you already home?</em></p>
<p>Other similar exceptions are school and theatre &#8211; <strong>a scuola</strong>, for example, meaning both &#8220;at&#8221; or &#8220;to the school&#8221;, and <strong>a teatro</strong>, meaning &#8220;at&#8221; or &#8220;to the theatre&#8221;. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sei ancora a scuola?</strong><br />
<em>Are you still at school?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andiamo a teatro stasera.</strong><br />
<em>We’re going to the theatre tonight.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Andiamo al teatro alla Scala.</strong><br />
<em>We’re going to La Scala theatre.</em></p>
<p>Another tricky one is when you go to bed. We mentioned that we say <strong>in camera da letto</strong>. However, for being &#8220;in&#8221; or going &#8220;to bed&#8221; we say <strong>a letto</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sono a letto.</strong><br />
<em>I’m in bed.</em></p>
<p>Finally, Mark and Maurizio mention some specific phrases with <strong>in</strong> in relation to going on holiday:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>andare in vacanza</strong><br />
<em>to go on holiday</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>andare in montagna</strong><br />
<em>to go to the mountains</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>essere in spiaggia</strong><br />
<em>to be at the beach</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>andare in campagna</strong><br />
<em>to go to the countryside</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>essere in hotel / albergo</strong><br />
<em>to be in the hotel</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary and a challenge!</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32434 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-103-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-103-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-103-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-103-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-103-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p><strong>Siamo pronti?</strong> Let’s see if you can translate the following sentences:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Right now, I’m in the office in Milan, in Lombardy, in Italy, in Europe.</em><br />
<em>Tomorrow, I’ll be on holiday in Palermo, in Sicily, in the hotel or at the beach!</em></p>
<p>The answers are at the end, but no peeking until you have noted down your translations!</p>
<h2>Conclusion and answers</h2>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Other than that, keep practising when to use <strong>in </strong>and <strong>a</strong>! Mastering prepositions can make a complete change to how you sound in a language and will help you be much more confident when you next travel to Italy. However, don&#8217;t worry if you make mistakes – you&#8217;ll still be understood, even if you get your prepositions wrong. The most important thing is to make the effort to communicate.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenges:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Right now, I’m in the office in Milan, in Lombardy, in Italy, in Europe.</em><br />
<strong>Adesso sono in ufficio a Milano, in Lombardia, in Italia, in Europa.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>Tomorrow, I’ll be on holiday in Palermo, in Sicily, in the hotel or at the beach!</em><br />
<strong>Domani sarò in vacanza a Palermo, in Sicilia, in albergo o in spiaggia!</strong></p>
<p>PPS. We opened this article with the question of how to talk about going <em>to </em>a café and being <em>in </em>a café. In Italian, both &#8220;to the café&#8221; and &#8220;in the café&#8221; would be translated as <strong>al caffè</strong>.</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/652679142646e80012406e6c" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/">5 rules for when to use ‘a’ and ‘in’ in Italian</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/5-rules-for-when-to-use-a-and-in-in-italian/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Converse in French like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘vous’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 16:15:31 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32401</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Learning a new language comes with its own set of interesting challenges, and for learners of French, one of these challenges is knowing when to use the informal tu and when to use the formal vous, especially if your native language is one which only has one word for &#8220;you&#8221;. Mastering this nuance, however, is ... <a title="Converse in French like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘vous’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/" aria-label="More on Converse in French like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘vous’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/">Converse in French like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘vous’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learning a new language comes with its own set of interesting challenges, and for learners of French, one of these challenges is knowing when to use the informal <strong>tu</strong> and when to use the formal <strong>vous</strong>, especially if your native language is one which only has one word for &#8220;you&#8221;.</span></p>
<p>Mastering this nuance, however, is important to help you converse in French like a native. This subtle distinction can greatly affect the way you communicate with others and is a crucial aspect of French etiquette.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max explore the key points related to the use of <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>vous</strong>, shedding light on the rules, the exceptions and the social context that surrounds this linguistic choice.</p>
<p>In this article, we are going to look at the tips they give us to be able to confidently hold a conversation in French, choosing whether to go with the informal <strong>tu</strong> or the formal <strong>vous</strong>.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>&#8216;Tu&#8217; or &#8216;vous&#8217;?</h2>
<p>Before we get into when to use <strong>tu </strong>and when to use <strong>vous</strong>, we should say that while it&#8217;s an important and interesting topic for French learners, don&#8217;t get too hung up on it! The most important thing is that you are using your French to communicate, and if you use the &#8220;wrong&#8221; word for &#8220;you&#8221;, people will understand you&#8217;re a learner and will just be happy that you&#8217;re practising your French with them.</p>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s get into our topic. One of the fundamental distinctions in French language usage is between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>vous</strong>. The choice between these two forms of address is not arbitrary, but rather dictated by politeness and respect.</p>
<h2>‘Vous’: a matter of politeness and respect</h2>
<ul>
<li>Use <strong>vous</strong> when you want to convey politeness and maintain a certain distance in your conversation.</li>
<li>Address older individuals, people in professional settings (e.g. restaurants, shops) and strangers with <strong>vous</strong>.</li>
<li>It is a common choice when interacting with people you don&#8217;t know well or who hold a certain level of authority.</li>
</ul>
<h2>‘Tu’: reserved for family and friends</h2>
<ul>
<li>Reserve <strong>tu</strong> for close relationships, such as family and friends, and when addressing children.</li>
<li>The use of <strong>tu</strong> indicates a more intimate and friendly level of communication.</li>
</ul>
<h2>The plural &#8220;you&#8221;</h2>
<ul>
<li>When speaking to two or more individuals simultaneously, always use <strong>vous</strong>.</li>
<li>This rule takes precedence over other considerations, so <strong>vous </strong>is used in both formal and informal situations to refer to a plural &#8220;you&#8221;.</li>
</ul>
<h2>‘Tutoyer’: a checkpoint in friendship</h2>
<p>Transitioning from using <strong>vous</strong> to <strong>tu</strong> can be a significant moment in a relationship. It reflects a closer, more intimate bond between individuals.</p>
<p>Often, friends in the making ask each other <strong>o</strong><strong>n se tutoie ?</strong> to establish whether they should switch to using <strong>tu</strong>. This question uses the verb <strong>tutoyer</strong>, which means &#8220;to use the <strong>tu </strong>form with&#8221;. <strong>Vouvoyer</strong>, on the other hand, means &#8220;to use the <strong>vous </strong>form with&#8221;.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Key phrase: <strong>On se tutoie ? </strong>&#8211; <em>Shall we use the <strong>tu </strong>form with each other?</em></p>
<h2>Some anecdotes</h2>
<p>To better understand the nuances of using <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>vous</strong> in French, in this episode Mark and Max share some personal anecdotes with us, which highlight how choosing between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>vous</strong> can be dictated by the context, even between the same two people.</p>
<h3>Social context can influence choice</h3>
<p>Mark tells us that he once attended a work event in France where he initially used <strong>vous</strong> during the day when interacting with colleagues. However, in the relaxed atmosphere of a restaurant later on in the evening, they switched to <strong>tu</strong>. The next day, back in the formal setting of the conference, they returned to using <strong>vous</strong>. This demonstrates how context can influence your choice.</p>
<p>Max talks about his teacher at school, who was also the father of a football teammate. In the classroom, he addressed the teacher as <strong>vous</strong>, but used <strong>tu</strong> when interacting on the football pitch. This example underscores how the social context can govern whether to use <strong>tu</strong> or <strong>vous</strong>.</p>
<h3>A sign of growing up!</h3>
<p>Max explains that, in French culture, the first time someone addresses you with <strong>vous</strong> is often seen as a moment of growing up or becoming more mature. This typically happens around the time when teenagers start to transition into adulthood.</p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32417 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-103-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-103-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-103-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-103-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-103-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Before we go, there&#8217;s one last thing to mention about <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>vous</strong>, which may have already occurred to you if you watched or listened to episode 1 of our series, and that is pronunciation! In episode 1, Mark and Max discussed the difference between the vowel sounds <strong>u</strong> and <strong>ou</strong> in French, so make sure to differentiate between the <strong>u</strong> in <strong>tu</strong> and the <strong>ou</strong> in <strong>vous</strong>. If you haven&#8217;t already seen it, you can find that episode <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>, and you can practise your <strong>u</strong> and <strong>ou</strong> vowels just by saying the two words for &#8220;you&#8221;!</p>
<p>Mastering the distinction between formal and informal language will make your experience of speaking French richer and more complete. For example, the transition from <strong>vous</strong> to <strong>tu</strong> can be a meaningful checkpoint in developing closer, more intimate relationships with native speakers.</p>
<p>So, whether you find yourself addressing a new acquaintance with <strong>vous</strong> or using <strong>tu</strong> with a close friend, you’re now equipped to make the right choice in your French conversations. E<span style="font-weight: 400;">mbracing these language subtleties will enhance your ability to connect with French speakers and immerse yourself more deeply in their culture.</span></p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Finally, while it may seem daunting at first, remember that with practice and experience it will become more natural. In the meantime, making mistakes is normal and native speakers will always be happy to hear you make the effort.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/65382f60df30c300121dbf9f" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/">Converse in French like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘vous’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-french-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-vous/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The present simple and present continuous: ‘I work’ or ‘I am working’?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2023 15:15:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32381</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between I work and I am working in English? This can be a challenging topic for English learners, especially because many languages just have one present tense. The Coffee Break English Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In ... <a title="The present simple and present continuous: ‘I work’ or ‘I am working’?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/" aria-label="More on The present simple and present continuous: ‘I work’ or ‘I am working’?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/">The present simple and present continuous: ‘I work’ or ‘I am working’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know the difference between <strong>I work</strong> and<strong> I am working</strong> in English?</p>
<p>This can be a challenging topic for English learners, especially because many languages just have one present tense.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English. In the latest episode, Mark and Josie talk about the difference between the present simple and the present continuous tenses.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">They explain the</span> rules for when to use these tenses,<span style="font-weight: 400;"> so hopefully this will help you understand them better.</span></p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at the present simple and present continuous tenses. Keep reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Present simple</h2>
<p><strong>I work</strong> is the present simple tense. Here is the verb <strong>work</strong> conjugated in the present simple:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">I work<br />
you work<br />
he/she/it works<br />
we work<br />
they work</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">I don&#8217;t work<br />
you don&#8217;t work<br />
he/she/it doesn&#8217;t work<br />
we don&#8217;t work<br />
they don&#8217;t work</p>
<h2>When to use the present simple</h2>
<p>Now that we know the structure of the present simple, do you know when to use it?</p>
<p>We use the present simple when we talk about habits, routines, and things that are always true. For example, when we are talking about someone’s permanent job or career. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I work as a teacher.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She works as a bus driver.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>They work from home.</em></p>
<h2>Present continuous</h2>
<p><strong>I am working</strong> is the present continuous tense. Here is the verb <strong>work</strong> conjugated in the present continuous:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">I am working<br />
you are working<br />
he/she/it is working<br />
we are working<br />
they are working</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">I&#8217;m not working<br />
you aren&#8217;t working<br />
he/she/it isn&#8217;t working<br />
we aren&#8217;t working<br />
they aren&#8217;t working</p>
<h2>When to use the present continuous</h2>
<p>We use the present continuous tense when we talk about temporary actions, or actions that are happening as we are speaking or at the present moment. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m working, so I can’t talk right now.</em><br />
= action happening in the present moment</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>She usually works in the office, but she’s working at home this week.</em><br />
= temporary action</p>
<h2>Let’s compare</h2>
<p>Here are some more examples where you can see the difference between the present simple and the present continuous:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I’m drinking coffee now.<br />
</em><em>I drink coffee every day.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are speaking English at the moment.<br />
</em><em>Josie also speaks French.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>I go to the cinema once a month.</em><br />
<em>This podcast is going very well!</em></p>
<h2>The exception: state verbs</h2>
<p>So far, so good! However, there are some verbs that we don&#8217;t usually use in the present continuous tense. These are called &#8220;state verbs&#8221;.</p>
<p>State verbs usually describe internal things like senses, emotions, and possession. So, even when we are talking about temporary actions, or actions that are happening at the present moment, we have to use the present simple, not the present continuous. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><del><em>I am being happy right now.</em></del><br />
<em>I am happy right now.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><del><em>I am knowing the answer.</em></del><br />
<em>I know the answer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><del><em>He is wanting a coffee.</em></del><br />
<em>He wants a coffee.</em></p>
<p>There are lots of state verbs, so it’s a good idea to do some more research and learn some more.</p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32384 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-102-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-102-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-102-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-102-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-102-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65267b55d5cc040012017a47" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/">The present simple and present continuous: ‘I work’ or ‘I am working’?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/the-present-simple-and-present-continuous-i-work-or-i-am-working/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use &#8216;el&#8217; with feminine nouns</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 15:15:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32319</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered why there are some feminine nouns that use the masculine definite article el? You may be thinking of examples like el agua, el hambre or el aula. You probably already know that when it comes to grammatical gender in Spanish, nouns can either be masculine or feminine. Masculine nouns use the word el to mean &#8220;the&#8221; ... <a title="When to use &#8216;el&#8217; with feminine nouns" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/" aria-label="More on When to use &#8216;el&#8217; with feminine nouns">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/">When to use &#8216;el&#8217; with feminine nouns</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered why there are some feminine nouns that use the masculine definite article <strong>el</strong>? You may be thinking of examples like <strong>el agua</strong>, <strong>el hambre </strong>or <strong>el aula</strong>.</p>
<p>You probably already know that when it comes to grammatical gender in Spanish, nouns can either be masculine or feminine. Masculine nouns use the word <strong>el </strong>to mean &#8220;the&#8221; in the singular form, while feminine nouns typically use <strong>la</strong>. So, what is happening with words like <strong>el agua</strong>?</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Spanish language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Anabel look at a selection of words that take the article <strong>el</strong> despite actually being feminine nouns. By the end of this episode, you&#8217;ll know exactly how to use these nouns with any article or adjective, and see that it&#8217;s not as complicated as it may seem at first!</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Is ‘agua’ masculine or feminine?</h2>
<p>One of the most common mistakes when it comes to noun gender in Spanish comes with words like <strong>agua </strong>(&#8220;water&#8221;), <strong>hambre </strong>(&#8220;hunger&#8221;), or <strong>aula</strong> (&#8220;classroom&#8221;) &#8211; some of the first words you may learn in the language!</p>
<p>You have probably learned to write <strong>el agua</strong>, <strong>el hambre</strong> and<strong> el aula</strong>, and you are not wrong! The issue comes when you assume they are masculine nouns or they always use masculine articles, because that’s not the case.</p>
<p><strong>¿Qué está pasando entonces? </strong>Feminine nouns starting with a stressed <strong>a</strong> sound follow some very special rules.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">When a feminine singular noun starts with a stressed <strong>a</strong>, we use <strong>el</strong>, <strong>un</strong>, <strong>algún</strong> and <strong>ningún</strong> before them.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>el agua<br />
</strong><em>the water</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un agua<br />
</strong><em>a water</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>algún agua<br />
</strong><em>some water</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ningún agua<br />
</strong><em>no water</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">When the noun is in its plural form, we use the feminine form of the article.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>las aguas<br />
</strong><em>the waters</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>unas aguas<br />
</strong><em>a few waters</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>algunas aguas<br />
</strong><em>some waters</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ningunas aguas<br />
</strong><em>no waters</em></p>
<p>It’s important to keep in mind that we only use the masculine form with these nouns when we use <strong>el</strong>, <strong>un</strong>, <strong>algún</strong> and <strong>ningún</strong> before the noun. As you can see, we use the feminine form of the articles when using the plural form.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32357 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Take a look at these further examples and notice that <strong>esta</strong>, <strong>mucha</strong> and <strong>nuestra </strong>are in their feminine singular form &#8211; back to what you would expect with a feminine noun like <strong>agua</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>esta agua<br />
</strong><em>this water</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mucha agua<br />
</strong><em>a lot of water</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nuestra agua<br />
</strong><em>our water</em></p>
<p><strong>¡Ojo!</strong> If we want to say &#8220;all the water&#8221;, it should be <strong>toda el agua</strong>, where the feminine form is used in <strong>toda</strong>, but we keep the masculine article <strong>el</strong>.</p>
<p>Indeed, when this type of noun is combined with an adjective, the adjective agrees in gender with the noun, even when using a masculine article. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>el agua fría<br />
</strong><em>the cold water</em></p>
<p>However, if we move the adjective before the noun, then we have:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la fría agua<br />
</strong><em>the cold water</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32358 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-102-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>In summary, <strong>el agua</strong>, <strong>el hambre</strong> and<strong> el aula</strong> might look like masculine nouns at first, but it is only to help pronunciation – in reality, they are all feminine nouns. The best way to get your head around this is to put it into practice.</p>
<h2>Let’s practise!</h2>
<p>Translate the following phrases into Spanish. For each one, we&#8217;ve given you the noun in brackets. You can find the answers and an explanation at the end of this article.</p>
<ol>
<li>open area (<strong>área</strong>)</li>
<li>the bald eagle (<strong>águila</strong>)</li>
<li>some white wing (<strong>ala</strong>)</li>
<li>the best water (<strong>agua</strong>)</li>
<li>the small classroom (use <strong>aulita</strong> (<strong>aula</strong> + <strong>ita</strong>) for &#8220;small classroom&#8221;)</li>
</ol>
<h2>Conclusion and answers</h2>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Anabel on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Finally, remember that when it comes to noun gender, while it&#8217;s useful to learn the rules and can help to give you more confidence when speaking, you&#8217;ll be easily understood even if you make mistakes!</p>
<p>We&#8217;ll be back soon with another interesting Spanish language topic. Until then, happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h2></h2>
<p>PS. Here are the answers to the challenges:</p>
<ol>
<li>open area (<strong>área</strong>) &#8211; <strong>área abierta<br />
Área</strong> is a feminine noun.</li>
<li>the bald eagle (<strong>águila</strong>) &#8211; <strong>el águila calva<br />
Águila</strong> is a feminine noun, so the adjective <strong>calvo/a</strong> agrees with it. However, it starts with a stressed <strong>a</strong>, so we use the article <strong>el</strong>.</li>
<li>some white wing (<strong>ala</strong>) &#8211; <strong>algún ala blanca<br />
</strong>The same applies here as in the previous example. However, we can also say <strong>alguna blanca ala</strong>. Since the adjective goes before the noun in this case, the article doesn’t change.</li>
<li>the best water (<strong>agua</strong>) &#8211; <strong>la mejor agua<br />
</strong>The adjective<strong> mejor</strong> always goes before the noun. Since the adjective goes before the noun, the article remains as <strong>la</strong>, rather than <strong>el</strong>.</li>
<li>the small classroom (<strong>aulita</strong>) &#8211; <strong>la aulita<br />
Aulita</strong> now has the stress on the syllable <strong>&#8211;</strong><strong>li-</strong>, so it doesn’t start with a stressed <strong>a</strong>, meaning that it doesn’t need a different article. Other options could have been: <strong>el aula pequeña</strong> or <strong>la pequeña aula</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/65382675ebdabd00121925b4" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/">When to use &#8216;el&#8217; with feminine nouns</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-el-with-feminine-nouns/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Saying ‘to go’ in German: &#8216;fahren&#8217; or &#8216;gehen&#8217;?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2023 15:15:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32245</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Most learners think of the verb gehen when they want to say &#8220;to go&#8221; in German, but that’s not always correct! Yes, there are times when you should use gehen, but at other times we use fahren. Both verbs can mean &#8220;to go&#8221; in different contexts. The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series ... <a title="Saying ‘to go’ in German: &#8216;fahren&#8217; or &#8216;gehen&#8217;?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/" aria-label="More on Saying ‘to go’ in German: &#8216;fahren&#8217; or &#8216;gehen&#8217;?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/">Saying ‘to go’ in German: &#8216;fahren&#8217; or &#8216;gehen&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Most learners think of the verb <strong>gehen</strong> when they want to say &#8220;to go&#8221; in German, but that’s not always correct!</p>
<p>Yes, there are times when you should use <strong>gehen</strong>, but at other times we use <strong>fahren</strong>. Both verbs can mean &#8220;to go&#8221; in different contexts.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas clarify when to use <strong>gehen</strong> or<strong> fahren</strong>. Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>Translating &#8220;to go&#8221; into German</h2>
<p>In English, &#8220;to go&#8221; covers all methods of getting to a destination. For example, we can say:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are going to the supermarket.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We went to Spain last week.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em>We are going on a holiday.</em></p>
<p>However, German requires a more nuanced approach.</p>
<h2>When to use ‘fahren’</h2>
<p>Usually, when a method of transport, such as car, bus, or train, is involved, then <strong>fahren</strong> would be used. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich fahre zum Einkaufen.<br />
</strong><em>I am driving / going to the shops.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Er fährt morgen mit dem Zug nach Berlin.<br />
</strong><em>He is going to Berlin tomorrow by train.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wann fährst du in den Urlaub nach Peru?<br />
</strong><em>When are you going on holiday to Peru?</em></p>
<h2>When to use ‘gehen’</h2>
<p>When no method of transport is mentioned, <strong>gehen</strong> is used. It, therefore, implies that someone is walking somewhere. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Ich gehe zur Post und kaufe eine Briefmarke.<br />
</strong><em>I am going / walking to the post office and I am buying a stamp.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wenn es schön ist, gehe ich zur Arbeit.<br />
</strong><em>When the weather is nice, I walk to work.</em></p>
<p>Both of these examples clearly imply that the person is walking and so <strong>gehen</strong> is used.</p>
<h2>Another use of &#8216;gehen&#8217;</h2>
<p>The verb <strong>gehen</strong> is more often used in the context of going somewhere to do an activity or task, or attending something. Let&#8217;s look at these examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie gehen schwimmen.<br />
</strong><em>They are going swimming.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mein Bruder geht in die Grundschule.<br />
</strong><em>My brother goes to primary school.</em></p>
<p>The second example shows how the verb <strong>gehen</strong> is used to mean &#8220;to attend&#8221;.</p>
<p>To distinguish between <strong>gehen</strong> and <strong>fahren</strong>, Mark uses the example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir fahren morgen zum Schwimmbad. Wir gehen schwimmen.<br />
</strong><em>We are going to the swimming pool tomorrow. We are going swimming.</em></p>
<h2>Ready to go?</h2>
<p>Before we <em>go</em>, here&#8217;s a visual summary of what we&#8217;ve learned.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32246 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-102-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-102-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-102-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-102-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-102-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>As you can imagine, there is a bit of a grey area, so it’s always best to check if you are not sure. But don’t worry &#8211; you will always be understood, even if you mix up the verbs.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h3>Listen to the podcast</h3>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/65267689b774f70011e100dc" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/">Saying ‘to go’ in German: &#8216;fahren&#8217; or &#8216;gehen&#8217;?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/saying-to-go-in-german-fahren-or-gehen/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.16 &#124; Descrbing locations and places in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-16-descrbing-locations-and-places-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-16-descrbing-locations-and-places-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Oct 2023 15:15:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32273</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In Lesson 16 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re continuing with our holiday theme and learning how to describe the landscape. This topic gives teacher Susanna the perfect opportunity to teach learner Mark about adjective agreements in Gaelic.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-16-descrbing-locations-and-places-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.16 | Descrbing locations and places in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In Lesson 16 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re continuing with our holiday theme and learning how to describe the landscape. This topic gives teacher Susanna the perfect opportunity to teach learner Mark about adjective agreements in Gaelic.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65381089bc6f900012263ac6" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-16-descrbing-locations-and-places-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.16 | Descrbing locations and places in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-16-descrbing-locations-and-places-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.16 &#124; Shopping for souvenirs – Essential Portuguese shopping vocabulary</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 15:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32269</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 16 of Coffee Break Portuguese! This is the series in which we&#8217;re learning Portuguese right from the beginning, along with Rafael and Ava. The topic of this lesson is shopping. We&#8217;re learning some transactional language that will come in useful when you’re in a shop. We learn the words for different types ... <a title="CBP 1.16 &#124; Shopping for souvenirs – Essential Portuguese shopping vocabulary" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.16 &#124; Shopping for souvenirs – Essential Portuguese shopping vocabulary">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/">CBP 1.16 | Shopping for souvenirs – Essential Portuguese shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to lesson 16 of Coffee Break Portuguese! This is the series in which we&#8217;re learning Portuguese right from the beginning, along with Rafael and Ava. The topic of this lesson is shopping. We&#8217;re learning some transactional language that will come in useful when you’re in a shop. We learn the words for different types of souvenirs, and how to ask how much things cost.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/6537d9cadf30c30012fd0c6d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/">CBP 1.16 | Shopping for souvenirs – Essential Portuguese shopping vocabulary</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-16-shopping-for-souvenirs-essential-portuguese-shopping-vocabulary/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce Italian double consonants</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 15:15:17 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32175</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Italian is renowned for its smooth and lyrical sounds. One of the intriguing aspects of Italian pronunciation lies in its double consonants &#8211; or le doppie. In Italian, all consonants can be doubled (apart from the letter H). Even the double Q exists &#8211; soqquadro (&#8220;disarray&#8221;). The Coffee Break Italian Show is a podcast series ... <a title="How to pronounce Italian double consonants" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce Italian double consonants">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/">How to pronounce Italian double consonants</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Italian is renowned for its smooth and lyrical sounds. One of the intriguing aspects of Italian pronunciation lies in its double consonants &#8211; or <strong>le doppie</strong>.</p>
<p>In Italian, all consonants can be doubled (apart from the letter <strong>H</strong>). Even the double <strong>Q</strong> exists &#8211; <strong>soqquadro</strong> (&#8220;disarray&#8221;).</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Maurizio share some tips on how to perfect your pronunciation of double consonants.</p>
<p>Mastering this phonetic feature is a way to make you sound more Italian when you speak, so continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>The power of &#8216;le doppie&#8217;</h2>
<p>Sometimes, the pronunciation of <strong>le doppie </strong>marks the difference in meaning between words. For example, notice the difference in meaning between the following words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>casa<br />
</strong><em>house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cassa<br />
</strong><em>box</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>pena<br />
</strong><em>pain, suffering</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>penna<br />
</strong><em>pen</em></p>
<p>This underscores why it is important to learn how to pronounce double consonants. Having said this, context always helps, and in most situations the person you&#8217;re speaking to will understand what you&#8217;re talking about. Even if you don&#8217;t quite pronounce <strong>le doppie </strong>correctly, most people will just be happy you&#8217;re speaking in Italian!</p>
<h2>Tips for pronouncing double consonants</h2>
<p>Producing the distinctive sounds of Italian double consonants requires a bit of practice. We have some tips to help you out:</p>
<h3>Elongate the sound</h3>
<p>When encountering a double consonant, elongate the sound while holding it in your mouth. For example, try saying <strong>sasso</strong> (&#8220;rock&#8221;), <strong>palla</strong> (&#8220;ball&#8221;) and <strong>mamma</strong> (&#8220;mum&#8221;).</p>
<h3>Push the sound forcefully</h3>
<p>For consonants like <strong>B</strong>, <strong>P</strong>, <strong>C</strong>, <strong>G</strong>, <strong>T</strong> and <strong>D</strong>, try pronouncing them more forcefully by pushing air through your mouth. This extra burst of air adds emphasis to the consonant. Experiment with words like <strong>babbo</strong> (&#8220;dad&#8221;) and <strong>mucca</strong> (&#8220;cow&#8221;) to feel the difference.</p>
<h3>&#8220;Bounce&#8221; on the letter</h3>
<p>One last tip is to imagine bouncing on the double consonant as you say the word. This mental image can help you emphasise the sound. You could even try to physically bounce on the spot to help you practise the pronunciation of double consonants!</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32231 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<p>Now, try to pronounce these two sentences. Each has the same consonant sounds, but only one has double-lettered words:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La palla è rossa.<br />
</strong><em>The ball is red.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>La pala è rosa.<br />
</strong><em>The shovel is pink.</em></p>
<h2>Regional differences</h2>
<p>It&#8217;s important to note that sounds can also change depending on regional accents. In certain parts of Italy, vowel sounds preceding <strong>le doppie</strong> may vary.</p>
<p>There are rules of diction for standard Italian when it comes to the sound of vowels before <strong>le doppie</strong>, but the regional accents of many Italians might appear to contradict these rules.</p>
<p>The most important thing is to speak the language and then you can decide whether to adjust your vowel pronunciation depending on where you find yourself in Italy or who you are talking to.</p>
<p>Remember that there isn&#8217;t one specific regional variety of Italian to learn or copy – all accents and pronunciations are correct.</p>
<h2>A pronunciation challenge</h2>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at some common examples of how double consonants can change the meaning of words. Try to pronounce the following words, then listen to the podcast episode or watch the video to check how Maurizio pronounces each of them.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>casa<br />
</strong><em>house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cassa<br />
</strong><em>till, cash desk</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>papa<br />
</strong><em>pope</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>papà<br />
</strong><em>dad</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>pappa<br />
</strong><em>baby food</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sete<br />
</strong><em>thirst </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>sette<br />
</strong><em>seven</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>cappello<br />
</strong><em>hat</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>capello<br />
</strong><em>hair</em></p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-32232 size-large alignnone" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-102-blog-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2>È tutto per oggi!</h2>
<p>Keep practising your Italian pronunciation, paying attention to those double consonant sounds, and you will be well on your way to sounding more like a native speaker!</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Maurizio on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Your pronunciation will improve with practice, so keep listening to Italian songs, watching TV and films, and trying to speak it whenever you can. We’ll be back soon with more interesting discussions about learning Italian.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/652678d4cf8c4b0012b27911" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/">How to pronounce Italian double consonants</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-italian-double-consonants/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Understanding adjective placement in French: when do adjectives go before a noun?</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2023 15:57:37 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=32178</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Adjectives play a crucial role in adding depth to your French conversations. However, understanding where to place them in a sentence can be tricky for learners. In most cases, adjectives in French come after the noun they modify, but there are some exceptions which can make this rule seem more like a guideline. The Coffee ... <a title="Understanding adjective placement in French: when do adjectives go before a noun?" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/" aria-label="More on Understanding adjective placement in French: when do adjectives go before a noun?">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/">Understanding adjective placement in French: when do adjectives go before a noun?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adjectives play a crucial role in adding depth to your French conversations. However, understanding where to place them in a sentence can be tricky for learners.</p>
<p>In most cases, adjectives in French come after the noun they modify, but there are some exceptions which can make this rule seem more like a guideline.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations that demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max discuss how to get your head around adjective placement.</p>
<p>Let’s dive into the world of adjectives in French and explore when and why some go before the noun.</p>
<h2>B.A.N.G.S.</h2>
<p>To help you remember which adjectives go before the noun, you can use the acronym BANGS, which stands for Beauty, Age, Number, Goodness and Size.</p>
<h3>Beauty</h3>
<p>In French, adjectives that convey the idea of beauty come before nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un beau livre<br />
</strong><em>a beautiful book</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>une belle armoire</strong><br />
<em>a beautiful wardrobe</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un bel oiseau</strong><br />
<em>a beautiful bird</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>une jolie maison</strong><br />
<em>a pretty house</em></p>
<h3>Age</h3>
<p>When discussing age, adjectives like <strong>vieux / vieille</strong> (&#8220;old&#8221;) come before the noun, as in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un vieux château</strong><br />
<em>an old castle</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>une vieille maison</strong><br />
<em>an old house</em></p>
<h3>Number</h3>
<p>Adjectives related to numbers, such as <strong>premier / première</strong> (&#8220;first&#8221;) and <strong>deuxième</strong> (&#8220;second&#8221;), are placed before the noun. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le premier jour</strong><br />
<em>the first day</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la deuxième fois</strong><br />
<em>the second time</em></p>
<h3>Goodness</h3>
<p>Adjectives like <strong>bon / bonne</strong> (&#8220;good&#8221;) and <strong>mauvais(e)</strong> (&#8220;bad&#8221;) are positioned before nouns. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le bon gâteau</strong><br />
<em>the good cake</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la mauvaise nouvelle</strong><br />
<em>the bad piece of news</em></p>
<h3>Size</h3>
<p>Adjectives describing size, such as <strong>grand(e)</strong> (&#8220;large&#8221;) and <strong>petit(e)</strong> (&#8220;small&#8221;), also go before the noun. For instance:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un grand canapé</strong><br />
<em>a large sofa</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>une petite table</strong><br />
<em>a little table</em></p>
<h2>Adjectives with two possibilities</h2>
<p>Now, here&#8217;s where it gets interesting. Some adjectives can be placed before or after the noun – and their placement alters the meaning. Here are some of them. In each pair of examples, notice how the meaning of the adjective changes, depending on whether it comes before or after the noun.</p>
<h3>ancien / ancienne</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mon ancienne maison</strong><br />
<em>my former house</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la maison ancienne</strong><br />
<em>the old house</em></p>
<h3>cher / chère</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Cher Mark …</strong><br />
<em>Dear Mark …</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>un canapé cher</strong><br />
<em>an expensive sofa</em></p>
<h3>curieux / curieuse</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>une curieuse recette</strong><br />
<em>a strange recipe</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>mon ami curieux</strong><br />
<em>my curious friend</em></p>
<h3>dernier / dernière</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le dernier mois de l’année</strong><br />
<em>the last month of the year</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>le mois dernier</strong><br />
<em>last month</em></p>
<h3>vrai / vraie</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est une vraie Rolex ?</strong><br />
<em>Is it an actual Rolex?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est une histoire vraie.</strong><br />
<em>It’s a true story.</em></p>
<h3>propre</h3>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>C’est ma propre chambre.</strong><br />
<em>It’s my own bedroom.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ma chambre propre</strong><br />
<em>my tidy bedroom</em></p>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32205 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-102-blog-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-102-blog-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-102-blog-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-102-blog-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-102-blog.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p>Understanding these exceptions and nuances in adjective placement can be a huge boost in your French fluency and allow you to express your ideas more precisely.</p>
<p>So, whether you&#8217;re describing a beautiful landscape or discussing your dear friend, mastering the placement of adjectives will help you convey your thoughts and opinions effectively.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/6536541811c9d300128f9679" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/">Understanding adjective placement in French: when do adjectives go before a noun?</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/understanding-adjective-placement-in-french-when-do-adjectives-go-before-a-noun/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>When to use &#8216;do&#8217; and &#8216;make&#8217; in English</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2023 15:05:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break English Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31812</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use do and when to use make when you’re speaking English? This can be a difficult topic for English learners, because many languages just have one verb for do and make. In this episode of The Coffee Break English Show, we’ll do some work to help you avoid making mistakes ... <a title="When to use &#8216;do&#8217; and &#8216;make&#8217; in English" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/" aria-label="More on When to use &#8216;do&#8217; and &#8216;make&#8217; in English">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/">When to use &#8216;do&#8217; and &#8216;make&#8217; in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you know when to use <strong>do</strong> and when to use <strong>make</strong> when you’re speaking English? This can be a difficult topic for English learners, because many languages just have one verb for <strong>do</strong> and <strong>make</strong>. In this episode of <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>, we’ll <strong>do some work</strong> to help you avoid <strong>making mistakes</strong> with <strong>do</strong> and <strong>make</strong>.</p>
<p><em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em> is a podcast series of informal conversations to help you understand some difficult topics in English! In the latest episode, Josie and Mark talk about when to use <strong>do</strong> and <strong>make</strong>.</p>
<p>There are some rules to follow, but as Josie and Mark explain during the episode, the best way to learn when to use <strong>do</strong> and <strong>make</strong> is to learn some fixed expressions.</p>
<p>So, let’s get started and look at the rules and expressions with <strong>do</strong> and <strong>make</strong>. Continue reading to find out more, and why not listen to the podcast as you go!</p>
<h2>Make</h2>
<p>We use <strong>make</strong> when we create or produce something. The result is usually something that we can see and touch. Here are some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make dinner</strong><br />
<em>I’m making pasta for dinner tonight.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make lunch</strong><br />
<em>Mark made a salad for lunch.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make breakfast</strong><br />
<em>My grandma makes pancakes for breakfast on Sundays.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make a coffee</strong><br />
<em>Would you like me to make you a coffee?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make clothes</strong><br />
<em>My brother makes his own clothes &#8211; he’s very creative.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make furniture</strong><br />
<em>I made this table all by myself.</em></p>
<h2>Do</h2>
<p>We use <strong>do</strong> to describe actions. Let’s look at some examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do homework</strong><br />
<em>The children are doing their homework.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do housework </strong>(e.g.<strong> do the laundry</strong>,<strong> do the dishes</strong>)<br />
<em>I don&#8217;t like doing housework.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do something</strong><br />
<em>I’m bored &#8211; let’s do something fun!</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do anything</strong><br />
<em>Did you do anything yesterday evening?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do nothing</strong><br />
<em>He loves doing nothing on Sunday mornings.</em></p>
<h2>Fixed expressions with &#8216;make&#8217;</h2>
<p>As we mentioned before, the best way to learn when to use <strong>make</strong> and <strong>do</strong> is to learn some fixed expressions. Here are five fixed expressions with <strong>make</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make a mistake</strong><br />
<em>When you’re learning a language, you often make mistakes.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make friends</strong><br />
<em>I made all my best friends at university.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make a decision</strong><br />
<em>We need to make a decision about where to go on holiday this summer.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make plans</strong><br />
<em>Have you made plans for the weekend yet?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>make a mess</strong><br />
<em>Please try not to make a mess in the kitchen!</em></p>
<h2>Fixed expressions with &#8216;do&#8217;</h2>
<p>Now you’ve seen some expressions with <strong>make</strong>, here are five fixed expressions with <strong>do</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do your hair / make-up</strong><br />
<em>It usually takes her 10 minutes to do her hair in the morning.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do an exam</strong><br />
<em>I did an exam yesterday, and I passed!  </em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do exercise / sport</strong><br />
<em>Do you usually do exercise in the morning or in the evening?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do the shopping</strong><br />
<em>I’m going to the supermarket to do the shopping.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>do research</strong><br />
<em>She is doing research for her PhD at the moment.</em></p>
<p class="newtextbox">Remember, there are many more expressions with <strong>make</strong> and <strong>do</strong>. It’s a good idea to <strong>make a list</strong> when you see or hear a new expression, to help you remember it.</p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s review</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32146 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-blog-101-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-blog-101-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-blog-101-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-blog-101-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbe-show-blog-101.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure you listen to the full podcast episode with Mark and Josie on <em>The</em> <em>Coffee Break English Show</em>. We will release more episodes soon, about some more useful topics! Subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakenglish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a> to learn when the next episode is available.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free English lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our email lessons. We regularly send short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your English. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, keep practising <strong>make</strong> and <strong>do</strong>! Remember that all English learners make mistakes, but people can usually still understand you. It’s all part of the language-learning journey. Why not <strong>make a coffee</strong> now and <strong>do some more research</strong> about <strong>make</strong> and <strong>do</strong>?</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/183d2cc4-50d2-420f-a306-40dae4a0bfa7/65267afc2646e80012413370" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/">When to use &#8216;do&#8217; and &#8216;make&#8217; in English</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/when-to-use-do-and-make-in-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to pronounce the R in Spanish</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 15:48:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Spanish Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31963</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Spanish R is one of the most distinctive sounds when you listen to a native speaker. For a learner, getting your mouth around the R might not only be challenging, but it can also be tough to know how and when to use it. The Coffee Break Spanish Show is a podcast series of ... <a title="How to pronounce the R in Spanish" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/" aria-label="More on How to pronounce the R in Spanish">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/">How to pronounce the R in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Spanish <strong>R</strong> is one of the most distinctive sounds when you listen to a native speaker.</p>
<p>For a learner, getting your mouth around the <strong>R</strong> might not only be challenging, but it can also be tough to know how and when to use it.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations that demystify tricky Spanish language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Anabel dive into Spanish pronunciation and chat about how to say the letter <strong>R</strong>.</p>
<p>Anabel shares valuable tips on how to achieve the correct pronunciation of the Spanish <strong>R</strong> – both when simple and when rolled – and gives us some creative ways to practise it.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>The simple R – R you ready?</h2>
<p>To pronounce the simple <strong>R</strong> sound in Spanish, you need to place the tip of your tongue above the back of your teeth, on the roof of your mouth. It’s the same place where you place it to pronounce a D. While you gently touch that point with the tip of your tongue to make a D sound, you have to &#8220;caress&#8221; it in order to pronounce the <strong>R</strong>.</p>
<p>If you are good at accents, Mark’s tip is to try saying words like &#8220;city&#8221;, &#8220;bottle&#8221; or &#8220;letter&#8221; in a New York accent. The sound made to pronounce the T in those words is very close to the Spanish <strong>R</strong>!</p>
<p>Now that you know how to say it, it’s important to practise. Here are some drills that will help you to master this sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ara &#8211; are &#8211; ari &#8211; aro &#8211; aru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>era &#8211; ere &#8211; eri &#8211; ero &#8211; eru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ira &#8211; ire &#8211; iri &#8211; iro &#8211; iru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ora &#8211; ore &#8211; ori &#8211; oro &#8211; oru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ura &#8211; ure &#8211; uri &#8211; uro &#8211; uru</strong></p>
<p>Once you have these, you can start practising with real words in Spanish, like:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>caro<br />
</strong><em>expensive</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>era<br />
</strong><em>I was</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>giro<br />
</strong><em>turn</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>huerto<br />
</strong><em>vegetable garden</em></p>
<p>Pay attention to the letter combinations in the sounds and words we’ve seen so far, as this will help you to recognise when to make the simple <strong>R</strong> sound, as opposed to the strong <strong>R</strong>. When the <strong>R</strong> comes between two vowels (for example in <strong>caro</strong>) or at the end of a syllable (for example in <strong>huerto</strong>, the sound will be a simple <strong>R</strong>, rather than a strong <strong>R</strong>. We also pronounce a simple <strong>R</strong> when an <strong>R</strong> appears after a consonant, unless it&#8217;s an <strong>L</strong>, <strong>S</strong> or <strong>N</strong> (e.g <strong>brazo </strong>&#8211; “arm”).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32148 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>The strong R – roll with it!</h2>
<p>Now that we know where to place the tip of our tongue, we are going to keep it there, relax the tongue and exhale air strongly. With time and practice, the tip will move creating that double <strong>R</strong> sound. One shortcut is to try to say <strong>PR</strong>, placing your tongue in the right spot above your teeth. Then, try extending the <strong>R </strong>sound and saying <strong>prrr</strong> and <strong>brrr</strong>.</p>
<p>It can be tricky at first, but <strong>¡no te preocupes!</strong> Practise as much as possible and soon you’ll have mastered the sound!</p>
<p>When you are able to say <strong>prrr</strong> and <strong>brrr</strong>, it’s time to practise with other drills. Try working your way through the following sounds:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>ra &#8211; re &#8211; ri &#8211; ro &#8211; ru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>arra &#8211; arre &#8211; arri &#8211; arro &#8211; arru<br />
</strong><strong>erra &#8211; erre &#8211; erri &#8211; erro &#8211; erru<br />
</strong><strong>ira &#8211; irre &#8211; irri &#8211; irro &#8211; irru<br />
</strong><strong>orra &#8211; orre &#8211; orri &#8211; orro &#8211; orru<br />
</strong><strong>urra &#8211; urre &#8211; urri &#8211; urro &#8211; urru</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>pra &#8211; pre &#8211; pri &#8211; pro &#8211; pru<br />
</strong><strong>bra &#8211; bre &#8211; bri &#8211; bro &#8211; bru<br />
</strong><strong>cra &#8211; cre &#8211; cri &#8211; cro &#8211; cru<br />
</strong><strong>tra &#8211; tre &#8211; tri &#8211; tro &#8211; tru<br />
</strong><strong>fra &#8211; fre &#8211; fri &#8211; fro &#8211; fru<br />
</strong><strong>dra &#8211; dre &#8211; dri &#8211; dro &#8211; dru<br />
</strong><strong>gra &#8211; gre &#8211; gri &#8211; gro &#8211; gru</strong></p>
<p>As you may have noticed, this sound appears in Spanish when you have two <strong>R</strong>s between vowels (e.g. <strong>perro</strong> &#8211; &#8220;dog&#8221;) or a single <strong>R</strong> at the beginning of a word (e.g. <strong>rápido</strong> &#8211; &#8220;fast&#8221;). We pronounce a rolled <strong>R</strong> when we find an <strong>L</strong>, <strong>S</strong>, or <strong>N</strong> before the <strong>R</strong> (e.g. <strong>alrededor</strong> &#8211; &#8220;around&#8221; or <strong>enriquecer</strong> &#8211; &#8220;enrich&#8221;). Note that when an <strong>R</strong> comes after any other consonant, we pronounce a simple <strong>R</strong>, rather than a rolled <strong>R</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32149 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2>Let’s practise!</h2>
<p>One challenging word to practise is <strong>carretera</strong>, &#8220;road&#8221;, which contains both sounds – the simple and double<strong> R</strong>. A tip is to split it up and practise saying <strong>carre-</strong> and <strong>-tera</strong> as if they were two separate words.</p>
<p>Here are some <strong>trabalenguas</strong>, &#8220;tongue twisters&#8221;, to challenge yourself. You can hear Anabel pronounce these in the podcast episode.   Like tongue twisters in any language, these are nonsense phrases! Still, in case you’re wondering, we&#8217;ve included the English translations:</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-32144 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-3-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-3-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-3-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-3-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbs-show-blog-101-3.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tres tristes tigres tragan trigo en un trigal.<br />
</strong><em>Three sad tigers swallow wheat in a wheat field.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>El carril del tren es rápido, caro y raro.<br />
</strong><em>The train line is fast, expensive and rare.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>El perro de Pedro rasca a la rata.<br />
</strong><em>Pedro&#8217;s dog scratches the rat.</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Enrico enriquece el rico arroz.<br />
</strong><em>Enrico enhances the delicious rice.</em></p>
<h2>Keep your Rs up!</h2>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Anabel on <em>The Coffee Break Spanish Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for Spanish learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakspanish" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Spanish lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Spanish. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Remember to be patient and keep on practising – <strong>¡Recuerda ser paciente y practicar!</strong></p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/985e7c00-8945-4e0d-a4da-b93049180ce1/652d9f52bfc0890012e3efd5" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/">How to pronounce the R in Spanish</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/how-to-pronounce-the-r-in-spanish/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Unravelling word order in German multi-verb sentences</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Oct 2023 15:18:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break German]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break German Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31908</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Word order in German can seem unusual, especially when there is more than one verb in a sentence. However, you&#8217;ll soon find that there are some straightforward rules to follow and constructing sentences with confidence will be well within your grasp. The Coffee Break German Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in ... <a title="Unravelling word order in German multi-verb sentences" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/" aria-label="More on Unravelling word order in German multi-verb sentences">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/">Unravelling word order in German multi-verb sentences</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Word order in German can seem unusual, especially when there is more than one verb in a sentence. However, you&#8217;ll soon find that there are some straightforward rules to follow and constructing sentences with confidence will be well within your grasp.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break German Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky German language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Thomas discuss some rules to follow when using more than one verb in a sentence.</p>
<p>This short but thorough conversation clarifies how to form multi-verb sentences with certainty.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more and why not listen to the podcast as you go?</p>
<h2>The basics of word order</h2>
<p>Let’s look at the basics to get a clear starting point. As you may already know, the verb in a German sentence occupies the second position.</p>
<p>The verb may follow the subject of the sentence or an adverb of time. When after an adverb, the subject is moved into third position.</p>
<h2>What happens with two verbs?</h2>
<p>When there are two verbs in a sentence, one is conjugated and the other may be in the infinitive form or be a past participle.</p>
<p>What do we do in this case? The conjugated, auxiliary verb takes the second position. Just as its name suggests, an auxiliary verb helps out by forming part of a tense with another main verb. The main verb goes to the end of the clause or sentence.</p>
<p>Let’s look at this situation in more depth.</p>
<h2>Types of auxiliary verbs</h2>
<p>The first type of auxiliary verb Mark and Thomas mention is <strong>werden</strong>. It works together with a main verb, in the infinitive, to form the future tense.</p>
<p>The other auxiliary verbs they mention are <strong>haben</strong> and <strong>sein</strong>. These are conjugated in the present tense and work together with a past participle of a main verb to form the perfect tense.</p>
<p>The last type of auxiliary verbs Mark and Thomas look at in this podcast are modal verbs. They, too, are conjugated and placed in second position with the infinitive being placed at the end of the sentence or clause.</p>
<h2>Examples with two verbs in a sentence</h2>
<p>Here is an example of the future tense:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wir werden morgen mit dem Boot nach Korsika fahren.<br />
</strong><em>Tomorrow, we will travel to Corsica by boat.</em></p>
<p>This construction uses the conjugated present tense of <strong>werden</strong> in second position and the infinitive form of the main verb, <strong>fahren</strong>.</p>
<p>In the podcast, Mark mentions all the information given between the two verbs. There’s the time phrase, <strong>morgen</strong>. Then there’s a mode of transport,<strong> mit dem Boot</strong>. Next, there’s a location, <strong>nach Korsika</strong>, before the main verb. This is a good reminder of the word order of other parts of a sentence, i.e. time, manner, place. However, that’s a whole other video in itself!</p>
<p>Our second example also shows two verbs in one sentence, but this time one is a modal verb in the present tense and the other is an infinitive.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Du sollst nach dem Essen deine Hände waschen.<br />
</strong><em>You should wash your hands after eating.</em></p>
<p><strong>Sollst</strong>, the modal verb, is in the present tense, and the other, <strong>waschen</strong>, is in the infinitive. The modal verb is conjugated and takes second position, while the main verb is placed at the end of the sentence.</p>
<p>Our third example is in the perfect tense.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Mein Vater hat gestern Abend für uns gekocht.<br />
</strong><em>My father cooked for us last night.</em></p>
<p>The auxiliary verb here is the conjugated, present tense of <strong>haben</strong>, which is paired with the past participle of the main verb, <strong>gekocht</strong>, forming the perfect tense. The past participle is at the end of the sentence or clause.</p>
<p>It can seem as though there’s a lot between the auxiliary verb and the main verb at the end of the clause or sentence.</p>
<p class="newtextbox">Thomas gives a top tip: if you are reading in German, first look at the end of the clause or sentence to see the main verb. This helps you find out what the sentence is about.</p>
<h2>Negation of a sentence with two verbs</h2>
<p>Where do we place <strong>nicht</strong> if we want to make the sentence negative?</p>
<p>The <strong>nicht</strong> goes directly before the main verb at the end. This way it negates the whole sentence, not just one part of it. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Sie werden dieses Spiel nicht gewinnen.<br />
</strong><em>You (formal) will not win this game. / They will not win this game.</em></p>
<p>This sentence is in the future tense, using <strong>werden</strong> as the auxiliary verb. (By the way, <strong>gewinnen</strong> means &#8220;to win&#8221;, despite looking like a past participle since the infinitive begins with <strong>ge-</strong>. The past participle of <strong>gewinnen</strong> is <strong>gewonnen</strong>.) As you can see, the <strong>nicht</strong> is right before the infinitive, making the sentence negative.</p>
<h2>Beginning with an adverb</h2>
<p>Commonly, sentences begin with something other than the subject of the sentence. For example, an adverb of time can begin a sentence or clause, as we see in the example below.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Letztes Jahr sind sie mit dem Auto in den Urlaub gefahren.<br />
</strong><em>Last year, they travelled on holiday by car.</em></p>
<p>The important thing to remember in this situation is that the conjugated verb, <strong>sind</strong>, still has to be in the second position, after the adverb of time, <strong>letztes Jahr</strong>. It is the subject of the sentence, <strong>sie</strong>, that moves into third position when something else comes before the first verb. The main verb, <strong>gefahren</strong>, still remains in last position at the end of the clause or sentence.</p>
<h2>Subordinate clauses</h2>
<p>The last construction Mark and Thomas look at is when there are two verbs in a subordinate clause, rather than a main clause. Let&#8217;s look at a final example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Wenn du morgen arbeiten musst, dann können wir auch übermorgen schwimmen gehen.<br />
</strong><em>If you have to work tomorrow, then we can go swimming the day after tomorrow.</em></p>
<p>A nice way to remember which is the subordinate clause is to think of it as the one that cannot stand alone and make sense on its own. In this example, it begins with <strong>wenn</strong>. <strong>Wenn</strong> is a subordinating conjunction and sends the verb to the end. This turns the rules we’ve learned so far on their head, as the conjugated verb, <strong>musst</strong>, is sent to the end of that clause, immediately after the main verb, <strong>arbeiten</strong>.</p>
<p>The other part of the sentence is a main clause and the verbs appear in the &#8220;normal&#8221; way – <strong>können</strong> is in second position and <strong>gehen</strong> is at the very end of the clause and sentence.</p>
<h2>All in order?</h2>
<p>Here&#8217;s a visual summary of how word order works in sentences with two verbs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-32129 size-large aligncenter" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-blog-101-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" data-wp-editing="1" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-blog-101-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-blog-101-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-blog-101-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbg-show-blog-101.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Be conscious of word order the next time you read something in German. Gradually, you will become more familiar with the rules, and correct word order will feel increasingly natural when you&#8217;re speaking German.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Thomas on <em>The Coffee Break German Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for German learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakgerman" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free German lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your German. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/0c3c53a1-180f-435a-9453-cec3883b4ada/652676142646e800123f469b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/">Unravelling word order in German multi-verb sentences</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/unravelling-word-order-in-german-multi-verb-sentences/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Converse in Italian like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘Lei’</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[radiolingua]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 15:15:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Italian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Italian Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31861</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When you speak Italian, formality is more than just a grammatical nuance – it&#8217;s a cultural code that reflects our relationships and social contexts. The Coffee Break Italian Show is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Francesca delve into the ... <a title="Converse in Italian like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘Lei’" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/" aria-label="More on Converse in Italian like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘Lei’">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/">Converse in Italian like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘Lei’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you speak Italian, formality is more than just a grammatical nuance – it&#8217;s a cultural code that reflects our relationships and social contexts.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky Italian language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Francesca delve into the fascinating world of Italian formality and how to address people, choosing between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei</strong>.</p>
<p>This can be difficult at times, but don’t worry! Francesca and Mark share some tips – whether you want to talk to a friend, a relative, a doctor, or even the president of Italy.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more, and why not enjoy the podcast episode as you go?</p>
<h2>Formality in Italian</h2>
<p>Formality, in the context of the Italian language, hinges on the choice between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei </strong>– the two ways of addressing someone as &#8220;you&#8221;. This affects not just pronouns but verb conjugations as well, and choosing between <strong>tu </strong>and <strong>Lei</strong> involves recognising the nature of the situation and whether it is most appropriate to sound informal or formal.</p>
<p>In terms of which form of the verb to use:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tu</strong> is used in the second person singular form of the verb, for example <strong> tu canti</strong> (&#8220;you (informal) sing&#8221;), <strong> tu apri</strong> (&#8220;you (informal) open&#8221;)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Lei</strong> is used in the third person singular form of the verb, for example <strong> Lei canta</strong> (&#8220;you (formal) sing&#8221;), <strong> Lei apre</strong> (&#8220;you (formal) open&#8221;)</p>
<p>You might notice that <strong>Lei</strong> shares its written form with the third person singular pronoun <strong>lei</strong> (&#8220;she&#8221;), however it starts with a capital letter.</p>
<h2>The plural you</h2>
<p>The plural form of address is <strong>voi</strong> for both informal and formal contexts. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Bambini, volete del gelato?<br />
</strong><em>Children, would you like some ice cream?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Come posso aiutarvi, signori?<br />
</strong><em>How can I help you, gentlemen?</em></p>
<p>A very formal plural form of address, <strong>Loro</strong>, is usually reserved for extremely formal situations, such as high-end establishments like luxury hotels.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Loro sono i signori Verdi?<br />
</strong><em>Are you Mr and Mrs Verdi?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Loro vogliono accomodarsi?<br />
</strong><em>Would you like to take a seat?</em></p>
<h2>Decoding the scenarios</h2>
<ol>
<li>
<h3>Strangers</h3>
<p>Imagine you&#8217;re meeting someone for the first time or you’re asking someone for information. In this case, the safer option is to use the formal form of address, <strong>Lei</strong>, unless the person is noticeably younger than you. Let’s say you want to catch their attention – you would say:</p>
<p><strong>Scusi!<br />
</strong><em>Excuse me! (formal)</em></p>
<p><strong>Scusa!<br />
</strong><em>Excuse me! (informal)</em><strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li>
<h3>Professional settings</h3>
<p>At workplaces or when addressing superiors, such as your boss, adopting the formal <strong>Lei</strong> is the norm. Similarly, in academic settings like schools and universities, people tend to use formal language when communicating with teachers and professors.</li>
<li>
<h3>Familiar territory</h3>
<p>Among friends and people you know well, the informal <strong>tu</strong> is the way to go. It conveys a sense of intimacy and familiarity.</li>
</ol>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignleft wp-image-32116 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-1-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-1-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-1-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-1-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-1.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Titles as indicators of formality</h2>
<p>Formality often comes hand in hand with titles. Adding titles can be a clear sign of formality, for example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Signore / Signora<br />
</strong><em>Sir / Madam or Mr / Ms</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Professore / Professoressa<br />
</strong><em>Professor</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Dottore / Dottoressa<br />
</strong><em>Doctor</em></p>
<p>These titles show respect and set the tone for a formal conversation.</p>
<h2>When to transition to &#8216;tu&#8217;</h2>
<p>Sometimes, negotiating formality becomes an explicit conversation. The following phrases are all ways of transitioning to a more familiar or relaxed tone of conversation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>diamoci del tu<br />
</strong><em>let&#8217;s use the <strong>tu </strong>form with each other (literally, &#8220;let’s give each other the <strong>tu </strong>form&#8221;)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>dammi del tu<br />
</strong><em>use the <strong>tu </strong>form with me (literally, &#8220;give me the <strong>tu </strong>form&#8221;)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>non darmi del Lei<br />
</strong><em>don&#8217;t use the <strong>Lei </strong>form with me (literally, &#8220;don’t give me the <strong>Lei </strong>form&#8221;)</em></p>
<p>Choosing between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei</strong> is a personal decision that, once made, tends to be stuck to within a conversation or even relationship (unless a transition like this happens).</p>
<p>Note that, while nowadays it is possible to notice a shift towards informality, the majority of Italians still prefer to use both <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei</strong>, depending on the situation.</p>
<h2><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignleft wp-image-32117 size-large" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-2-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-2-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-2-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-2-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbi-show-blog-101-2.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Regional variants</h2>
<p>Sometimes geography plays a role in the choice of forms of address. In southern Italy, the tendency to replace <strong>Lei</strong> with <strong>voi</strong> is noticeable, echoing the French <strong>vous</strong>. For example:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Signor Turri, volete un caffè?<br />
</strong><em>Mr Turri, would you like a coffee?</em></p>
<h2>È tutto, signore e signori!</h2>
<p>The choice between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei</strong> in Italian is more than just grammatical – it is also about social customs. Understanding these subtleties enables you to navigate various situations, whether chatting with friends, addressing your boss, or exploring the charming streets of Italy.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Francesca on <em>The Coffee Break Italian Show</em>. This is the series in which we look at a range of topics for Italian learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed or <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakitalian" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free Italian lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your Italian. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>If you have conversations in Italian, the choice between <strong>tu</strong> and <strong>Lei</strong> is bound to come up sooner, rather than later. The best tip is not to stress about it. People will understand you are a learner, and the advice in this blog will give you a firm starting block.</p>
<p>Happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/86766c5f-1580-450f-9376-bd74b57fcfbb/6526788e2646e80012403e3b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/">Converse in Italian like a native: choosing ‘tu’ or ‘Lei’</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/converse-in-italian-like-a-native-choosing-tu-or-lei/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mastering French vowel sounds: ‘ou’ and ‘u’ made easy</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Ava (Coffee Break Team)]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 15:15:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break French]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break French Show]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Coffee Break Show]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31864</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>French pronunciation can be both fascinating and tricky, especially when it comes to vowel sounds like ou and u. These two sounds might seem similar at first, but being able to distinguish between them will greatly help to improve your French pronunciation and comprehension, as well as your spelling. The Coffee Break French Show is ... <a title="Mastering French vowel sounds: ‘ou’ and ‘u’ made easy" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/" aria-label="More on Mastering French vowel sounds: ‘ou’ and ‘u’ made easy">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/">Mastering French vowel sounds: ‘ou’ and ‘u’ made easy</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>French pronunciation can be both fascinating and tricky, especially when it comes to vowel sounds like <strong>ou</strong> and <strong>u</strong>.</p>
<p>These two sounds might seem similar at first, but being able to distinguish between them will greatly help to improve your French pronunciation and comprehension, as well as your spelling.</p>
<p><em>The Coffee Break French Show</em> is a podcast series of bite-sized, friendly conversations in which we demystify tricky French language topics. In the latest episode, Mark and Max break down how to pronounce <strong>ou</strong> and <strong>u</strong> in simple terms.</p>
<p>In this article, we are going to look at the tips they give us to be able to produce these sounds accurately, and we will also provide some words and exercises to practise.</p>
<p>Continue reading to find out more.</p>
<h2>How to say ‘ou’</h2>
<p>Max gives his tips for pronouncing <strong>ou</strong>:</p>
<h3>Lips slightly forward</h3>
<p>Begin by pushing your lips slightly forward.</p>
<h3>Round your mouth</h3>
<p>Keep your mouth in a rounded shape.</p>
<h3>Tongue placement</h3>
<p>Place your tongue towards the back of your mouth, but don’t let it touch your teeth.</p>
<p>Here are some examples of words that have this sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nous<br />
</strong><em>we / us</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>vous<br />
</strong><em>you (formal / plural)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bonjour<br />
</strong><em>hello</em></p>
<h2>How to say ‘u’</h2>
<p>Max’s tips for pronouncing <strong>u</strong> are:</p>
<h3>Lips slightly forward</h3>
<p>Like <strong>ou</strong>, push your lips slightly forward.</p>
<h3>Round your mouth</h3>
<p>Maintain the rounded shape of your mouth.</p>
<h3>Tongue placement</h3>
<p>Unlike <strong>ou</strong>, this time let your tongue gently touch your bottom teeth while making the sound.</p>
<p>Some examples of words that have this sound:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tu<br />
</strong><em>you (informal singular)</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>j’ai lu<br />
</strong><em>I read / I have read</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>j’ai vu<br />
</strong><em>I saw / I have seen</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>j’ai bu<br />
</strong><em>I drank / I have drunk</em></p>
<h2>Let&#8217;s practise!</h2>
<p>Now that you know the basics, let’s practise to improve your pronunciation. In the podcast episode, Max tells us four top tips for you to get a good grasp of this pronunciation:</p>
<ol>
<li>
<h3>Repeat the sounds</h3>
<p>Start by saying <strong>ou</strong> and <strong>u</strong> separately, repeating each sound five times. Pay close attention to your lip and tongue positions.</li>
<li>
<h3>Spelling matters</h3>
<p>Get familiar with how these sounds are spelled in French. This is one example of where French spelling makes perfect sense – you’ll always find <strong>ou</strong> and <strong>u</strong> representing these sounds. The pronunciation of these two sounds is the same even if there is an accent in the word, for example <strong>où </strong>(&#8220;where&#8221;) and <strong>dû </strong>(the past participle of <strong>devoir</strong>). The only small additional detail to watch out for is one word that sounds exactly like <strong>u</strong>: <strong>eu</strong>, the past participle of <strong>avoir</strong>. This is used in compound tenses like the <strong>passé composé</strong>, such as in<strong> j&#8217;ai eu</strong> (&#8220;I have had&#8221;).</li>
<li>
<h3>Use them in sentences</h3>
<p>Try incorporating these sounds into everyday phrases and sentences. For example, try saying:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>nourriture<br />
</strong><em>food</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tout va bien<br />
</strong><em>everything is going well</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tu vas bien<br />
</strong><em>you are well</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Tu l’as lu ?<br />
</strong><em>Have you read it?</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>Manges-tu du mangetout ?<br />
</strong><em>Do you eat mangetout / snow peas?</em></p>
<p>This will help you practise using these sounds naturally.</li>
<li>
<h3>Spot the difference</h3>
<p>To really grasp the nuances, work with minimal pairs – these are words that differ by just one sound. Here are some examples to practise with:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>hutte / août<br />
Hutte</strong> means &#8220;hut&#8221;, while <strong>août</strong> means &#8220;August&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>du / doux<br />
Du </strong>means &#8220;of the&#8221; / &#8220;some&#8221; / &#8220;from the&#8221; / &#8220;any&#8221;, while <strong>doux</strong> means &#8220;sweet&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>puce / pouce<br />
Puce </strong>means &#8220;flea&#8221; / &#8220;computer chip&#8221;, while <strong>pouce</strong> means &#8220;thumb&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>bulle / boule<br />
Bulle </strong>means &#8220;bubble&#8221;, while<strong> boule</strong> means &#8220;ball&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>tu le jures / tout le jour<br />
Tu le jures </strong>means &#8220;you swear it&#8221;, while<strong> tout le jour</strong> means &#8220;all day&#8221;.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong>la mûre / l’amour<br />
</strong><strong>La mûre</strong> means &#8220;the blackberry&#8221;, while <strong>l’amour </strong>means &#8220;love&#8221;.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<h2>A visual summary</h2>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignleft size-large wp-image-32067" src="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-blog-101-922x1024.png" alt="" width="922" height="1024" srcset="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-blog-101-922x1024.png 922w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-blog-101-270x300.png 270w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-blog-101-768x853.png 768w, https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/cbf-show-blog-101.png 1080w" sizes="(max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<h2></h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>In conclusion</h2>
<p>Mastering the pronunciation of <strong>ou</strong> and <strong>u</strong> in French is a journey that gets easier with practice. By understanding the basics of lip and tongue positions, using these sounds in sentences, and practising with minimal pairs, you’ll soon find yourself speaking French with more confidence.</p>
<p>If you found this post interesting, make sure to listen to the full episode with Mark and Max on <em>The Coffee Break French Show</em>. In this series of chats between our language experts, we look at a range of topics for French learners, so make sure to subscribe to our podcast feed and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@coffeebreakfrenchofficial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our channel on YouTube</a>.</p>
<p>Plus! To get regular free French lessons in your inbox, you can sign up for our short (coffee-break-sized) email lessons that will help you improve your French. You will also hear from Mark, the founder of Coffee Break Languages, giving advice for language learners at any level. Sign up below!</p>
<p>So, embrace the charm of French pronunciation, one vowel sound at a time.</p>
<p><strong>Bonne chance </strong>and happy Coffee Breaking!</p>
<h4>Listen to the podcast</h4>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/47990e88-454b-4e3b-bf78-75a172c33184/652cf926bf84120012af29dc" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/">Mastering French vowel sounds: ‘ou’ and ‘u’ made easy</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/mastering-french-vowel-sounds-ou-and-u-made-easy/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.15 &#124; Talking about holidays &#8211; Vocabulary for landscape</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-15-talking-about-holidays-vocabulary-for-landscape/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-15-talking-about-holidays-vocabulary-for-landscape/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Oct 2023 15:15:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31928</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re going on holiday! We’ll learn some new vocabulary to talk about the landscape which will give us the tools to decipher the meaning of some Scottish placenames.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-15-talking-about-holidays-vocabulary-for-landscape/">CBGa 1.15 | Talking about holidays &#8211; Vocabulary for landscape</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In episode 15 of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re going on holiday! We’ll learn some new vocabulary to talk about the landscape which will give us the tools to decipher the meaning of some Scottish placenames.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/65266a3ad5cc040012fad37d" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-15-talking-about-holidays-vocabulary-for-landscape/">CBGa 1.15 | Talking about holidays &#8211; Vocabulary for landscape</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbga-1-15-talking-about-holidays-vocabulary-for-landscape/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.15 &#124; Numbers, days and months – Counting from 1 to 1000+ in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 15:15:14 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31914</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The topic of lesson 15 of Coffee Break Portuguese is numbers. Join Rafael and Ava as they count up to the thousands in Portuguese, and learn the days of the week, the months of the year, as well as some helpful phrases which use numbers and dates. We learned the numbers up to 10 in ... <a title="CBP 1.15 &#124; Numbers, days and months – Counting from 1 to 1000+ in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.15 &#124; Numbers, days and months – Counting from 1 to 1000+ in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.15 | Numbers, days and months – Counting from 1 to 1000+ in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The topic of lesson 15 of Coffee Break Portuguese is numbers. Join Rafael and Ava as they count up to the thousands in Portuguese, and learn the days of the week, the months of the year, as well as some helpful phrases which use numbers and dates. We learned the numbers up to 10 in lesson 6 of our course, so if you haven&#8217;t already listened to that episode, you can find it in the Podcasts section of our website. <strong>Vamos lá!</strong></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/65243383cb3bd40012a9fe7e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.15 | Numbers, days and months – Counting from 1 to 1000+ in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/cbp-1-15-numbers-days-and-months-counting-from-1-to-1000-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capítulo 20 &#8211; Un nuevo inicio</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/capitulo-20-un-nuevo-inicio/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/capitulo-20-un-nuevo-inicio/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 15:15:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[La penúltima voluntad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spanish]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31799</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We reach the final chapter of our story and we find out how the breakthrough in the relationship between Carlos and Marta goes beyond their emotional bond. New words to listen out for include: descabellado, enfrascados and apurar. &#160; &#160; &#160; &#160;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/capitulo-20-un-nuevo-inicio/">Capítulo 20 &#8211; Un nuevo inicio</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We reach the final chapter of our story and we find out how the breakthrough in the relationship between Carlos and Marta goes beyond their emotional bond. New words to listen out for include: <strong>descabellado</strong>, <strong>enfrascados</strong> and <strong>apurar</strong>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/638a20aa9b85dd001165c686/6516cacc28434100118d24ae" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/capitulo-20-un-nuevo-inicio/">Capítulo 20 &#8211; Un nuevo inicio</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/10/capitulo-20-un-nuevo-inicio/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.14 &#124; How to talk about destinations in Scottish Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-14-how-to-talk-about-destinations-in-scottish-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-14-how-to-talk-about-destinations-in-scottish-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 15:24:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31795</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re expanding on our previous lesson and learning how to talk about where we are going using place names.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-14-how-to-talk-about-destinations-in-scottish-gaelic/">CBGa 1.14 | How to talk about destinations in Scottish Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this week’s episode of Coffee Break Gaelic, we’re expanding on our previous lesson and learning how to talk about where we are going using place names.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/651448117e15ff0011035a1e" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-14-how-to-talk-about-destinations-in-scottish-gaelic/">CBGa 1.14 | How to talk about destinations in Scottish Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-14-how-to-talk-about-destinations-in-scottish-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.14 &#124; Arriving at the hotel – How to book a hotel room in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 15:15:54 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31789</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava for lesson 14 of Coffee Break Portuguese. Today, we are learning transactional language that you can use in a hotel scenario, including how to make a reservation and ask about the facilities. We&#8217;ll hear a dialogue between two Portuguese speakers and we&#8217;ll also learn a little more about one ... <a title="CBP 1.14 &#124; Arriving at the hotel – How to book a hotel room in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.14 &#124; Arriving at the hotel – How to book a hotel room in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.14 | Arriving at the hotel – How to book a hotel room in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Join teacher Rafael and learner Ava for lesson 14 of Coffee Break Portuguese. Today, we are learning transactional language that you can use in a hotel scenario, including how to make a reservation and ask about the facilities. We&#8217;ll hear a dialogue between two Portuguese speakers and we&#8217;ll also learn a little more about one particular country where Portuguese is spoken in today&#8217;s <strong>Cafezinho com Catarina</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/6512897dc3e8a00011faf834" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.14 | Arriving at the hotel – How to book a hotel room in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-14-arriving-at-the-hotel-how-to-book-a-hotel-room-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capítulo 19 &#8211; La verdadera herencia</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-19-la-verdadera-herencia/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-19-la-verdadera-herencia/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 15:15:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[La penúltima voluntad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spanish]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31784</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Carlos and Marta continue their conversation and admit the mistakes that they have both made in the past. However, Carlos worries about Marta&#8217;s reaction to his news. Listen out for new language which include: volver a la infancia, algunos cabos sueltos and nunca es tarde si la dicha es buena.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-19-la-verdadera-herencia/">Capítulo 19 &#8211; La verdadera herencia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carlos and Marta continue their conversation and admit the mistakes that they have both made in the past. However, Carlos worries about Marta&#8217;s reaction to his news. Listen out for new language which include: <strong>volver a la infancia</strong>, <strong>algunos cabos sueltos</strong> and <strong>nunca es tarde si la dicha es buena</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/638a20aa9b85dd001165c686/65017f712c251000127f5621" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-19-la-verdadera-herencia/">Capítulo 19 &#8211; La verdadera herencia</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-19-la-verdadera-herencia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.13 &#124; How to ask &#8220;Where are you going?&#8221; in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-13-how-to-ask-where-are-you-going-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-13-how-to-ask-where-are-you-going-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 15:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31779</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Susanna and Mark are back with another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic. Now that we’ve learned how to talk about places around town, we’re going to learn how to ask “where are you going?” along with various answers to this question.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-13-how-to-ask-where-are-you-going-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.13 | How to ask &#8220;Where are you going?&#8221; in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Susanna and Mark are back with another lesson of Coffee Break Gaelic. Now that we’ve learned how to talk about places around town, we’re going to learn how to ask “where are you going?” along with various answers to this question.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/6501611686fecb0011198225" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-13-how-to-ask-where-are-you-going-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.13 | How to ask &#8220;Where are you going?&#8221; in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbga-1-13-how-to-ask-where-are-you-going-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.13 &#124; More about food and eating out – Key restaurant vocabulary in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 15:15:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31773</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Bem-vindos a Coffee Break Portuguese lesson 13! In this lesson we are expanding on what we learned in lesson 12, in which we were talking about how to order in a restaurant. We’ll be taking this a step further and talking about how to express likes and dislikes, and say what you can and can’t ... <a title="CBP 1.13 &#124; More about food and eating out – Key restaurant vocabulary in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.13 &#124; More about food and eating out – Key restaurant vocabulary in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.13 | More about food and eating out – Key restaurant vocabulary in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Bem-vindos</strong> <strong>a Coffee Break Portuguese lesson 13</strong>! In this lesson we are expanding on what we learned in lesson 12, in which we were talking about how to order in a restaurant. We’ll be taking this a step further and talking about how to express likes and dislikes, and say what you can and can’t eat. We&#8217;ll also learn some other handy phrases which will be useful in a restaurant scenario.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/64fef717e6f2ad0011ff34dd" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.13 | More about food and eating out – Key restaurant vocabulary in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/cbp-1-13-more-about-food-and-eating-out-key-restaurant-vocabulary-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capítulo 18 &#8211; Padre e hija</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-18-padre-e-hija/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-18-padre-e-hija/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 15:15:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[La penúltima voluntad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spanish]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31767</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Carlos and Marta meet up in the square where they spent time during her childhood. They have a very honest conversation about the path that has led them both to this point. New phrases like nimiedades, encajar el golpe and ni en pintura are included in this latest episode.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-18-padre-e-hija/">Capítulo 18 &#8211; Padre e hija</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carlos and Marta meet up in the square where they spent time during her childhood. They have a very honest conversation about the path that has led them both to this point. New phrases like <strong>nimiedades</strong>, <strong>encajar el golpe</strong> and <strong>ni en pintura</strong> are included in this latest episode.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/638a20aa9b85dd001165c686/64ef2496f585990011f8eade" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-18-padre-e-hija/">Capítulo 18 &#8211; Padre e hija</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/09/capitulo-18-padre-e-hija/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBSw TD 1.10 &#124; Sol och bad på Tylösand</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-10-sol-och-bad-pa-tylosand/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-10-sol-och-bad-pa-tylosand/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 15:15:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Swedish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swedish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Swedish Travel Diaries]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31761</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In this final main lesson we hear about how the family wrapped up their holiday on the Swedish west coast. We learn new vocabulary and new phrases, and have a look at the difference prepositions can make to the same verb.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-10-sol-och-bad-pa-tylosand/">CBSw TD 1.10 | Sol och bad på Tylösand</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this final main lesson we hear about how the family wrapped up their holiday on the Swedish west coast. We learn new vocabulary and new phrases, and have a look at the difference prepositions can make to the same verb.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/22083847-8ca0-434d-9684-2341e66a347f/64f03b2a3a574d0011f7e690" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-10-sol-och-bad-pa-tylosand/">CBSw TD 1.10 | Sol och bad på Tylösand</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-10-sol-och-bad-pa-tylosand/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.12 &#124; Where is? &#8211; Asking where things are in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-12-where-is-asking-where-things-are-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-12-where-is-asking-where-things-are-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 30 Aug 2023 15:15:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31756</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic with teacher Susanna and learner Mark. In episode 11 we learned how to talk about places in the town. We’re going to take this topic a step further this week and learn how to ask “where is?” We’ll also be introducing some definite articles.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-12-where-is-asking-where-things-are-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.12 | Where is? &#8211; Asking where things are in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic with teacher Susanna and learner Mark. In episode 11 we learned how to talk about places in the town. We’re going to take this topic a step further this week and learn how to ask “where is?” We’ll also be introducing some definite articles.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/64ef2596f714670011409ad0" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-12-where-is-asking-where-things-are-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.12 | Where is? &#8211; Asking where things are in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-12-where-is-asking-where-things-are-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.12 &#124; Ordering a meal in a restaurant – How to order food in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant-how-to-order-food-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant-how-to-order-food-in-portuguese/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 15:15:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31752</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Olá! In this episode of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re learning vocabulary and phrases that will come in useful if you’re going to a restaurant. We’ll be learning how to ask for a table and how to order a meal, as well as the words for some specific dishes from the Portuguese-speaking world.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant-how-to-order-food-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.12 | Ordering a meal in a restaurant – How to order food in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Olá!</em> In this episode of Coffee Break Portuguese we&#8217;re learning vocabulary and phrases that will come in useful if you’re going to a restaurant. We’ll be learning how to ask for a table and how to order a meal, as well as the words for some specific dishes from the Portuguese-speaking world.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/64ecc3ff598cc000115594a2" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant-how-to-order-food-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.12 | Ordering a meal in a restaurant – How to order food in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-12-ordering-a-meal-in-a-restaurant-how-to-order-food-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Capítulo 17 &#8211; Más de una vida esperando</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 15:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Spanish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[La penúltima voluntad]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spanish]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31738</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Carlos returns to the same bench in the same square he used to wait for Marta after school when she was a child. Will his game and these memories convince Marta of his plan? Find out more about Carlos in this latest chapter while listening for new phrases like llenar de elogios, tirar la toalla ... <a title="Capítulo 17 &#8211; Más de una vida esperando" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/" aria-label="More on Capítulo 17 &#8211; Más de una vida esperando">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/">Capítulo 17 &#8211; Más de una vida esperando</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carlos returns to the same bench in the same square he used to wait for Marta after school when she was a child. Will his game and these memories convince Marta of his plan? Find out more about Carlos in this latest chapter while listening for new phrases like <strong>llenar de elogios, tirar la toalla</strong> and <strong>de una vez por todas</strong>.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/638a20aa9b85dd001165c686/64dcab7728e37400100c2b27" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/">Capítulo 17 &#8211; Más de una vida esperando</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/capitulo-17-mas-de-una-vida-esperando/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBSw TD 1.09 &#124; En spännande dag i Halmstad</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 15:15:34 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Swedish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swedish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Swedish Travel Diaries]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31742</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate lesson of our Travel Diaries we follow Mattias and family further south along the Swedish west coast to the city of Halmstad. As the family runs into a minor crisis situation we take the opportunity to delve into lots of new phrases and grammar. We explore the difference between varsin, varsitt and ... <a title="CBSw TD 1.09 &#124; En spännande dag i Halmstad" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/" aria-label="More on CBSw TD 1.09 &#124; En spännande dag i Halmstad">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/">CBSw TD 1.09 | En spännande dag i Halmstad</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the penultimate lesson of our Travel Diaries we follow Mattias and family further south along the Swedish west coast to the city of Halmstad. As the family runs into a minor crisis situation we take the opportunity to delve into lots of new phrases and grammar. We explore the difference between <strong>varsin</strong>, <strong>varsitt</strong> and <strong>varsina</strong><em>, </em>and review definite and indefinite forms.</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/22083847-8ca0-434d-9684-2341e66a347f/64dde85028b1cb00119ea19b" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/">CBSw TD 1.09 | En spännande dag i Halmstad</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbsw-td-1-09-en-spannande-dag-i-halmstad/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBGa 1.11 &#124; Places in town &#8211; Town vocabulary in Gaelic</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-11-places-in-town-town-vocabulary-in-gaelic/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-11-places-in-town-town-vocabulary-in-gaelic/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 Aug 2023 15:15:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Gaelic - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31727</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We’re back with another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic. In this lesson, you’ll be learning some useful vocabulary to talk about places in the town in Gaelic. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-11-places-in-town-town-vocabulary-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.11 | Places in town &#8211; Town vocabulary in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;We’re back with another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic. In this lesson, you’ll be learning some useful vocabulary to talk about places in the town.&quot;}" data-sheets-userformat="{&quot;2&quot;:9021,&quot;3&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:0},&quot;5&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:[{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;5&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0}},{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;3&quot;:3},{&quot;1&quot;:1,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;4&quot;:1}]},&quot;6&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:[{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;5&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0}},{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;3&quot;:3},{&quot;1&quot;:1,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;4&quot;:1}]},&quot;7&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:[{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;5&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0}},{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;3&quot;:3},{&quot;1&quot;:1,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;4&quot;:1}]},&quot;8&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:[{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;5&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:0}},{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;3&quot;:3},{&quot;1&quot;:1,&quot;2&quot;:0,&quot;4&quot;:1}]},&quot;11&quot;:4,&quot;12&quot;:0,&quot;16&quot;:12}">We’re back with another episode of Coffee Break Gaelic. In this lesson, you’ll be learning some useful vocabulary to talk about places in the town in Gaelic. </span></p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/64071acbb4fca80011262368/64d4f325103afd0011b0db09" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-11-places-in-town-town-vocabulary-in-gaelic/">CBGa 1.11 | Places in town &#8211; Town vocabulary in Gaelic</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbga-1-11-places-in-town-town-vocabulary-in-gaelic/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CBP 1.11 &#124; Ordering drinks in a café – How to order a coffee in Portuguese</title>
		<link>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/</link>
					<comments>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Coffee Break Languages]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 15:15:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Podcasts - Episode Library]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Coffee Break Portuguese - Season 1]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/?p=31729</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re back with episode 11 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson, Rafael and Ava are talking about the transactional language that you&#8217;ll need to know to order drinks in a café. We’ll also be joined by Catarina in today’s Cafezinho com Catarina, in which we’ll find out more about coffee-drinking habits in the Portuguese-speaking ... <a title="CBP 1.11 &#124; Ordering drinks in a café – How to order a coffee in Portuguese" class="read-more" href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/" aria-label="More on CBP 1.11 &#124; Ordering drinks in a café – How to order a coffee in Portuguese">Read more</a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.11 | Ordering drinks in a café – How to order a coffee in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We&#8217;re back with episode 11 of Coffee Break Portuguese! In this lesson, Rafael and Ava are talking about the transactional language that you&#8217;ll need to know to order drinks in a café. We’ll also be joined by Catarina in today’s <strong>Cafezinho com Catarina,</strong> in which we’ll find out more about coffee-drinking habits in the Portuguese-speaking world. <strong>Vamos lá</strong>!</p>
<p><iframe src="https://embed.acast.com/640719db1d175d00119320be/64da38b977fd7900114ca9dd" width="100%" height="190px" frameborder="0"></iframe></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/">CBP 1.11 | Ordering drinks in a café – How to order a coffee in Portuguese</a> appeared first on <a href="https://coffeebreaklanguages.com">Coffee Break Languages</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://coffeebreaklanguages.com/2023/08/cbp-1-11-ordering-drinks-in-a-cafe-how-to-order-a-coffee-in-portuguese/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/?utm_source=w3tc&utm_medium=footer_comment&utm_campaign=free_plugin

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced (Page is feed) 

Served from: coffeebreaklanguages.com @ 2026-06-10 00:26:59 by W3 Total Cache
-->